(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Oglethorpe University Bulletin, 2010-2012"

OGLETHORPE 

UNIVERSITY 




bulletin 

2010 - 2012 



MAKE A LIFE. 
MAKE A LIVING. 
MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2011 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/oglethorpeuniver1012ogle 



OGLETHORPE 

UNIVERSITY 

MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING. MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



2010-2012 BULLETIN 

for the 

Traditional Undergraduate Program 

and 

Master of Arts in Teaching - Early Childhood Education (Grades P-5) 

Plus a Student's Guide to Oglethorpe 

Oglethorpe's Evening Degree Program has a separate bulletin, available upon request. 



Oglethorpe University is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools (1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, GA 30033- 
4097; 404-679-4500) to award bachelor's degrees and master's degrees. The 
graduate teacher education program (MAT) is approved by the Georgia Professional 
Standards Commission. 



Oglethorpe makes no distinction in its admission policies or procedures on grounds of 
age, race, gender, religious belief, color, sexual orientation, national origin or disabil- 
ity. This Bulletin is published by the Office of the Provost, Oglethorpe University. The 
information included in it is accurate for the 2010-2012 academic years as of the date of 
publication, August 2010; however, the programs, policies, requirements and regulations 
are subject to change as circumstances may require. The listing of a course or program in 
this Bulletin does not constitute a guarantee or contract that it will be offered during the 
2010-2012 academic years. Final responsibility for selecting and scheduling courses and 
satisfactorily completing curriculum requirements rests with the student. 



DIRECTORY OF CORRESPONDENCE 



Oglethorpe University • 4484 Peachtree Road NE • Atlanta, GA 30319-2797 

404-261-1441 or 1-800-428-4484 

www.oglethorpe.edu 



General College Policy 

Academic Policy 

Alumni Relations 

Business Affairs, Financial Planning 

Campus Safety 

Enrollment, Financial Aid, Scholarships 

Evening Degree Program 
Fundraising and Gifts 

Public Information, Public Relations 

Student Records, Transcripts 

Student Services (Residence Life, Food, 
Health, Counseling, Career Services) 

Student Tuition, Fees 



Lawrence M. Schall 
President 

Stephen B. Herschler 
Provost 

Barbara B. Henry '85 
Director of Alumni Relations 

Michael Horan 

Vice President for Business and Finance 

Reginald Maddox 
Director of Public Safety 

Lucy Leusch 

Vice President for Enrollment and 

Financial Aid 

Lisa J. Littlefield 

Director of Evening Degree Program 

Peter A. Rooney 

Vice President for Development and 

Alumni Relations 

Susan Soper '69 . 

Executive Director, Marketing and 

Communications 

Gail N. Meis 
Registrar 

Michelle T. Hall 

Vice President for Campus Life 

Amy N. Rentenbach 
Director of Finance/Controller 



Visitors 

Oglethorpe University welcomes visitors to the campus throughout the year. To meet 
with a particular staff or faculty member, visitors are urged to make an appointment in 
advance. Administrative offices are open from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on weekdays. The 
business, financial aid and registrar offices are open Wednesday and Thursday from 
8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. 

All of the offices of the university can be reached by calling the switchboard at 404- 
261-1441. The public relations office is available for assistance at 404-364-8329. The 
admission office can be reached directly by calling 404-364-8307 or 1-800-428-4484. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Academic Calendar 4 

Mission 7 

History 1 1 

Campus Facilities 1 7 

Admission 25 

Financial Assistance 35 

Tuition and Costs 51 

Student Affairs 55 

A Student's Guide to Oglethorpe 65 

Academic Records, Regulations and Policies 93 

Oglethorpe Honor Code 109 

Educational Enrichment 1 19 

The Core Curriculum 133 

Programs of Study 139 

Board of Trustees 252 

President's Advisory Council 256 

National Alumni Association Board of Directors 259 

The Faculty 261 

University Officers 265 

Campus Map 266 

Index 268 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



Fall Semester 2010 



Fri-Tue., August 20-24 
Sat., August 21 
Wed., August 25 
Wed., September 1 

Last Day to Receive 100 
Mon., September 6 
Tue., September 7 
Wed., September 15 
merit 

Mon.-Tues., October 11-12 
Fri., October 15 
Mon., November 1 
Grade 

Mon.-Fri., November 8-12 
Mon., November 15 
Date 

Wed. -Sun., November 24- 
Mon., November 29 
Fri., December 3 
Wed., December 8 
Thu., December 9 
Fri.-Thu., December 10-16 



Orientation for New Students 
Residence Halls Open for Returning Students 
First Day of Classes/Late Registration 
Last Day to Drop/Add a Course; 
Percent Refund 

Labor Day Holiday- No Classes 

Classes Resume 

Application Deadline for Spring 2011 Commence- 

Fall Break 

Midterm 

Last Day to Withdraw from a Course with a "W" 

Registration for Spring 2011 Semester 
Withdrawal from a Course with a "WF" After This 

28 Thanksgiving Holidays 
Classes Resume 
Boar's Head Celebration 
Last Day of Classes 
"DEAD" Day - No Classes 
Final Examinations 



Spring Semester 201 1 



Mon.-Fri., November 8-12, 2010 Registration 

Fri., January 7 New Student Advising and Registration 

Sun., January 9 Opening of Residence Halls/Orientation 

Mon., January 10 First Day of Classes/Late Registration 

Mon., January 17 Martin Luther King, Jr. Holiday - No Classes 

Tue., January 18 Last Day to Drop/Add a Course; 
Last Day to Receive 100 Percent Refund 



Wed., February 9 

Fri., March 4 

Sat.- Sun., March 19-27 

Mon., March 28 

Mon., March 28 

Grade 

Mon. - Fri., April 4-8 

Mon., April 11 

Date 

Tue., April 12 

Mon., April 25 

Tue., April 26 

Wed.-Tues., April 27-May 3 

Sat., May 7 



Oglethorpe Day Convocation 

Midterm 

Spring Holidays 

Classes Resume 

Last Day to Withdraw from a Course with a "W 

Registration for Summer and Fall Semesters 
Withdrawal from a Course with a "WF" After This 

Symposium in the Liberal Arts and Sciences 

Last Day of Classes 

"DEAD" Day - No Classes 

Final Examinations 

Commencement 



Summer Semester 201 1 



Session 1- Monday, May 23- 

Mon.- Fri., April 4-8 
Mon. - Fri., April 11- May 20 
Mon., May 23 
Wed., May 25 

Mon., May 30 
Thu., June 9 
Thu., June 16 

Thu., June 23 



Thursday, June 23 

Registration for Summer and Fall 2011 Semesters 

Late Registration 

First Day of Classes/Late Registration 

Last Day to Drop/Add a Course; 

Last Day to Receive 100 Percent Refund 

Memorial Day Holiday - No Classes 

Last Day to Withdraw with "W" Grade 

Withdrawal from a Course with a "WF" Grade after 

This Date 

Final Examinations 



Session II— Monday, June 27 - Thursday, July 28 



Mon.- Fri., April 4-8 
Mon. - Fri., April 11 - June 24 
Mon., June 27 
Wed., June 29 

Mon., July 4 
Thu., July 14 
Thu., July 21 

Thu., July 28 



Fall Semester 2011 



Registration for Summer and Fall 2011 Semesters 

Late Registration 

First Day of Classes 

Last Day to Drop/Add a Course; 

Last Day to Receive 100 Percent Refund 

Fourth of July Holiday - No Classes 

Last Day to Withdraw with "W" Grade 

Withdrawal from a Course with a "WF" Grade after 

This Date 

Final Examinations 



Mon.-Fri., April 4-8 
Fri. - Tue., August 19-23 
Sat., August 20 
Wed., August 24 
Wed., August 31 

Mon., September 5 
Thu., September 15 

Mon.-Tues., October 10-11 
Fri., October 14 
Mon., October 31 

Mon.-Fri., November 7-11 
Mon., November 14 

Wed.-Sun., November 23-27 
Mon., November 28 
Fri., December 2 
Wed., December 7 
Thu., December 8 
Fri.-Thu., December 9-15 



Registration for Summer and Fall 2011 Semesters 

Orientation for New Students 

Residence Halls Open for Returning Students 

First Day of Classes/Late Registration 

Last Day to Drop/Add a Course; 

Last Day to Receive 100 Percent Refund 

Labor Day Holiday 

Application Deadline for Spring 2012 Commence 

ment 

Fall Break 

Midterm 

Last Day to Withdraw from a Course with a "W" 

Grade 

Registration for Spring 2012 Semester 

Withdrawal from a Course with a "WF" After This 

Date 

Thanksgiving Holidays 

Classes Resume 

Boar's Head Celebration 

Last Day of Classes 

"DEAD" Day - No Classes 

Final Examinations 



Spring Semester 2012 



Mon.-Fri., November 7-H, 2011 

Fri., January 6 

Sun., January 8 

Wed., January 11 

Mon., January 16 

Thu., January 19 

Wed., February 18 
Fri., March 2 
Sat.-Sun., March 17-25 
Mon., March 26 
Mon., March 26 

Mon. -Fri., April 2-6 
Fri., April 6 

Tue., April 10 

Thu., April 26 

Fri., April 27 

Mon. - Fri., April 30-May 4 

Sat., May 12 



Registration 

New Student Advising and Registration 

Opening of Residence Halls/Orientation 

First Day of Classes/Late Registration 

Martin Luther King, Jr. Holiday - No Classes 

Last Day to Drop/Add a Course 

Last Day to Receive 100 Percent Refund 

Oglethorpe Day Convocation 

Midterm 

Spring Holidays 

Classes Resume 

Last Day to Withdraw from a Course with a "W 

Grade 

Registration for Summer and Fall Semesters 

Withdrawal from a Course with a "WF" After This 

Date 

Symposium in the Liberal Aits and Sciences 

Regular Classes Do Not Meet 

Last Day of Classes 

"DEAD" Day - No Classes 

Final Examinations 

Commencement 



2010 



February 



3456789 789 10 

TO 11 12 13 14 15 | 16 14 15 15 17 

17 IS 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 j 23 24 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 ■ 



201 









March 


s 


M 


2 3 


t f s 


21 


22 


23 24 


25 26 27 


28 


29 


30 31 









April 


S 


M T 


W ■ T F S 


4 


\ 6 


7 8 9 10 


IB 


19 ?o 


21 22 23 24 















May 



S M 7 W T 


F S 


15 17 13 19 20 

30 31 


'i H 



s 


M T W ■ T F S 


6 


7 S 9 10 11 12 
14 15 16 ; 17 16 19 
21 22 " 23 ; 24 flsl 26 


11 


28 29 . 30 j 



July 



August 



September 



T 


W T 


f 5 S M 


T W T 


F S 5 M T W 




1 


2 3 1 


g 


3 


4 5 


6 7 


I 


6 


7 8 


9 10 8 


7 8 


13 


14 15 


16 17 15 


16 


17 


18 19 


20 21 12 13 


14 15 


% 


28 29 


30 31 29 


» 


24 


25 26 


26 27 


2B 29 



















5 M T 


W T F 5 






' 2 


3 4 5 


6 7 


8 9 


10 11 12 


13 M 


15 16 


24 : 25 26 


27 26 


29 30 


3! ; 







W T 


F 


S S 


M 


T 


.0 M 


12 


6 






13 5 


6 




17 18 


19 


20 12 


13 


14 


24 25 


26 


27 19 


Z7 


28 













2012 



February 



2345678 67 

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 



29 30 28 79 



April 



May 



26 27 28 29 30 29 



i 2 3 


4 5 6 7 


15 16 17 


.8 19 20 21 


22 23 24 


25 26 I 27 26 


29 | 30 31 





S M T W T 


F S 


5 6 7 8 9 
12 13 14 15 16 


17 18 


19 20 21 22 23 


24 25 


26 27 28 29 30 





September 



T F S S M T 


W T F 


5 7 6 6 7 8 


2 3 4 
9 10 It 


13 14 15 13 14 IS 


16 17 18 


20 21 22 20 21 22 


23 24 2S 



December 


S M T W T F S 
1.2' 3 

11 12 13 M 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 



January 



February 






S M T W T F 


S 


5 6 7 8 9 10 


4 


19 20 21 22 23 24 


» 







March 


S M T 


* ; T F S 


. 5 6 


7 


8 9 10 


25 26 27 


28 


29 50 l'\ 



July 



August 



S M 


T W T 


F S 




1 2 


3 4 


5 6 


7 8 9 


W ,8 


19 20 


21 22 23 


»* 



September 





April 


S M 


W T F 5 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


22 23 2 


7 18 19 20 21 

October 







May 


5 M T 


W 


T F S 


6 7 8 

20 21 22 
27 28 29 


16 


3 4 5 

24 25 26 



June 






19 20 21 22 



2 3 4 5 6 

9 10 11 12 13 

16 17 18 19 20 

23 24 25 26 27 



5 


M T 


W T F 5 


4 


5 6 


12 3 


11 


12 13 


14 15 : 16 17 


25 


19 20 


21 22 23 24 
28 29 30 : 









S M 


T 


W 


T F | 5 


2 j 


« 


5 

12 


6 


7 ! 8 


9 10 


13 


14; 15 


30 31 


18 


19 


20 


21 : 22 
28! 29 



MISSION 







MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING. MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



Oglethorpe University Mission 



Oglethorpe University provides a superior education in the liberal arts and sciences 
and selected professional disciplines in a coeducational, largely residential, small-col- 
lege environment within a dynamic urban setting. Oglethorpe's academically rigorous 
programs emphasize intellectual curiosity, individual attention and encouragement, 
close collaboration among faculty and students and active learning in relevant field 
experiences. Oglethorpe is committed to supporting the success of all students in a 
diverse community characterized by civility, caring, inquiiy and tolerance. Oglethorpe's 
talented, self-reliant and motivated graduates are prepared to make a life and to make 
a living, to grow as life-long learners and to be energetic and intelligent contributors in 
a rapidly changing world. 



The Oglethorpe Tradition 



Oglethorpe University was established in 1835 and named after General James Edward 
Oglethorpe, the founder of Georgia. The university was patterned on Corpus Christi 
College, Oxford, General Oglethorpe's alma mater. Although influenced by other 
conceptions of higher education, Oglethorpe University has been shaped principally by 
the English tradition of collegiate education, which many observers believe is the finest 
type produced by Western civilization. 

Briefly stated, four characteristics have made this kind of college widely admired: 

1. Colleges in the English tradition emphasize broad education for intelligent 
leadership. They recognize that this is a more useful undergraduate education 
for the able young person than technical training for a specific job. 

2. Colleges such as Oglethorpe stress the basic academic competencies - reading, 
writing, speaking and reasoning - and the fundamental fields of knowledge: 
the arts and sciences. These are essential tools of the educated person. 

3. Close relationships between teachers and students are indispensable to this 
type of education. A teacher is not merely a conveyor of information; the inven- 
tion of the printing press and advances in information technology have made 
that notion of education obsolete. Rather, the most important function of the 
teacher is to stimulate intellectual activity in the student and to promote his or 
her development as a mature person. 

4. A collegiate education is far more than a collection of academic courses. It is a 
process of development in which campus leadership opportunities, residential 
life, athletics, formal and informal social functions, aesthetic experiences and 
contact with students from other cultures, in addition to classroom exercises, 
all play important roles. Versatility and ability to lead are important goals of 
this type of undergraduate education. 

Another aspect of Oglethorpe's tradition was contributed by Philip Weltner, president 
of the university from 1944 to 1953. Oglethorpe, he said, should be a college that is 
"superlatively good." Only at a college with carefully selected students and faculty, he 
believed, could young people achieve their fullest intellectual development through an 
intense dialogue with extraordinary teachers. Thus, a commitment to superior perfor- 
mance is an important element of the Oglethorpe tradition. 

Purpose: Education for a changing Society 

While an institution may take pride in a distinguished heritage, it is also essential that 
its educational program prepare young people to function effectively in a complex and 
rapidly developing society, which places a premium on adaptability. People in posi- 
tions of leadership must be able to function effectively in changing circumstances. 



The broadly educated person, schooled in fundamental principles, is best equipped to 
exercise leadership in a world that is being transformed by technology and new infor- 
mation. Oglethorpe emphasizes the preparation of the humane generalist - the kind of 
leader needed by a complex and changing society. 

The location of the university in the dynamic city of Atlanta offers unique opportuni- 
ties for students to experience firsthand the relevance of their education to the exciting 
changes that are a part of modern development. Students are encouraged to explore 
the connections between their educational experiences on campus and the challenges 
that face a city today. Atlanta offers a multitude of opportunities for students to see the 
process and result of change and innovation in areas such as government, business, 
education, cultural affairs, artistic endeavors, international exchanges, transportation, 
recreation, medical services, science and technology. 

Oglethorpe students learn to "make a life, make a living and make a difference." 

Goals 

Educators at Oglethorpe expect their graduates to display abilities, skills, intellectual 
attitudes, and sensitivities that are related to the university's purpose. The curriculum 
and extracurricular life are designed to develop the following: 

1. The ability to read critically - to evaluate arguments and the evidence and to 
draw appropriate conclusions. 

2. The ability to convey ideas in writing and in speech - accurately, grammati- 
cally and persuasively. 

3. Skill in reasoning logically and thinking analytically and objectively about 
important matters. 

4. An understanding of the most thoughtful reflections on right and wrong 
and an allegiance to principles of right conduct, as reflected by Oglethorpe's 
Honor Code. 

5. The willingness and ability to assume the responsibilities of leadership in 
public and private life, including skill in organizing the efforts of other per- 
sons on behalf of worthy causes. 

6. An inclination to continue one's learning after graduation from college and 
skill in the use of books, information technology and other intellectual tools 
for that purpose. 

7- A considered commitment to a set of career and life goals. 
8. An awareness of the increasingly international character of contemporary life 
and skill in interacting with persons of diverse cultural backgrounds. 

In its dedication to a broad, comprehensive liberal education for each student, 
Oglethorpe has created a common set of core courses that invites students to be 
thoughtful, inquisitive and reflective about the human condition and the world 
surrounding them. These core courses work together with students' experiences in 
advanced courses in their chosen disciplines to encourage the lifelong "habit of mind" 
that is extolled in John Henry Newman's "The Idea of a University." Students are thus 
urged to consider carefully what they see, hear and read, to examine questions from 
more than one point of view, and to avoid leaping quickly to conclusions. 
All undergraduate programs also require the student to develop a deeper grasp of one 
or more fields of knowledge organized coherently as a major. The student's major may 
be pursued in a single field, such as biology, economics or English, or it may cut across 
two or more traditional fields as an interdisciplinary or individually planned major. 



10 



HISTORY 




MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING. MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



11 



Chartered in 1835 

In 2010, Oglethorpe University celebrated the 175 th anniversary of its charter shortly 
after the centennial observance of the state. The college was named after James Ed- 
ward Oglethorpe, the founder of Georgia. Oglethorpe University, which commenced 
actual operations in 1838, was one of the earliest denominational institutions - it was 
affiliated with the Presbyterian Church - in the South located below the Virginia line. 
The antebellum college, which began with four faculty members and about 25 stu- 
dents, was located at Midway, a small community near Milledgeville, then the capital of 
Georgia. The college moved to Atlanta and reopened on the campus in Brookhaven in 
approximately 1915. 

Distinguished Alumni and Faculty 

Throughout its antebellum existence, the Oglethorpe curriculum consisted primarily of 
courses in Greek, Latin, classical literature, theology and a surprising variety of natural 
sciences. Oglethorpe's president during much of this period was Samuel Kennedy 
Talmage, an eminent minister and educator. Oglethorpe's most distinguished alumnus 
from the antebellum era was poet, critic and musician Sidney Lanier, who graduated 
in I860. Lanier remained as a tutor in 1861 until he, and other Oglethorpe cadets, 
marched away to war. Shortly before his death, Lanier remarked to a friend that his 
greatest intellectual impulse was during his college days at Oglethorpe University. 

Periods of Challenge 

During the Civil War Oglethorpe's students were soldiers, its endowment was lost in 
Confederate bonds and its buildings were used for barracks and hospitals. The school 
closed in 1862 and afterward conducted classes irregularly at the Midway location. In 
1870 the institution was briefly relocated in Georgia's "new" capital of Atlanta, at the 
site of the present City Hall. Oglethorpe at this time produced several educational in- 
novations, expanding its curriculum to business and law courses and offering the first 
evening college classes in Georgia. The dislocation of the Reconstruction era proved 
insurmountable, however, and in 1872 Oglethorpe closed its doors for a second time. 

Relocation to North Atlanta 

Oglethorpe University was re-chartered in 1913, and in 1915 the cornerstone to the new 
campus was laid at its present location on Peachtree Road. Present to witness the oc- 
casion were members of the classes of I860 and 1861, thus linking the old and the new 
Oglethorpe University. The driving force behind the university's revival was Dr. Thorn- 
well Jacobs, whose grandfather, Professor Ferdinand Jacobs, had served on the faculty 
of Old Oglethorpe. Thornwell Jacobs, who served as president for nearly three decades, 
intended for the new campus to be a "living memorial" to James Oglethorpe. The dis- 
tinctive Gothic revival architecture of the campus was inspired by James Oglethorpe's 
honorary alma mater, Corpus Christi College, Oxford. The collegiate coat-of-arms, em- 
blazoned with three boars' heads and the inscription Nescit Cedere ("He does not know 
how to give up"), replicated the Oglethorpe family standard. For the college athletic 
teams, Jacobs chose an unusual mascot - the stormy petrel, a small, persistent seabird, 
which according to legend, had inspired James Oglethorpe while on board ship to 
Georgia in 1732. The "Stormy Petrel" is mascot is unique in intercollegiate athletics. 

Periods of Expansion 

Since the early 1920s Oglethorpe has been an independent, nonsectarian, co-educa- 
tional institution of higher education. Its curricular emphasis continued in the liberal 
arts and sciences and expanded into professional programs in business administra- 
tion and education. From the 1920s through the 1940s, the institution received major 
contributions from several prominent benefactors including: John Thomas Lupton, a 
Coca-Cola bottler from Chattanooga, TN; Atlanta business community members Harry 



12 



Hermance and Mrs. Robert J. Lowry; and newspaper publisher William Randolph 
Hearst. Hearst gave to Oglethorpe a sizable donation of land, including 30-acre Silver 
Lake, which was renamed Lake Phoebe after the publisher's mother, Phoebe Apperson 
Hearst. The campus at that time covered approximately 600 acres. 

Thornwell Jacobs launched several projects which attracted national and international 

attention. 

In 1923 Jacobs discovered the tomb of James and Elizabeth Oglethorpe in 
Cranham, England. 

For about a decade Oglethorpe University was involved in major college ath- 
letics and the Stormy Petrels fielded football teams that defeated both Georgia 
Tech and the University of Georgia. Perhaps Oglethorpe's most famous athlete 
was Luke Appling, enshrined in the Major League Baseball Hall of Fame. 
However, in the 1930s, Dr. Jacobs became one of the earliest and most articu- 
late critics of misplaced priorities in intercollegiate athletics and Oglethorpe 
curtailed development in this area. 

In the early 1930s Oglethorpe attracted widespread attention with its campus 
radio station, WJTL, named after benefactor John Thomas Lupton. The first 
campus radio station in Georgia and one of the first in the nation, Ogletho- 
rpe's "University of the Air" broadcast college credit courses for about five 
years. 

Oglethorpe University was one of the first institutions to confer honorary doc- 
torates on national figures to recognize superior civic and scientific achieve- 
ment. Among Oglethorpe's early honorary alumni were Woodrow Wilson, 
Walter Lippman, Franklin Roosevelt, Bernard Baruch, Amelia Earhart and 
David Sarnoff. 

The Crypt of Civilization 

Perhaps the best known of all of Jacobs' innovations was the Oglethorpe Crypt of Civili- 
zation, which he proposed in the November 1936 issue of Scientific American. This 
prototype for the modern time capsule was an effort to provide, for posterity, an ency- 
clopedic inventory of life and customs from ancient times through the middle of the 
20th century. The Crypt, sealed in the foundation of Phoebe Hearst Hall in 1940, is not 
to be opened until 8113 A.D. It has been hailed by the Guinness Book of World Records 
as "the first successful attempt to bury a record for future inhabitants or visitors to the 
planet Earth." 

The Oglethorpe Idea 

In 1944 Oglethorpe University began a new era under Dr. Philip Weltner, a noted at- 
torney and educator. With a group of faculty associates Weltner initiated an exciting 
approach to undergraduate education called the "Oglethorpe Idea." It involved one of 
the earliest efforts to develop the Core Curriculum, with the twin aims to "make a life 
and to make a living." The Oglethorpe core, which was applauded by The Neiv York 
Times, aimed at a common learning experience for students with roughly half of every 
student's academic program consisting of courses in "Citizenship" and "Human Under- 
standing." After World War II, Oglethorpe University emphasized characteristics it had 
always cultivated, notably close personal relationships, in order to be "a small college 
superlatively good," in Weltner's words. From 1965 through part of 1972 the institu- 
tion was called Oglethorpe College, but the historical identity of Oglethorpe University 
was so strong that in 1972 the original chartered name was re-established. Oglethorpe 
continued toward its goals and in the late 1960s expanded facilities on a new part of 
the campus, including a student center and residential complex. 



13 



A Selective Liberal Arts College 

By the 1980s, the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching had classified 
Oglethorpe in the category of Liberal Arts I (later referred to as Baccalaureate Colleges 
- Liberal Arts). These highly selective undergraduate institutions award more than half 
of their degrees in the arts and sciences. By the 1990s the university was listed favor- 
ably in the Fiske Guide to Colleges, The Princeton Review Student Access Guide, Bar- 
ron's 300 Best Buys in College Education, National Reviezo College Guide - America's 
Top Liberal Arts Schools and many other guides to selective colleges. Oglethorpe is 
currently a member of the Annapolis Group, an organization of the 100 most selective 
liberal arts colleges. 



Oglethorpe Today 

Oglethorpe has demonstrated continued leadership in the development and revision of 
its Core Curriculum, with efforts funded by the National Endowment for the Humani- 
ties. The 100-acre campus has been designated in the National Register of Historic 
Places. Enrollment is approximately 1,100 with plans for controlled growth to about 
1,500. Oglethorpe remains on the forefront of educational innovation, with a curricu- 
lum that features interactive learning. The university uses a variety of effective peda- 
gogical techniques - perhaps most notable are the peer tutoring program, classroom 
learning that is actively connected to experiential learning through internships, study 
abroad and a unique program in urban leadership that invites students to consider 
ways in which they can become community leaders. 

President Lawrence M. Schall began his years of leadership in 2005 and led efforts 
to establish The Center for Civic Engagement in 2006. For four consecutive years, 
Oglethorpe University has been named to the President's Higher Education Honor Roll 
for Community Service. 

Oglethorpe's Evening Degree Program offers degrees for non-traditional students fin- 
ishing their education or earning a certificate in Financial Planning. 

OU Goes Global 

Reflecting the diverse growth in the city of Atlanta, Oglethorpe has recently developed 
a distinctive international dimension. Students at the university may complement their 
campus programs with foreign studies at sister institutions in Argentina, China, Ec- 
uador, France, Germany, Japan, Mexico, Monaco, the Netherlands, Russia and Spain. 
As Oglethorpe University continues to grow, academically and materially, it is ever 
mindful of its distinguished heritage and will still remain, in the affectionate words of 
poet and alumnus Sidney Lanier, a "college of the heart." Oglethorpe has also recently 
partnered with a local foundation to send fellows - recent graduates of colleges all over 
- to India to assist with education marketing and strategies. 

OU Student Body 

The student body, while primarily from the South, has become increasingly cosmo- 
politan; in a typical semester, Oglethorpe draws students from about 34 states and 15 
foreign countries. Sixty two percent of the traditional undergraduate students live on 
campus. In any given semester about 20 students are studying abroad, and about 30 
percent of the students are also athletes. Biology is the most popular major, followed by 
psychology, business and English. 



14 



OU in the News 

In 2010, Oglethorpe received recognition for its excellence in education: 

U.S. Netvs & World Report listed Oglethorpe among their top 250 Best Liberal 
Arts Colleges in the nation; 

Forbes ranked OU as one of America's Best Colleges 2010 based on quality of 
education, the experiences of students and how much they achieve; 
Princeton Review again named OU among the Best Southeastern Colleges 
and ranked the school in four top-20 lists - for professors, college theatre, 
race/class interaction and classroom discussion. 

Presidents of the University 



Carlyle Pollock Beman, 1836-1840 
Samuel Kennedy Talmage, 1841-1865 
William M. Cunningham, 1869-1870 
David Wills, 1870-1872 
Thornwell Jacobs, 1915-1943 
Philip Weltner, 1944-1953 
James Whitney Bunting, 1953-1955 
Donald Wilson, 1956-1957 



Donald Charles Agnew, 1958-1964 
George Seward, Acting, 1964-1965 
Paul Rensselaer Beall, 1965-1967 
Paul Kenneth Vonk, 1967-1975 
Manning Mason Pattillo, Jr., 1975-1988 
Donald Sheldon Stanton, 1988-1999 
Larry Denton Large, 1999-2005 
Lawrence Miller Schall, 2005- 



15 



16 



CAMPUS FACILITIES 




MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING. MAKE A -DIFFERENCE. 



17 



Oglethorpe University's facilities are generally accessible to physically impaired stu- 
dents. All buildings on campus are equipped with either ramps or ground-floor entry. 
With the exception of Lupton Hall, the primary classroom and office buildings have 
elevators to all floors. Appointments with faculty members or administrators with inac- 
cessible offices are scheduled in accessible areas. Only three classrooms are not accessi- 
ble to those physically impaired. When appropriate, classes are reassigned so all classes 
are available to all students. All residence halls include accessible housing space. 

Smoking is prohibited in all campus buildings at Oglethorpe University. This includes 
classrooms, residence halls, offices, laboratories, meeting rooms, lounge areas, re- 
strooms, corridors, stairwells, Weltner Library, Dorough Field House, the Schmidt 
Center, Emerson Student Center and any other interior spaces. 

Conant Performing Arts Center 

The Conant Center, completed in 1997, is a four-story facility located behind the Philip 
Weltner Library. It provides a permanent home for Georgia Shakespeare Festival, the 
professional theatre-in-residence, and for classes in theatre and music for Oglethorpe's 
undergraduate liberal arts students. It houses a main stage theatre with seating for 
500, a lobby, rehearsal and dressing rooms, an area for receptions, offices and ship- 
ping and receiving facilities. The Conant Center was named after benefactors John and 
Miriam "Bimby" Conant; she was an OU trustee for many years. 

Dorough Field House 

The Dorough Field House, renovated in 2005, is the site of intercollegiate basketball 
and volleyball and large campus gatherings such as concerts and commencement exer- 
cises. Built in I960 and first renovated in 1979, the building is named for the late R.E. 
Dorough, a former trustee of the university. 



Emerson Student Center 



The Emerson Student Center is named in honor of William A. and Jane S. Emerson, 
benefactors of the university. As the hub of campus life, the Emerson Student Center 
houses the dining hall, the student government office, the Stormy Petrel student news- 
paper and Yamacraw yearbook offices, the student post office, a lounge, television area 
and a game room. The student center houses the Division of Student Affairs, includ- 
ing the vice president, residence life, counseling center, career services, Greek affairs, 
health services, the Center for Civic Engagement and the director of musical activities. 



Goodman Hall 



Goodman Hall is home to Information Technology Services, a computer laboratory 
and the administrative offices of Oglethorpe's Evening Degree and Financial Planner 
programs. It was built in 1956 and renovated in 1970, when it was transformed from a 
men's into a women's residence hall, and 1997, when it became an administrative build- 
ing. It was named in memory of Charles "Puggy" Goodman, a university trustee and 
benefactor from 1945 to 1955. 



Goslin Hall 



Goslin Hall, named in honor of Dr. Roy N. Goslin, the late Professor Emeritus of 
Physics, was completed in 1971 and houses the Division of Natural Sciences. Lecture 
halls and laboratories for biology, chemistry and physics are located in the building. In 
1979 an additional physics laboratory, made possible by a grant from the Olin Founda- 
tion, opened. All laboratories were renovated in 1985 and again in 2001 when major 



18 



reconstruction was completed in the interior of the building with the assistance of the 
Robert W. Woodruff Foundation and other major foundations, as well as a bequest 
from Eugene W. Ivy '49. A computer laboratory is also available for student use. 

Hearst Hall 

Phoebe Hearst Hall was built in 1915 in the neo-Gothic architectural style that domi- 
nates the Oglethorpe campus. The building is named in honor of Phoebe Apperson 
Hearst, the mother of publisher William Randolph Hearst, Sr. who gave Oglethorpe a 
sizable donation of land. 

It was renovated in the fall of 1972 as a classroom and faculty office building. Most 
classes, with the exception of science, communication, business and mathematics, 
^ are held in this building, which is located directly across from Lupton Hall. Newly 

_^ equipped multi-media classrooms include the Georgia Power Model Classroom. 

W 

_. The dominant feature of the building is the beautiful Great Hall, the site of many tradi- 

mJ tional and historic events at Oglethorpe. The university bookstore and the much-pub- 

— k licized Crypt of Civilization are located on the lower level of the building. The capsule 

■"*' was sealed on May 28, 1940 and is not to be opened until May 28, 8113. 

Sheffield Alumni Suite 

^ The Sheffield Alumni Suite, adjacent to the Great Hall in Hearst Hall, is named in 

-* honor of O.K. Sheffield '53, a loyal supporter and member emeritus of the Board of 

m. Trustees. Over the years this suite of rooms has served as a parlor, office of the provost, 

-^ classroom and meeting room. Today it provides an inviting space in which alumni, 

■■> students and faculty gather. Memorabilia is on display in the anteroom along with a 

— portrait of its namesake. 



Lupton Hall 



Lupton Hall, built in 1920 and named in honor of John Thomas Lupton, an early bene- 
factor during the re-founding of Oglethorpe, was one of the three original buildings on 
the present Oglethorpe University campus. Renovated in 1973 and 1996, it contains 
primarily administrative offices, faculty offices, classrooms and a 300-seat auditorium. 
Administrative offices located in Lupton Hall include the president, vice president for 
business and finance, provost, public relations, vice president for development and 
alumni relations, vice president for enrollment and financial aid and the registrar. The 
cast-bell carillon in the Lupton tower has 42 bells, which chime the quarter hours. 



_ J. Mack Robinson Hall 



Renovated in 2001, J. Mack Robinson Hall is a state-of-the-art classroom and faculty 
office building, which also houses art studios, a darkroom, video editing facilities, a 
slide library and a resource center for study abroad. The building is named in honor of 
Atlanta businessman and philanthropist J. Mack Robinson, who received an honorary 
doctorate in philosophy from Oglethorpe in 1995. 

Steve Schmidt Sport and Recreation Center 

Dedicated in 1995 and renovated in 2005, the Schmidt Center is a 22,000-square-foot 
addition to Dorough Field House. The center has basketball and volleyball courts, a 
running track, seven offices, a conference room, locker rooms, a weight room, racquet- 
ball courts, a training room and an entrance lobby. Recent upgrades include a brand 
new competition floor. The facility is used primarily for recreation and intramural 



19 



sports. The center is named for the late Stephen J. Schmidt '40, a former member of 
the Board of Trustees who personally led the fundraising effort for the addition. 

P hilip Weltner Library 

Located in Lowry Hall the library functions as a gateway to research information and 
services in support of the university's academic programs. The library also houses the 
university archives and supports the extracurricular interests of Oglethorpe's commu- 
nity. 

The library contains over 150,000 volumes of books, reference materials, print peri- 
odicals, audio-visual materials and microfilm. Two areas of note include a collection 
of more than 3,000 DVDs and a juvenile literature collection. In addition, the library 
provides computer access to the online catalog, research databases and GALILEO 
(GeorgiA Library LEarning Online) and more than 13,000 full-text periodical titles. 
Services available to students include reference and instruction, circulation, course 
reserves, interlibrary-loan and interlibrary use at libraries in the ARCHE Consortia 
(Atlanta Regional Council for Higher Education). A formal reading atrium, private 
study rooms, individual carrels and a 24-hour lounge with snack machines offer ample 
opportunities for both quiet study and group work. Other equipment and facilities in- 
clude computer workstations, two small media viewing rooms, the Earl Dolive Theatre, 
a copy room with photocopiers and scanners, coffee lounge area and a microfilm/fiche 
reader. For more information about Philip Weltner Library visit www.oglethorpe.edu 
(keyword: library). 

Lowry Hall, named for Emma Markham Lowry, was built in 1927 and is on the Na- 
tional Register of Historic Places. The library moved to its present location in 1972. 
A renovation in 1992 combined the building's original neo-Gothic exterior with a 
contemporary and greatly expanded interior. At that time, the library was named after 
Philip Weltner, who served as university president from 1944 to 1953. The Oglethorpe 
Museum of Art and the Learning Resources Center are also located in Lowry Hall. 

Oglethorpe University Museum of Art 

Oglethorpe University Museum of Art, occupying the entire third floor of Lowry Hall, 
opened in the spring of 1993 after extensive renovations of the previous Oglethorpe 
University Art Gallery. The museum, covering 7,000 square feet, has a comfortable, 
intimate environment that includes three spacious galleries, a gift shop and offices. It 
is considered a valuable part of the Oglethorpe education and an important cultural 
addition to Atlanta's growing art scene. 

In addition to the permanent collection, three exhibitions are held each year, which 
feature artwork that is international, representational, often figurative and spiritual in 
nature. Recent exhibitions such as "Masterpieces from European Artist Colonies, 1830- 
1930" and "The Mystical Arts of Tibet: Featuring Personal Sacred Objects of the Dalai 
Lama" have garnered national media attention and brought international art experts 
from around the world to lecture on campus. For museum hours and exhibit informa- 
tion, call 404-364-8555 or visit www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: museum). 

Traer Residence Hall ' 

Built in 1969, Traer Hall is a three-story freshmen residence that houses 168 students. 
Construction of the building was made possible through the generosity of the late 
Wayne S. Traer '28. The double occupancy rooms arranged in suites open onto a cen- 
tral plaza courtyard. 



20 



Phase II Residence Hall 



The Phase II Residence Hall opened in the fall of 2007- The building is coed and 
accommodates 148 upper-class students. All rooms are suite-style with four single bed- 
rooms and two bathrooms per suite. Amenities in the building include laundry rooms, 
game room, kitchen and the J. Frederick Agel, Sr. '52 conference room. 



Dempsey Residence Hall 



Opened in the spring of 1996, Dempsey Hall is coed, non-smoking and accommodates 
69 students. It is designed as a more traditional facility with a central entrance. The 
rooms consist of two-, three- and four-person suites off central hallways. Dempsey Hall 
has been reserved for freshmen students. Dempsey Hall was named to honor Virginia 
and Jack Dempsey '29, both of whom served as trustees. 

Clare Findley "Tia" Maqbee Residence Hall 

Magbee Hall opened in the fall of 2005 and was officially named in the fall of 2008. 
The building is coed and accommodates 80 upper-class students. All rooms are suite- 
style with four single bedrooms and two bathrooms per suite. Amenities in the build- 
ing include laundry rooms, game room, kitchen, conference room and theater. The 
residence hall is connected to and serves as an entrance to North Hall. Tia Magbee '56 
served as a member of the Board of the Oglethorpe National Alumni Association and 
was a valued and enthusiastic member of the Oglethorpe University Board of Trustees 
from 1991 until her death on November 28, 2005. 



North Residence Hall 



The North Hall opened in the fall of 2005. The building is coed and accommodates 80 
upper-class students. All rooms are suite-style with four single bedrooms and two bath- 
rooms per suite. Amenities in the building include laundry rooms, game room, kitchen, 
conference room and theater. 



Greek Row 



Greek Row consists of five houses devoted to two sororities - Alpha Sigma Tau, Chi 
Omega ,and Sigma Sigma Sigma - and two fraternities - Chi Phiand Sigma Alpha Ep- 
silon. Each house features four bedrooms with shared bathrooms and kitchen facilities. 
The houses on Greek Row were constructed in 1994 and renovated in 2006. 



Computer Facilities and Services 



Every residence hall room, faculty office and appropriate staff office has a connection 
to the Oglethorpe computer network and through that intranet, to the greater world of 
the Internet with all its resources. Access is also available to students through comput- 
ers located in the library, Goslin and Goodman Halls. Through the PetrelNet, users 
can also connect to the Voyager Library System, which provides access to the library's 
catalog and to GALILEO. The GALILEO system provides access to databases contain- 
ing bibliographical information, summaries and in many cases access to full text of 
articles and abstracts. 

Statement of Computing Ethics 

All users of Oglethorpe University electronic resources have the responsibility to use 
information technology in an effective, efficient, ethical and lawful manner. The ethi- 
cal and legal standards that must be maintained are derived directly from standards 



21 



of common sense and common decency that apply to the use of any public resource. 
Violations of any conditions will be considered to be unethical and may possibly be 
unlawful. In accordance with established university practices, violations may result in 
disciplinary review which could result in legal action. The following list, though not 
comprehensive, specifies some responsibilities that accompany computer use, be it on 
centralized computing hardware or any other Oglethorpe electronic resource. 

General Responsibilities 

1. Use of resources must be employed only for the purpose in which they are 
intended. University-supported computing includes: authorized research, 
instructional and administrative activities. Our personnel and computing re- 
sources cannot be used for commercial purposes, monetary gain or unauthor- 
ized research. 

2. Computer users must not search for, access or copy directories, programs, files, 
disks or data not belonging to them unless they have specific authorization to 
do so. Programs, subroutines and data provided on Oglethorpe's central com- 
puters cannot be downloaded or taken to other computer sites without permis- 
sion. Programs obtained from commercial sources or other computer installa- 
tions may not be used unless written authority to use them has been obtained. 
Oglethorpe equipment or software may not be used to violate the terms of any 
license agreement. 

3. Individuals should not encroach on others' use of the computer. This includes: 

- Using electronic resources for non-academic activities or other trivial ap- 
plications such that it prevents others from using these resources for their 
primary intended purpose; 

- Sending frivolous or excessive messages or mail either locally or over the 
networks; 

Using excessive amounts of storage; printing excessive copies of programs, 

files or data; 

Running grossly inefficient programs when efficient ones are available. 

4. Individuals must not attempt to modify system facilities or attempt to crash the 
system. Nor should individuals attempt to subvert the restrictions associated 
with computer accounts, networks or computer software protections. 

Email and Computer Use Policy 

Oglethorpe University provides a wide variety of computing, networking and other 
technology facilities in order to promote and support academic pursuits. Information 
Technology Services (IT Services) maintains and supports computing and networking 
services as well as other technologies in support of the university mission. 

By using university technology resources, all users agree to abide by all university 
rules and policies, as well as any and all local, state and federal laws. All users have the 
responsibility to use computing technology resources in an effective, efficient, ethical 
and lawful manner. Violations of this policy may result in suspension, without notice, 
of privileges to use the resources and services, disciplinary action, including possible 
termination and/or legal action. Any questions regarding this and other policies should 
be addressed to the director of IT Services. Policies are updated from time to time. The 
most current versions can be found at 
www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: technology). 

General Responsibilities 

1. Individual use: Network and computing accounts are for individual use and 
should only be used by the person to whom it has been issued. Users are re- 
sponsible for all actions originating through their account or network connec- 
tion. Users must not impersonate others or attempt to misrepresent or conceal 
their identity in electronic messages and actions. Users must not use university 



22 



resources for any purpose inconsistent with Oglethorpe's status as a non-profit 
entity. 

2. Email use: Oglethorpe University encourages the appropriate use of email. All 
users are expected to adhere to the bounds of decency, law, ethics, common 
sense and good taste in email communications. Confidentiality of email is not 
guaranteed. Users should not assume that messages they send or receive are 
absolutely private. Views expressed by individual users are not necessarily the 
views of Oglethorpe University. 

3. Intellectual property: Users must comply with all copyright laws and fair use 
provisions, software licenses and all other state and federal laws governing 
intellectual property. Inappropriate reproduction or distribution of copyright 
music, movies, computer software, text, images, etc., is strictly prohibited. 

Privacy 

Oglethorpe University will take reasonable efforts to ensure that user files and email 
messages remain private. Further, the university does not routinely monitor the 
contents of user files and/or messages. However, given the nature of computers and 
electronic communications, the university cannot in any way guarantee, unless legal 
requirements dictate otherwise, the absolute privacy of files and information. Users 
must take reasonable precautions and understand that there is a risk that in some 
circumstances others can, either intentionally or unintentionally, gain access to files 
and/or messages. Where it appears that the integrity, security or functionality of the 
university's computer or network resources are at risk, Oglethorpe University reserves 
the right to take whatever actions it deems necessary (including, but not limited to, 
monitoring activity and viewing files) to investigate and resolve the situation. 

The university will treat personal files and communications as confidential and will 
only examine or disclose their contents when authorized by the owner or under the 
following circumstances: 

1. Criminal investigation: IT Services will comply with any criminal or civil legal 
proceedings and provide any and all data requested in a legal subpoena in a 
timely fashion. The user will be informed of this action unless IT Services is 
legally bound to secrecy. 

2. Termination of employment: IT Services will, upon written request of a depart- 
ment head and/or vice president and after verification that a user has left the 
university, change that user's password and provide the new password to the 
user's former department head or director. 

3. Internal administrative request (e.g., harassment allegation, discrimination, 
job performance, etc.): Any request of an internal nature to examine a user's 
email or electronic data must be made in writing to the director of IT Services. 
Once this request is received, the combined authorization of the Chief Infor- 
mation Officer and the appropriate provost and/or vice president is necessary 
to approve the request and outline the scope and method of the search, who 
will be provided the results of the search and decide whether the affected user 
will be notified and if so, if it will be before or after the search is completed. 

In general, users will be notified of the search unless the circumstances of the 
request dictate otherwise. 

Use of Oglethorpe's computer, network and telecommunication resources and services 
constitutes acceptance of this Email and Computer Use Policy. 

All professional staff members of the IT Services department are required to sign a 
confidentiality agreement regarding any and all user information they may come across 
in the performance of their duties. 



23 



24 



ADMISSION 




25 



The admission policy of Oglethorpe University is based on an individual selection pro- 
cess. Throughout its history, Oglethorpe has welcomed students from all areas of the 
country, as well as from abroad, as candidates for degrees. The admission staff selects 
for admission to the university applicants who present strong evidence of purpose, 
maturity, scholastic ability and the potential for success at Oglethorpe. Should there be 
any question that these qualities exist in an applicant, the student will be required to 
participate in an on-campus interview with the vice president for enrollment. 

Traditional undergraduate application procedures and admission policies are detailed 
in the following paragraphs. 

A pplication requirements and Procedures 

All documents gathered by the university for admission purposes concerning appli- 
cants become the property of the university upon receipt. Documents for applicants are 
retained by the university for a period of two years and are not under any circumstanc- 
es returned to the applicant. Applicants may apply under one of the following plans: 

• Early Action Admission (Non-Binding): Students with a strong interest in 
attending the university are encouraged to consider Early Action Admission. 
Completed applications and all required credentials must be postmarked by 
December 5. Notification letters of the admission decision are sent no later 
than December 20 unless the admission committee requires additional infor- 
mation. Admitted Early Action students who indicate an interest in scholar- 
ships receive priority consideration. The required deposit is refundable until 
May 1, provided the student informs the university in writing of the decision 
not to enroll. 

• Regular Decision Admission: Students may apply at any time. Applications are 
reviewed on a rolling basis as long as space in the class is available. Notifica- 
tion letters are mailed within two weeks of completion unless the admission 
committee requires additional information. The required deposit is refundable 
until May 1, provided the student informs the university in writing of the deci- 
sion not to enroll. 

All applicants must submit the following credentials: 

• A completed application for admission. Students may submit a paper version 
of the application or apply online at www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: admis- 
sion). 

• A $40 application fee. The fee may be paid by credit card, check or money 
order. Please make the check or money order payable to Oglethorpe University. 

• A typed 250-word application essay. 

• A completed Oglethorpe recommendation form or a letter from a high school 
teacher or guidance counselor who can attest to the applicant 's academic abil- 
ity. 

Achievement tests, portfolios or videos are not required for admission, but will be con- 
sidered if submitted. Interviews and campus visits are strongly recommended. 

Beginning Freshman Applicants 

To be considered for admission as a freshman, applicants should normally have or be in 
the process of completing a secondary school program including appropriate courses in 
English, social studies, mathematics and science. While an admission decision is typi- 
cally based on a partial secondary school transcript, a final transcript showing evidence 
of academic work completed and official graduation must be sent to the admission 
office by the candidate's school. 



26 



Eligible students must submit the following additional credentials: 

• An official copy of the secondary school transcript or the General Educational 
Development (GED) test certificate. 

• Official copy of either the ACT or SAT scores. If the ACT or SAT scores do not 
appear on the applicant's high school transcript, the applicant must request 
that the testing agency forward a score report to Oglethorpe University. Our 
college code number for ACT is 0850 and our college code number for SAT is 
5521. 

• If an applicant has earned college credit while in high school (including pre- 
college summer programs), he or she must request that the college which 
granted the credit forward an official record to Oglethorpe University. 

• Test scores for examinations taken with the College Level Examination Pro- 
gram (CLEP), Advanced Placement Program (AP) or International Baccalaure- 
ate Program (IB) should be requested and sent directly to Oglethorpe Univer- 
sity for the possibility of credit. Please see a full discussion of this below under 
Credit by Examination. 

Home Schooled Applicants 

To be considered for admission upon completion of secondary school requirements in a 
home school, applicants must submit the following additional credentials: 

• A portfolio recording all high school work completed including courses stud- 
ied, textbooks, assignments and extracurricular achievements. 

• A personal on-campus interview with an admission officer. 

• An additional letter of recommendation. 

• A home school transcript, if applicable. 

Transfer Applicants 

To be considered for admission as a transfer student, applicants must have earned a 
minimum of 24 semester hours or 36 quarter hours of acceptable college credit with a 
minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) after completing high 
school or the GED. Applicants who have earned less than the minimum must submit 
the college transcript(s) and follow the instructions above for Beginning Freshman 
Applicants. Transfer applicants on probation or exclusion from another institution will 
not be considered for admission. 

In addition to the standard requirements, eligible transfer applicants must submit an 
official transcript from each and every college or university the applicant has attended 
and certification of good academic standing at the most recent or present college. 

Oglethorpe University accepts as transfer credit courses that are comparable to 
university courses and that are applicable to a degree program offered at Oglethorpe. 
Acceptable work must be reflected on an official transcript and must be completed 
with a grade of "C-" or better. Oglethorpe does not accept a "D" grade as transfer credit. 
For transfer credit that may apply toward fulfillment of Core Curriculum requirements, 
please see the Core Curriculum section of this Bulletin. 

Transfer Work under Articulation Agreements 

Oglethorpe offers the opportunity to transfer work through collaborative efforts with 
other institutions byway of Articulation Agreements. Formal agreements have been 
made with the following schools: 

• Teach for America in early childhood education at Agnes Scott College in Deca- 
tur, Georgia 

• Traditional program and honors program at Georgia Perimeter College in 
Atlanta, Georgia 



27 



• The Arkansas School for Mathematics, Sciences and the Arts in Hot Springs, 
Arkansas 

• Caribbean Examinations Council, Barbados 

• The Louisiana School for Math, Science and the Aits in Natchitoches, Louisi- 
ana 

• The Mississippi School for Mathematics and Science in Columbus, Mississippi 

• The North Carolina School of Science and Mathematics 

Additional Transfer Credit Policies 

and Residency Requirements 

The university accepts a maximum of 64 hours of credit in transfer. A minimum of 64 
semester hours must be completed at Oglethorpe as well as at least half of the semester 
hours required for a major to earn an Oglethorpe degree, with 52 of the last 64 hours 
earned in residence. Credit earned at Atlanta Regional Council for Higher Education 
(ARCHE) institutions on a cross-registration basis and credit earned in an approved 
study abroad program are considered Oglethorpe credit. All transfer work will be eval- 
uated by the registrar's office in consultation with faculty members of the appropriate 
divisions in order to determine Oglethorpe University departmental course equivalen- 
cies in those instances for which curricular equivalencies have not been established or 
are not clear. Credit may be transferred in from the following: 

• A maximum of 30 semester hours of credit earned through the United States 
Armed Forces Institute (USAFI) 

• A maximum of 32 semester hours of credit earned through a combination of 
the following programs: 

1. The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) tests 

2. The Advanced Placement (AP) tests 

3. The International Baccalaureate Program (IB) 

Academic credit for these three programs is awarded based on criteria estab- 
lished by individual divisions. Scores are sent to the registrar's office for deter- 
mination of credit to be awarded. For more information on these areas, please 
see the Credit by Examination section of this Bulletin. 

• Students who hold the R.N. credential from an appropriately accredited insti- 
tution are awarded credit for their arts and sciences courses. To earn a bach- 
elor's degree, the student must complete the Core Curriculum, a major and 
other applicable requirements. 

• Credits earned at post-secondaiy institutions accredited by the six regional ac- 
crediting bodies (e.g., Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, Commis- 
sion on Colleges, Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, Commis- 
sion on Higher Education, etc.) 

• Credits earned at post-secondary institutions accredited by national credit- 
ing bodies (e.g., Association of Independent Schools and Colleges, American 
Association of Bible Colleges, etc.) may be accepted. Student transcripts are 
evaluated on an individual basis. Actual catalog course descriptions and 
relevant course syllabi must be provided by the student. Oglethorpe's registrar 
determines transfer credit. 

• Courses recognized by the American Council on Education (ACE) may be ac- 
cepted by the registrar. Programs not recognized by ACE are not accepted. 

International Ap plicants 

Admission to Oglethorpe is open to qualified students from all countries. Applicants 
who are able to provide evidence of suitable academic background, adequate financial 
resources and seriousness of purpose are encouraged to apply. 



28 



Eligible students must submit the following additional credentials: 

• Original, official academic credentials including secondary school, college and 
university documents, certificates or diplomas from the institution issuing 
the documents. An English translation and "course-by-course" evaluation is 
required for all transcripts in languages other than English. Evaluations must 
include semester credit hours, grades and detailed course descriptions. Ap- 
plications for evaluation are available in the Admission office or by calling Josef 
Silny and Associates, Inc., at 305-273-1616. Students who wish to transfer in 
college or university credit must also supply a course description in English for 
each course completed. 

• A completed Financial Statement of Support and bank statement. 

All students whose first language is not English must also submit one of the following 
to be considered for admission: 

• An official transcript from an ELS, Inc., language center indicating completion 
of level 109. 

• Official scores of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Ogletho- 
rpe University requires a minimum TOEFL score of 550 on the paper-admin- 
istered test and a minimum of 213 on the computer-based TOEFL. Our college 
code number for the TOEFL is 5521. 

• Official copy of the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) with a minimum score of 
500 on the critical reading section of the examination. Our college code num- 
ber for the SAT is 5521. 

• Official transcript from a regionally accredited United States college or uni- 
versity with a combined cumulative grade point average of 2.8 with no grade 
below a "C" in two English composition courses. 

All students whose first language is English must also submit one of the following to be 
considered for admission: 

• Official copy of the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) with a minimum score of 
500 in the critical reading section of the examination. Our college code num- 
ber for the SAT is 5521. 

• Official copy of the American College Test (ACT) with a minimum composite 
score of 21. Our college code number for the ACT is 0850. 

• Official copy of the "A" or "O" level examinations with above average scores. 

All international students' secondary and post-secondary school credentials are subject 
to the acceptance criteria stated for his or her country in the American Association of 
Collegiate Registrars and Admission Officers (AACRAO) world education series, gov- 
erned by the National Council on the Evaluation of Foreign Educational Credentials, 
1717 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036. 

Admission Appeal 

A student who has been refused admission may appeal for reconsideration in writing 
to the vice president for enrollment. Additional evidence of academic success must be 
submitted with the letter of appeal. The student may be required to schedule a personal 
interview. 

Joint Enrollment ApplicantsStudents who have attained junior standing or higher at 
their secondary schools may apply for enrollment in suitable courses offered at the 
university. Admission to the joint enrollment program requires that eligible candidates 
have the social maturity to benefit from a collegiate experience, possess a minimum cu- 
mulative grade point average of "B" and have achieved a combined score on the critical 
reading and math sections of the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) of 1140. Normally 



29 



no more than five courses may be taken as a joint enrollment student. Please contact 
the admission office for an application. 

Early Admission (Early Entrance) 

A gifted student of unusual maturity whose secondary school record shows excellent 
academic performance through the junior year in a college preparatory program and 
whose score on a standardized assessment test is high may submit his or her applica- 
tion for admission to the university for enrollment after the junior year of high school. 
In addition to the required credentials for freshman admission, eligible candidates 
must submit a letter of support from their parents and participate in an on-campus 
interview with an admission officer. 

Transient Students from Other Institutions 

Students in transient status are those who are enrolled and pursuing their degree 
at another institution and who wish to take a course at Oglethorpe. To enroll, tran- 
sient students must secure permission from their home institution certifying that the 
institution will accept the course work completed at Oglethorpe as transfer credit. In 
addition, a letter of good standing or a current transcript must be sent to the admission 
office. 

Special Status Admission 

Special status admission is designed for students who wish to take a limited number of 
post-baccalaureate classes at Oglethorpe or for non-traditional students who desire to 
begin college course work prior to being admitted to a degree-seeking program. Stu- 
dents may be admitted to Oglethorpe's traditional undergraduate program as a special 
status candidate if they meet one of the following criteria: 

• They are at least 25 years of age and at least five years removed from their last 
educational experience. 

• They have graduated from another accredited college or university. 

Special status students may enroll for a maximum of 16 semester hours. Individuals de- 
siring to enroll for additional courses must apply as regular, degree-seeking candidates. 

To apply for special status admission, students must submit: 

• A completed application form. 

• A $35 nonrefundable application fee. The fee may be paid by credit card, check 
or money order. Please make the check or money order payable to Oglethorpe 
University. 

• An official copy of the transcript from the last institution attended or a copy of 
a college diploma. 

Special status students are not eligible for financial assistance. 

Re-admission 

Students who leave the university whether in good academic standing or not and who 
wish to return after an absence of more than 12 months should contact the admis- 
sion office to request an application for re-admission. The completed application and 
official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended must be submitted for re- 
admission consideration. Students not in good academic standing will be re-admitted 
to the university with the approval of the provost. All students re-admitted to the uni- 
versity are governed by current graduation requirements. Any exceptions are granted 
at the discretion of the provost. 



30 



For absences of less than 12 months, see Re-activation in the Academic Records, Regu- 
lations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

Placement Examinations 

Any student with previous study in a foreign language planning to continue study in 
that language is required to take a placement examination. Students pursuing a Bach- 
elor of Arts degree must complete a minimum of one semester of a foreign language at 
the second semester elementary-level or higher. 

Placement for introductory Science Courses 

All 100-level introductory science courses (BIO 101 General Biology I, CHM 101 Gen- 
eral Chemistry I, CHM 101L General Chemistry Laboratory I, PHY 101 General Phys- 
ics I and PHY 101L Introductory Physics Laboratory I) have the same mathematics 
prerequisite. There are three ways that students can fulfill this mathematics require- 
ment: 

1. By achieving a score of 2, 3, 4 or 5 on the Advanced Placement Calculus AB or 
BC Examination; or 

2. By achieving a score of 550 or higher on the Mathematics Section of the SAT 
(the College Entrance Examination Board's Scholastic Assessment Test) or a 
score of 22 or higher on the Mathematics Section of the ACT (the American Col- 
lege Testing Program Assessment); or 

3. By earning a grade of "C-" or higher in MAT 103 Precalculus or MAT 131 
Calculus I at Oglethorpe University (or the equivalent course at a college or 
university; high school precalculus and high school calculus do NOT fulfill the 
prerequisite). PHY 201 College Physics I has MAT 131 Calculus I as a pre- or 
co-requisite, meaning that MAT 131 must be taken simultaneously with PHY 
201 if MAT 131 has not been completed earlier. 

Credit by Examination 

There are three testing programs through which students may earn credit for required 
or elective courses. Any student who has questions about these examinations should 
consult the registrar. No more than 32 semester hours of credit will be accepted from a 
combination of the programs described below. 

College Level Examination Program - CLEP 

Oglethorpe awards credit for CLEP to students who achieve a minimum score of 50 on 
a Subject Examination. Please contact the Oglethorpe registrar to learn which CLEP 
examinations are granted credit. CLEP examinations normally are taken before the 
student matriculates at Oglethorpe. Only under special circumstances will credit be 
awarded for an examination taken after the student completes his or her first semester 
at the university. 

Advanced Placement Program 

The university encourages students who have completed Advanced Placement (AP) 
examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board to submit their scores prior 
to enrollment for evaluation for college credit. Please contact the admission office or 
the registrar for the procedures to receive credit for AP exams. Academic credit will be 
given in the appropriate area to students presenting Advanced Placement grades of 3, 
4 or 5; neither credit nor exemption will be given for a grade of 2. Specific policies are 
indicated in the chart that follows. These are subject to change at any time. 



31 



International Baccalaureate Program 

With the goal of developing citizens of the world, Oglethorpe University recognizes and 
appreciates the intellectual rigors of the International Baccalaureate (IB) program, its 
interdisciplinary nature, global perspective and commitment to service. The align- 
ment between courses like Theory of Knowledge and Oglethorpe's Core Curriculum 
(see the Core Curriculum section in the Bulletin) leads to a seamless integration into 
academic life at Oglethorpe. Because of this, four-year renewable IB scholarships* as 
well as advanced standing are awarded upon enrollment at Oglethorpe for earning an 
IB Diploma. 

Hours will initially be awarded as general elective credits based upon the total IB score 
(see General Elective Chart), with a score of 30 or higher earning sophomore standing 
(32 semester hours). All, or a portion of general elective credits may be re-allocated 
for specific course credit based upon the AP/IB Credit Chart, and for Core classes upon 
approval of the core director. Should the amount of specific semester hours earned sur- 
pass the amount of general elective credits the student will receive the greater amount, 
not to exceed 32 semester hours. 

Students seeking to graduate in three years may register for COR 401 or COR 402 after 
earning rising senior standing (81 credit hours), or with the approval of the core direc- 
tor. 

GENERAL ELECTIVE CHART 

IB Score Semester Hours Awarded 

32 (sophomore standing and privileges) 



30 or higher 


32 


29_ 


28 


28 


24 


27 


20 


26 


16 


25 


12 


24 


8 



*For specifics on scholarships please contact the admission office at 404-364-8307, 
admission@oglethorpe.edu, or visit www.oglethorpe.edu/admission/undergraduate 



32 



ADVANCED PLACEMENT and INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE CREDIT CHART 

Accepted Examination Grades (unless stated otherwise) 
AP: 3, 4, 5 / IB (Higher Level Exam): 5, 6, 7 



AP/IB Exam 



Hours Awarded Course Equivalents 



Art 



Studio ' 


Elective Credit 


History ' 


Elective Credit 


Biology 




Grade 4 or 5 AP ' 


GEN 102 Natural Science: The Biological Sciences and (subject to placement) BIO 1 02 General Biology II 


Grade 3 AP ' 


GEN 102 Natural Science: The Biological Sciences 


Chemistry 




Grade 4 or 5 AP ' 


CHM 101 General Chemistry 1 (subject to placement exam) 


Grade 3 AP < 


GEN 101 Natural Science: The Physical Sciences 


Computer Science' ' 


CSC 201 Introduction to Programming 


Economics 




Microeconomics ' 


ECO 121 Introduction to Economics 


Macroeconomics ' 


Elective Credit 


English 




Language and Composition 




Grade 4 or 5 AR 6 or 7 IB ' 


Elective Credit 


Grade 3 AP or 5 IB ' 


Essay will be evaluated by English faculty upon request. 


Literature and Composition 




Grade 4 or 5 AR 6 or 7 IB ' 


Elective Credit 


Grade 3 AP or 5 IB ' 


Essay will be evaluated by English faculty upon request. 



French 

Language 
Literature 


8 
8 


FRE 101, FRE 102 Elementary French 1 ond II 
General credit in French 


German 

Language 
Literature 


8 
8 


GER 101, GER 102 Elementary German 1 and II 
General credit in German 


Government' 


4 


POL 101 Introduction to American Politics 


History 

American 
European 


4 
4 


Elective Credit 
Elective Credit 


Japanese 


8 


JPN 101, JPN 102 Elementary Japanese 1 and II 


Latin 


8 


LAT 101, LAT 102 Elementary Latin 1 and II 



Mathematics' 

Calculus AB 
Calculus BC 
Statistics 



4 MAT 131 Calculus I 

8 MAT 131, MAT 132 Calculus I and II 

4 MAT 111 Statistics 



Music' 

Theory 
Appreciation 



Content will be evaluated by music faculty 
COR 103 Music and Culture 



Physics' 




Physics B 




Grade 4 or 5 AP 


8 


Grade 3 AP 


4 


Physics C - Mechanics 




Grade 4 or 5 AP 


5 


Grade 3 AP 


4 


Physics C - E & M 




Grade 4 or 5 AP 


5 


Grade 3 AP 


4 



PHY 101, PHY 102 General Physics I and II (student may be required to submit a lab portfolio for 8 hrs credit) 
GEN 101 Natural Science: The Physical Sciences 

PHY 201 College Physics I (student may be required to submit a lab portfolio for 5 hours credit) 
GEN 101 Natural Science: The Physical Sciences 

PHY 202 College Physics II (student my be required to submit o lab portfolio for 5 hours credit) 
GEN 101 Natural Science-. The Physical Sciences 



Psychology' 



PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology 



Spanish 

Language 
Literature 



SPN 101, SPN 102 Elementary Spanish I and II 
General credit in Spanish 



Credit for the IB exam will be determined through discussion with the faculty within the appropriate academic field. Any exams not included in this chart should be 
brought to the attention of the registrar, and the appropriate faculty members will determine credit. 



33 



34 



FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 




MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING, MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



35 



Programs 

Oglethorpe University offers a variety of strategies and resources to keep the net 
cost of an Oglethorpe education affordable. Both need-based aid and awards based 
on academic achievement are available. Students interested in financial aid should 
complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). FAFSA is the ap- 
proved needs-analysis form by which students may apply for the following need-based 
programs: Federal Pell Grant, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, 
Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Work-Study, Federal Stafford Loan, Leveraging Edu- 
cational Assistance Program and the Oglethorpe Need-Based Grant. After a student 
submits the FAFSA to the federal processor, the school will receive from the processor 
an Institutional Student Information Record (ISIR). Upon acceptance to the university 
and receipt of the student's ISIR, Oglethorpe's financial aid professionals will prepare 
a comprehensive financial aid package, which may include assistance from any one or 
more of the following sources: 

James Edward Oglethorpe Scholarships provide full tuition for four years of under- 
graduate study, if scholarship criteria continue to be met. Recipients are selected on the 
basis of an academic competition held on campus in the spring of each year. Students 
must achieve a minimum SAT/ACT score and earn a minimum cumulative grade point 
average in a competitive high school curriculum and demonstrate a superior record 
of leadership in extracurricular activities either in school or in the community. This 
scholarship is renewable for a total of 4 years provided recipients maintain a minimum 
cumulative grade point average of 3.2 and complete a minimum of 12 semester hours 
each fall and spring semester. For application procedures and deadlines, contact the 
admission office. 

Civic Engagement Scholarships provide full tuition for four years of undergradu- 
ate study if scholarship criteria continue to be met. Candidates must demonstrate a 
deep commitment to service and leadership in their community and the promise of 
continued exemplary service while a student at Oglethorpe. Applicants are expected to 
participate in a competition on campus and to submit an essay detailing their history 
of service. Eligible candidates must achieve a minimum SAT or ACT score and earn 
a minimum cumulative grade point average in a competitive high school curriculum. 
This scholarship is renewable for a total of four years provided recipients maintain a 
minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.2 and complete a minimum of 12 se- 
mester hours each fall and spring semester. For application procedures, deadlines and 
requirements, contact the admission office. 

Georgia Shakespeare Scholarships provide full tuition for four years of undergradu- 
ate study if scholarship criteria continue to be met. Candidates must demonstrate a 
commitment to performing and understanding Shakespeare. Applicants are expected 
to participate in a competition on campus by performing a prepared monologue, 
participating in a seminar on Shakespeare and writing an essay based on the seminar 
discussion. This scholarship is renewable for a total of four years provided recipients 
maintain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.2 and complete a minimum 
of 12 semester hours each fall and spring semester. Continued dedication to theater 
and to Oglethorpe's professional theater company in residence, Georgia Shakespeare, is 
expected. For application procedures, deadlines and requirements, contact the admis- 
sion office. 

Oglethorpe Scholars Awards (OSA —including Presidential Scholarships, Oxford 
Scholarships, University Scholarships and Lanier Scholarships) are based on achieve- 
ment and available to entering students with superior academic ability. A fundamental 
aim of Oglethorpe University is to prepare students for leadership roles in society. One 
way of promoting this purpose is to give special recognition to students who demon- 



36 



strate superior academic abilities as undergraduates. Scholarships range from $4,000 
to $15,000. 

Recipients of funds from this program are expected to maintain specified levels of aca- 
demic achievement and make a significant contribution to the Oglethorpe community. 
Each award is for one year but can be renewed on the basis of an annual evaluation of 
academic and other performance factors. 

Oglethorpe Christian Scholarships are awarded to freshmen who are residents 
of Georgia and who demonstrate active participation in their churches. Academic 
qualifications for consideration include SAT scores of 1100 or higher and a senior class 
rank in the upper 25 percent. Awards range up to $1,500 per academic year. Recipients 
are required to maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average and engage in a service 
project during the academic year. For application procedures and deadlines, contact 
the Financial Aid Office. 

HOPE Scholarships of $1,750 (12 credit hours or more) and $875 (6-11 credit hours) 
per semester are available to Georgia residents who have graduated from an eligible 
high school in 1996 or later, with at least a 3.0 grade point average in specific Core Cur- 
riculum classes. Georgia residents who do not qualify under these guidelines but have 
now attempted 30 or more semester hours with a 3.0 grade point average or higher 
may also be eligible. The applicant must be a Georgia resident for one year prior to at- 
tendance at any college or university in Georgia. Students entering the HOPE Schol- 
arship program for the first time after attempting 30 or 60 semester hours should be 
aware that their grade point average is calculated to include all attempted hours taken 
after high school graduation. Recipients of the scholarship are required to maintain 
a 3.0 or higher cumulative grade point average for reinstatement. For more informa- 
tion, contact the HOPE Scholarship Program at 770-724-9000 or 1-800-505-GSFC or 
Oglethorpe's Financial Aid Office. 

The Leveraging Educational Assistance Program (LEAP) is one of the need-based 
grants for qualified Georgia residents to enable them to attend eligible post-secondary 
institutions of their choice in the state. The grant awards are designed to provide only 
a portion of the students resources in financing the total cost of a college education. A 
student should complete the FAFSA for consideration. 

The Federal Pell Grant is a federal aid program that provides non-repayable funds to 
eligible students. Eligibility is based upon the results from the FAFSA. 

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (FSEOG) are awarded to 
undergraduate students with exceptional financial need. Priority is given to Federal 
Pell Grant recipients and does not require repayment. 

Oglethorpe Need-Based Grants are available to full-time day undergraduate students 
who demonstrate financial need by completing the FAFSA. Oglethorpe Need-Based 
Grants in conjunction with federal, state, private or institutional assistance cannot 
exceed the student 's financial need. 

Federal Work-Study Program (FWSP) permits a student to earn part of his or her 
educational expenses. The earnings from this program and other financial aid cannot 
exceed the student 's financial need. Students eligible for this program work part time 
primarily on the Oglethorpe campus. A limited number of community service positions 
are available at locations near the campus. 

Federal Perkins Loans are long-term, low-cost educational loans to students who 
have demonstrated need for such assistance. Priority is given first to sophomore, junior 
or senior students. Interest is charged at a five percent annual rate beginning nine 



37 



months after the borrower ceases to be at least a half-time student (a minimum course 
load of six semester hours). Information regarding repayment terms, deferment and 
cancellation options is available in the business office. 

Federal Stafford (Subsidized and Unsubsidized) Loans are long-term loans avail- 
able through banks and other lending institutions. Students must submit the FAFSA 
and be attending at least half time to receive consideration. A separate Master Promis- 
sory Note (MPN) is also required. Information regarding repayment terms, deferment 
and cancellation options are available in the Financial aid Office. 

Federal PLUS Loans are long-term loans available to parents through banks and 
other lending institutions. Parents desiring to seek a loan from this program should 
consult the various lenders indicated on the Oglethorpe University Lender List for ad- 
ditional information. 

Choral Music Scholarships (Performance) are awarded annually to incoming stu- 
dents pursuing any degree offered at Oglethorpe who demonstrate exceptional achieve- 
ment in choral singing or keyboard accompanying. Candidates must be nominated 
with a letter of recommendation by the conductor of their choral ensemble on a special 
form obtainable from the Director of Musical Activities at Oglethorpe. 

Playmakers Scholarships (Performance) are awarded annually to current students 
who have demonstrated exceptional ability in the area of dramatic performance and a 
strong commitment to Oglethorpe's theatre program. Awards are based on ability, not 
financial need. 

Note: Dual-degree students in art and engineering may not use Oglethorpe assistance 
to attend other institutions. 

Academic Policies Governing Student Financial Aid 

Applicants for federal aid, state grants or institutional aid must be making Satisfactory 
Academic Progress (SAP) toward the completion of degree requirements and be in 
good academic standing with the university in order to receive financial aid. Satisfac- 
tory Academic Progress at Oglethorpe is denned as follows: 

1. A student must receive a passing grade in at least 67 percent of all courses at- 
tempted at Oglethorpe. A course is considered "attempted" if the student was 
enrolled in the course at the end of the drop/add period. 

2. A student must achieve a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.0 by the 
end of the first academic year at Oglethorpe. 

3. A student must complete an educational program within a timeframe that does 
not exceed 150 percent of the number of hours required to complete the degree. 
For undergraduate programs of study, this provides up to 192 attempted semes- 
ter hours to complete a 128 semester hour degree program. 

Unsatisfactory grades that count against a student's progress are: 



D 
F 


If a "C-" or better is required for the major 
Failure 


FA 
NG 


Failure by Absence 
No Grade 


W 


Withdrew 


WF 
I 

U 
AU 


Withdrew Failing 
Incomplete 
Unsatisfactory 
Audit 



38 



Courses that are being repeated will not be considered when determining financial aid 
eligibility unless a grade of at least a "C-" is required to fulfill the degree requirements. 
The student must notify the Financial Aid Office if a course is being repeated. 

SAP requirements will be reviewed at the completion of each spring semester. Stu- 
dents not meeting SAP standards, due either to the failure to complete 67 percent of 
the courses attempted or the failure to meet and maintain the required cumulative 
grade point average will be placed in a financial aid warning status. Students will be 
notified in writing of this warning. Students placed in warning status due to failure to 
complete 67 percent of their courses must attempt a normal course load and success- 
fully complete at least 67 percent of the classes attempted. Students placed in warning 
status due to low grade point average will be required to achieve a minimum 2.00 for 
each subsequent semester of enrollment until a minimum 2.00 cumulative average is 
achieved. 

Students who do not perform as required during the warning semester will be placed 
on financial aid suspension. During this suspension period, all aid will be denied and 
will not be restored until academic performance meets the SAP standards stated above. 
Students placed in suspension who feel they have significant mitigating circumstances 
hindering their academic performance may appeal in writing to the Director of Finan- 
cial Aid. No verbal appeals will be accepted. Appeals should specify exactly how or why 
the student did not meet the standards prescribed in the warning notification. Addi- 
tional documentation may be required to support the request for appeal (i.e. doctor's 
verification of illness, etc.). The appeal should be submitted to the Director of Financial 
Aid at least two weeks prior to the start of the semester. Students will be notified in 
writing of the appeal decision. If the appeal is successful and aid was withheld, then it 
maybe disbursed if the student meets all other eligibility requirements. 

Students are encouraged to seek academic counseling through their academic adviser 
and to see a financial aid officer at the first signs of academic difficulty. 

A pplication Procedure 

Students applying for the HOPE Scholarship program for the first time should submit 
a HOPE Scholarship application from the Georgia Student Finance Commission web- 
site at www.gacollege411.org. 

Students meeting the requirements for an Oglethorpe Scholars Award (OSA) are 
considered based on their admission application. Students applying for an Oglethorpe 
Christian Scholarship must complete the appropriate scholarship application, which 
may be obtained from the Financial Aid Office. 

The application procedures for the Federal Pell Grant, Federal Supplemental Edu- 
cational Opportunity Grant, Federal Perkins Loan, Oglethorpe Need-Based Grant, 
Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Work-Study Program and Leveraging Educational As- 
sistance Program are as follows: 

1. Apply and be admitted as a regular degree-seeking student. 

2. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) after January 
1, but no later than April 1. Students should keep a copy of the FAFSA before 
submitting it to the federal processor. The original FAFSA may be filed elec- 
tronically at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Oglethorpe's Federal Code is 001586. 

3. Once the FAFSA has been received and processed by the federal processor, an 
Institutional Student Information Record (ISIR) will be sent to the Financial 
Aid Office. 

4. Keep copies of all federal income tax returns, etc., as these documents may be 
required in order to verify the information provided on the FAFSA. 



39 



5. New students who are offered employment through the Federal Work-Study 
Program must complete the Student Employment Application form. This form 
will be sent as needed. 

6. If eligible for a Federal Stafford Loan or Federal PLUS Loan, a Master Prom- 
issory Note (MPN) must be completed. Contact the Financial Aid Office for 
more information. 

Federal and State Aid E lig ib ility Requirements 

1. Demonstrate financial need (exception: HOPE Scholarship, Federal Unsubsi- 
dized Stafford Loan and Federal PLUS Loan programs). 

2. Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development (GED) 
certificate or pass an independently administered test approved by the U.S. 
Department of Education. 

3. Be enrolled as a regular degree-seeking student in an eligible program. 

4. Be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen. 

5. Generally, have a social security number. 

6. Register with Selective Service, if required. 

7- Must not owe a refund on any grant or loan; not be in default on any loan or 
have made satisfactory arrangements to repay any defaulted loan; and not have 
borrowed in excess of the loan limits, under Title IV programs, at any institu- 
tion. 

8. Make satisfactory academic progress. Refer to the Academic Policies Govern- 
ing Student Financial Aid. 

9. May not be a member of a religious community, society or order who by direc- 
tion of his or her community, society or order is pursuing a course of study at 
Oglethorpe and who receives support and maintenance from his or her com- 
munity, society or order. 

10. Students must be enrolled at least six hours for the semester after the drop/ 
add period to receive federal and state aid, with the exception of the Georgia 
Tuition Equalization Grant for which students must be enrolled full-time for 
the semester. 

Payment of Awards 

All awards, except Federal Work-Study earnings, Federal PLUS Loans and some Feder- 
al Stafford Loans, are disbursed to students by means of a direct credit to their account. 
Financial aid disbursements are made on a semester-by-semester basis only; disburse- 
ment of all awards is dependent upon final approval by the director of financial aid. 
Only when a student's file is complete can aid be credited to the account. 

Renewal of Awards 

Renewal FAFSA information is provided to students by the U.S. Department of Edu- 
cation. Students must meet the eligibility requirements indicated above and file the 
appropriate applications for each program. The preferred deadline for receipt of a com- 
pleted financial aid file is April 1. Applicants whose files become complete after this 
time will be considered based upon availability of funds. 

For renewal of most Oglethorpe Scholars Awards, students must maintain a cumula- 
tive grade point average of 2.0 consistent with the Satisfactory Academic Progress 
policy. A 3.2 or higher grade point average is required for renewal of the Presidential 
with Recognition Scholarships and for all full-tuition scholarships such as the James 
Edward Oglethorpe, Civic Engagement and Georgia Shakespeare scholarships. 



40 



In addition to the cumulative grade point average requirement, students must earn at 
least 24 semester hours during the current academic year. Students who are deficient 
in the number of hours required might attend summer school at Oglethorpe. Students 
also have the option of submitting a written appeal to the director of financial aid. 

Students who meet the scholarship renewal criteria will have their awards automati- 
cally renewed for the next academic year. 

Endowed Scholarships 

Oglethorpe Scholars may receive special recognition of their outstanding achievement 
by being named as an endowed or annual scholar. Selection of this honorary designa- 
tion is based upon the criteria outlined below: 

The J. Frederick Agel, Sr., '52 Endowed Scholarship: Awarded to a junior student 
(rising senior) with a grade point average that qualifies him or her for Latin honors 
and who also contributes significantly to student life as determined by the Office of 
Student Affairs. The scholarship will support the student during his or her senior year 
at Oglethorpe University. 

The John A. Aldrich Memorial Scholarship Fund: Endowment funding was estab- 
lished in 2008 by a gift from Lyman C. Aldrich, class of 1938, in honor of his father, 
John A. Aldrich, former Dean of the School of Science at Oglethorpe. Scholarship 
preference is given to a worthy student in need. 

The Ivan Allen Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by a grant from The Allen 
Foundation, Inc., of Atlanta, in memory of Ivan Allen, Sr., who was a trustee of the uni- 
versity for many years and general chairman of the first major fundraising campaign. 
The Ivan Allen family and foundation are long-time benefactors of the university. Ivan 
Allen Scholars must be from the Southeast, have at least a 3.2 grade point average, 
leadership ability and demonstrated financial need. 

The Becker-Grenwald Fund: Funding was established by Judith M. Becker of Augus- 
ta, Georgia, former member of the President's Advisory Council and longtime friend of 
Oglethorpe University, in memory of Edward S. Grenwald, member of the Oglethorpe 
University Board of Trustees and former President of the Board of Visitors, to help de- 
fray tuition and other educational expenses of one or more full-time undergraduate or 
graduate students at Oglethorpe who are citizens and permanent residents of Turkey. 
The scholarship shall be based on merit, without regard to financial need. 

The Marshall A. and Mary Bishop Asher Endowed Scholar: Funding was estab- 
lished by the Asher family in 1988. The late Mr. and Mrs. Asher were both alumni 
(classes of 1941 and 1943 respectively) and both served for many years as trustees of 
the university. The scholarship is awarded to a superior student in science. 

The Keith Baker Endowed Scholarship: Funding was established by former students 
in honor of Professor Keith Baker, a valued member of the Oglethorpe accounting 
faculty from 1983 to 1999- This scholarship is awarded annually to a junior majoring 
in accounting. The student must demonstrate a strong academic record, active campus 
and community involvement, relevant work experience and aspirations for a career in 
the field of accounting. 

The Bank of America Scholars Program: This endowed scholarship program was 
established in 1999 by Bank of America, formerly NationsBank, and is awarded to 
students majoring in business or computer science. 



41 



The Earl Blackwell Endowed Scholar: Earl Blackwell, distinguished publisher, 
playwright, author and founder of Celebrity Services, Inc., headquartered in New York, 
established this scholarship for deserving students with special interest in English, 
journalism or the performing arts. Mr. Blackwell was a 1929 graduate of the university. 

The Lauren Ashley Burk Memorial Scholarship Fund: Endowment funding was 
established by gifts from family friends, colleagues and community members in 2008 
in memory of Lauren Ashley Burk, daughter of James Burk, class of 1983, and Viviane 
Guerchon. This scholarship is awarded to a student with an interest in art. 

The Frank and Eleanor Burke Endowed Scholarship Fund: Funding was estab- 
lished by a gift from Mr. Burke, a 1996 graduate of the university, and his family. 
Scholarship preference is given to a worthy student in need, deserving of a second 
chance at college. 

The Class of 1963 Endowed Scholar: Funding was established through the efforts of 
the class of 1963. The intention of this scholarship is "to give to others, so they too can 
be enriched by an Oglethorpe education." 

The Miriam H. and John A. Conant Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by 
Mrs. Miriam H. "Bimby" and Mr. John A. Conant, long-time benefactors of Oglethorpe 
and both recipients of Oglethorpe Honorary Doctor of Humane Letters degrees. Mrs. 
Conant served as a trustee of the university from 1981 until her death in January 2003. 
Scholarships are awarded annually to superior students with leadership ability. 

The Michael A. Corvasce Memorial Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by 
Dr. and Mrs. Michael Corvasce of Hauppauge, New York, and friends in memory of 
Michael Archangel Corvasce, class of 1979- The scholarship recipient is selected from 
the three pre-medical students who have the highest cumulative grade point aver- 
age through their junior years and plan to attend an American medical school. This 
scholarship, which perpetuates Michael Archangel Corvasce's interest in Oglethorpe 
and medicine, takes into consideration the moral character of the candidates as well as 
their academic qualifications. 

The Estelle Anderson Crouch Endowed Scholar: Mr. John W. Crouch, class of 1929 
and a former trustee of the university, provided funding for this scholarship in memory 
of Mrs. Estelle Anderson Crouch, mother of John Thomas Crouch, class of 1965. Mrs. 
Crouch died in I960. The scholarship is awarded annually without regard to financial 
need to students who have demonstrated high academic standards. 

The Katherine Shepard Crouch Endowed Scholar: Funding was given in memory of 
Mrs. Katherine Shepard Crouch by Mr. John W. Crouch and is awarded annually based 
upon academic achievement. 

The Cammie Lee Stow Kendrick Crouch Endowed Scholar: This scholarship was 
endowed by Mr. John W. Crouch in memory of Mrs. Cammie Lee Stow Kendrick 
Crouch. Mr. and Mrs. Crouch were classmates at Oglethorpe and graduates in the class 
of 1929. It is awarded annually based upon academic achievement. 

The Karen S. Dillingham Memorial Endowed Scholar: Funding was provided by 
Mr. and Mrs. Paul L. Dillingham in loving memory of their daughter. Mr. Dillingham is 
a former trustee and served for several years as a senior administrator of the university. 
The scholarship is awarded each year to an able and deserving student. 

The R. E. Dorough Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by a gift from Mr. 
Dorough's estate. Scholarships from this fund are awarded to able and deserving stu- 



42 



dents based on the criteria outlined in his will. Mr. Dorough was a former trustee of the 
university. 

The William A. Egerton Memorial Endowed Scholar: Initial funding was estab- 
lished in 1988 by Franklin L. Burke '66, Robert B. Currey '66 and Gary C. Harden '69 
who encouraged other alumni and friends to assist in establishing this fund in memory 
of Professor Egerton, a highly respected member of the faculty from 1956 to 1978. The 
scholarship is awarded to a student with a strong academic record and demonstrated 
leadership skills who is majoring in business administration. 

The Ernst & Young Endowed Scholar (formerly Ernst & Whinney): Funding was 
established in 1981 through the efforts of Murray D. Wood, a former vice chairman at 
Ernst & Whinney and by a gift from the accounting firm of Ernst & Whinney of Cleve- 
land, Ohio. Scholarship preference will be given to superior students who are majoring 
in accounting. 

The Henry R. "Hank" Frieman Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by Mr. 
Frieman, class of 1936. An outstanding athlete during his days at Oglethorpe, Frieman 
spent a career in coaching, earning a spot in the Oglethorpe Athletic Hall of Fame. This 
scholarship is awarded annually based on academic achievement, leadership qualities, 
demonstrated need and a special interest in sports. 

The Charles A. Frueauff Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by grants from 
the Charles A. Frueauff Foundation of Little Rock, Arkansas. Scholarship preference is 
given to able and deserving students from middle-income families who do not qualify 
for governmental assistance. The criteria for selection also include academic ability and 
leadership potential. 

The Lu Thomasson Garrett Endowed Scholar: Funding was established in honor of 
Lu Thomasson Garrett, class of 1952, a former trustee of the university and a recipient 
of an Oglethorpe Honorary Doctor of Humane Letters degree. Preference for awarding 
scholarships from this fund is given to students who meet the criteria for an Ogletho- 
rpe Scholars Award and are majoring in education or business administration. 

The Georgia Power Company Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by a grant 
from the Georgia Power Company of Atlanta. The fund will provide scholarship sup- 
port for able and deserving students from Georgia. Georgia Power Scholars must have 
at least a 3.2 grade point average, leadership ability and financial need. 

The Goizueta Endowed Scholar: Established by grants from the Goizueta Founda- 
tion, this endowment provides need-based scholarships for Hispanic students who 
reside in the United States. Participation in high school extracurricular activities and 
an evaluation of the student's potential to succeed at Oglethorpe are considered. 

The Walter F. Gordy Memorial Endowed Scholar: Funding was established in 1994 
with a bequest from the Estate of William L. Gordy, class of 1925. Walter Gordy was 
also an alumnus of Oglethorpe, class of 1924. The scholarship fund was increased in 
1995 with a bequest from the Estate of Mrs. William L. (Helene) Gordy. Scholarships 
from this fund are awarded at the discretion of the university. 

The Bert L. and Emory B. Hammack Memorial Scholar: Established in 1984 by Mr. 

Francis R. Hammack, a member of the class of 1927 and brother of Bert L. and Emory 
B. Hammack, this scholarship is awarded annually to a senior student majoring in 
science or mathematics, who is a native of Georgia and who had the highest academic 
grade point average of all such students who attended Oglethorpe University in his or 
her previous undergraduate years. 



43 



The Francis R. Hammack Scholar: Established in 1990 by Mr. Francis R. Hammack, 
a member of the class of 1927, this scholarship is to be awarded annually to a needy but 
worthy junior class English major who is a native of Georgia and has attended Ogletho- 
rpe University in his or her previous undergraduate years. 

The Leslie U. and Ola Ryle Hammack Memorial Scholar: Funding of this third 
gift was established in 1985 by Francis R. Hammack, class of 1927, in memory of his 
parents. It is awarded annually to a junior class student working toward the Bachelor 
of Business Administration degree, who is a native of Georgia and who had the highest 
academic grade point average of all such students who attended Oglethorpe University 
in his or her previous undergraduate years. 

The William Randolph Hearst Scholarship: This is an endowed scholarship awarded 
annually to a deserving student who has attained exceptional academic achievement. 
The William Randolph Hearst Foundation, New York, established the endowment to 
provide this scholarship in honor of Mr. Hearst, one of the benefactors of Oglethorpe 
University. 

The Harold Hirsch Foundation Endowed Scholarship: Established in 1981 by the 
Harold Hirsch Foundation with the intent of assisting non-traditional age students, 
this scholarship is awarded annually to students enrolled in Oglethorpe's evening 
degree program. 

The Ira Jarrell Endowed Scholar: Funding was established in 1975 to honor the late 
Dr. Jarrell, former Superintendent of Atlanta Schools and a 1928 graduate of Ogletho- 
rpe. It is awarded annually in the fall to a new student who is a graduate of an Atlanta 
public high school studying teacher education. Should there be no eligible applicant, 
the award may be made to an Atlanta high school graduate in any field, or the univer- 
sity may award the scholarship to any worthy high school graduate requiring assistance 
while working in the field of teacher education. 

The Nancy H. Kerr Endowed Scholarship: Funding was established by Margaret O. 
Y. Chin, class of 1987, in honor of former Professor of Psychology and Provost Nancy 
H. Kerr. Scholarships are awarded annually to students who demonstrate superior 
academic achievement, leadership potential and active community involvement. 

The Mary Jane Stuart Kohler Memorial Scholarship Fund: The fund was estab- 
lished by family and friends in memory of Mrs. Kohler, a 1990 graduate. The scholar- 
ship is awarded to a junior or senior female student who demonstrates strong involve- 
ment in campus life, a positive outlook coupled with diligence and commitment to all 
she undertakes and at least a 3.0 grade point average. 

The Ray M. and Mary Elizabeth Lee Foundation Endowed Scholarship: Funding 
was established by the Lee Foundation of Atlanta. Scholarships are awarded to able 
and deserving students. 

The Lowry Memorial Scholar: Established by a bequest from Emma Markham 
Lowry in 1923, awards are made to students who "desire an education but are unable 
to secure the same because of a lack of funds." 

The Vera A. Milner Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by Belle Turner 
Lynch, class of 1961 and a trustee of the university, and her sisters, Virginia T. Rezetko 
and Vera T. Wells, in memory of their aunt, Vera A. Milner. The scholarship is awarded 
annually to a full-time student planning to study at Oglethorpe for the degree of Mas- 
ter of Aits in Teaching Early Childhood Education (Grades P-5). Eligibility may begin 
in the undergraduate junior year at Oglethorpe. Qualifications include a grade point 



44 



average of at least 3.25, a Scholastic Assessment Test or Graduate Record Examination 
score of 1100 and a commitment to teaching. 

The Virgil W. and Virginia C. Milton Endowed Scholar: Funding was established 
through the gifts of their five children. Mr. Milton was a 1929 graduate of Oglethorpe 
University and a former chairman of the Board of Trustees. He received an Honor- 
ary Doctor of Commerce degree from Oglethorpe in 1975. The scholarship is awarded 
based on the applicant's financial need, academic achievement and leadership ability. 

The Dr. Keiichi Nishimura Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by his fam- 
ily in memory of Dr. Keiichi Nishimura, a Methodist minister who served in the poor 
areas of Tokyo for over 50 years. The scholarship is awarded to able and deserving 
international students based on financial need, academic achievement and leadership 
potential. 

The Oglethorpe Christian Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by a grant 
from an Atlanta foundation which wishes to remain anonymous. The fund also has 
received grants from the Akers Foundation, Inc., of Gastonia, North Carolina; the 
Clark and Ruby Baker Foundation of Atlanta; the Mary and E. P. Rogers Foundation 
of Atlanta. Recipients must be legal residents of Georgia and have graduated from a 
Georgia high school. High school applicants must rank in the top quarter of their high 
school classes and have Scholastic Assessment Test scores of 1100 or more; upper- 
classmen must have a grade point average of 3.0. Applicants must submit a statement 
from a local minister attesting to their religious commitment, active involvement in a 
local church, Christian character and promise of Christian leadership and service. The 
Oglethorpe Christian Scholarship Committee interviews applicants. 

The Oglethorpe Memorial Endowed Scholar: Funding was established in 1994 by 
combining several existing scholarship funds created over the previous two decades. 
This fund also allows people to establish memorials with amounts smaller than would 
otherwise be possible. The following are honored in the Oglethorpe Memorial En- 
dowed Scholarship Fund: 

Allen A. and Mamie B. Chappell 

Dondi Cobb Memorial 

Louis Colombo, Sr. 

Lenora and Alfred Glancy Foundation 

Golden Petrel Memorial 

Diane K. Gray 

P. D. M. Harris 

Anna Rebecca Harwell Hill and Frances Grace Harwell 

George A. Holloway Sr. 

Elliece Johnson Memorial 

Tony and Louise Palma 

The Manning M. Pattillo, Jr., Endowed Scholar: Funding was established in 1988 
by the Oglethorpe National Alumni Association from gifts received from many alumni 
and friends. Dr. Pattillo was Oglethorpe's 13th president, serving from 1975 until his 
retirement in 1988. In recognition of his exemplary leadership in building an academi- 
cally strong student body and a gifted faculty, the scholarship is awarded to an academ- 
ically superior student with demonstrated leadership skills. 

The Milton M. Ratner Endowed Scholarship Fund: Funding was established in 1999 
by the Milton M. Ratner Foundation of West Bloomfield, Michigan. 



45 



The E. Rivers and Una Rivers Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by the 
late Mrs. Una S. Rivers to provide for deserving students who qualify for the Ogletho- 
rpe Scholars Award. 

The Fred C. Robey Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by Fred C. Robey, 
class of 1997- This scholarship is awarded based upon financial need to students en- 
rolled in Oglethorpe's evening degree program. 

The J. Mack Robinson Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by Atlanta busi- 
nessman J. Mack Robinson. It is awarded to a deserving student who meets the general 
qualifications of the Oglethorpe Scholars Award. Preference is given to students major- 
ing in business administration. 

The John P. Salamone Endowed Scholar: This scholarship was established by Ben 
Salamone in honor of his son, John P. Salamone, a graduate of the class of 1986 who 
died in the World Trade Center attack on September 11, 2001. The scholarship is 
awarded annually to a student leader from New Jersey, New York or Connecticut who 
is involved or demonstrates the potential to be involved in campus activities such as the 
intramural program, the athletic program, etc. Preference is given to a male student 
from New Jersey. 

The Rhett Pinson Sanders Endowed Scholar: Rhert Pinson Sanders, class of 1943, 
attended Oglethorpe during the early 1940s, a time when few students could pursue 
education without financial aid. She greatly appreciated the education she received at 
Oglethorpe and desired to help others obtain the benefit of the "Oglethorpe Experi- 
ence." The scholarship is awarded to deserving juniors and seniors to help them finish 
their degrees. 

The Steve and Jeanne Schmidt Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by 
Mr. and Mrs. Schmidt to support an outstanding student based upon high academic 
achievement and leadership in student affairs. The late Mr. Schmidt, class of 1940, was 
a former Chairman of the Board of Trustees and a recipient of an Oglethorpe Honorary 
Doctor of Laws degree. Mrs. Schmidt is a member of the class of 1942. 

The Timothy P. Tassopoulos Endowed Scholar: Funding was established in 1983 
by S. Truett Cathy, founder of Chick-fil-A, Inc., in honor of Timothy P. Tassopoulos, a 
1981 graduate of Oglethorpe University. This scholarship is awarded to individuals who 
demonstrate academic achievement and leadership ability. 

The Dr. Heyl G. and Ruth D. Tebo Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by 
Dr. and Mrs. Tebo in 1994 to support Georgia residents majoring in chemistry, biology 
or other sciences. Preference is given to students who plan to do graduate study in 
medicine, dentistry or other specialties in the health sciences field. Dr. Tebo is an alum- 
nus of Oglethorpe, class of 1937- 

The Lorie Vivian Terry Memorial Scholarship Fund: Funding was established by a 
gift from the Terry Family as well as friends and family. The purpose of the fund is to 
provide assistance to an Oglethorpe University student with a minimum 3.0 cumula- 
tive grade point average. Preference is given to active members of Chi Omegas Delta 
Theta Chapter who have demonstrated the ability to uphold the six purposes of Chi 
Omega: friendship, high standards of personnel, sincere learning and creditable schol- 
arship, participation in campus activities, career development and community service. 

The J. M. Tull Scholar: Funding was established by a gift from the J. M. Tull Founda- 
tion in 1984. Scholarships are awarded annually to superior students with leadership 
ability as well as financial need. 



46 



The United Technologies Corporation Endowed Scholar: Funding was established 
by a grant from the United Technologies Corporation, Hartford, Connecticut. The fund 
provides scholarship support for able and deserving students who are majoring in sci- 
ence or pursuing a pre-engineering program. United Technologies Scholars must have 
at least a 3.2 grade point average and leadership ability, as well as financial need. 

The Charles Longstreet Weltner Memorial Endowed Scholar: Funding was 
established in 1993 by former U.S. Senator Wyche Fowler, Jr., a longtime friend and 
colleague of Weltner. An alumnus of the class of 1948 and trustee of Oglethorpe 
University, Charles Weltner was Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of Georgia at the 
time of his death in 1993. He was the recipient of the 1991 Profile in Courage award 
and a recipient of an Oglethorpe Honorary Doctor of Humane Letters degree. He was 
a tireless advocate for equal rights for minorities and, while serving in the U.S. House 
of Representatives, was the only congressman from the Deep South to vote for the Civil 
Rights Act of 1964. Weltner Scholarships are awarded annually to selected Ogletho- 
rpe students who are residents of Georgia with financial need, satisfactory academic 
records and, to the extent allowed by law, of African-American descent. At the donor's 
request, the amount of the scholarship award to any recipient is to be no more than 
one-half of full tuition in order to encourage student recipients to work to provide 
required additional funds. 

The L. W. "Lefty" and Frances E. Willis Endowed Scholar: Funding was established 
by the family of the late L. W "Lefty" Willis, class of 1925. Preference will be given 
to outstanding students who are pursuing a pre-engineering program. This award is 
based on academic achievement, leadership ability and financial need. 

The Vivian P. and Murray D. Wood Endowed Scholar: Funding was established 
by gifts from Mr. and Mrs. Murray D. Wood. Mr. Wood is a former vice chairman of 
the Board of Trustees and former chairman of Oglethorpe University's Campaign for 
Excellence. Scholarship preference is given to superior students who are majoring in 
accounting. 

The David, Helen and Marian Woodward Endowed Scholar: Funding was estab- 
lished by grants from the David, Helen and Marian Woodward Fund of Atlanta to 
provide assistance to students who meet the criteria for an Oglethorpe Scholars Award. 
The award is based upon superior academic achievement, leadership potential and 
financial need. 

The Louise H. Woodbury Endowed Scholar: Funding was established by the late 
Mrs. Louise H. Woodbury. Scholarship preference is given to a worthy student in need. 

Annual Scholarships 

The Yolanda A. Baker Scholar: Funding for this scholarship is provided by Ogletho- 
rpe University Trustee William Mullally, class of 2003, and is named in honor of Mr. 
Mullally's mother. 

The BCES Foundation Urban Leadership Scholar: Funding is provided annually for 
a sophomore, junior or senior who is enrolled in the Rich Foundation Urban Leader- 
ship Program. 

The Pat Conroy Annual Scholarship: Funding is awarded to a deserving student. 
This scholarship is named in honor of the author Pat Conroy, who spoke on campus on 
Oglethorpe Day, 2008. 



47 



First Families of Georgia (1733 to 1797) Annual Scholar: Funding is awarded to an 
academically superior senior majoring in history. First Families of Georgia is a society 
whose members are able to document their descent from early settlers of the State of 
Georgia. 

The Wilson P. Franklin Annual Scholar: Funding is awarded to a deserving student. 
Mr. Franklin, class of 1939, established this scholarship with a gift in 1995. 

The Beverly L. Hall Annual Scholar: This four-year scholarship, benefiting a highly 
deserving student, was established in honor of Dr. Hall, Superintendent of Atlanta 
Public Schools. Dr. Hall received an honorary Doctor of Humane Letters degree from 
Oglethorpe University in 2008. 

The Harald R. Hansen Annual Scholar: This four-year scholarship, benefiting a 
highly deserving student, was established in honor of Dr. Hansen, long-time Ogletho- 
rpe trustee, Chair of the Finance Committee, and retired Chairman, President and 
CEO of First Union Corporation. Dr. Hansen received an honorary Doctor of Laws 
degree from Oglethorpe University in 2008. 

The Senator Johnny Isakson Annual Scholar: This four-year scholarship, benefiting 
a highly deserving student, was established in honor of Senator Isakson, who received 
an honorary Doctor of Laws degree from Oglethorpe University in 2009- 

The Warren Y. Jobe Annual Scholar: This four-year scholarship, benefiting a highly 
deserving student, was established in honor of Dr. Jobe, long-time Oglethorpe Trustee, 
Executive Vice President and member of the Board of Directors of Georgia Power 
Company and Senior Vice President of Southern Company. Dr. Jobe received an hon- 
orary Doctor of Humane Letters degree from Oglethorpe University in 2009- 

The Muhtar Kent Annual Scholar: This four-year scholarship, benefiting a highly de- 
serving student, was established in honor of Dr. Kent, Chairman and CEO of The Coca- 
Cola Company. Dr. Kent received an honorary Doctor of Laws degree from Oglethorpe 
University in 2008. 

The Mack A. Rikard Annual Scholar: Funds were established in 1990 by Mr. Mack 
A. Rikard, class of 1937 and a former trustee of the university. He received an honorary 
Doctor of Commerce degree from Oglethorpe in 1992. Funds are awarded to able and 
deserving students who meet certain criteria. The criteria are flexible, with consider- 
ation given to a number of factors, including without limitation academic achievement, 
leadership skills, potential for success, evidence of propensity for hard work and a con- 
scientious application of abilities. Recipients must be individuals born in the United 
States of America and are encouraged, at such time in their business or professional 
careers when financial circumstances permit, to provide from their own funds one or 
more additional scholarships to worthy Oglethorpe students. 

The Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation Scholar: Grants have been made annu- 
ally for a number of years to Christian women from the Southeastern states who are 
deserving and in need of financial assistance. 

Endowed Professorships and Lecture Series 

Frances I. Eeraerts Professor of Foreign Language: This professorship was estab- 
lished in 1997 by a bequest from the estate of Miss Eeraerts, a non-traditional student 
who graduated in 1976. 



48 



Milner Professor of Education: The Milner Professorship was established in 1988 
by the Vera A. Milner Charitable Trust. The trustees of the Milner Trust, Belle Turner 
Lynch, class of 1961, Virginia Turner Rezetko and Vera Turner Wells, created the pro- 
fessorship in honor of their aunt, Vera A. Milner. The holder of the professorship is a 
scholar in early childhood education. 

Manning M. Pattillo, Jr., Professor of Liberal Arts: This professorship was estab- 
lished in 1991 through the generosity of Miriam H. and John A. Conant and the John 
H. and Wilhelmina D. Harland Charitable Foundation in honor of Dr. Pattillo, the 13th 
president of Oglethorpe from 1975 to 1988. The professorship honors the work of an 
outstanding faculty member. A new Pattillo Professor is chosen every two years. 

The Mack A. Rikard Chair in Business Administration and Economics and Lec- 
ture Series: The Mack A. Rikard Chair supports a scholar in business administration 
or economics, advancing Mr. Rikard's own interest in the free enterprise system. The 
chair also coordinates the Rikard Lecture Series, aimed at helping college students un- 
derstand current issues in business. Established in 1991 by Mr. Rikard, a 1937 alumnus 
and an honorary degree recipient, the lectures bring to campus guest speakers who are 
recognized leaders in their professions. The series is intended to foster in students a 
particular appreciation of economics. 

Endowed Prize Funds 

The Lu Thomasson Garrett Annual Award for Meritorious Teaching: This prize 
was created in 1994 through the generosity of Mr. and Mrs. David (Lu La Thomasson) 
Garrett. The late Mrs. Garrett was a 1952 graduate, an Oglethorpe honorary degree 
recipient and member emerita of the Board of Trustees. The prize is awarded annually 
to an outstanding faculty member selected by a committee of his or her peers. 

The Anne Rivers Siddons Award: This fund was endowed by Anne Rivers Siddons, 
the celebrated novelist, former member of the Board of Trustees, Oglethorpe honor- 
ary degree recipient and daughter of L. Marvin Rivers, a 1928 graduate. The prize is 
awarded annually to a graduating senior majoring in English who has submitted the 
best work of short fiction. 

Special Purpose Named Endowed Funds 

The Nathan and Ernestine Pitman Cooper Endowment to the Oglethorpe Univer- 
sity Music Department: This fund was established in 2009 by a gift from Ogletho- 
rpe University Trustee David Nathan Cooper and is named in honor of Mr. Cooper's 
parents. 

The Herman Daughtry Fund: This fund was established in 1980 by a gift from the 
Daughtry Foundation. It provides support for professional travel and scholarship by 
the president and for special projects relating to the Office of the President. 

The Grenwald Faculty Salary Endowment: This fund was established in 1991 by a 
bequest from Edward S. Grenwald. Mr. Grenwald was a law professor before coming to 
Atlanta to engage in the private practice of law. He served as a member of the Ogletho- 
rpe University Board of Visitors and of the Board of Trustees. The fund is part of the 
university's permanent endowment and, at Mr. Grenwald's request, used primarily for 
the enhancement of faculty salaries. 



49 



The Gisela Halle Endowment Fund: Established in 2003 by gifts from Mr. Claus 
Halle and his estate, this fund provides funding for students to study abroad in Ger- 
many, the faculty exchange program with Dortmund University, and other German 
initiatives. 

The Eugene W. Ivy Endowment Fund: Established by planned gifts from Mr. Ivy, a 
1949 graduate of Oglethorpe, the fund provides unrestricted income to the university. 

The National Endowment for the Humanities Core Curriculum Endowment: 

In 1996, Oglethorpe University was awarded a challenge grant in the amount of 
$300,000, which enabled the university to raise a total of $1.1 million for an endow- 
ment to support the Core Curriculum and library purchases for the Core. 

The Pattillo Faculty Lounge Endowment Fund: Created in 2000 by the Pattillo Fam- 
ily Foundation in honor of Manning M. Pattillo, Jr., the 13th president of Oglethorpe, 
this fund provides a permanent source of funds to maintain and improve the faculty 
lounge on the third floor of Hearst Hall. 

The Garland Pinholster Fund for Academic and Athletic Excellence: This fund was 
established in 1995 by friends and admirers in honor of Mr. Pinholster, who served as 
athletic director and head basketball coach from 1956 to 1966. Mr. Pinholster received 
an honorary Doctor of Humane Letters from Oglethorpe in 2004. The fund provides 
incremental funding beyond the Athletic Department's normal budget. 

The Rich Foundation Urban Leadership Program Endowment: Established in 1996 
by the Rich Foundation, this endowment provides funding for the Rich Foundation 
Urban Leadership Program, a certificate program that challenges its participants to 
pursue their leadership potential while utilizing the city of Atlanta as a living labora- 
tory. 

The William O. Shropshire Endowed Fund: This endowed fund was established in 
2008 through the generosity of Cemal Ozgorkey, class of 1984, and Armagan Ozgorkey, 
class of 1985, in honor of Dr. Shropshire, Professor Emeritus of Economics. 

The Philip Weltner Endowment: This fund was created in 1981 by memorials to Dr. 
Philip Weltner, the sixth president of Oglethorpe. Earnings from the fund support 
instruction in "human understanding, citizenship and community service," three of the 
pillars of the Oglethorpe curriculum during the Weltner years, 1944 to 1953. 



50 



TUITION AND COSTS 




MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING, MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



51 



Fees for Academic Year 2010-1 1 



Tuition and fees are subject to change each academic year. Current tuition and fees 
may be obtained from the current semester course schedule available online at 
www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: registrar). 

Tuition 

Summer tuition per semester hour $410 
Traditional undergraduate full-time tuition per semester (12-19 hours) $13,850 

Part-time enrollment per semester hour (11 hours or less) $1,120 

Additional per semester hour in excess of 19 hours $570 

Master of Arts in Teaching per semester hour course $1,270 

Audit charge per course $570 

Fees 

Activity fee $125 

Science lab fee $100 

Art material fee $80 

Applied lesson fee per semester hour $490 

Video film fee $200 

Transcript fee $5 

Application fee $40 

Degree completion fee $125 

Tuition deposit $100 

Housing deposit $200 

Payment plan (per year) $100 

Health insurance (mandatory without proof of insurance) $250 

Room and Board 

Traer/Dempsey $4,995 

Phase II - $4,995 

North/Magbee $4,995 

Greek housing, single $4,985 

Greek housing, double $2,985 

Board only $1,860 

Institutional Drop and Withdrawal Refund Policy 

The date that will be used for calculation of a refund for drop/add or withdrawal will be 
the date on which the registrar's office receives the official form signed by all required 
personnel. Students are reminded that an arrangement with a professor will not be 
recognized as an official change. Anyone who has registered and decides not to attend 
must officially drop or withdraw. 

A student who officially withdraws from the university prior to the last day of the drop/ 
add period for any term of enrollment will be entitled to 100 percent refund of tuition 
and fees charged for that current term. A student who officially withdraws from the 
university after this date may be entitled to a prorated refund of tuition only. (Fees are 
refundable only during the drop/add period.) The following calculation will be used to 
determine the prorated amount of tuition to be credited to the student's account: 

The total number of calendar days attended by the student = Percentage of retained tuition 
The total number of calendar days in the term of enrollment 



52 



The total number of calendar days includes all days beginning with the first day of classes and 
ending with the last day of classes, excluding final examination days. When the percentage of 
retained tuition is equal to or greater than 60 percent, no tuition credit will be given. 

Additionally, a student is not eligible for any refund if (l) the student fails to formally withdraw; 
(2) the student is suspended for disciplinary reasons; (3) the student withdraws when a disciplin- 
ary action or honor code violation is pending; or (4) the student withdraws from a class or classes, 
but does not totally withdraw from all classes for the semester. 

Issuance of credit for room and board is governed by the contract signed by the student with 
residence life. Any credits or refunds to be issued to a student s account will be determined by the 
director of residence life. The advance deposit is nonrefundable if a student withdraws from the 
university. 



Monthly Statement of Account 



Each student will receive a monthly account statement from the university if a balance 
is due. Statements include, but are not limited to tuition, room and board charges, 
parking fines, library fines and meal plan fees. 



Health Insurance 



Oglethorpe requires all full- time, traditional undergraduate students to have health 
insurance. The fee is charged and payable when tuition, room and board and fee 
charges are due. 



Degree Completion Fee 



A nonrefundable degree completion fee is required of all students who expect to gradu- 
ate. This fee will be charged to the student account and is payable prior to participation 
in commencement exercises. 



Payment Options 



Oglethorpe University accepts cash, check, Visa, MasterCard, Discover and American 
Express. All payments (excluding cash) made after the close of business can be placed 
in the payment drop box located at the business office. 

Note: If a check made in payment for student fees is not valid upon presentation 

to Oglethorpe's banking institution, a hold is placed on the student's account 
and Oglethorpe University reserves the right to cancel the student's registra- 
tion and assess any necessary fees. 



Financial Obligations 



All tuition and fees must be paid by the dates published in each semester's course 
schedule. It is the responsibility of the student to be informed of, and to observe, all 
policies and procedures regarding tuition, fees, payments and refunds. In no case will a 
policy be waived or an exception granted because a student pleads unawareness of the 
policy or asserts that he or she was not informed of it by an adviser or other authority. 
Verbal misinformation is not grounds for a waiver of a policy. 

Oglethorpe University reserves the right at any time during the semester to drop any 
student from classes for failure to pay tuition and fees. Until all financial obligations 
are met, a hold is placed on the student's account, no records are released, no future 
registration is allowed and the faculty considers no student as a candidate for gradua- 



53 



tion until all indebtedness to the university has been settled. Students with outstand- 
ing indebtedness may be subject to late penalties. Unpaid student accounts that are 
deemed delinquent may be placed with a collection agency. If such action is required, 
the student will be liable for any cost associated with such an action. 



54 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 




MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING. MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



55 



Orientation 



Oglethorpe University provides entering students with the opportunity to make a suc- 
cessful adjustment to college. The university community's tradition of close personal 
relationships results in an orientation program that fosters the development of these 
relationships and provides much needed information about the university. 

All entering Oglethorpe students must attend scheduled orientation activities in 
August or January. Throughout this process, students will learn about the academic 
program, support services and the life of the campus community. To facilitate the 
student's transition to college life, he or she must enroll in a section of Fresh Focus 
or in a First- Year Seminar as part of a Learning Community. For a full description of 
Fresh Focus, First-Year Seminar and learning communities, please see the Educational 
Enrichment section of this Bulletin. 

Additionally, Oglethorpe expects students entering in the fall to attend one-day ses- 
sions to become familiar with the campus and curriculum. Students may select one of 
two possible dates over the summer. Typically, students select their course schedules, 
receive IDs, and meet faculty, staff and other incoming students. The Office of Admis- 
sion, in collaboration with the Student Affairs Office and the provost, coordinates 
the Passport program; the Student Affairs Office, in collaboration with the Office of 
Admission and the provost, organizes the August and January orientations. 



Housing and Meals 



Campus housing is provided to full-time students enrolled in the traditional under- 
graduate program on a space-available basis. All residence halls are coed, non-smoking 
facilities. A staff of resident assistants and housing professionals supervises each resi- 
dential area. All freshmen, sophomores and juniors not living at home with a parent 
or legal guardian are required to live on campus. The residence halls close during the 
winter break at which time all residents must leave campus. 

All students living on campus must participate in the university meal plan. Meals 
are served each week in the Emerson Student Center. Breakfast, lunch and dinner are 
served Monday through Friday. Brunch and dinner are served on Saturdays, Sundays 
and holidays. Sunday through Thursday nights, the dining hall will be open with late- 
evening choices from 9:00 until 11:00 p.m. All students in the residence halls receive 
an unlimited meal plan. Students may enter the dining hall as many times as they want 
during hours of operation. 

Commuting and off-campus students are eligible to purchase a "commuter meal plan" 
that includes 25 meals. Unused commuter meals do not carry over from one academic 
year to the next. Meals are only provided when school is in session and are not provid- 
ed during Thanksgiving, winter and spring breaks. Lunch will be the last meal served 
on the day prior to the start of the aforementioned breaks. The last meal served as part 
of the plan during the academic year will be lunch on the last day of final exams during 
the spring semester. There is no meal plan during the summer. 

In addition to the residence halls, there are six Greek houses that accommodate some 
members of two fraternities and three sororities. Greek students living in a double 
room in a fraternity or sorority house receive a ten meal a week plan. Greek students 
living in a single room receive the unlimited plan. 



56 



Health Services 



Health services functions as an ambulatory acute care facility managed by a registered 
nurse. A part-time physician assists in the office on a weekly basis. The center operates 
on a regular posted schedule during weekdays when classes and finals are in session, 
providing basic first aid and limited medical assistance for students. This office is 
closed over the summer. Special services such as exams, vaccinations and tests occur as 
publicized. 

In the event additional or major medical care is required, or for emergencies, the 
student-patient will be referred to medical specialists and hospitals in the area with 
which the health center maintains a working relationship. A student is responsible for 
providing his or her own transportation to the hospital or other off-campus doctors 
and medical specialists. University personnel are not permitted to transport students 
for such purposes. 

All full-time day students are required to have health insurance coverage and are auto- 
matically enrolled and charged for the university-sponsored student health insurance 
plan. A brochure is mailed to all registered students and available online describing the 
current semester coverage, fee and limits of plan. Students may only be exempt from 
the school-sponsored insurance plan by showing evidence of personal health insurance 
by returning the waiver card that is attached to the brochure or completing the online 
waiver to the insurance company by the stated deadline. Waiver cards will not be ac- 
cepted by health services and the business office. If a student does not submit a waiver, 
the cost of the insurance will be added to his or her student statement. It is required 
that international and exchange students show proof of or purchase Repatriation 
and Evacuation coverage while attending Oglethorpe University. See the Tuition and 
Costs section of this Bulletin for more details. As required by Georgia law, residential 
students must sign a form stating that they have either received a vaccination against 
meningococcal disease or that they have received information about meningitis and the 
vaccine. 

Career Services 

The Career Services Office provides resources to assist students in making respon- 
sible decisions and planning strategies regarding job search and career options. These 
resources include: one-on-one sessions with qualified career counselors, half-semester 
courses for sophomores and seniors, access to job and internship databases, a career 
library, mock interviews, resume writing, career fairs, workshops and on-campus 
recruitments. The department also supports students interested in continuing their 
education by assisting with graduate school exploration and planning, application 
strategies and review of personal statements. 

Career Services offer three career assessments which are the Myers-Briggs Type Indica- 
tor, Strong Interest Inventory and StrengthsQuest. These tests provide information 
about environmental and work style preferences, industries and job titles for further 
exploration and examine personal strengths from which students can gain career 
success and satisfaction. Workshops are presented each semester to prepare students 
for life after college, including resume writing, interviewing, dressing professionally, 
workplace/social etiquette and job search techniques. 

Students also have the option of pursuing internships for academic credit. The depart- 
ment assists students in identifying opportunities and completing appropriate paper- 
work. Each year a number of prospective employers visit the campus for the purpose of 
providing information on careers, interviewing candidates and making hires. Current 



57 



information on permanent, summer and part-time job opportunities is made available 
to both students and alumni. The career services office conducts a number of career 
fairs throughout the year for positions at nonprofit organizations, within the financial 
industry, teacher recruitment and a spring event that covers a variety of fields and 
industries. More information about services offered through the department can be 
accessed online at www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: career services). 

Counseling and Personal Development 

Counseling and referrals for professional psychiatric and psychological services are 
available to all Oglethorpe students experiencing a variety of personal or social prob- 
lems or have related concerns. A professional counselor directs the counseling and co- 
ordinates all other services, which are confidential. The other therapists are at various 
stages of completing graduate degrees in psychology or licensure as a therapist. 

Counseling at Oglethorpe is a collaborative process that involves the development 
of a unique, confidential helping relationship. In these relationships, therapists are 
facilitators who help their clients understand themselves and their environments more 
accurately. Individuals are encouraged to understand their feelings and behaviors, 
relationships with others and life circumstances. Discussion of issues enables growth in 
making healthier choices and taking responsible action with themselves, relationships, 
family and academics. 

Services offered include: 

• Group Counseling: Counseling in groups offers a broad range of insight and 
support from peers and professional therapists. Some groups deal with general 
concerns and personal growth, others have a more specific focus such as eating 
disorders, women's issues and sexual abuse or assault. 

• Individual Counseling: This treatment modality is offered on a weekly basis 
to work through personal concerns. Individual therapy is generally time-limit- 
ed. 

• Couples Counseling: Couples counseling is geared to help partners negotiate 
difficult times in a relationship. 

• Consultation: The Counseling Center is available to the Oglethorpe University 
community to enhance organizational and interpersonal effectiveness. Feel free 
to call with questions. 

• Outreach: A variety of workshops will be offered throughout the academic year 
to provide information that is appropriate to the personal and professional 
development of university students. Workshops include topics such as healthy 
relationships, eating disorders, surviving sexual abuse and stress management. 

Students come to the counseling center for a wide array of concerns. Among the most 
common topics include academic difficulties and career indecision, adjustment to 
college, controlling the use of alcohol and other drugs, depression and anxiety, eating 
disorders, low self-confidence, personal growth and relationship issues. Students may 
utilize counseling services for a limited number of sessions or be referred out to a spe- 
cialist as determined in collaboration between the student and the counseling center 
staff. 

Student Rights and Responsibilities 

Among the enumerated rights of Oglethorpe University students are freedom of ex- 
pression and peaceful assembly, the presumption of innocence and procedural fairness 
in the administration of discipline and access to personal records. 



58 



As members of the Oglethorpe community, students are responsible for maintaining 
high standards of conduct and respecting the privacy and feelings of others and the 
property of both students and the university. Students are expected to display behavior 
that is not disruptive of campus life or the surrounding community. They represent 
the university off-campus and are expected to act in a law-abiding and mature fash- 
ion. Those whose actions show that they have not accepted this responsibility may be 
subject to disciplinary action as set forth in the Code of Student Conduct, found in this 
Bulletin. 

Student Role in Institutional Decision Making 

Student opinions and views play a significant role in institutional decisions affecting 
their interests and welfare. Students are asked to complete the following annually: a 
comprehensive standardized student opinion survey, the Core Survey, Course Assess- 
ments and the Advising Assessment. Students serve on key academic committees such 
as the Commencement Committee, the Core Curriculum Committee, the Experiential 
Education Committee, the Teacher Education Council and several Board of Trustees 
standing committees. 

Particularly important is the role of elected student government representatives in this 
process. The president along with selected other officers of the Oglethorpe Student As- 
sociation meet regularly with the vice president for campus life to discuss student body 
concerns. At least once each year student government representatives meet with the 
Campus Life Committee of the Board of Trustees. In addition, the Oglethorpe Student 
Association collaborates with the president of the university and the cabinet in spon- 
soring periodic "town meetings" to which all students are invited. 

Athletics 

Oglethorpe takes the term "student-athlete" seriously. Please see Good Academic 
Standing and Probation for Athletes in the Academic Regulations and Policies section 
of this Bulletin. Oglethorpe's teams excel in the competitive arena and in the class- 
room. The university is an active member of the Southern Collegiate Athletic Confer- 
ence (SCAC) and Division III of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA). 
Members of Division III may not award financial aid (other than academic honor 
awards) to any student- athlete, except upon a showing of financial need by the recipi- 
ent. Oglethorpe provides a program of Oglethorpe Scholars Awards, which is described 
in the Financial Assistance section of this Bulletin. Many students who are interested 
in sports and are superior academically do qualify for this form of assistance. 

The university offers intercollegiate competition in baseball, basketball, cross-country, 
golf, lacrosse, soccer, tennis and track and field for men and in basketball, cross-coun- 
try, golf, soccer, tennis, track and field and volleyball for women. The Stormy Petrels 
compete against other SCAC schools, including Austin College, Birmingham-Southern 
College, Centre College, Colorado College, DePauw University, Hendrix College, Mill- 
saps College, Rhodes College, Southwestern University and Trinity University. 

Policy Prohibiting Discrimination, Harassment 

and Retaliation 

Oglethorpe University values the dignity of the individual, human diversity and an ap- 
propriate decorum for members of the campus community. Discriminatoiy or harass- 
ing behavior is in opposition with these principles and will not be tolerated as such 
conduct interferes with the work, study or performance of the individual to whom it 



59 



is addressed. It is indefensible when it makes the work, study or living environment 
hostile, intimidating, injurious or demeaning. 

It is the policy of the university that all members of the Oglethorpe community are 
able to work, study, participate in activities and live on a campus free of unwarranted 
harassment in the form of oral, written, graphic or physical conduct which personally 
frightens, intimidates, injures or demeans another individual. Harassment directed 
against an individual or group that is based on race, gender, religious belief, color, 
sexual orientation, national origin, disability, age or any other category protected by 
federal, state or local law is prohibited. At a minimum, the term harassment as used in 
this policy includes: 

• Offensive remarks, comments, jokes, slurs or verbal conduct pertaining to an 
individual's personal characteristics. 

• Offensive pictures, drawings, photographs, figurines or other graphic images, 
conduct or communications including email, faxes and copies pertaining to an 
individual's personal characteristics. 

• Offensive sexual remarks, sexual advances or requests for sexual favors regard- 
less of the gender of the individuals involved. 

• Offensive physical conduct including touching and gestures, regardless of the 
gender of the individuals involved. 

Retaliation, which includes threatening an individual or taking any adverse action 
against an individual for reporting a possible violation of this policy or participating in 
an investigation conducted under this policy, is absolutely prohibited. 

Members of the faculty are also covered by this policy and are prohibited from engag- 
ing in any form of harassing, discriminatory or retaliatory conduct. No member of the 
faculty has the authority to suggest to any student that the student's evaluation or grad- 
ing would be affected by the student entering into (or refusing to enter into) a personal 
relationship with the faculty member or for tolerating (or refusing to tolerate) conduct 
or communication that might violate this policy. Such behavior is a direct violation of 
this policy. 

Grievance Procedures for Students 

Oglethorpe University has adopted an internal grievance procedure providing for the 
prompt and equitable resolution of complaints alleging any action prohibited by this 
policy and/or conduct in violation of Title VI, Title VII, Title IX, Section 504, the Age 
Discrimination Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act. The following university 
officials have been designated to respond to allegations regarding any such violation: 
the vice president for campus life (Michelle Hall, Emerson Student Center, 404-364- 
8336) the provost (Stephen B. Herschler, Lupton Hall, 404-364-8317), the manager 
of human resources (Wayne Phipps, Lupton Hall, 404-364-8325) or director of the 
counseling center (Leanne Henry-Miller, Emerson Student Center, 404-364-8456). 

Complaints alleging misconduct as defined in this policy should be reported within 90 
days of the alleged offense. Complainants may seek informal or formal resolution. All 
complainants must complete a written Discriminatory Harassment Incident Report 
which may be obtained from any of the aforementioned officials. 

Complainants are encouraged to explore informal resolution before filing a formal 
complaint. Informal resolution focuses on communication, education and resolution 
while formal procedures focus on investigation and discipline. Informal complaints 
will be resolved within 15 working days with a written resolution given to each of the 
parties involved. If the situation results in an impasse, the complainant will be given 
a notice of impasse within 15 working days from the filing of the incident. If a notice 
of impasse is given and the complainant wishes to file a formal written complaint, the 



60 



complainant must do so within 30 working days of the date of notice of impasse unless 
a waiver in filing time is requested. 

When a formal complaint is filed an investigation will be initiated. The person alleged 
of misconduct will be given 10 days to provide a signed response to the requesting 
official. A copy will be provided to the complainant. If the alleged harasser fails to re- 
spond, the presumption will be made that the allegation(s) in the complaint are true. A 
written determination will be issued to the complainant within 60 working days of the 
receipt of the formal written complaint. If the procedure requires an extension of time, 
the complainant will be informed in writing of the reasons, the status of the investiga- 
tion and the probable date of completion. 

If the complainant disputes the findings or is dissatisfied with the recommendations, 
the complainant may request reconsideration of the case to the president, Lawrence 
M. Schall, in writing within 45 working days of receipt of the written determination. 
Complainants also have the right to file with the appropriate state or federal authorities 
as set forth in the applicable statutes. 

Cases that may require disciplinary action will be handled according to the established 
discipline procedures of the university. Student organizations in violation of this policy 
may be subject to the loss of university recognition. Complainants shall be protected 
from unfair retribution. 

Nothing in this policy statement is intended to infringe on the individual rights, free- 
dom of speech or academic freedom provided to members of the Oglethorpe commu- 
nity. The scholarly, educational or artistic content of any written or oral presentation or 
inquiry shall not be limited by this policy. Accordingly, this provision will be liberally 
construed but should not be used as a pretext for violation of the policy. 

Honors and Awards 

These awards are presented at Commencement, at the Honors and Awards Convoca- 
tion during the Symposium in the Liberal Arts and Sciences or during a special pro- 
gram held by the sponsoring organization: 

Donald C. Agnew Award for Distinguished Service: This award is presented annu- 
ally by members of the Oglethorpe Student Association and is chosen by that body to 
honor the person who, in their opinion, has given distinguished service to the univer- 
sity. Dr. Agnew served as president of Oglethorpe University from 1957 to 1964. 

Alpha Chi Award: This is an annual award made to the member of the sophomore 
class who best exemplifies the ideals of Alpha Chi in scholarship, leadership, character 
and service. 

Alpha Phi Omega Service Award: This award is presented by Alpha Phi Omega fra- 
ternity to the student, faculty or staff member who best exemplifies the organization's 
three-fold purposes of leadership, friendship and service. 

Art Awards of Merit: These are presented to students who have displayed excellence 
in photography, sculpture, painting and drawing. 

Leo Bilancio Award: This award, created in memory of Professor Leo Bilancio, a 
member of the Oglethorpe history faculty from 1958 to 1989, was established by the 
Oglethorpe Student Association and is presented to a graduating senior who has been 
an outstanding student of history. 



61 



Mary Wliiton Calkins and Margaret Floy Washburn Awards: Outstanding seniors 
majoring in psychology are honored with these awards. 

Chiaroscuro Juried Art Show Awards: These awards are presented to the artists who 
submit the best drawings, sculpture, photographs and paintings to the annual student 
art show sponsored by Chiaroscuro, a club that supports the arts on campus. 

The Chanda Creasy Music Prize (University Singers of the Year): Given annually 
to one male and one female member who, in the opinion of the conductor, have each 
made invaluable contributions to the organization and whose musical achievements 
and commitment have been of the highest order. The award is a cash prize with a 
personal plaque and their names will be on a master plaque in the University Singers 
rehearsal room. 

Deans' Award for Outstanding Achievement: This award is presented annually to 
a campus club, organization or society which, in the opinion of the vice president for 
student affairs and the provost, has contributed most to university life. 

Financial Executives Institute Award: This award is presented annually by the At- 
lanta Chapter of The Financial Executives Institute to students who have demonstrated 
leadership, superior academic performance and potential for success in business 
administration. 

Georgia Society of Certified Public Accountants Certificate of Academic Excel- 
lence: This award is presented annually to the accounting major who has the highest 
overall grade point average. 

Sidney Lanier Prize: This award is given yearly to the student(s) submitting excellent 
poetry to campus publications. 

LeConte Award: The most outstanding student graduating with a major in one of the 
natural sciences or mathematics, as determined by the faculty in the Division of Natu- 
ral Sciences, is recognized with this award. 

Leader in Action Award: This award is presented to the student who best exemplifies 
the ideals of the Rich Foundation Urban Leadership Program. 

Charles M. MacConnell Award: This award honors a former member of the faculty 
and is presented by the sophomore class to the senior who, in the judgment of the class, 
has participated in many phases of campus life without having received full recogni- 
tion. 

Metropolitan Atlanta Phi Beta Kappa Alumni Association Award: This award is 
given to the outstanding graduating senior in the Honors Program. 

The James Edward Oglethorpe Awards: Commonly called the "Oglethorpe Cups," 
these are presented annually to the man and woman in the graduating class who, in the 
opinion of the faculty, have excelled in both scholarship and service. 

Oglethorpe Poet Laureate: This award was first instituted by Mrs. Idalee Vonk, wife 
of former President Paul Vonk, and is an honor that is bestowed upon a freshman, 
sophomore or junior who presents the best written work to The Tower for competition. 

Oinicron Delta Kappa Emerging Leader Award: This award is made by Omicron 
Delta Kappa to the student in the freshman class who most fully exemplifies the ideals 
of this organization. 



62 



Order of Omega Outstanding Sophomore Award: This award is presented by the 
Order of Omega, a national Greek honor society, to the sophomore who best exempli- 
fies the principles of Greek life. 

Outstanding Male and Female Varsity Athletes of the Year Award: These awards 
are made annually to the outstanding male and female students participating in varsity 
sports. 

Outstanding Improvement in French Studies: This award honors the student who 
demonstrates excellence and dedication in French studies. 

Outstanding Mathematics/Computer Science Senior Award: This award recog- 
nizes the most exceptional senior majoring in either mathematics or mathematics and 
computer science. 

Outstanding Politics Senior Award: This award is given annually to the graduating 
senior who, in the judgment of the faculty, does the most sophisticated work in upper- 
level classes within the discipline. 

Outstanding Sociology Senior Award: The outstanding senior majoring in sociology 
is honored with this award. 

Pattillo Leadership Award: The president of the university presents this prize to a 
graduating student who has excelled in leadership accomplishments. The award is 
named for Oglethorpe's 13th president, Manning M. Pattillo, Jr. 

Phi Beta Kappa Faculty Group Award: This award is presented by the faculty and 
staff members of Phi Beta Kappa to the graduating student who, in their judgment, has 
demonstrated outstanding scholarly qualities. 

Phi Eta Sigma Freshman Scholarship Award: This award is presented annually to 
the full-time freshman with the highest grade point average by Phi Eta Sigma, a na- 
tional scholastic honor society for freshmen. 

President's Citizenship Award: This award is given annually to the senior the presi- 
dent deems most worthy for his or her accomplishments in community service and 
civic engagement while at Oglethorpe. 

Publications Awards: Notable contributors to The Tower, The Stormy Petrel and The 
Yamacraw are recognized with these awards. 

Anne Rivers Siddons Award: This award is given each year to the graduating senior 
majoring in English who is judged to have written the best piece of short fiction. 

The Warren Valine Music Prize (University Singers Most Valuable Member): 

Given annually to the student who is considered by the members of the Singers to be 
their most valuable member, the award is a cash prize with a personal plaque, plus the 
winner's name will be on a master plaque in the University Singers rehearsal room. 

Charles Longstreet Weltner Award: Sponsored by the Stormy Petrel Bar Association 
in honor of Chief Justice Charles L. Weltner, class of 1948, this award is presented an- 
nually to a student who demonstrates analytical and persuasive skills and an apprecia- 
tion for the elements of civic leadership, as determined through a competitive essay 
and interview process. 



63 



Sally Hull Weltner Award for Scholarship: This award is presented to the summa 
cum laude student in the graduating class who has attained the highest level of scho- 
lastic achievement at Oglethorpe with the greatest number of hours of course work 
completed at Oglethorpe. 

Civility Statement 

Oglethorpe University is a place dedicated to vigorous discussion, exchange of ideas 
and debate. Such discussion always runs the risk of becoming acrimonious, thus it is 
particularly important for all members of the Oglethorpe community to maintain a 
climate marked by mutual respect. We must be committed to the highest standards 
of civility and decency and to promoting a community where all people can work and 
learn together in an atmosphere free of demeaning behavior or hostility. 

The need to maintain civility and mutual respect extends throughout the different 
venues of debate and discussion — from informal exchanges in the dining hall, the resi- 
dence halls or the quad to formal discussions in classrooms and meetings. 

Students and faculty have a responsibility to foster a healthy climate for the exchange 
of ideas in the classroom. To that end, students and faculty should specifically avoid 
behavior that disrupts classroom activities or creates a hostile or intimidating atmo- 
sphere. 

Consensual Relationship Policy 

The educational mission of Oglethorpe University is promoted by the professionalism 
of its faculty-student relationships, staff-student relationships, supervisor-employee 
relationships and employee-employee relationships. These professional relationships 
must not be compromised by romantic or sexual attachments. 

Consenting relationships that are of concern to Oglethorpe are those intimate, roman- 
tic or sexual relationships where there is a reporting or evaluation relationship between 
the two parties. In the case of faculty member and student, the respect and trust 
accorded the instructor by the student and the instructor's power in assigning grades, 
evaluations, recommendations for further study and future employment may diminish 
the student's ability to consent genuinely to an amorous or sexual relationship. Super- 
visors assign and evaluate their subordinates' work, and senior colleagues often provide 
advice and support to junior colleagues and are involved in decisions concerning 
promotion and tenure, course and committee assignments, and salary increases. The 
power disparity inherent in such relationships poses serious moral, ethical, and legal 
concerns. Further, such a relationship could make it very difficult to defend a subse- 
quent charge of sexual harassment on grounds of mutual consent. The faculty member, 
camp counselor, supervisor or senior colleague, by virtue of his or her position, will 
bear a special burden of accountability if charges of sexual harassment arise. 

It is the responsibility of the faculty member, supervisor or other staff member who 
becomes involved in a personal relationship with a student or employee to avoid any 
conflict of interest, real or perceived, between personal and professional concerns. A 
faculty or staff member may not participate in the evaluation of a student, colleague or 
staff member with whom a romantic or sexual relationship exists or has existed. When 
a supervisory relationship exists, it is the responsibility of the parties involved to take 
appropriate actions to change the work and reporting relationship to remove the pos- 
sibility of a conflict of interest. Failure to do so is a violation of professional ethics and 
may result in disciplinary action. 



64 



A STUDENT'S GUIDE TO OGLETHORPE 




65 



University Communication Policy 



The Oglethorpe University email system is the university's official mode of electronic 
communication to and among faculty, staff and students. The university and its faculty, 
staff and students will use Oglethorpe email accounts (those labeled name@ Ogletho- 
rpe, edu) to send university news, essential information, classroom communications 
and official notices. Such communications will not be sent to personal email accounts 
such as hotmail, aol, gmail, etc. 

Students are required to maintain current home addresses, local addresses, phone 
numbers and emergency contacts with the registrar's office. In addition, both perma- 
nent home addresses and local addresses will be used for official written communica- 
tions. Students are responsible for information mailed to these addresses of record. 
Such communications may include financial aid awards, library notices and student 
account statements. It is the responsibility of the student to ensure that his or her 
information of record is correct and to make all changes to such information directly 
with the registrar's office. Faculty or other staff offices may collect such student infor- 
mation for their own purposes, but this does not constitute an official notification of 
change. Students must go in person to the registrar's office to make official changes or 
corrections to their information of record. Students may then check OASIS to confirm 
that requested changes of address have been updated by registrar's office staff. 

Faculty and staff are required to maintain current home address, phone numbers, 
emergency contacts and beneficiaries on file with the human resources office. 



Student Conduct Policies 



General Campus Rules and Regulations 

Oglethorpe students should abide by federal, state and local laws. Behavior anywhere 
on or off-campus in violation of such laws may subject an individual to university disci- 
plinary procedures and sanctions as outlined in the Code of Student Conduct. 

The following policies are specific campus rules which students must know and heed. 

Alcohol and Drug Policy 

1. Oglethorpe University expects students to comply with federal, state and local 
laws concerning the possession and use of alcoholic beverages and drugs. The 
consumption of alcoholic beverages by persons under the age of 21 and the 
furnishing of alcohol to an individual under 21 are violations of state law. The 
possession, use or distribution of illegal drugs or substances used for illicit 
purposes on campus will be subject to disciplinary action by the university and 
may constitute a violation of law that can result in fines or imprisonment by 
federal, state or local authorities. Any use of alcoholic beverages or drugs on 
campus that results in a violation of the "General Campus Rules and Regula- 
tions" may subject the student to sanctions applying to these infractions as well 
as to sanctions for violating the alcohol and drug policy. Sanctions may include 
but are not limited to verbal warning, drug or alcohol education, probation, 
and expulsion. 

2. The use of alcoholic beverages on campus by students of legal age is permitted 
only in the privacy of their living quarters or at events or in locations specifical- 
ly authorized by the dean of students. If all members of a room or suite are un- 
der the legal drinking age, no alcohol can be present in that room at any time. 
Residents cannot host open invitation or large private parties with alcoholic 
beverages. This policy specifically prohibits large quantities of alcohol and beer 
kegs on the campus. Open containers of alcoholic beverages are not permitted 
outdoors in public areas of the residence halls or elsewhere in campus build- 



66 



ings or on campus grounds, except where specifically authorized. Public areas 
include lounges, lobbies, study rooms, hallways, laundry/utility rooms and all 
courtyards, patios, grounds, sidewalks and parking lots. 

3. University guidelines that apply whenever alcoholic beverages are available at 
off-campus functions sponsored by student organizations include the follow- 
ing: the alcohol, which is available to those of legal drinking age who wish 

to drink, is provided only by or through the management of the establish- 
ment rented for the function, served only by licensed bartenders and sold at a 
reasonable price; alternative non-alcoholic beverages must be available in ad- 
equate supply; food or snacks should be served; a reasonable time limit to end 
the party should be set; sober and safe transportation should be provided to 
avoid anyone driving while intoxicated; any other effort or provision should be 
made by the host organization to control the function, encourage responsible 
conduct and monitor problems of intoxication to better ensure a safe, enjoy- 
able party. Valid complaints of disruptive or unruly behavior, personal injury or 
damage to property arising from the use of alcohol may subject the organiza- 
tion and the individuals involved to disciplinary action. 

4. Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs on campus is a severe disciplin- 
ary matter. Students found driving under the influence will have their driv- 
ing privileges suspended on campus; local police may be called to investigate 
alleged cases of driving under the influence. Campus safety reserves the right 
to question individuals driving on campus when there is cause to believe the 
driver to be under the influence. Campus safety has the right to ask those driv- 
ers entering campus to park their cars and walk if there is cause to believe that 
they are under the influence. 

5. Paraphernalia, equipment and other devices designed to increase the rate of 
consumption or intake of alcohol or illegal drugs such as bongs, funnels and 
kegs are prohibited from campus. Hookahs and other like devices designed for 
smoking tobacco are also prohibited. 

6. In addition to these policies, the university expects fraternities and sororities to 
follow the alcohol risk management policies outlined by their national offices. 

Policy on Student Demonstrations 

Oglethorpe University fully supports freedom of expression and peaceful assembly for 
students. Having the opportunity to assemble peacefully and to discuss issues is es- 
sential to the student's education. However to prevent bodily harm, to protect property 
and to avoid disruption of the educational process, participants in a demonstration 
must conduct themselves in a responsible manner. The following standards of conduct 
apply to all campus assemblies, meetings, parties or other gatherings of students: 

No person may push, strike, physically assault or threaten any member of the faculty, 
staff or student body or any visitor to the university. 

The person(s) mainly responsible for organizing a demonstration must meet with the 
director of campus safety prior to announcing the event to agree on procedures for 
maintaining order. 

All other campus policies on conduct, as well as all county, state and federal laws, apply 
to student demonstrations on the Oglethorpe campus. 

Policy on Hazing 

Oglethorpe University does not permit the hazing of a student as a requirement for 
membership or participation in any student organization, athletic team, Greek chapter, 
colony, club or group. Hazing is not consistent with the mission of the university and is 
in opposition to the founding principles of fraternal organizations. The university will 
not tolerate hazing in any form. 



67 



Hazing activities are defined as: 

An action taken or situation created intentionally by an individual or group, 
whether on or off-campus, to produce mental or physical discomfort, embar- 
rassment, harassment or ridicule in another person or group, regardless of the 
consent of the participants. Any act that interferes with regularly scheduled 
classes or academic pursuits of a student may also be defined as hazing. Such 
activities may include but are not limited to the following: use of alcohol; 
paddling in any form; creation of excess fatigue; physical and psychological 
shocks; quests, treasure hunts, scavenger hunts, road trips or any other such 
activities carried on or off-campus; the wearing of public apparel which is 
conspicuous and not normally in good taste; engaging in public stunts and 
buffoonery; morally degrading or humiliating games and activities; forced 
servitude; other such activities that are not consistent with academic achieve- 
ment, ritual or policy, the regulations or policies of the university or applicable 
state law. 

Complaints or information concerning an alleged violation of the hazing policy should 
be reported to the dean of students or the director of residence life. Staff will investi- 
gate all complaints and take appropriate action upon confirmation of a violation. 

University Noise Policy 

In order to promote a supportive learning environment on campus, excessive noise 
during any hour will be considered an infraction of the rules. Specific quiet hours in the 
residence halls are posted as applicable. 

Policy on Smoking 

Smoking is prohibited in all campus buildings. This includes classrooms, offices, meet- 
ing rooms, lounge areas, rest rooms, corridors, stairwells, the library, all residence 
halls (including the Traer courtyard), the field house, the student center and any other 
interior spaces in buildings. Each fraternity and sorority chapter determines the smok- 
ing policy in its Greek house. Smoking is only permitted in designated areas, at least 
25 feet from the entrance to a building. All smokers should dispose of cigarette butts in 
the proper receptacles. Hookahs are not permitted on campus. 

Restricted Areas 

Students are not permitted to enter the electrical service rooms, boiler rooms, mainte- 
nance closets and air conditioning tower or to be on roofs of campus buildings. 

Appearance 

The university expects students to maintain a neat appearance when attending class or 
campus events. Shoes and shirts are to be worn in all buildings except campus resi- 
dence halls. 

Suicidal Gestures 

It is the policy of the university to treat all attempted suicides and suicidal gestures 
with seriousness regardless of the degree of lethality involved in the attempt. A student 
who has made such an attempt must receive clearance from the counseling center to 
continue to live on campus and to participate in co-curricular activities. 

Gatehouse Security Arm Procedures 

The security arm at the Peachtree Road entrance is in operation between the hours of 
11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. daily, unless directed otherwise by the director of campus 
safety. The gate will be down and operating during this period and around the clock on 
holidays. 



68 



If a vehicle has a valid parking tag, the vehicle will be freely admitted onto campus at 
any time. 

Between 11:00 p.m. and 2:00 a.m., if a vehicle has no permit or if the permit is out of 
date, the vehicle may not be allowed onto campus unless the following is done: 

• Occupants of any vehicle unaccompanied by a student or staff member must 
show a valid photo ID. The name, license number and state, time and a reason 
for the visit will be recorded in the vehicle registration log. In addition, the stu- 
dent the visitor wishes to see must be called in advance to verify that he or she 
is a welcomed guest. If confirmation is not made after two attempts, the guest 
will be informed and visitation declined. 

• If a student is in the vehicle, he or she can confirm the occupants. Students 
must sign-in their guests on the registration log along with their name (printed 
clearly), residence hall room, phone number and time. 

After 2:00 a.m., a visitor will not be allowed to proceed onto campus unless their in- 
tended host or hostess comes to the gatehouse to meet them. 

Guest List: Occasionally members of Greek Row may provide a guest list of off-campus 
visitors for a social function. Individuals on the list are allowed onto campus after 
showing identification and being checked off the list. The fraternities and sororities will 
be informed that their invited guests are not allowed to bring other individuals not on 
the list. 

Student Concern and Complaint Policies 

This policy provides a process for students to raise concerns and file complaints when 
they are dissatisfied with a university service or policy or an action by a university 
employee. The process aims to be constructive and positive in resolving differences and 
working toward a better community at Oglethorpe University. 

This policy covers academic and non-academic matters except in areas where other 
formal policies and procedures take precedence. These other policies include the Grade 
Appeal Policy, the Policy Prohibiting Discrimination, Harassment and Retaliation, the 
Student Code of Conduct and the Honor Code. 

General Principles 

• Whenever possible and in a timely fashion, students should raise concerns 
informally with the faculty member, staff member or other student involved. 

• The appropriate division chair or vice president will handle student complaints 
as quickly and fairly as possible. 

• As a measure of good faith, students should be prepared to make their identi- 
ties known when they raise concerns or complaints. Matters raised anony- 
mously will not be addressed formally. 

• There will be no adverse effect on or retaliation against a student raising a 
concern or complaint in good faith or against any person who in good faith 
provides information regarding a concern or complaint. 

• Written complaints will receive written responses within 30 days and will be 
kept on file. 

Procedures 

• Academic matters: If a student has a complaint or concern about a course or 
faculty member it should be directed to the appropriate division chair or the 
provost and senior vice president. If a student has a complaint about an aca- 
demic policy or its enforcement, it should be addressed to the associate provost 
for academic affairs. 



69 



• No n- academic matters: If a student has a complaint or concern about a non- 
academic matter it should be addressed to the vice president of student affairs. 

Parking and Driving Regulations 

These regulations are intended to make the parking facilities of the university available 
to its members, to promote pedestrian and vehicular safety and to ensure access at all 
times for emergency vehicles. 

Traffic and Parking Regulations 

All vehicle operators are subject to university parking and traffic regulations while on 
university property and are responsible for knowledge of these regulations. 

• Parking regulations are in effect from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through 
Friday. Traffic regulations are in effect 24 hours a day, year-round. 

• The director of campus safety has the authority to enforce or suspend the traf- 
fic and parking regulations at any time. 

• State of Georgia statutes are in effect, and reference to Georgia Code, Chapters 
40-6-221 through 225 will apply for spaces designated for generally disabled 
person parking. 

• Pedestrians will be given the right-of-way at all times. 

• The maximum speed limit on campus is 15 mph. 

• All traffic and parking spaces (including painted curbs, spaces and hatchings) 
must be obeyed. It is not possible to mark with signs or yellow paint all areas of 
university property where parking is prohibited. However, parking is prohib- 
ited in driveways, in spaces designated for disabled persons and on pedestrian 
paths, crosswalks, sidewalks, grassy areas, construction areas, fire lanes, service 
areas or any place where parking or driving would create a safety hazard, ob- 
struct traffic or interfere with the use of university facilities. 

• The person registering the vehicle is responsible for all parking violations by 
that vehicle. If the vehicle is loaned to another person, proper observance of 
these regulations shall remain the responsibility of the registrant, except in the 
case of a moving violation for which the driver is responsible. 

• Vehicles already in the traffic circle have the right-of-way. 

• All drivers must follow the immediate direction of public safety and police 
personnel. 

• All traffic devices including but not limited to signs, traffic cones and barri- 
cades must not be removed and all traffic direction they are designed to enforce 
must be obeyed. 

• Reckless driving, loud music or noise audible more than 20 feet from any ve- 
hicle, riding outside the passenger compartment of any vehicle, failure to yield 
to traffic in the traffic circle and failure to register a vehicle are violations of the 
university parking and traffic regulations. Music sound level from vehicles on 
campus should be maintained at 54 db while in academic areas of campus. 

Parking Areas 

Special visitor parking is designated to the keyhole parking area. 

Regular visitor parking is limited to the Maintenance Drive parking area and 

the designated visitor parking spaces in the Peachtree Gate parking area. 

Resident student parking is limited to the Greek Row; Upper Quad; North and 

Magbee; Maintenance Drive; Emerson and Dempsey parking areas. 

Commuter student parking is limited to the Goslin and Goodman parking 

areas. 

Faculty/staff parking is limited to the Peachtree Gate, Schmidt/Dorough, 

Hearst, Woodrow Way fence line and Library parking areas. 



70 



• Reserved parking, including buses and large vehicles, is designated to the Co- 
nant Center parking area with the assistance and direction of campus safety. 

Vehicle Registration 

Any member of the university faculty, student body or staff using university roadways 
or parking spaces at any time on campus property must register his or her vehicle with 
campus safety. 

• Faculty and staff will register vehicles annually between August 19 and Sep- 
tember 1. Students will register vehicles at the time of registration for Fall 
semester classes. Any vehicle brought on campus after September 1 must be 
registered immediately (no later than four business days after arriving on cam- 
pus). 

• An individual may register only a vehicle belonging to the registrant or a 
member of his or her immediate family. Proof of ownership may be any official 
document that identifies the owner of the vehicle, including title, bill of sale or 
license tax receipt. Requests for exceptions to this requirement may be granted 
under special circumstances. 

• Permit fees must be paid at the time of v eh icle registration . 

$40.00 Annual student fee 
$40.00 Annual faculty/staff fee 
$35.00 Semester fee 
$20.00 Part-time faculty/staff 

• Proof of vehicle registration is a permit in the form of a hang-tag provided to 
the registrant at the time of vehicle registration. 

• Official hang-tags may be used on a vehicle other than the registered vehicle 
for three days provided the registrant informs campus safety of the hang-tag's 
use on a non-registered vehicle. The front of the hang tag must be completely 
visible at all times while on campus property. 

Violations 

Disability parking zone $50.00 

Fire lane, driveways and reserved spaces $30.00 

Parking zone violations, first offense $10.00 

Parking zone violations, second offense $25.00 

Other parking violations, first offense $10.00 

Other parking violations, second offense $25.00 

A third violation of any kind will result in immobilization (booting) of the offending 
vehicle. 

Vehicle Immobilization Charges 

In order to have the immobilization device (boot) removed from the offending vehicle, 
a $50.00 charge must be paid to campus safety prior to the removal of the immobiliza- 
tion device (boot). Students may pay this fee in the form of cash, check or debit from 
their student account after signing a voucher form. Non-students must pay the removal 
fee in the form of cash only. 

Towing 

If a boot remains on an offending vehicle for more than 24 hours without payment of 
the removal fee, the vehicle will be towed prior to the beginning of the next business 
day. 

The university reserves the right to immobilize, remove and impound vehicles on cam- 
pus property: 

• Found in violation of parking regulation 



71 



• Without a current and valid hang-tag 

• Displaying an unauthorized, revoked or altered permit 

• Parked in fire lanes, driveways, disability spaces, walkways or on lawns 

• Blocking a dumpster 

• Posing a health or safety hazard 

• If notice has been made informing the owner that the vehicle will be removed 

Campus safety will have record of the removal of any vehicle and its location will be 
provided to the registered owner. 

University Liability 

The university assumes no liability by the granting of vehicle parking or operating priv- 
ileges. The university assumes no responsibility for the care or protection of vehicles or 
contents while operated or parked on university property. 

Visitor Parking 

• Temporary hang-tags will be issued by campus safety to campus visitors for 
up to five days at no charge. The driver of the vehicle must obtain a temporary 
hang-tag that will show the expiration date of the temporary hang-tag. The 
driver of the vehicle must show a driver's license, registration and proof of 
insurance to obtain a temporary hang-tag. The driver must also provide the 
name, campus address and telephone number of the person he or she is visiting 
on campus in addition to his or her own contact telephone number. Temporary 
parking is allowed in the Maintenance Drive and Peachtree Gate parking areas. 

• Short-term (four hours or less) visitor parking for the academic buildings is 
allowed in the Goodman and Schmidt/ Dorough parking areas. 

• Short-term (four hours or less) visitor parking for athletic events or events at 
the Conant Center for the Performing Arts is allowed in the Goslin, Robinson 
and Schmidt/Dorough areas. 

• Bus and large vehicle parking is designated to the Conant parking area, with 
the direction and assistance of campus safety. 

Appeal Procedures 

Appeals must be made via email or PetrelNet within five days of the violation date. The 
first appeal for any traffic or parking violation fine is to the director of campus safety. 

The final appeal for any traffic or parking violation fine is to the vice president of 
campus life. The offender has five additional days from the decision of the director of 
campus safety to request a final appeal. 

Code of Student Conduct 

A. Preamble 

Oglethorpe University expects students to conduct themselves in a manner supportive 
of the educational mission of the institution. Integrity, respect for the person and prop- 
erty of others and a commitment to intellectual and personal growth in a diverse popu- 
lation are values deemed fundamental to membership in this university community. 

B . Code of Conduct 

Oglethorpe University considers the following behavior or attempts thereof by any 
student or student organization, whether acting alone or with any other persons, in 
violation of the Code of Student Conduct: 

1. Physical harm or threat of physical harm to any person(s) or oneself including 
but not limited to: assault, sexual abuse or other forms of physical abuse. 

2. Harassment, whether physical or verbal, oral or written, which is beyond the 
bounds of protected free speech, directed at a specific individual(s), easily 



72 



construed as "fighting words" and likely to cause an immediate breach of the 
peace. 

3. Conduct which threatens the mental health, physical health or safety of any 
person or persons including hazing, drug or alcohol abuse and other forms of 
destructive behavior. 

4. Intentional disruption or obstruction of lawful activities of the university or 
its members including their exercise of the right to assemble and to peaceful 
protest. 

5. Theft of or damage to personal or university property or services or illegal pos- 
session or use of the same. 

6. Forgery, alteration, fabrication or misuse of identification cards, keys, records, 
grades, diplomas, university documents or misrepresentation of any kind to a 
university office or official. 

7 Unauthorized entry, use or occupation of university facilities that are locked, 
closed or otherwise restricted as to use. 

8. Disorderly conduct including, but not limited to, public intoxication, excessive 
noise, lewd, indecent or obscene behavior, libel, slander or illegal gambling. 

9- Illegal manufacture, purchase, sale, use, possession or distribution of alcohol, 
drugs or controlled substances, or any other violation of the Oglethorpe Uni- 
versity Policy on Alcohol and Other Drugs. 

10. Failure to comply with the lawful directives of university officials, including 
but not limited to, faculty, staff, resident assistants and campus safety, who are 
performing the duties of their office, especially as they are related to the main- 
tenance of safety or security or during the investigation thereof. 

11. Unauthorized possession or use of any weapon, including, but not limited 
to: knives, firearms, BB-guns, paint ball guns, air rifles, explosive devices, 
fireworks or any other dangerous, illegal or hazardous object or material and 
improper use as a weapon of any otherwise permitted object or material. 

12. Interference with or misuse of fire alarms, smoke detectors, elevators or other 
safety and security equipment or programs. 

13. Violation of any federal, state or local law, on or off-campus, which has a 
negative impact on the well-being of Oglethorpe University or its individual 
members. 

14. Violation of university policies, rules or regulations that are published herein 
or in other official university publications or agreements and on the university 
website. 

Cases involving alleged Honor Code violations are handled according to procedures 
outlined in the Oglethorpe Honor Code section of this Bulletin. 

C. Culpability 

Culpability is not diminished for acts in violation of this code that are committed in 
ignorance of the code or under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or improper use of 
controlled substances. 

D. Jurisdiction 

1. The University Conduct System has jurisdiction over alleged violations of the 
Code of Conduct by any student or student organization at Oglethorpe Univer- 
sity. The Conduct System has jurisdiction over any alleged misconduct that oc- 
curs on property owned or controlled by or adjacent to the university, at events 
sponsored by the university and its members and at off-campus locations 
where the alleged misconduct is significant enough to impact the well-being of 
the university and/or its students. 

2. University judicial proceedings are administrative in nature and operate inde- 
pendently of criminal and/or civil proceedings. While some alleged violations 
of the Code of Conduct are also violations of federal, state and local law, the 



73 



university reserves the right to address these issues through its own Conduct 
System. It will be up to the university to decide whether or not these alleged vi- 
olations will be reported to external authorities. In cases where a criminal case 
is likely, the university may delay the conduct process pending the outcome of 
the criminal proceedings. 

3. The term "student" includes all persons taking courses at Oglethorpe Univer- 
sity, either full- or part-time, pursuing undergraduate, graduate or professional 
studies. The term also includes persons taking courses in either the traditional 
or evening degree programs. Persons who withdraw from the university after 
allegedly violating the Code of Student Conduct, who are not officially enrolled 
for a particular term but who have a continuing relationship with the univer- 
sity or who have been notified of their acceptance for admission are considered 
"students" as are persons who are living in campus residence halls, although 
not enrolled at this institution. 

4. Students are expected to follow the Code of Student Conduct and the pro- 
cedures used to enforce the Code of Student Conduct as a condition of their 
enrollment at Oglethorpe University. 

5. Students or student organizations may be placed on interim suspension by the 
dean of students prior to the commencement of and during official conduct 
proceedings. This decision will be made by the dean on determination that 
the safety and well-being of the university community is at risk. Students on 
interim suspension are prohibited from being on campus. 

6. A student may be placed on interim suspension from the residence halls by the 
director of residence life prior to the commencement of and during official con- 
duct proceedings. The decision will be made on determination that the safety 
and well-being of the student and/or university community is at risk. 

E. Hearings 

1. A student who is accused of allegedly violating the Code of Student Conduct 
may have his or her case heard administratively. This hearing will be conducted 
by the chief conduct officer or a designee, depending on the nature of the al- 
leged violation. 

2. While most alleged violations will be handled informally, the chief conduct offi- 
cer may choose to forward the alleged violation directly to a conduct board for 
formal resolution. 

3. The purpose of the hearing will be to determine and/or verify the facts sur- 
rounding the act(s) or incident(s) that led to the alleged violation, to determine 
whether or not the respondent is responsible and to decide on an appropri- 
ate resolution. The respondent (accused student or organization) will have 
the right to hear the evidence presented and to present evidence on their own 
behalf. 

4. During the administrative hearing the respondent will hear the charges and a 
reasonable sanction if the allegations were proven to be true. If the respondent 
accepts responsibility and all parties agree to the sanction, the resolution will 
be confirmed in an official letter. 

5. If the respondent denies the allegations or does not accept the proposed 
sanction the matter will then be forwarded to the conduct board for a formal 
resolution. 

6. If the respondent fails to attend a scheduled hearing, the proceedings will take 
place and a decision will be rendered without his or her input. 

7 All hearings will take place in private and the proceedings will be limited to 
those persons permitted in these procedures. 

8. During a hearing, the respondent may have a member of the university com- 
munity present as an adviser. The respondent is responsible for presenting his 
or her own information and therefore advisers are not permitted to speak or 
participate directly in the proceedings. 



74 



9- During a hearing, witnesses for both parties may be called to present testimony 
in person or they may submit testimony in writing. Witnesses may only pres- 
ent information in response to questions posed by the conduct board or chief 
conduct officer during a hearing. Names of witnesses must be presented to the 
chief conduct officer at least two business days prior to the hearing. 

10. Complainants (and other witnesses) should be present during a formal conduct 
board hearing to present information and answer questions from the conduct 
board. The chief conduct officer may make accommodations for the complain- 
ant to present testimony to the conduct board apart from the respondent, if 
concerns exist for the safety, well-being and/or fears for confrontation of the 
complainant. The decision to provide such accommodations will be made at 
the sole discretion of the chief conduct officer. 

11. The proceedings of hearings may not be recorded electronically or by other 
means by the respondent. 

F. Hearing Boards 

1. The University Conduct Board (UCB) is comprised of five members selected 
from a pool of qualified faculty, staff and student applicants. The chief conduct 
officer and dean of students will select the board. At least three students will 
serve on each board. 

2. The UCB will hear cases for the following conditions: 

a. The respondent has not accepted responsibility for the alleged violation. 

b. The chief conduct officer decides that he or she cannot determine an out- 
come during an administrative hearing. 

3. The UCB may hear any case of alleged violation of the Code of Student Con- 
duct filed against a student or student organization, except for alleged viola- 
tions of the Honor Code. The UCB may impose sanctions up to and including 
expulsion from the university. The dean of students must review any expulsion 
recommendations. The UCB also has the ability to design sanctions that are 
educational in nature and related to the facts of the case. 

G. Conduct Procedures 

1. Any member of the university community may file charges against a student or 
organization for violations of the Code of Student Conduct. The charge shall be 
made in writing and directed to the chief conduct officer. 

2. The chief conduct officer will determine whether or not enough information 
exists to pursue the matter through the university conduct process. 

3. If the matter is to be pursued, written notification will be sent to the accused 
student or president of the organization notifying him or her of the complaint, 
the charges alleged and a brief outline of the alleged facts which support the 
complaint. 

4. The notification will also include the date, time and location of the administra- 
tive hearing which will be held to discuss the complaint and to determine an 
outcome. 

5. During the administrative hearing the student or president will have the fol- 
lowing options: 

a. Accepting responsibility and agreeing to a sanction via an informal resolu- 
tion; 

b. Not accepting responsibility or agreeing to an informal resolution and a 
conduct hearing is scheduled; 

c. Disciplinary withdrawal, wherein a student withdraws from Oglethorpe 
University rather than face further disciplinary action. In order to be re- 
admitted, the student must face the charges. 

6. If an informal resolution is agreed to by the respondent and the conduct of- 
ficer, the student is notified in writing of the outcome which will include the 
details of any sanctions that have been assigned. 



75 



7. If a hearing is warranted, written notification will be sent to the involved par- 
ties with date, time and location of the hearing as well as the charges and a 
brief statement of the facts upon which the charges are based. 

8. Written confirmation of the hearing board's decision is available for the appro- 
priate persons with five business days of the hearing. 

9. Either party may appeal the decision of the hearing board to the dean of 
students, in writing, within 24 hours of the decision. There are no appeals for 
informal resolutions. 

10. University conduct procedures are administrative rather than criminal in na- 
ture. Rule of evidence and the criminal standard of proof do not apply. Hearsay 
is permissible. The burden of proof will rest with the complainant and deter- 
mination of responsibility will be based on the preponderance of the evidence. 

H. Sanctions 

Sanctions imposed in response to a conduct hearing are considered official actions of 
Oglethorpe University. Failure to comply with the sanctions that are imposed as part of 
the conduct process may result in the immediate suspension from the university with- 
out benefit of further consultation. The following sanctions or any combination thereof 
may be applied to any individual student, group of students or student organization for 
violations of the Code of Student Conduct and related university policies: 

Verbal Warning: The student shall be warned verbally by the chief conduct of- 
ficer or a designee that he or she has violated the Code of Student Conduct and 
that subsequent misconduct may result in more serious disciplinary action. 
No further action is taken at this point and no entry is made in the student's 
disciplinary file. 

Formal Reprimand/Warning: The student receives a formal reprimand in 
writing that he or she has violated the Code of Student Conduct and that sub- 
sequent misconduct may lead to a more serious disciplinary action. A formal 
reprimand will remain active in a student's or student organizations disciplin- 
ary file for one calendar year. 

Education and/or Counseling: A student may be required to attend an intake 
session with the Counseling Center to address issues related to the violation of 
campus policies. Other educational assessment and projects may be assigned 
as well. 

Probation: A student or student organization placed on probation is no longer 
considered in "good standing" with the university. Probationary status signifies 
that the student's or organization's behavior has been deemed unacceptable 
by the university community. The primary purpose of probation is to restrict 
privileges and to determine whether or not the student or organization is suit- 
able to remain a member of the campus community. Students or organizations 
on probation may be subjected to certain conditions which may include but 
are not limited to fines, restitution, community service, revocation of privileges 
and other educational sanctions. Students placed on probation shall remain on 
probation for a time period set by the conduct board or chief conduct officer. 
The types of probation are as follows: 

1. Social: This status is applied as a result of a breach of specific social regula- 
tions. Its primary effect is to suspend a privilege related to the nature of the 
offense and/or restrict access to specific campus facilities or programs. 

2. Residential: This status indicates that a student is no longer in good stand- 
ing within the university residential living program and is at risk of being 
suspended from the residence halls on campus. 

3. Disciplinary: This action signifies a serious violation of the community 



76 



standards of Oglethorpe University and that the student or student orga- 
nization is at serious risk for suspension or expulsion from the university. 
The student or organization is permitted to remain enrolled or to remain 
recognized at the university but under certain conditions. 

Residential Suspension/Expulsion: This status indicates that a student is 
not eligible to live in or visit the residential facilities on campus. It may be 
permanent or for a specific amount of time and may be applied generally or to 
specific facilities. 

Interim Suspension: This action, initiated by the dean of students, is a tempo- 
rary suspension of certain rights and privileges while a conduct case is pend- 
ing. Interim suspension may be broad and all inclusive or may be restricted to 
a specific location and/or function and is based on the determination that the 
safety and well-being of the campus community or specific persons are at risk. 
A student who is facing criminal charges in an external judicial system may 
also be placed on interim suspension pending the outcome. 

Suspension: This action results in the involuntary withdrawal of the student 
from the university or loss of recognition for a student organization for a spe- 
cific amount of time or until specific conditions have been met. A suspended 
student or student organization is prohibited from any presence or activity on 
university owned or controlled property. 

Expulsion: This action results in the permanent separation of the student or 
student organization from the university, its programs and facilities. This is 
the most severe form of disciplinary action the university conduct system can 
impose. 

I. Appeals 

1. Decisions of the University Conduct Board may be appealed in writing, to the 
dean of students, within 24 hours of the receipt of the written decision. 

2. There are no appeals granted for decisions made during an administrative 
hearing. 

3. Appeals must be based on one or more of the following: 

a. Procedural error that can be shown to have had a detrimental impact on 
the outcome of the hearing. 

b. Excessive or inappropriate sanctions that have no reasonable relationship 
to the charges. 

c. New evidence not reasonably available at the time of the original hearing, 
the absence of which can be shown to have a detrimental impact of the 
outcome of the hearing. 

Cultural Opportunities on Campus 

There are numerous cultural opportunities for students outside the classroom, such as 
concerts, theatrical productions and lectures by visiting scholars. The Mack A. Rikard 
lectures expose students to leaders in business and other professions. The University 
Singers perform once every semester and sponsor seasonal events with guest artists. 
The Oglethorpe University Museum of Art, on the third floor of Philip Weltner Library, 
sponsors exhibitions as well as lectures on associated subjects and occasional concerts 
in the museum. The Playmakers and theatre department stage various productions 
each year in the Conant Performing Arts Center. Annual events, such as Night of 
the Arts, provide a showcase for campus talent. Georgia Shakespeare, a professional 
theatre company located on campus, offers summer and fall performances that are a 
valuable cultural asset to the Oglethorpe community. 



77 



Opportunities in Atlanta 



Oglethorpe is located eight miles from downtown Atlanta and just two miles from 
the city's largest shopping center. A nearby rapid transit station makes transportation 
quick and efficient. This proximity to the Southeast's most vibrant city offers students 
a great variety of cultural and entertainment opportunities. There are numerous 
excellent restaurants and clubs in nearby Buckhead. Downtown Atlanta offers major 
league professional baseball, football, ice hockey and basketball to sports fans as well 
as frequent popular concerts. The Atlanta Symphony Orchestra performs from Sep- 
tember through May in the Woodruff Aits Center. The Atlanta Ballet and the Atlanta 
Opera perform periodically at the Fox Theater which also presents musical theater and 
various concerts. The Alliance Theatre Company and many smaller companies present 
productions of contemporary and classical plays. The High Museum of Art hosts major 
traveling exhibitions in addition to its permanent collection. The Center for Civic En- 
gagement sponsors a series of field trips through the OUr Atlanta Cultural Excursion 
program to museums, theatre and dance programs and places of cultural, political and 
historical interest in the metropolitan Atlanta area. 



Student Activities 



The mission of student activities at Oglethorpe University is to enhance the collegiate 
experience through supporting the academic, social and personal enrichment within 
the student community by offering intentional programming, promoting campus en- 
gagement and developing student leaders. The office enacts this mission through three 
primary functions: offering an intentional programming calendar; acting as a resource 
for campus clubs/organizations; advising the Oglethorpe Student Association's Pro- 
gramming Board. 

Oglethorpe's student activities office provides an extensive programming calendar for 
the student population, including a diverse range of programs in developmental areas 
such as cultural, educational, social, recreational and community service. 

Campus organizations are an integral part of Oglethorpe University campus life. All 
student programs must be registered with the student activities office seven busi- 
ness days prior to the event. Once the event has been confirmed, students may take 
advantage of the information provided in the student activities event planning bro- 
chure, which provides necessary contact information and an event registration form. 
The planning brochure is available from student affairs in the Emerson Student Center. 

Policy Statement on Student Organizations 

Campus student organizations include activities and clubs recognized through the 
Oglethorpe Student Association, student publications organized under the Publica- 
tions Council, co-curricular groups and honorary societies chartered at the university 
and fraternities and sororities coordinated by the Interfraternity Council or the Panhel- 
lenic Council. Student organizations are subject to the authority and regulations of the 
university. Recognition and continuation of a campus student organization requires 
that the philosophy and purpose of the group's activities be consistent with the phi- 
losophy and purpose of the university. National affiliation of student organizations is 
subject to approval of the university. 

Eligibility for membership or active participation in student organizations is limited to 
currently enrolled students at Oglethorpe University. Eligibility to serve as an officer 
or in an official capacity in a student organization is restricted to full time, currently 
registered students in the traditional day program, not on disciplinary probation, with 
a minimum 2.0 grade point average. Any questions concerning eligibility for member- 



78 



ship or holding office in a student organization are subject to final determination by 
the vice president for campus life. Students enrolled in the evening degree program are 
eligible for general membership only and may not hold an officer position in a regis- 
tered student organization. Evening degree students who maintain membership in a 
student organization will be charged a student activity fee on a semester basis. 

All student organizations must have a university faculty or staff adviser. Each group 
must renew its status annually by reporting any changes in its name or purpose, as well 
as the names of its members, officers and adviser to the student affairs office at the be- 
ginning of each fall semester. Failure to comply with these provisions may result in the 
organization being declared inactive. An organization declared inactive or determined 
to be defunct must reapply for recognition to be re-activated. 

Policy on Insurance for Fraternities and Sororities 

All registered social fraternities and sororities must maintain comprehensive general 
liability insurance in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 per occurrence with at least 
a $2,000,000 total general aggregate coverage. Such liability insurance shall include 
Oglethorpe University, its officers, employees and agents as an additional named 
insured and shall be written with a carrier acceptable to the university. A certificate of 
such insurance shall be forwarded to the university as evidence of such coverage and 
the university must receive notice of any change, cancellation or renewal of the policy. 
The insurance shall be considered primary over any and all collectable insurance that 
the university may have available. 

Policy on Advertising for Activities and Events 

Student groups may publicize events by including information in The SOURCE, an 
announcement that is emailed to all students, faculty, board and staff every Thursday. 
Since email is the official vehicle for communication at Oglethorpe University, The 
SOURCE is the most effective means for publicizing events. Notices must be submit- 
ted no earlier than two weeks before the event to the public relations office. Deadline 
for weekly submissions is Wednesday at 5 PM. 

The following regulations regarding the use of campus bulletin boards and kiosks exist 
to improve communication about campus events while preserving the beauty of the 
buildings and grounds: 

1. Posters should not exceed 8.5" x 14". 

2. There should not be more than one announcement for each event on any bul- 
letin board. 

3. All posters must clearly identify the producing organization and the date and 
time of the event. Posters that do not meet this requirement will be removed. 

4. Posters should be put up only on existing bulletin boards. Interior and exterior 
doors and windows of buildings should be left clear as a matter of safety. 

5. Posters and advertisements may not be posted on the walls in the student cen- 
ter or on any campus building, including residence halls. 

6. Individuals and groups may not post on the doors of residence hall rooms 
without the expressed consent of the residents. 

7- Bulletin boards assigned to specific organizations or for specific purposes 
should be respected. 

8. Individuals and groups must get permission from the RA to post on bulletin 
boards in the residence halls. 

9. No one should remove a current poster to replace it with his or her own or 
cover another poster. 

10. Exceptions to the regulations concerning the size and location of posters or 
banners must have advance approval from the student affairs office. 

11. Off-campus organizations must obtain prior permission from the student af- 
fairs office before putting up posters, advertisements, banners or flyers. 



79 



12. Individuals or groups putting up posters are responsible for their removal with 
24 hours after a publicized event has taken place. 

13. Posters and advertisements are only permitted for the purpose of promot- 
ing events or activities. Personal statements, with the exception of campaign 
materials related to an Oglethorpe Student Association or otherwise sponsored 
election, are prohibited. 

14. Advertisements for off-campus housing are not permitted. 

Intramural and Recreational Sports 

The athletic department offers an array of intramural sports and recreational activi- 
ties in addition to intercollegiate competition. All students may participate in these 
physically and intellectually stimulating activities. Men and women can compete in 
basketball, dodgeball, flag football, ultimate frisbee, volleyball and wiffle ball programs, 
among others, throughout team sport seasons. In addition, aerobics, weight training 
and dance are also offered at the Steve Schmidt Sport and Recreation Center. Various 
recreational activities such as camping, hiking and rafting occur throughout the year at 
various sites in the greater Atlanta area. 

Fraternities and Sororities 

The Greek community at Oglethorpe is made up of two fraternities and three sorori- 
ties. The fraternities are Chi Phi and Sigma Alpha Epsilon. The sororities are Alpha 
Sigma Tau, Chi Omega and Sigma Sigma Sigma. 

These organizations contribute positively to campus life by providing a variety of lead- 
ership, service and social opportunities for students. Membership in these organiza- 
tions is voluntary and subject to guidelines established by the Interfraternity Council, 
the Panhellenic Council and the Greek Affairs Coordinator; these guidelines include 
a minimum GPA requirement. The fraternity and sorority recruitment process takes 
place early in the fall semester. Events on campus for members of the Greek commu- 
nity include Greek Week in the spring semester and various fundraisers, philanthropy 
events, mixers, socials, speakers and educational workshops throughout the year. 

Discipline of Student Organizations 

Student organizations exist in a special relationship to the university. In the event that 
a student organization is accused of violating university rules and regulations, the 
organization will undergo a judicial process similar to that for individual students and 
will be accorded the rights of fundamental fairness and presumption of innocence. 
However, during the time prior to the judicial review process, the dean of students may 
suspend the activities of the organization. The right of privacy guaranteed to individu- 
als by FERPA does not apply to organizations. 

A judicial officer may hear the case informally or appoint a judicial panel composed of 
students, staff and faculty members to hear the case. If the organization is found guilty 
of violating a university rule or regulation the judicial officer will impose a sanction. 
The organization has the right to appeal the sanction in writing to the dean of students. 
The appeal must be made in writing within five business days of the imposition of the 
sanction. 

Oglethorpe Student Association (OSA) 

The Oglethorpe Student Association (OSA) is the guiding body for student life at 
Oglethorpe University. OSA consists of three elected bodies: an executive council, 
composed of a president, two vice presidents, parliamentarian, secretary, treasurer and 
presidents of the four classes; the senate, chaired by a vice president and composed 
of four senators from each class; the programming board, chaired by a vice president 
and composed of the freshman class president, one senator from each class and three 
elected representatives from each class. All three bodies meet regularly and the meet- 



80 



ings are open to the public. OSA administers a student activity fee that is assessed to all 
full-time traditional students. Additional information can be obtained from the OSA 
office or student affairs, both located in the Emerson Student Center. The Oglethorpe 
Student Association can be reached at 404-364-8541 or 3000 Woodrow Way NE, 
Atlanta, GA 30319-2797- 

OSA Constitution :The full text of the OSA constitution is available at www.ogletho- 
rpe.edu (keyword: OSA). Please reference this document for information on the 
policies and procedures of Oglethorpe's student government. Of particular interest to 
other organizations is the process on becoming a chartered university organization and 
petitioning for funding from the OSA Senate. 

Policy on Student Publications 

Oglethorpe University supports the publication of the student newspaper, The Stormy 
Petrel; the campus yearbook, The Yamacraxv; the literary magazine, The Tower. Since 
revenues collected by the university fund these publications, the ultimate responsibility 
for these publications lies with the university. Each publication has at least one faculty 
or staff adviser. 

The publications council is composed of one faculty or staff adviser from each publica- 
tion, the dean of students, two members of the OSA executive council and three ad- 
ditional students selected by OSA. The council makes the final selection of publication 
editors, establishes and reviews policies related to the publications, hears complaints 
or grievances directed against a member of a publication staff and makes the final deci- 
sion about the removal from office of an editor. 

Recognition of Campus Organizations 

Groups desiring to form a campus student organization must follow the appropriate 
process prescribed by the Oglethorpe Student Association, the Publications Council, 
the Interfraternity Council, the Panhellenic Council or the university. Generally, recog- 
nition of a new student organization requires a proposed constitution that contains a 
statement of purpose along with a list of members, officers and an adviser. The student 
recognition body and subsequently the university must approve the charters of new 
organizations. Currently, only students enrolled in the traditional undergraduate day 
program may initiate the formation of a new organization. Information and advice on 
the procedures and process are available from the residence life coordinator for student 
activities. 

A great variety of organizations are open to Oglethorpe students, alumni and friends 
of the university. For information on the policies of these organizations, contact the 
student affairs office. 



Recognized Student Organizations, as of publication: 

Academic/Honorary 

Phi Delta Epsilon, Pre-Medical Society 

University Accounting Society 

Alpha Chi, academic honorary 

Alpha Psi Omega, drama honorary 

Chi Alpha Sigma, national college athlete honor society 

Omicron Delta Kappa, national leadership honor society 

Order of Omega, Greek honor society 

Phi Alpha Theta, history honorary 

Phi Beta Delta, international honorary 

Phi Eta Sigma, freshman honor society 



81 



Psi Chi, psychology honor society 
Rlio Delta, 

Sigma Pi Sigma, physics honor society 
Sigma Tau Delta, English honor society 
Sigma Zeta, science honorary 

Advocacy 

Amnesty International Club 
College Democrats 
College Republicans 
ECOS: Environmentally Concerned 
Oglethorpe Students 
Feminist Majority Leadership Alliance 

Ethnic/International 

Black Student Caucus (BSC) 

International Club 

Japanese Culture Club 

Oglethorpe Caribbean Student Association 

Governance/Advisory 

Interfraternity Council 

Oglethorpe Student Association (OSA) 

Panhellenic Council 

Greek 

Fraternities: 

Chi Phi 

Sigma Alpha Epsilon 

Sororities: 
Alpha Sigma Tau 
Chi Omega 
Sigma Sigma Sigma 

Performing Arts 

Ballroom Dance Club 

Gospel Choir 

OU Playmakers 

OU Radio Station 

Oglethorpe University Singers & Chorale 

Rehearsal Room C 

Publications 

Stormy Petrel 
The Tower 
Yamacraw 
Telejunkin' 

Recreational 

Oglethorpe Spirit Coalition 

Dorough Delinquents 

OU Cheerleaders 

Oglethorpe University Dancers 

Khayos 



82 



Religious 

Interfaith Council 
Jewish Student Union 
Muslim Student Association 
Oglethorpe Christian Fellowship 

Special Interest 

BACCHUS 

Chess Club 

Economic Empowerment Initiative 

Future Neurologists of America 

Open Mic Club 

OUTlet, Students Against Homophobia 

Volunteer 

Alpha Phi Omega (APO) 
Circle K International 

For more information on student organizations, visit www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: 
organizations). 

Residence Life 

Membership in the Community 

As members of the Oglethorpe campus community, residential students have a specific 
set of rights and responsibilities. Problems develop when one person fulfills his or 
her responsibilities and another does not. Residence life policies and regulations are 
designed to give a clear understanding of what is expected of you as an Oglethorpe 
University resident. It is important to recognize that a large number of individuals 
live together in a residence hall. This density of people creates a special need for being 
aware of how one's individual actions can have a direct effect on others and easily influ- 
ence the environment of the entire hall. With these ideas in mind, the residence life 
office has established a number of guidelines intended to give students a standard by 
which to live and learn together. 

Responsibilities of Community Living 

As an important member of this residential community you have the responsibility to: 

1. Verbally express your views to the person(s) involved, should you feel your 
rights have been violated. 

2. Treat other residents with respect and consideration and grant them their 
individual rights. 

3. Understand all policies and regulations necessary for the hall and university 
community to function. 

4. Respond to all reasonable requests from fellow residents. 

5. Respond to and cooperate with all Oglethorpe University and residence hall 
staff members at all times. 

6. Take responsibility for personal and community safety, i.e. do not misuse safety 
equipment, do not prop open security doors and do not lose, loan or forget 
room keys. 

7. Accept responsibility for your behavior and that of your guests at all times. 

8. Recognize that public areas and their furnishings belong to everyone and that 
abuse of those areas violates the rights of all community members. 

9. Report all maintenance issues to the appropriate person in a timely manner. 



83 



Residence Life Staff 

Resident Assistants (RAs) are students that live and work in the residence halls. They 
are hired by the Residence life office to help students who live in the residence halls 
and are the most visible members of the residence life staff. Since the RA lives directly 
in the building, he or she is attuned to residents' particular needs and problems. RAs 
go through an extensive selection and training process and are, therefore, helpful in 
dealing with all types of problems and situations. RAs also plan programs and activi- 
ties, hold hall meetings, enforce policies and refer maintenance/housekeeping work 
orders to the physical plant. 

Residence Life Coordinators (RLCs) are student affairs professionals who work and 
live on campus. They are trained and experienced in residence hall operations, super- 
vise the RAs and provide guidance in RA programming. RLCs live in a campus apart- 
ment and oversee the activities of their assigned area of campus. They are the residence 
life office's spokesperson in any situation that may arise in the residence halls and 
enforce university and residence hall policies. Feel free to speak with your RLC about 
problems, ideas and suggestions. 

Room Assignment Policies and Regulations 

Residence Hall Agreement 

Housing is provided on a space-available basis to full-time day students enrolled in 
the traditional program only. The availability of on-campus housing is not guaranteed. 
Each resident student is required to pay a nonrefundable deposit and sign a residence 
hall agreement before he or she may reserve a room. The agreement is binding for an 
entire academic year. Students thinking about moving off-campus should speak with 
the director of residence life before making plans. 

Residency Requirements 

Freshmen, sophomore and junior students are required to live on campus unless they 
are commuting from the home of a parent or guardian. Home is defined as the primary 
residence of the parent or guardian. 

Room Assignment and Reservations 

All residence halls at Oglethorpe are coed, with each suite designated for a single 
gender. Some upperclassmen suites will be designated coed within the suite. Stu- 
dents entering Oglethorpe for the first time will be assigned to a residence hall by the 
residence life staff. Students may request a specific roommate prior to being assigned, 
however, all requests must be mutual and submitted in writing to the residence life of- 
fice. Returning students will select his or her residence hall space in early April, accord- 
ing to procedures established by the residence life office. 

Summer Housing 

Requests for summer housing will be taken during the spring semester in April, after 
the room selection process is complete for the upcoming fall semester. Residence life 
will announce dates, times and procedures. 

Room Changes 

Students wishing to change rooms must submit a Room Change Request form. Forms 
may be obtained and submitted in the student affairs office. The student will then be 
contacted (usually within seven to ten business days) as to whether or not his or her 
request has been approved. Moving without prior approval of the residence life office 
will result in a minimum $100 fine. Room changes may only be made after the first 
two weeks of school through midterm during the first semester and during the first 



84 



two weeks of school during the second semester. When the residence halls are filled to 
capacity, room change options diminish. Communication is the key to effective room- 
mate relationships. Residents may not exchange keys without prior permission from 
the Residence Life Office. 

Holidays 

All residents are expected to vacate the residence halls by the time posted by the resi- 
dence life staff on the last day of classes before a scheduled break or at the completion 
of their final examinations. Special requests for delayed departure must be submitted 
to the director of residence life two weeks prior to the upcoming break. The director of 
residence life may grant permission if the request is justified. Students granted special 
permission to remain in the halls over scheduled breaks will be charged $100 per day. 
Anyone who returns to the residence halls during the break, or who stays late without 
receiving prior permission may face the daily charge and additional sanctions, fines 
and further disciplinary action. The residence halls will reopen after scheduled vaca- 
tion periods at 9:00 a.m. on the day before registration or when classes resume. 

Check-In/Check-out Procedures 

All resident students must complete a room inventory card (RIC) upon arrival. Com- 
pleted RICs should be turned into your RA or RLC. By signing the RIC the resident is 
accepting the condition of the room at check-in. When residents vacate their assigned 
rooms, a check-out procedure must be followed. It is the responsibility of the resident 
to know the check-out procedure and to ensure that it is followed. 

1. Arrange a time for a check-out appointment with your RA well in advance of 
your planned departure date. Each resident is responsible for scheduling his 
or her appointment. All your belongings, including those on walls, in closets, 
in drawers, etc., must be removed before the appointment 

2. Sweep out room and remove all trash. As a courtesy to other students, please 
do not leave trash in hallways or outside your door. If your room or suite is not 
cleaned, you will be charged accordingly for improper checkout. 

3. Meet with your RA for a check-out appointment. The RA will inspect the 
room for damages, missing furniture and cleanliness. 

4. Return your keys to your RA and sign your RIC after any damages have been 
noted. 

5. Your RLC or other professional staff will determine final damage assessments. 

Note: Moving without prior approval from your RLC will result in a $50.00 fine. 

Damages 

Communal Property: If hallways, baths, lounges or other public areas in the residence 
halls receive undue abuse, we expect the assistance of the residents of that area to 
identify the responsible individual(s). When the individual(s) cannot be identified, all 
residents will be required to pay a prorated share of repairing such damages. 

Room: You are responsible for any damages that occur in your room during your oc- 
cupancy. If damages are accidental, you must still pay repair costs. In the case where 
damages are the result of vandalism, the individual responsible must not only pay for 
repairs but may also face disciplinary action. 

Students who maliciously damage their rooms and/or common areas of the residence 
halls will be subject to restitution, disciplinary action and/or fines and possible expul- 
sion from the residence halls. 



85 



Deposits, Refunds and Breaking your Contract 

A room reservation/damage deposit of $200 must be paid prior to reserving a room. 
This deposit may be applicable to residence hall damages. Students who currently live 
on campus will not have to pay an additional deposit to reserve a room. In this case, 
the deposit will be rolled over. The deposit will be refunded after the student leaves 
the residence hall at the end of the contract period or for other reasons as stated in the 
Residence Hall Agreement, provided that the student has no outstanding financial 
obligations to the university and does not intend to live on campus the following year. 
If the student fails to turn in keys and sign the proper check out forms at the end of the 
occupancy period or if keys are lost during the contract period, a lock change fee may 
be charged against the damage deposit. The damage deposit is not applicable to room 
and board charges. Damage deposits will be processed at the end of each semester. Stu- 
dents who are graduating or not returning to campus housing should expect a check 
mailed to their permanent address by the end of June. Deposits are not refunded to 
students who withdraw from the university or who otherwise leave housing prior to the 
end of their contract period. 

Students are obligated to live on campus throughout their contractual agreement, typi- 
cally the entire academic year. Students may apply to break their contract prior to the 
end of the academic year as outlined in the Residence Hall Agreement. A breakage fee 
is charged and the deposit is forfeited for students who break the contract early. Fresh- 
men, sophomores and juniors may only break the contract to commute from the home 
of a parent or guardian. Students suspended from the residence halls are not entitled 
to a refund. 

Keys 

Report lost keys at once to your RLC. For your security, it is necessary that we change 
locks and make a charge against your damage deposit. The charge for a lost key is 
$140. Keys must be returned to the residence life office when you move off campus. 
Keys should only be returned to an authorized residence life staff member. 

Lockouts 

Students needing to be let into their rooms should contact the RA on duty. If that 
person is temporarily unavailable, they should look for another member of the resi- 
dence life staff or call campus safety as a last resort. Students who have more than two 
lockouts per year will be charged $10.00 per lockout. 

Snack Machines 

There is a snack and soft drink machine located in close proximity to each residence 
hall area. Please report any problems with the machines to your RLC. Note: Vandalism 
to vending machines may result in the loss of those machines for the remainder of the 
academic year. 

Cable TV 

Basic cable TV service is provided in each suite in the residence halls. 

Housekeeping 

The housekeeping staff is responsible for cleaning all public areas. These areas include 
the lounges, common restrooms, halls and stairwells. Individual student bathrooms are 
cleaned on average, once per month. Housekeeping requests should be sent via email 
through OASIS. Remember, housekeeping can only clean bathrooms that are free of 
undue clutter on the sinks and floor area. 



86 



Laundry Facilities 

Coin-operated washers and dryers are located on the first floor of Traer Hall, in the 
basement of Dempsey Hall and on each floor of the Phase II, North and Magbee Halls. 
Please report malfunctioning machines to your RA or online via the PetrelNet. 

Maintenance 

Routine maintenance needs should be reported by sending a request online through 
OASIS. Please be specific in describing your problem and date the request; this will 
expedite repairs. All regular maintenance requests must be submitted in writing. 
Emergency concerns and after hours maintenance requests should be reported to the 
RA on duty, the RLC or campus safety immediately. 

Pest Control 

If you are having problems with insects of any kind in your room, please inform your 
RA or RLC so the appropriate measures may be taken to rid your quarters of such 
pests. Generally the exterminator comes on campus on the first Friday of each month 
to take care of any problems. It is important for students to keep their rooms neat and 
free of debris and open food sources. 

Safety and Security 

Always lock your door and take your key with you, even if you are leaving for just a 
short period of time. Do not lend your key to others. Do not keep large amounts of cash 
in your room. Protect the safety of your fellow residents by respecting all visitation 
policies. Keep outside doors locked even if it causes you an inconvenience. Propping 
outside doors for easier re-entry or giving out access codes to buildings compromises 
the safety of the entire building and is considered a very serious violation of policy. 

Internet Services 

All student rooms are wired for internet accessibility. Oglethorpe provides internet ac- 
cess and an email account for each student. For additional information on the network, 
visit www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: ITS) or visit the IT Services office in Goodman 
Hall. Check out the residence life web page for information on what's going on in the 
community. It is very important for students who use an alternate email address to 
forward all mail from their campus network account. Important information regarding 
university operation and communication, including closings or cancellations, is trans- 
mitted via the university network. 

Bikes 

Bicycles may not be parked in exit corridors, stairways, beside doors, on patio areas 
or hung from the ceiling. Gasoline-powered bikes (mopeds) and motorcycles are not 
permitted inside buildings. All bikes may be impounded if left in an inappropriate area. 
Staff will remove bikes remaining on campus after graduation and donate or discard 
them. 

Cooking 

Residents may not cook in their rooms. Because of the fire hazard, sanitation prob- 
lems and power consumption involved in food preparation, cooking is restricted to 
the kitchens provided in each area of campus. Coffee makers and small microwave 
ovens are the only appliances permitted in your room. No open coil-heating units are 
allowed. Refrigerators are permitted as long as they are apartment-size (less than five 
cubic feet). 



87 



Decorating 

The residence life staff encourages you to make your room comfortable and representa- 
tive of your personality. We ask that you please follow these guidelines as you plan your 
decorating style: 

• No nails, tape, white "plastic tack" or stick-ums, please. You may use the "easy 
release" mounting devices designed to be removed without causing wall dam- 
age. 

• Do not hang items from your ceiling or ceiling tiles. 

• Lofts are not permitted. 

• Rooms may not be painted. 

• If you have any questions about what is allowable, please ask first to avoid any 
unnecessary damage charges. 

Fire Safety 

Evacuation routes are posted in each residence hall and it is each student's responsi- 
bility to become familiar with such routes. All students must evacuate a building if an 
alarm is sounding. Do not re-enter the building until a staff member indicates it is safe 
to do so. Fire drills are conducted once per semester and failure to comply during a 
drill may result in disciplinary action and a fine. For the safety of all residents, candles 
and incense will not be allowed in the residence halls at any time. Open fires are not 
permitted anywhere on campus. Any student who willfully compromises the safety of 
fellow students by tampering with fire safety equipment or sounding false alarms will 
be subject to fines up to $1000, suspension from the residence halls and/or criminal 
prosecution. 

Fireworks, Firearms and Explosives 

No firearms or weapons (including air, pellet and paintball guns), ammunition, illegal 
knives, flammable liquids, fireworks or explosives of any kind shall be permitted in any 
building or any student 's vehicle on campus. Such items will be confiscated and the 
student will be subject to strict disciplinary action. Possession or the discharging of 
fireworks on campus is in violation of the laws of Georgia and is prohibited. Students 
discharging fireworks or other types of explosives on campus are subject to expulsion 
from the residence halls. 

Furniture 

You may not remove, store or trade furnishings from your room. Each student is held 
accountable for the furniture in his or her room and will be assessed charges if an item 
is missing or damaged. Furniture may not be lofted. Lounge furniture must remain 
where it was intended. Personal furniture remaining on campus after the residence 
halls close for the summer will be thrown away. 

Heating/Air-Conditioning Units 

In order to keep the unit working, do not block the heating/air-conditioning unit with 
furniture, beds or debris. Heating/AC filters will be changed each semester; a fine will 
be assessed to occupants of rooms with blocked units as outlined above. Residents are 
not permitted to use window air-conditioning units or portable heaters in the residence 
halls. 

Hall Meetings 

Your RA wall call meetings from time to time on your hall or in your building. These 
meetings are never lengthy and are only called when the RA has something important 
to share or certain issues to discuss. You are expected to make every effort to attend. If 
you are unable to be there, check with your RA to learn what you missed. 



88 



ID Cards and PetrelPass 

All students must carry the PetrelPass student ID card with them at all times on cam- 
pus. The ID card is required for after-hours entry to the dining hall, upperclassmen 
residence halls, and the main gate. Students are responsible for keeping the ID safe 
and should not lend the ID to anyone else. Replacement cards are available for a fee in 
the Student Affairs Office. 

Insurance, Personal Property 

The university shall not be responsible for the theft, loss or damage to any student's 
personal property. Students are encouraged to carry adequate personal property insur- 
ance. Your parent's insurance may cover your belongings while you are away at school. 
It would be wise to check their policy. 

Obscene or Harassing Calls 

It is against the law to make obscene or harassing phone calls. Conviction through the 
justice system is punishable by a fine and/or prison. If you receive such calls: 

• Hang up immediately. 

• Do not give out any information (names, location, etc.). 

• If calls persist, call your RA or RLC, the residence life office, campus safety or 
the local police department. 

• Keep a record of calls (especially dates and times). 

• Attempt to determine a pattern. 

Pets 

With the exception of small, harmless fish, no pets are allowed in the residence halls 
due to health and sanitation regulations. Residents found to be keeping pets will have 
24 hours to remove them from campus. Further disciplinary action and a $100 clean- 
ing fee may also be imposed. 

Quiet Hours 

Courtesy quiet hours are in effect at all times in the residence halls. Mandatory quiet 
hours are from 10:00 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Sunday through Thursday and 2:00 a.m. 
until 10:00 a.m. on the weekends. On the third and fourth floor of Dempsey Hall 
extended quiet hours are from 8:00 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Sunday through Thursday 
and 10:00 p.m. until 10:00 a.m. on the weekends. During final exam week, strict quiet 
hours are in effect 24 hours a day. During quiet hours, noise should not be heard out- 
side your door or one door down from you. 

Restricted Areas 

Students are not allowed in the electrical service rooms, maintenance closets, boiler 
rooms or on the roofs of campus buildings. 

Room Entry 

The university reserves the right to enter a student's room for inspection or repair, 
disciplinary purposes or whenever there is a reasonable cause to suspect violations of 
university and residence life policies. University personnel will enter a student's room if 
there is a strong suspicion of illegal drug activity. 

Room Inspections 

Room inspections by the student affairs staff may be held periodically to insure 
compliance with community living standards and/or health and fire safety guidelines. 
Advance notice of these inspections will normally be given. Students whose rooms are 
deemed "unsanitary or a health hazard" will be given 24 hours to correct the situation 
or be subject to disciplinary action. 



89 



Roommate Rights 

In this community, as in any other, everyone has rights and responsibilities. Problems 
develop when one person fulfills his or her responsibilities and another does not. Please 
respect the following: 

• The right to read, to study and to sleep in the room with as little disturbance as 
possible within reason. 

• The right to have personal belongings that are used by no one else. 

• The right to live in a clean and orderly room. 

• The right to have guests, provided they respect the rights of the roommate. 

• The right to enter the room whenever one wants to, unless other provisions are 
made and agreed upon by both parties. 

• The right to be free of physical or emotional harassment. 

• The right to speak out openly. 

• The right to be treated with consideration and thoughtfulness. 

These rights and responsibilities apply not only to roommates but also to suitemates 
and others living in the building or residence halls. 

Solicitation 

No solicitation is permitted in the residence halls. Please report any solicitors to a 
member of the residence life staff or campus safety at extension 1998. 

Sports in the Residence Hall Areas 

Due to the potential for damage to residence hall facilities and the risk of personal 
injury, Frisbee and basketball in the designated areas will be the only activities allowed 
in these outside areas unless approved by the residence life coordinator. See your RA or 
RLC for specific details. 

Storage Rooms 

The university does not have the space to provide any on-campus storage. For those 
who need storage there are numerous storage facilities in the Atlanta area. Personal 
property left or abandoned on campus after the residence halls close will be thrown 
away. Furthermore, storage companies may only leave storage sheds/containers on 
campus in pre-approved areas for 48 hours. 

Storms, Inclement Weather 

In case of strong winds or in the possibility of a tornado, students are asked to open 
their windows and move to the interior walls of their building or to the lower floor 
interior walls if time permits. Should damage occur, a residence life staff member will 
be on hand for directions and to contact the proper authorities. 

Theft 

The university does not assume responsibility for articles lost or stolen from rooms. 
Residents need to take precautions to insure, to the best of their ability, that theft does 
not occur. Remember to lock your door whenever you leave your room; do not loan 
or duplicate your keys; report lost room keys as soon as possible; take valuables home 
with you over breaks. Any theft or loss should be reported to your RA or RLC and cam- 
pus safety upon discovering the loss. 

Trash Disposal 

Please keep our campus looking attractive by placing all trash in appropriate outside 
containers. Residents of North and Magbee Halls and Phase II should use the trash 
chutes. All trash placed in the chutes must be bagged. Large items that do not fit in the 
chute must be carried to the dumpster in the upper parking lot. Students discarding 



90 



their trash outside their rooms or littering in the Quad may face the following sanc- 
tions: community service and fines of $50.00 per bag of trash. Students who continue 
to disregard this policy may lose their privilege to live on campus. 

Visitation Hours 

Oglethorpe University permits visitation in the residence halls by members of the op- 
posite sex 24 hours per day, seven days a week with the consent of the host or hostess 
and his or her roommates/suitemates. Cohabitation between students and/or non-stu- 
dents, regardless of gender, is not permitted. Cohabitation exists when a person who is 
not assigned to a particular residence hall room or suite uses that room or suite as if he 
or she were living there. 

Guests 

Residents may have overnight visitors for a maximum of three consecutive nights with 
consent of the roommate. Prior notification and registration of that guest must be 
made with the RA. Registration of an overnight guest is necessary in the event of an 
emergency. We encourage you to be considerate of and to discuss any such plans with 
your roommate. Please remember, as a host or hostess, you are responsible for the 
behavior of your guests. Residents are allowed a maximum of three guests at any given 
time. 

Escort Policy 

Hosts must escort all guests at all times while on campus. All residents have respon- 
sibility for informing guests of all Oglethorpe policies and procedures and specifically 
community living standards. Residents are responsible for the actions of their guests. 
Students who do not live on campus are considered to be "guests" when visiting the 
residence halls and must be escorted by a host. 



91 



92 



ACADEMIC RECORDS, REGULATIONS AND POLICIES 





93 



Academic Advising 



Each student consults with a faculty adviser in preparing course schedules, discussing 
completion of degree requirements, post-graduation plans and inquiring about any 
other academic matter. The faculty adviser is each student's primary point of contact 
with the university. 

Each freshman will choose his or her first adviser as part of the requirements of the 
Fresh Focus or First-Year Seminar course during the fall of the freshman's first year. 

At any time, a student may change to a different or more permanent adviser. This 
would often be expected when a student changes majors (see below). To change the 
adviser, a student must complete the steps below: 

1. Obtain an adviser selection form available in the registrar's office or online at 
www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: registrar). 

2. Consult with the proposed new faculty adviser for permission to be added to 
the faculty member's advisee list; obtain the new adviser's signature on the 
adviser selection form. 

3. Return the completed, signed adviser selection form to the registrar's office so 
that the new adviser will appear on the student's online OASIS account as the 
official adviser. 

Note: When the student signs the adviser selection form, the student also signs a 

statement acknowledging responsibility for following the policies and require- 
ments contained in this Bulletin. 

Changing a Major or Minor Program 

At any time, a student may change the major program of study and declare a new 
major program. Also, at any time, a student may declare a minor program of study 
or change a minor. To change the major or to add/change minor(s), a student must 
complete the steps below: 

1. Obtain the change of information form available in the registrar's office or 
online at www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: registrar). 

2. If declaring a new major, the student should determine if he or she should 
also change their adviser to a faculty member who has teaching responsibili- 
ties in that major field; if so, follow procedure above to change the official 
adviser. 

3. Return completed form(s) to the registrar's office so that updates to program 
of study will appear on the student's online OASIS account. 



Registration 



Schedule planning and course selection for all students is done in consultation with 
each student's academic adviser. New students select courses with their faculty adviser 
during summer orientation or summer/fall registration periods. Returning students 
should make appointments to consult with their academic adviser for course selection 
during the weeks prior to registration week for the upcoming semester. Registration 
week occurs in early November for the following spring semester and in early April for 
the following summer and fall semesters. 

Full-time students wishing to participate in the Atlanta Regional Council for Higher 
Education (ARCHE) Cross Registration program (see Cross Registration below) 
should select courses during the registration weeks as well, in order to meet ARCHE 
deadlines. 



94 



Cross Registration 



Oglethorpe University is a member of the Atlanta Regional Council for Higher Educa- 
tion (ARCHE), a consortium of the 19 institutions of higher education in the greater 
Atlanta area. Through the consortium, full-time Oglethorpe students may enroll on 
a space-available basis in courses at any other member institution. The student need 
not be admitted to the other institution and completes all procedures, including pay- 
ment of tuition, at Oglethorpe. To meet ARCHE institutional deadlines for fall, spring 
and summer semesters, students should complete forms for cross registration during 
Oglethorpe's designated registration week for these semesters. 

Courses taken at consortium institutions on a cross-registration basis will count as 
Oglethorpe courses for residence requirements. While grades earned through cross 
registration are not tabulated in grade point averages, courses with grades of "C-" or 
higher count toward graduation requirements. Interested students should consult the 
registrar for program details. See also http://www.atlantahighered.org. 

Georgia Institute of Technology Air Force R.O.T.C. 

Students may participate in the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps through cross 
registration by attending classes and training at Georgia Institute of Technology. Stu- 
dents earn a college degree and an officer's commission in the United States Air Force 
at the same time. A student who completes the Air Force R.O.T.C. program qualifies as 
a commissioned officer and will be allowed to enter active duty in the United States Air 
Force. Air Force R.O.T.C offers competitive and non-competitive scholarships to quali- 
fied college students based on merit and major including foreign languages. Stipends 
and book allowances are also available. See also http://www.afrotc.gatech.edu. 

Oglethorpe Students Seeking Transient Status 

Oglethorpe students may pursue classes at another accredited institution with the ap- 
proval of his or her adviser and the registrar. Failure to obtain this approval may result 
in the denial of credit. Students must be in good academic and financial standing with 
Oglethorpe University. Transient request forms are available in the registrar's office. At 
the conclusion of the semester of transient study, the student must request an official 
transcript from the institution of study to be mailed to the registrar's office at Ogletho- 
rpe. Until the transient transcript is received, the student will not be eligible to register 
for future classes and will not have access to Oglethorpe transcripts. 



Prop and Add 



Drop/add activity is a student-driven choice. Students who find it necessary to change 
their schedule by dropping or adding courses must do so by following drop/add pro- 
cedures outlined in each semester's printed course schedule and adhering to posted 
drop/add period deadlines. Semester course schedules may also be obtained online at 
www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: registrar). Current semester course offerings are also 
available on the OASIS system where students may browse for current course availabil- 
ity during drop/add periods. Guests may also browse current semester course offerings 
using the OASIS Guests tab, Search for Sections option. 



Withdrawal from a Course 



Withdrawal from a course is a student-driven choice. From the conclusion of the drop/ 
add period through mid-semester or the middle of a summer session, changes in 
schedule constitute a withdrawal. To withdraw from a course, the student should ob- 
tain a course withdrawal form from the registrar's office or online at www.oglethorpe. 



95 



edu keyword: registrar). The student should return the completed form to the regis- 
trar's office after obtaining required approval signatures from the course instructor and 
the Financial aid office. 

Students withdrawing from a course may do so approximately through the ninth week 
or two weeks after the published mid-semester date with a "W." Between the ninth and 
11th weeks, the grade "W" or "WF" may be given at the discretion of the instructor. 
Students withdrawing after the Friday that falls on the 11th week will receive a grade 
of "WF." Only in the case of medical emergency, requiring a physician's letter to be sub- 
mitted to the provost, or hardship may students appeal a grade of "WF." Withdrawal 
due to medical reasons may change a student's grade(s), but it has no effect on the re- 
turn of tuition or room and board costs. Please see Institutional Drop and Withdrawal 
Refund Policy in the Tuition and Costs section of this Bulletin. 

Students should note that any change of academic schedule is not official until it is filed 
in the registrar's office. The date the change is received in the registrar's office will be 
the official date for the change. 

Withdrawal from the University 

Students who must withdraw from the university during a semester are required to 
complete the university withdrawal form available in the registrar's office or online 
at www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: registrar). The Financial aid office must also sign 
approval. The date the completed withdrawal form is submitted to the registrar will be 
the official date for withdrawal. 

In the case of an emergency departure from the campus for which the withdrawal form 
cannot be executed, the registrar's office may verify that the student has left campus as 
a result of an emergency and notify instructors. 

For absences of less than 12 months, see Re-activation below. For absences of more 
than 12 months, see Re-admission in the Admission section of this Bulletin. 

Obligations to the University 

A student with outstanding obligations to the university may be subject to restrictions 
that include but are not limited to the following: denial of access to official Oglethorpe 
transcripts, immunization and financial records; denial of registration privileges in the 
current or in subsequent academic semesters or sessions; denial of degree conferral 
from the university and/or participation in commencement exercises. 



Re-activation 



Students who leave the university whether in good academic standing or not and wish 
to return after an absence of less than 12 months should contact the registrar's office to 
request a re-activation form. The completed form and official transcripts from all col- 
leges or universities attended must be submitted to be re-activated. Students who are 
not in good academic standing will be re-activated upon approval from the provost. For 
absences of more than 12 months, see Re-admission in the Admission section of this 
Bulletin. 



Class Attendance 



Regular attendance at class sessions, laboratories, examinations and official university 
convocations is an obligation which all students are expected to fulfill. Faculty mem- 
bers set attendance policies in their course syllabi. 



96 



Grading 

Faculty members submit mid-semester reports to the registrar's office on class rolls 
indicating Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory ("S" or "U"). These mid-semester reports are 
not part of the student's permanent record. 

Faculty members submit letter grades at the end of each semester. These grades be- 
come part of the student's official record. Once entered, a grade may not be changed 
except by means of an officially executed Change of Grade form. 

A student's grade point average (GPA) is calculated in this way: It is the sum of the 
quality points per semester hour times the semester hours earned per grade, divided 
by the total number of semester hours attempted. (Attempted hours would exclude any 
grades of "W," "WF" or "U.") 

The letter grades used at Oglethorpe are defined as follows: 



Grade 



A 

A- 

B+ 

B 

B- 

C+ 

c 
c- 

D+ 

D 

F 

FA 
W 
WF 
I 

NS 
S 

u 

AU 
Notes: 



Meaning 

Superior 

Good 

Satisfactory 



Passing 
Failure 



Failure: Excessive Absences* 

Withdrew Passing** 

Withdrew Failing* 

Incomplete*** 

No Show 

Satisfactory**** 

Unsatisfactory* 

Audit (no credit) 



Quality Points 


Numerical 


Per Semester Hour 


Equivalent 


4.0 


93-100 


3.7 


90-92 


3.3 


87-89 


3.0 


83-86 


2.7 


80-82 


2.3 


77-79 


2.0 


73-76 


1.7 


70-72 


1.3 


67-69 


1.0 


60-66 


0.0 


59 and below 



70 or higher 



*Grade has same effect as an "F" on the GPA. 
**Grade has no effect on the GPA; no credit awarded. 
***Grade has same effect as an "F" on the GPA. If a student is unable to 
complete the work for a course on time for reasons of health, family tragedy 
or other circumstances the instructor deems appropriate, the grade "I" may be 
assigned (See below when "I" may not be assigned to any student on academic 
probation). If the student completes the work within 30 days of the last day of 
final examinations of the semester in question, the instructor will evaluate the 
work and turn in a revised grade. Any "I" not changed by the professor within 
45 days of the last day of final examinations will automatically be changed to a 
grade of "F." 
****Grade has no effect on the GPA; credit is awarded. 

Only work completed at Oglethorpe is reflected in the Oglethorpe grade point average. 



97 



Repetition of Courses 



Courses may be repeated only if an unsatisfactory grade ("D," "F," "FA" or "WF") was 
received in the course. When a course is repeated, both grades are calculated into the 
student's grade point average, but no additional semester hours of credit are earned. 

Good Academic Standing, Probation and Dismissal 

To be in good academic standing students must achieve the cumulative grade point 
averages specified below in relation to the number of semester hours they have com- 
pleted. 

Semester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA Required 

0-35 1.50 

36-64 1.75 

65 and above 2.00 

Students who fail to achieve good standing following a fall or spring semester are 
placed on probation. While on academic probation, students will not be permit- 
ted to receive an "I" grade in any course. In addition, traditional undergraduate day 
students on academic probation will not be permitted to register for evening degree 
course work. Under special circumstances (for example, when an evening course may 
be a requirement for the student 's major), a day student on academic probation may 
be granted permission to register for an evening course by approval of the associate 
provost or provost. 

Students who do not achieve good standing for two consecutive semesters (poor 
performance in summer sessions excluded) are subject to dismissal from the univer- 
sity for academic reasons. However, successful completion of summer classes taken at 
Oglethorpe may be used to regain good academic standing. 

New students, freshmen or transfer students who fail all courses during their first 
semester at Oglethorpe are subject to dismissal, unless the student received a "W in all 
courses or had to withdraw from all courses for medical reasons. 

Students who have been dismissed for academic reasons may be re-admitted after an 
absence of one spring or fall semester upon petition to the provost. The written petition 
should reference specific evidence of prospects for improved academic performance 
such as an outstanding employment experience or a substantial change in personal cir- 
cumstances. Students re-admitted by petition must achieve good standing by the end 
of their second semester as re-admitted students or be subject to permanent dismissal. 
(See also Re-activation or Re-admission.) 

Note: The minimum grade point average for keeping financial assistance is higher 
than for good academic standing. Students on probation receiving institu- 
tional or federal financial aid should see Academic Policies Governing Student 
Financial Aid in the Financial Assistance section of this Bulletin. 

Good Academic Standing and Probation for Athletes 

A student athlete loses eligibility to participate if his or her cumulative grade point 
average is below 1.00. A student with a cumulative grade point average below 1.00 may 
not practice, dress, play or travel with the team. A student on academic probation for 
the second consecutive semester may practice but may not dress, play or travel with the 



98 



team. The student is eligible to play the following semester if good academic standing 
is attained. 

If a student is placed on academic probation for three consecutive semesters, he or she 
loses athletic eligibility at Oglethorpe University permanently and may not practice, 
dress, play or travel with the team. 

In the case of extenuating circumstances, the student may appeal the loss of eligibility 
to the provost. The burden of proof to demonstrate that acceptable academic progress 
is being made resides solely with the student. 

Independent Study Policy 

An independent study requires submission of an application which contains a pro- 
posed, detailed outline of study, including a list of objectives, a schedule of meetings 
and assignments, a list of works which will be read and/or a description of projects 
which will be undertaken, proof that the required materials (including books) are on 
hand or have been ordered, and a specification of the means by which the students per- 
formance will be assessed. An application form may be obtained from the registrar's 
office or from 0://public/forms. The application (including an unofficial copy of the 
student's transcript as well as additional supporting documentation) must be approved 
by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or designated 
associate provost. The completed and approved application must be submitted to the 
registrar's office no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of 
study. First-semester sophomore standing (at least 32 semester hours earned) and 
a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or better are required. A student may take 
no more than 8 semester hours of independent studies at Oglethorpe and no request 
should duplicate a course that exists in the curriculum. 

Once an independent study is approved, the name of both the student and the instruc- 
tor, as well as a description of the project, may appear on the Oglethorpe University 
website and in other official publications and announcements, so that the broader com- 
munity can see the type and scope of investigations which are currently being carried 
out by our students and their faculty mentors. 

At the end of the semester during which the independent study is undertaken the 
student must file a report which explains whether and to what extent each objective 
set forth in the original application was met. If some portions of the original proposal 
proved untenable the final report should detail how the independent study was modi- 
fied to accommodate the unexpected problems which arose. The report must also 
address the details of the actual implementation of the independent study, being sure 
to discuss the usefulness and importance of the readings and/or other projects. The 
instructor must, by adding his/her signature, endorse the substance and the accuracy 
of the report, which is then submitted to the provost or designated associate provost. 
All such reports are to be kept on file in the provost office or in the office of his/her des- 
ignee. The student will automatically be assigned the grade of T (Incomplete) for the 
independent study if the endorsed report has not been filed by the close of business on 
last day of final exams during the semester of study or if the endorsed report is judged 
by the provost or designated associate provost to be inadequate. It will be the duty of 
the provost or designated associate provost both to inform the registrar to assign the 
"I" grade and also to inform the student and the instructor of the action taken. The "I" 
grade will persist until an acceptable endorsed report is submitted. 

Only full-time faculty may supervise an independent study. Others may do so by invita- 
tion of the provost. Directing two or more unrelated independent studies in any given 
semester requires pre-approval by the provost. 



99 



Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Option 



After 32 semester hours are earned at Oglethorpe a student in good academic standing 
may register to take two courses (in addition to internships) on a satisfactory/unsatis- 
factory basis. These courses cannot be taken in the same semester and cannot be used 
to satisfy proficiency requirements, core requirements or the student's major or minor. 
The student must register for the satisfactory/unsatisfactory designation by the end of 
the drop/add period after which the satisfactory/unsatisfactory designation cannot be 
changed. Satisfactory is defined as a "C-" or better. 



Final Examinations 



Final examinations, up to four hours in length, generally are given in courses at the end 
of each semester or session. The final examination schedule is compiled in the regis- 
trar's office and is printed in each semester's course schedule. (Final examinations in 
the summer are held on the last day of each session.) Final examinations must be given 
at the assigned date and time. 

No final examinations may be administered during the last scheduled class meeting 
of the semester or during the reading period prior to the first day of scheduled final 
examinations. If special arrangements are needed for individual students, faculty mem- 
bers must inform their division chair. (Regular course tests may not be given on the last 
day of classes or be scheduled on the reading day.) 

No student help is to be used for typing or grading examinations. 

Grade Appeal Policy 

If a student believes that a course grade has been assigned in a capricious or prejudicial 
manner, he or she may appeal the grade through the following steps: 

1. The student submits a written appeal to the instructor clearly stating the 
reasons for believing that the grade was assigned in a capricious or prejudicial 
manner. 

2. The instructor changes the grade or replies in writing explaining why the exist- 
ing grade is appropriate. 

3. If the student is not satisfied with the explanation, he or she may submit the 
written appeal and response to the appropriate division chair, who asks two 
faculty members with suitable experience in appropriate disciplines to serve 
with the division chair as a ruling committee. If the instructor is a division 
chair, the senior faculty member in the division will serve in place of the chair. 
The ruling committee receives all written materials relevant to the case and 
may request additional information. If the committee rules in favor of the in- 
structor, written notification is given both to the instructor and to the student 
by the associate provost and there is no further appeal. If the committee rules 
in favor of the student, the chair or the associate provost advises the instruc- 
tor to reconsider the grade. If the instructor refuses to change the grade, the 
ruling committee may submit a written recommendation for a grade change to 
the provost, whose final decision will be based on a review of the materials that 
have been submitted and the process that has been followed. 

The entire grade appeal process must be initiated within 30 days of the first day of 
classes in the semester immediately following the assignment of the grade and must 
be completed by the end of that semester, whether or not the student is enrolled that 
semester. 



100 



Auditing Courses 



Regularly admitted Oglethorpe students may register for courses on an "audit" basis. 
A student who audits a course may attend it for enrichment but is not required to take 
course examinations or complete other course requirements. In order to audit a course, 
an admitted student must request an audit form from the registrar's office and submit 
it to the instructor of the course he or she intends to audit. If the class is not closed, 
the instructor may accept the student as an audit by returning the signed form to the 
registrar's office. The grade awarded for a class taken on an audit basis is "AU," and no 
credits or quality points are earned. 

Students may register to take courses on an audit basis only during the drop/add pe- 
riod as specified in each semester's printed course schedule. Fees for auditing courses 
also are listed in each semester's printed course schedule. 



Dean's List 



Students who earn a semester grade point average of 3.5 or higher while carrying 12 se- 
mester hours or more during the fall or spring semester or during the summer sessions 
are placed on the Dean's Academic Honors List. 



Graduation Requirements 



No more than four semester hours earned in Team Teaching for Critical Thinking, no 
more than two independent studies, and no more than 16 semester hours of internship 
are permitted to count toward the 128 semester hour requirement. 

To earn a baccalaureate degree from the university the following requirements must be 
met: 

1. Completion of a minimum of 128 semester hours and a cumulative grade 
point average of 2.0 or higher on Oglethorpe course work. No more than four 
semester hours earned in Team Teaching for Critical Thinking, no more than 
two independent studies, and no more than 16 semester hours of internship 
are permitted to count toward the 128 semester hour requirement. 

2. A minimum of 64 semester hours must be completed at Oglethorpe to earn an 
Oglethorpe degree with 52 of the last 64 hours earned in residence. Courses 
taken at Atlanta Regional Council for Higher Education institutions on a cross- 
registration basis and courses in an approved study abroad program (with 
prior approval of the director of study abroad) count as Oglethorpe courses for 
the purpose of meeting this residency requirement. 

3. Satisfaction of core requirements and major field or dual degree require- 
ments (see appropriate disciplinary headings for descriptions). Completion at 
Oglethorpe of at least half the semester hours for each major. 

4. Effective fall 2008, successful completion (grade of "S") of at least one semester 
of First-Year Seminar or Fresh Focus. 

5. Effective fall 2008 for all first-time, first-year freshmen (transfer students 
exempt), completion of 12 co-curricular "Petrel Points." 

6. Submission of an application for degree to the registrar's office by midterm in 
the fall prior to completion of degree requirements the following December, 
May or August. If a student does not graduate as anticipated, an updated ap- 
plication for degree must be submitted. 

7- Satisfaction of all financial and other obligations to the university and payment 
of a degree completion fee. 

8. Participation in assessments of competencies gained and curricular effective- 
ness by completing standardized or other tests and surveys. 

9- Formal faculty and Board of Trustees approval for graduation. 



101 



Commencement Exercises 



Commencement exercises are held once a year at the close of the spring semester in 
May. Diplomas are awarded at the close of the spring semester during commencement 
and at the close of the summer and fall semesters. Students must have completed all 
graduation requirements in order to participate in commencement exercises. (The only 
exception allowed is for a student who has completed all other graduation require- 
ments except for a maximum of two courses totaling no more than 12 semester hours). 
All other students completing requirements at the end of summer or fall participate in 
the following spring commencement exercises. 

Degrees with Latin Academic Honors 

Undergraduate degrees with Latin academic honors are awarded as follows: cum laude 
for a cumulative grade point average of 3.5 or higher; magna cum laude for 3.7 or 
higher; summa cum laude for 3.9 or higher. To be eligible for Latin academic honors, 
students must have completed 64 or more semester hours in residence at Oglethorpe. 

Transfer work is not included in the determination for Latin academic honors. Latin 
academic honors are awarded to students who have completed all graduation require- 
ments prior to commencement exercises. These honors are announced during com- 
mencement and are designated on the diploma and on the transcript. Latin academic 
honors excludes any student with pending graduation requirements who has chosen to 
walk. 



Degrees with Honors Thesis 



Please see the Honors Program in the Educational Enrichment section of this Bulletin. 

Double Major Policy 

A student may earn a double major subject to the following conditions: 

1. The student must meet all requirements of both majors. 

2. The student may count no more than three of the courses taken to meet the 
major requirements of one of the fields toward meeting the major require- 
ments of the other field. 

3. The transcript will list both majors. In case both majors result in the same 
degree, that degree will be awarded. 

4. In case the two majors result in different degrees, the student will receive only 
one degree, that being the student's choice of the two degree designations. 



Earning a Second Add-On Major 



Students who have been awarded an Oglethorpe baccalaureate degree may return 
to earn a second major within that degree at the university. Upon completion of the 
requirements, the second major will be entered on the student's record and transcript. 
No diploma will be awarded when the second major is within the degree already 
awarded. The requirements are: 

1. Completion of an additional 32 semester hours of which a minimum of 16 
must be completed at Oglethorpe. 

2. Maintenance of a 2.0 or higher cumulative grade point average. 

3. Completion of a major other than the major(s) completed at the time the first 
degree was awarded, subject to the first two conditions listed above under the 
Double Major Policy. 



102 



Earning a Second Baccalaureate Degree 

Students who have completed a baccalaureate degree may be awarded a second and 
different baccalaureate degree. Upon completion of the requirements, the students 
record and transcript will reflect the conferring of a second degree and a diploma will 
be awarded. 

For students who earned their first baccalaureate degree at Oglethorpe, the same re- 
quirements listed above under Earning a Second Add-On Major apply. 

For students who have earned their first baccalaureate degree at another institution, 
this degree is treated as transfer credit. Up to a maximum of 80 semester hours may be 
accepted at Oglethorpe. The requirements for the second degree are: 

1. Satisfaction of Oglethorpe core requirements. 

2. Completion of a minimum of 48 semester hours at Oglethorpe. 

3. Maintenance of a 2.0 or higher cumulative grade point average. 

4. Completion of a major other than the major(s) completed at the time the first 
degree was awarded. 

All transfer policies stated in the Transfer Students and Transfer Policies sections of 
this Bulletin apply. 

Student Classification 

For administrative and other official and extra-official purposes, undergraduate stu- 
dents are classified according to the number of semester hours successfully completed. 
Classification is as follows: to 32 hours - freshman; 33 to 64 hours - sophomore; 65 
to 96 hours -junior; 97 hours and above - senior. 

Normal Academic Load 

Two semesters — fall and spring — constitute the regular academic year and two ses- 
sions are offered in the summer. 

While courses of one to five semester hours are offered each semester, a full-time 
academic program at Oglethorpe consists of no less than three regular four semester 
hour courses each semester or a minimum of 12 semester hours. Generally four courses 
are taken, giving the student a total of 16 semester hours, with a maximum of 19 hours 
allowed as part of the regular full-time program. This includes any cross-registered 
courses. Students may take up to 19 semester hours without special permission. 

A student whose academic load exceeds 19 hours must obtain overload permission. 
Such overloads may be allowed for students with junior standing and a minimum 
grade point average of 3.5. If the overload is due to internship hours, a 3.0 grade point 
average is required. A request form may be obtained from the registrar's office and 
requires signed approval by the student's adviser and the associate provost. 

During the summer a student will be permitted to take no more than eight hours in 
any five-week session (nine hours if one of the courses is a five-hour laboratory science 
course). Thus, a student will be limited to a maximum of two four-hour courses, plus 
one hour of Applied Instruction in Music, in a five-week session or to a load of one 
four-hour course and one five-hour combination of course and accompanying labora- 
tory. Or, to a maximum of one four-hour course in a five-week session while simultane- 
ously enrolled in a maximum of two three-hour courses in an eight-week session. The 
student should be cautioned that these maximum limits represent course loads that are 



103 



approximately 50 percent greater than the ceiling of 18 hours during the regular aca- 
demic year. Successful completion of such a load will require a correspondingly greater 
effort on the part of the student. 

Course Level 

In the Programs of Study section of this Bulletin, disciplines and majors are listed al- 
phabetically. Respective courses under each major are designated by a prefix that iden- 
tifies the discipline and a three-digit number. The first digit indicates the level of the 
course: 1 = freshman level, 2 = sophomore level, 3 = junior level and 4 - senior level. 
(A 5 or 6 typically denotes a graduate-level course.) Higher-level courses in a discipline 
are typically designed to build upon the content of lower-level courses in that discipline 
and other specified prerequisite courses. 

The number of hours refers to the semester hours of college credit per semester, which 
are earned by the successful completion of the course. 

Records: Retention, Access and Protection 

Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) 

To comply with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, commonly 
called the Buckley Amendment, the administration of Oglethorpe University informs 
the students of their rights under this act. The law affords students rights of access to 
educational records and partially protects students from the release and disclosure of 
those records to third parties. Educational records are those records, files and other 
materials that contain information directly related to a student's academic progress, 
financial status, medical condition, etc., and are maintained by the university or a part}' 
acting on behalf of the university. 

Educational Records 

Educational records are defined as those records created to assist the offices of aca- 
demic divisions, admission, business, evening degree program, financial aid, president, 
provost, registrar, student affairs and institutional research in their support of basic 
institutional objectives and any records identified by student name that contain per- 
sonally identifiable information in any medium. 

Educational records, with the exception of those designated as directory information 
(see Directory Information below), may not be released without the written consent of 
the student to any individual, agency or organization other than the following autho- 
rized personnel or situations: 

1. Parents, if student is a dependent as defined by Section 152 of the Internal Rev- 
enue Code of 1954. 

2. Oglethorpe University faculty and staff who have an educational interest in the 
student, including but not limited to advisers, instructors and coaches. 

3. Officials of other schools in which the student seeks to enroll (transcripts). 

4. Certain government agencies specified in the legislation. 

5. An accrediting agency in earning out its function. 

6. In emergency situations where the health or safety of the student or others is 
involved. 

7 Educational surveys where individual identification is withheld. 

8. In response to a judicial order. 

9- In a campus directory after the student has deletion options. 

10. In connection with financial aid. 

11. Parents of a student if regarding the students use or possession of alcohol or 
controlled substances in limited circumstances. 



104 



For more information about educational records maintained by the university, please 
contact the registrar. 

Directory Information 

Directory information is information not generally considered harmful or invasive of 
privacy if disclosed. The university may release directory information to parties hav- 
ing a legitimate interest in the information. Directory information includes but is not 
limited to the following: student name, address, telephone listing, date and place of 
birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, 
weight and height of athletes, dates of attendance, photographs, enrollment status, 
degrees and awards received and most recent previous educational agency or institu- 
tion attended by the student. Mailing lists of Oglethorpe University students will not be 
provided outside the university community, except to the U. S. Department of Defense 
for military recruiting purposes as required by the Solomon Amendment. 

Students who wish to exercise their rights under the law to refuse to permit release of 
any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information with respect to them- 
selves must notify the registrar in writing, preferably before completion of registration 
for the first term of enrollment for that academic year. 

Student Review of Records 

A student may request, in writing, an opportunity to review the official educational 
records maintained by the university. Educational records excluded from student ac- 
cess are: 

1. Confidential letters and statements of recommendation which were placed in 
the record before January 1, 1975. 

2. Medical and psychological information. 

3. Private notes and procedural matters retained by the maker or substitutes. 

4. Financial records of parents or guardian. 

To review their student record, a student must submit a written request to the registrar. 
Request forms for such a review, appeal or formal hearing and information about the 
procedures to be followed are available in the registrar's office. Access will be made 
available within 45 days of receipt of the written request. Certified transcripts maybe 
withheld if a student has not met all obligations to the university. 

After inspection of a record, the student has the right to challenge any material which 
may be inaccurate or misleading or which violates the student's privacy. The student 
may do so by requesting the correction or deletion of such information in writing on 
the above listed form. 

This appeal may be handled in an informal meeting with the party or parties con- 
cerned or through a formal hearing procedure. Formal hearing procedures are as 
follows: 

1. The hearing shall be conducted and decided within a reasonable period of time 
following the request for a hearing. 

2. The hearing shall be conducted and the decision rendered by an institutional 
official or other party who does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the 
hearing. 

3. The student shall be offered a full and fair opportunity to present evidence 
relevant to the issues raised. 

4. The decision shall be rendered in writing within a reasonable period of time 
after the conclusion of the hearing. 

Note: A formal hearing may not be convened to contest grades. The grade appeal 
procedures are listed in the Grade Appeal Policy of this Bulletin. 



105 



Student's Written Consent to Release Educational Records 

Written consent by the student to release educational records to a third party must 
specify the records to be released and the recipient of such records. Request forms for 
the release of appropriate records are available in each office containing educational 
records. 

Notification of Parents 

Parents may obtain non-directory information (grades, GPA, etc.) only at the discre- 
tion of the institution and after it has been determined that their child is legally their 
dependent. Oglethorpe University recognizes the importance of support and interest 
of parents and families of students in all areas of the college program. Students are 
encouraged to share information about their experience and programs with their fami- 
lies. In keeping with that philosophy, it is not Oglethorpe University's policy to disclose 
non-directory information based solely on dependent status. Parents may also acquire 
non-directory information by obtaining and presenting a signed consent from their 
child. The university may choose to provide non-directory information to parents if it is 
regarding the student's use or possession of alcohol or controlled substances. 

Maintenance and Disposal of Student Records 

Oglethorpe University maintains records on different student groups. The types of 
records, methods for maintaining and access to those records are summarized below. 
Unless otherwise stated, all records are maintained for five years after a student with- 
draws or graduates. The records are then shredded and discarded. Records are retained 
longer if there are any outstanding requests to inspect and review them. 

The registrar's office keeps folders on each student; the folders originate in the admis- 
sion office. The folders contain the admission application, high school and/or college 
transcripts and other documents that the admission or evening degree program office 
may collect. Folders remain in the registrar's active files while students are enrolled 
and any correspondence or any other documents with the exception of registration 
and drop/add forms are filed there. When students graduate or withdraw, folders are 
moved to the inactive files, where they remain for five years. Both the active and inac- 
tive files are housed in a locked room. All registration and drop/add forms are stored 
together by semester in a separate locked cabinet and are destroyed after five years. 

In addition to these paper files, transcripts are stored electronically and permanently 
by the registrar's office. Electronic records are accessed through password-protected 
screens. Electronic records are accessible to most administrative offices and the chief 
administrator of each area approves access levels to the data. Information Technology 
services backs up electronic files nightly. Backups representing the previous month are 
stored in a bank vault two miles from the campus, so that the backups would be secure 
in the event of a fire or other disaster. 

The financial aid office maintains student financial aid records in a locked, secured 
storage room. Some financial aid data is maintained electronically also; this data is 
backed up as described above. 

The career services center maintains credential files for Master of Arts in Teaching 
Early Childhood Education graduates and any other students who request this service. 
These files include the student's resume, reference letters and forms and signed release 
forms. The center also maintains files for students who participate in internships and 
social work field placements. These include contracts and other information pertinent 
to the experience. Records are kept in a locked filing cabinet in a locked storage room 
within the office suite. 



106 



All clients of the counseling center have the right to expect complete confidentiality of 
their records and sessions. Counselors are legally bound to maintain rights to privacy 
and will not disclose information of any kind without the client's expressed written 
permission. Student records housed in the counseling center are maintained in a 
locked area of the counseling center with access being limited to the staff of the center 
authorized for individual cases. 

The residence life office keeps files on students living on campus. The files, which con- 
tain residential hall agreements, are stored in cabinets in the residence life office. The 
office is locked at the end of each business day. The residence life director and coordi- 
nators have access to the records. The director secures all student discipline records 
including Code of Conduct violations in a locked storage closet in the director's locked 
office. 

The Secretary of the Honor Council secures all Honor Code violation information in 
a storage cabinet. If an Honor Code violation becomes part of a student's academic 
record, copies are hand delivered to the registrar's office. 

Student health services houses the medical and health history records for current and 
former students. The current student records are located in the student health services 
clinic. They are stored in a locked file cabinet in the director of health services office, 
which is locked at the end of each business day. This file cabinet is unlocked during the 
day and locked whenever the director leaves the clinic. Former students' medical and 
health history records are stored in a locked file cabinet in the locked storage room in 
the student health services office, which is across from the director's office. The director 
has the key to all locked doors and file cabinets. Everyone who accesses a student's file 
signs a form stating their name, position, date, name of student record accessing and 
purpose of inquiry. 



107 



108 



OGLETHORPE HONOR CODE 




*';#**. _-=? 










MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING. MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



109 



1. Preamble 

Persons who come to Oglethorpe University for work and study join a community that 
is committed to high standards of academic honesty. The Honor Code contains the 
responsibilities we accept by becoming members of the community and the procedures 
we will follow should our commitment to honesty be broken. 

The students and faculty of Oglethorpe University expect each other to be truthful 
in the academic endeavor they share. Members of the faculty assume that students 
complete work honestly and act toward them in ways consistent with that assumption. 
Students are expected to behave honorably in their academic work and are required 
to insist on honest behavior from their peers. Students who suspect that dishonorable 
conduct has occurred must report any suspected violations to the Honor Council. Fail- 
ure to report a suspected Honor Code violation falls under the jurisdiction of the Code 
of Student Conduct, Section B.14. 

Oglethorpe welcomes all who accept our principles of honest behavior. We believe that 
this Code will enrich our years at the university and allow us to begin practicing the 
honorable, self-governed lives expected of society's leaders. 

2. Pledge 

Students pledge that they have completed assignments honestly by attaching the fol- 
lowing statement to each test, quiz, paper, overnight assignment, in-class essay or other 
work: 

I pledge that I have neither given nor received any unauthorized aid on this assignment. 

(Signed) 

It will be the responsibility of the student to provide these pledges by either attach- 
ing them on a separate sheet of paper or typing them as part of the assignment. In the 
case of work submitted electronically, either an electronic signature or a pledge on a 
separate sheet should be provided by the student. The instructor should also remind 
the class to sign the pledge. The pledge serves as an affirmation of the students' and 
instructors' belief in the principles of the Honor Code. Students should not consider 
their work to be complete without the pledge. 

Instructors should include a statement concerning the Honor Code in their syllabi 
indicating that all work in the course is subject to the terms of the Honor Code. Failure 
to sign the pledge or failure of an instructor to remind students to sign the pledge in 
no way relieves either students or faculty members of their responsibilities under the 
Code. 

3. Faculty 

Since it is assumed that students act according to their pledge, faculty abstain from any 
practices whose purpose is to ascertain that students have been dishonest unless there 
is a compelling reason to believe that cheating has taken place. Instructors should 
invite their students to discuss any of the instructor's actions or policies that appear to 
be at variance with the assumption of honesty. 

4. Jurisdiction 

All courses offered by the university for academic credit are covered by the Honor Code 
and all cases of suspected academic dishonesty will be handled in accordance to its 
provisions. The Honor Council has sole jurisdiction in matters of suspected academic 
dishonesty. It is the responsibility of faculty members to make clear how the Honor 
Code applies in specific courses and to follow appropriate procedures. Alternative ways 



110 



of dealing with cases are not to be used. In cases of academic dishonesty on the part of 
students, the Honor Council is the final arbiter. In cases where a faculty member en- 
gages in practices that seem to be contrary to the Honor Code, the Honor Council will 
refer such cases to the provost. The jurisdiction of the Honor Council does not extend 
to matters of either faculty discipline or non-academic student conduct. 

5. Definitions 

The following definitions shall be considered as authoritative for the framing of 
charges. Faculty members should include these definitions in their syllabi and provide 
students with clear explanations of what does and does not constitute "authorized" 
aid. Students are likewise obligated to ensure that their work is free from suspicion of 
cheating or plagiarism as these terms are defined below. The absence of the definitions 
or of explanatory discussion in syllabi in no way relieves students of their responsibili- 
ties under the Code. 

5.1. Cheating 

Cheating is defined as: 

a. The unauthorized possession or use of notes, texts or other such materials 
during an examination. 

b. Copying another person's work or participation in such an effort. 

c. An attempt or participation in an attempt to fulfill the requirements of a 
course with work other than one's original work for that course. 
Students have the responsibility of avoiding participation in cheating 
incidents by doing their own work, taking precautions against others 
copying their work and in general not giving or receiving aid beyond what 
is authorized by the instructor. 

5.2. Plagiarism 

Plagiarism includes representing someone else's words, ideas, data or original 
research as one's own and in general failing to footnote or otherwise acknowl- 
edge the source of such work. One has the responsibility of avoiding plagia- 
rism by taking adequate notes on reference materials, including material taken 
off the internet or other electronic sources, used in the preparation of reports, 
papers and other course work. 

6. Honor Council 

6.1. Composition 

At the beginning of each academic year, day and evening students and fulltime 
faculty members will be selected to serve on the Honor Council. The secretary 
of the Council will convene the new Honor Council as soon as is convenient 
after the selection process is complete. At the first meeting, new members will 
be instructed in procedure. When a case comes forward, the secretary will 
form an investigatory panel to carry out a preliminary investigation in accor- 
dance with the provision in section 7-2. If the investigatory panel determines 
that the case should proceed to a full Honor Council for the purpose of either 
a hearing and possible imposition of penalty or simply imposition of a penalty, 
the secretary will constitute an Honor Council made up of five students (either 
day or evening) and two faculty members, called from the pool of students 
and faculty members selected according to the provisions in section 6.4. The 
composition of the Council shall be five students, two faculty members (one of 
whom must be in the second year of his or her term) and one secretary of the 
Council (associate provost or designated senior faculty member). Day students 
will serve on investigatory panels and honor councils for day students suspect- 
ed of violations and evening students shall serve on investigatory panels and 
honor councils for evening students suspected of violations. 



Ill 



Any students or faculty members who have not sat on a particular case will be 
eligible to hear appeals of that case (cf. Section 8 below). 

At the end of each academic year, the Council will meet and, after review of 
the cases heard in the previous year, make recommendations for changes in 
procedure or possible amendments to the code. The secretary of the Council 
will make a formal report along with any recommendations at the April faculty 
meeting. 

6.2. Quorum 

Five members constitute a quorum. 

6.3. Officers 

The officers of the Council will be a presiding officer, a student, preferably a 
senior, and a secretary, associate provost or designated senior faculty member. 
In the case of evening students, the presiding officer will also be an evening 
student. 

6.3.1. Presiding officer 

The presiding officer will read the charge and direct the questioning 
of the suspect and witnesses and generally maintain order during the 
hearing. 

6.3.2. Secretary of the Council 

The secretary will have responsibility for calling the Honor Council, 
scheduling the hearing, contacting the suspect and witnesses and 
maintaining and written record of the hearings. After the hearing is 
completed, the secretary will inform the suspect of the outcome and 
make the appropriate reports to the faculty member involved, the 
provost, the students advisor and, if appropriate, the registrar and the 
dean of students. 

The secretary will present a report to the faculty at the April faculty 
meeting, discussing the cases that have come forward in the previous 
12 months and indicating any suggested revisions to the code, to be 
voted on by the faculty. 

6.4. Selection 

6.4.1. Student Members 

Twelve student members of the Council from the day program will be 
elected by their peers in a general election held at the beginning of each 
school year. A nominating committee made up of the dean of students, 
the associate provost, the president of the Pan-Hellenic Council, the 
president of the Oglethorpe Students Association, former student 
Honor Council members and class presidents shall solicit and make 
nominations. In addition, a student may nominate another student or 
submit his or her name for candidacy. All full-time traditional stu- 
dents are eligible for election, with the exception of students convicted 
of honor violations. Elections will be held no later than September 
15. Throughout the course of the year, any day student who has been 
elected may be called by the secretary to hear cases or appeals, which 
involves day students. 

Six student members of the Council from the evening program will be 
selected by the director of the evening degree program, the evening de- 



112 



gree program council and current evening students designated by the 
director of the evening degree program for the purposes of carrying out 
investigations and hearing cases involving evening degree students. 

Outgoing student members will help to orient incoming students in the 
principles and practice of the Honor Code during freshman orienta- 
tion. Current members will assist in the orientation of new and transfer 
students in the spring. 

6.4.2. Faculty Members 

Each year the director of institutional research will select three faculty 
members at random for two-year terms. All full-time tenure-track or 
tenured faculty members are eligible for selection. Only faculty mem- 
bers who have completed their second year review will be eligible to 
serve. 

The faculty members on the council will help with the orientation of 
new faculty in explaining the principles and practice of the Honor 
Code. 

6.4.3. Service Mandatory Except under Special Circumstances 

As members of the Oglethorpe University community, all students and 
faculty members are obligated to serve on the Honor Council. Exemp- 
tions will be granted only under special circumstances at the discretion 
of the secretary. On any given case, Honor Council members may de- 
cline to serve when they believe that personal interests might interfere 
with their impartiality in deciding the case. 

Refusal on the part of students to serve will be considered a violation of 
the Code of Student Conduct. Refusal of faculty members to serve will 
be dealt with by the provost. 

6.5. Fall and Spring Terms 

Formation of the Council will be completed in the fall by September 15. The 
terms are for fall and spring semesters. If a Council member does not return 
for spring semester the provost may select a student or faculty member to fill 
any unexpired term. 

6.6. Summer Term 

The Honor Council will continue to perform its duties through the summer 
term. Its student members will be randomly selected from those students 
who served during the regular academic year and who attend summer term. 
Additional students may be appointed for the summer term as needed by the 
associate provost in consultation with the dean of students or director of the 
evening program. Any appeals of Honor Council actions will be deferred until 
the beginning of the fall term, following the procedures in Section 8. 

The terms of faculty members extend through the summer. The provost will fill 
any vacancies with selections from the full-time faculty teaching in the sum- 
mer session. 



7. Procedures 



7.1- Reporting 

It is the responsibility of all students and faculty to report suspected violations 



113 



of the Honor Code. Students may report either to the professor of the class in 
which the suspected violation occurred, to the associate provost, the office of 
the provost or the office of student affairs. Forms for reported violations will be 
included in orientation materials and The Faculty Handbook and will also be 
available online and at the registrar's office. A signed form in the hands of the 
secretary constitutes a report of a suspected violation. 

In the case of suspected honor violations reported by a faculty member, the 
form for reporting violations shall include a detailed description of the sus- 
pected violation, with a description of the assignment and a syllabus for the 
course attached. Cases of suspected plagiarism should also include photocop- 
ies of the student work in question with the problematic passages or work 
clearly marked, in addition to copies of source materials which document the 
plagiarism. 

Failure to report a case of suspected cheating either to the professor or to the 
secretary is considered to constitute a breach of the Code of Student Conduct 
under Section B. Such cases should be referred to the chief conduct officer. 

7.2. Preliminary Investigation 

Upon receiving a report of a suspected violation, the secretary shall form 
an investigatory panel made up of one student, one faculty member and the 
secretary. If deemed necessary by the secretary, the investigatory panel will 
first conduct a preliminary investigation to ascertain whether or not there is 
sufficient evidence to warrant a preliminary hearing. If the investigatory panel 
does not think there is sufficient evidence to warrant a preliminary hearing, 
the professor has the right to request a review of the evidence by a full Council. 
If a full Council determines the evidence to be sufficiently compelling, the 
hearing may proceed. 

If either the secretary or the panel decides that the evidence does warrant a 
preliminary hearing, the suspected offender will be asked to meet with the 
members of the investigatory panel. At that time, the panel will present the 
evidence to the suspected offender and ask the latter to enter a plea in writing. 
Should the suspected offender choose to plead guilty, he or she will thereby 
waive any right to a subsequent hearing by a full Council and acknowledges his 
or her willingness to accept whatever sanctions the Council should decide to 
impose. 

In cases where the student has admitted to violating the Honor Code, the 
professor is still required to submit a written report with documentation to the 
secretary. In all cases, regardless of the plea entered, the investigatory panel 
will decide whether or not to convene a hearing. A full honor Council will as- 
sess the appropriate penalty, whether a hearing is held or not. 

All official notifications shall be sent to the student's official Oglethorpe email 
address. Should the suspected offender fail to answer the summons of the 
investigatory panel within five business days, the members of the panel may 
recommend a hearing In Absentia. 

Anyone reporting a suspected violation remains anonymous to all except the 
investigatory panel until it is determined that a full hearing will be held. Then 
the person reporting the violation will appear at the hearing in the presence of 
the alleged offender. 



114 



7.3. Hearing 

7-3.1. Rights of the Accused 

a. The right to be notified of having been charged with violating 
the Honor Code as expeditiously as possible (and, in any event, 
within three business days) once the investigatory panel has 
determined that a hearing should occur. 

b. Upon being charged by the investigatory panel, the right to a 
hearing within the following 10 business days, whenever possible. 

c. The right to be accompanied by two advisers from the university 
community. In cases where English is not the first language of the 
accused, the following exception to this rule may be made. The 
accused may request in writing to be allowed to bring a translator 
or interpreter to the hearing. The translator or interpreter must 
meet all other stipulations in the Honor Code procedures. The 
advisers may act on behalf of the accused in all matters of proce- 
dure, such as cross-examination, calling witnesses, etc. 

d. The right to enter a plea. 

e. The right during the hearing to offer opening and closing state- 
ments, cross-examine witnesses, call material witnesses and no 
more than two non-material (character) witnesses. 

f. The right to be present, together with advisers, during the en- 
tirety of the hearing. Disruptive behavior may result in expulsion 
from the hearing, at the discretion of the presiding officer. 

g. The right to challenge the impartiality of any specific member of 
the Council providing that such charges can be substantiated. 

h. The right to a copy of the minutes of the proceedings. 

i. In the event of a not-guilty verdict, the right to be free from being 
charged twice for the same incident. 

j. The right to attend any and all university classes, events and func- 
tions prior to a verdict. 

k. The right to separate hearings for joint alleged offenses. 

1. Under certain circumstances, the right to appeal an adverse deci- 
sion. Procedures and criteria relating to appeals are specified in 
section 8. 

m. The right to absolute confidentiality of all participants. 

7.3.2. Rights listed not exhaustive 

The rights listed in Section 7-3.1 shall not be construed as exhaustive. 

7.3.3. Rights not accorded 

a. Formal rules of evidence shall not be in effect. All pertinent 
matters shall be admitted into evidence, including circumstan- 
tial evidence and hearsay, the value of which shall be weighted 
accordingly. 

b. The defendant does not have the right to be represented by pro- 
fessional legal counsel during the hearing. Outside experts may 
also not be used. 

c. Affidavits are not admissible under any circumstances. 

d. Any evidence that the accused or any party acting on his or her 
behalf has threatened, accosted or otherwise intimidate his or 
her accuser or any adverse witness prior to the hearing shall 
be admissible evidence and shall be construed as a most seri- 
ous breach of conduct, punishable according to section B of the 



115 



Oglethorpe Code of Student Conduct. 

e. While the Honor Council should, under section 7.3.1. a, inform 
the accused of any suspected violations, the Council reserves the 
right to investigate any additional violations that may come to 
light during the hearing. These would include, but not be limited 
to, evidence of continuing subversion and multiple infractions. 

f. The Honor Council reserves the right not to grant extensions on 
hearing dates beyond the 10 business days indicated in section 
7.3.1.b. 

7.3.4. Evidence and witnesses 

a. Upon receipt of a call for a full honor council hearing by the 
investigator}' panel, the secretaiy shall summon any and all wit- 
nesses. 

b. It will be the responsibility of the accused to summon witnesses 
to testify on his or her behalf. 

c. Non-material (character) witnesses shall by limited to two. 

d. The accused may have two advisers from the university commu- 
nity, either students, staff or faculty members. 

e. The accused or his or her advisers may question witnesses and 
have the right to cross-examination. 

f. A witness shall not be present during the testimony of other wit- 



7-3.5. Failure to appear 

Should a student who has been charged with a violation of the Honor 
Code according to section 7-2 fail to appear for the hearing at the 
scheduled day and time, the Honor Council may decide to continue 
with the hearing and issue a verdict In Absentia. Such verdict will be 
binding as if the accused were present. 

Any student summoned as a witness who fails to attend the hearing 
may be subject to prosecution under Section B of the Oglethorpe Code 
of Student Conduct. Should a faculty or staff member fail to answer a 
summons from the Honor Council, such cases should be referred to 
the provost. 

7.3.6. Specification of offense 

By the end of the hearing, the Council will have found the accused to 
be either innocent or guilty of one of the following offenses: 

1. Academic Dishonesty, including willful cheating on a single as- 
signment. This would include: 

a: Copying answers from another student 

b: Using unauthorized sources, such as notes or books 

c: Plagiarism 

d: Providing unauthorized aid to a student in the same course 

2. A continuing pattern of subversion of the system. This would 
include: 

a: Multiple acts of academic dishonesty by a single individual 

b: Providing aid to another student while not enrolled in the class in 

which the act of dishonesty occurs. 

Where the Honor Council is unable to assign an appropriate 



116 



penalty, following the limits of its jurisdiction, such cases should 
immediately be referred to the provost or chief conduct officer as 
appropriate. 

7.3.7. Voting 

Voting of a full Honor Council shall be by secret ballot. Ballots will be 
counted by the presiding officer. 

7.4. Penalties 

If the Council determines that a student has committed one of the offenses 
listed in Section 7-3.6, it may assess one of the following penalties according to 
the severity of the offense; however, the exact penalty shall be left to the discre- 
tion of the Council. The Council shall also have the option of consulting with 
the instructor for purposes of clarification before assessing a penalty. 

1. A "zero" on the assignment 

2. F in the course 

3. Suspension for the next full semester 

4. Expulsion with the right to reapply after one academic year 

5. Permanent expulsion from Oglethorpe University 

The first three penalties are recommended in cases of academic dishonesty. 
The first penalty is recommended in cases where the scale of cheating or 
plagiarism is minimal. This would include copying some, but not all, answers 
from another student or a paper where plagiarized material constitutes no 
more than one-fifth of the total word count. The second would apply where a 
student has copied or plagiarized extensively or where the incident required a 
degree of preparation before hand, such as downloading entire papers or pre- 
paring cheat sheets before an exam. The third is recommended in cases where 
a student has given aid while not enrolled. In all cases, the Honor Council is 
free to apply whichever of the penalties listed above seems fit, except where a 
student has been found guilty of a second offense. The penalty for a second of- 
fense shall be expulsion, which shall become effective in the semester in which 
the infraction occurred. The student will receive no credit for that semester. 

7.5 Reporting of verdict 

If the Honor Council determines that a student has violated the Honor Code, 
the student will be informed immediately. The secretary shall also inform the 
provost, the professor, the chair of the division in which the violation occurred, 
the student's academic adviser and the registrar of the Council's decision in- 
cluding any penalties within the next two business days. 

Faculty members are expected to abide by the decision of the Honor Council 
regarding penalties assessed. If a case has not been resolved by the time that 
final grades are due, the instructor should issue a grade of I (incomplete) 
indicating on the grade roll that the case is pending before the Honor Council. 
Under no circumstances should instructors impose any grading penalties prior 
to notification of the results of the hearing or at variance with the decision of 
the Council. 

7.6 Records 

The secretary shall keep minutes of all meetings of the investigatory panel, 
preliminary hearings and final hearings. Minutes and material evidence from 
previous cases will be available to the members of the Honor Council for re- 
view in considering future cases. 



117 



7.7 Meeting Time and Place 

The regular meeting time for all preliminary investigations and full honor 
council hearings shall be Thursdays at 11:30 am in the Hansel Room of Lupton 
Hall, unless the secretary in consultation with the Council determines that 
another time and place is best. 



8. Appeals 



8.1. Grounds for appeal 

A student who has been found guilty of violating the Honor Code by the Honor 
Council has the right to appeal the decision to the provost. The appeal must be 
made in writing within three business days of notification of the Honor Coun- 
cil's decision. Appeals may be granted under the following circumstances: 

a: If the Honor Council deviated substantially from the rules and proce- 

dures laid out in the Honor Code in determining the case, 
b: If there is additional evidence that could have a bearing on the outcome 

of the case. 

8.2 Jurisdiction 

Following submission of an appeal, the provost will summon a review board 
which will examine the appeal and decide whether a new hearing is warranted. 

8.3 Review Board 

The review board will be made up of two faculty members who have most 
recently completed terms on the Honor Council. 

8.4. Procedures 

If the review board determines that a new hearing is warranted according to 
the stipulations in section 8.1, the secretary will convene an appeal hearing. 
The appeal will be heard by a special appeals council made up of the members 
of the review board along with five students (one sophomore, two juniors and 
two seniors) chosen from the existing pool who had not heard the original case. 
The secretary shall record the proceedings of the hearings. Procedures for the 
appeals hearing shall be the same as those in section 7-3. 

8.5. Results of Appeal 

The appeals council may decide either to uphold or overturn the decision of 
the Honor Council. If the verdict is overturned, the secretary should inform 
the provost, professor and registrar of the results of the appeal. Any person 
acquitted on appeal may not be charged a second time for the same offense. If 
the appeals council decides to uphold the original ruling, no further appeals 
may be granted. 



118 



EDUCATIONAL ENRICHMENT 




MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING. MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 




119 



First-Year Experience 



Oglethorpe University's faculty and student affairs staff work together to coordinate 
academic offerings and student services in order to create a first-year experience that 
is welcoming, supportive and challenging. This integrated program is committed to 
encouraging first-year students to succeed. 

Major features of the first-year experience include the course Fresh Focus, optional 
learning communities with accompanying first-year seminars, the freshman advising 
program, a two-semester core course in humanities, programs in the residence halls, 
the tutoring services of the Writing Center, disability services in the Learning Resourc- 
es Center and a coordinated intervention process for assisting students in trouble. 

There are two options for first-year students. All first-year students must take ei- 
ther a stand-alone Fresh Focus course, or a First-Year Seminar linked with a Core 
class or other introductory freshman course, in a learning community. 

FOC 101, FOC 102. Fresh Focus 1,11 1 plus 1 hour 

This option for entering students is a small-group course facilitated by upper-class 
peer mentors and faculty, which is not linked to another course. Students select a class 
from among numerous topics focused on special interests such as visuals arts, vocal or 
instrumental music, live theater, science, or athletics, with experiential and interactive 
as well as academic features. The first meeting of each group of students is during fall 
orientation, and members of each Fresh Focus section continue throughout the semes- 
ter to pursue their chosen topic and share related experiences. Some sections of this 
course will extend for one semester, and some for two semesters. New students will 
also attend informational sessions on aspects of health and wellness, careers, resources 
and skills for academic success and open houses in the academic divisions. Graded on a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. 

FYS 101, FYS 102. First-Year Seminar I, II 1 plus 1 hour 

As a second option, first-year students may choose a learning community, taking two 
linked courses concurrently. This is a special opportunity for professors and students 
to work together closely inside and outside of class. A learning community consists of 
the same students taking one of a variety of First-Year Seminars, linked to a particular 
section of the required COR 101 Narratives of the Self or other designated freshman 
course, such as Introduction to Economics or Elementary Spanish I. By sharing the 
same students, learning community professors and their upper-class peer mentors can 
better coordinate discussions and material studied, and students thereby receive ad- 
ditional enrichment and support in their first year of college. They also benefit from re- 
lated extracurricular activities and social events organized to help freshmen to engage 
with and enjoy their academic work. Some of the communities are discipline-focused 
and aimed, for instance, at students in history, foreign language, economics, literature, 
or other fields. Some sections of this course will extend for one semester, and some for 
two semesters. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. 

FOC 201, FOC 202, FYS 201, FYS 202. Team Teaching for 

Critical Thinking 1 hour 

This class is for upper-class student mentors who assist faculty instructors in planning 
and teaching the special topics sessions of Fresh Focus, First-Year Seminar or other 
freshman-level courses. They participate in training meetings prior to the beginning of 
the course, communicate with entering freshmen over the summer, attend all classes 
in their Fresh Focus or First-Year Seminar section and assist with the advising of 
freshmen throughout their first year. No more than four semester hours earned in this 
course are permitted to count toward graduation. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfac- 
tory basis. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. 



120 



Co-Curricular "Petrel Points" Initiative 



Effective fall 2007, all students who enter Oglethorpe's traditional undergraduate pro- 
gram as first-time freshmen are required to participate in a campus-wide co-curricular 
program which involves accruing a total of 12 "Petrel Points." A first-time freshman 
is defined as a student who has never before been enrolled at any college or univer- 
sity, except in a joint enrollment program prior to high school graduation. First-time 
freshmen may have accumulated a considerable number of hours of college credit via 
AP, CLEP and IB test scores, joint enrollment programs, and by other similar means. 
But a first-time freshman will not have earned any college credits by virtue of having 
previously been enrolled at any post-secondary institution (except in a joint enrollment 
venture, as described above). First-time freshmen also do not include those who are 
at Oglethorpe for only a single semester or year as foreign exchange students, Rotary 
Scholars, etc. The 12 Petrel Points required of first-time freshmen must be distributed 
across the following categories and must be completed during the student's first two 
regular semesters in residence at Oglethorpe: 

1. Arts, Education and Ideas (6 points) 

Arts, Education and Ideas includes all events listed on the University's "Arts, 
Education and Ideas at Oglethorpe University" (aeiOU) calendar, and nearly 
all other cultural and academic events on campus, such as lectures, film se- 
ries, concerts, exhibitions and special programs at the Oglethorpe University 
Museum of Art, theatrical productions and the like. 

2. Civic Engagement (4 points) 

Civic Engagement includes most events sponsored by the Oglethorpe Center 
for Civic Engagement, both on- and off-campus, such as service days, Hands 
On Atlanta Day, alternative winter and spring breaks, campus-wide recycling 
and planting and maintaining the community garden. Participation in OUr 
Atlanta trips with a 

First-Year Seminar or Fresh Focus class also will count toward this category. 
Some events, such as the alternative winter and spring breaks, will count as 4 
points. 

3. Campus Leadership and Citizenship (2 points) 

Campus Leadership and Citizenship encompasses a broad range of activi- 
ties, including attending Boar's Head, The Symposium in the Liberal Arts 
and Sciences, Oglethorpe Day, Honors and Awards Convocation and Com- 
mencement; holding a student government office or an office in an officially 
sanctioned campus organization; starting a student club; planning campus 
events; membership on an athletic team; active participation in campus orga- 
nizations devoted to performance activities or artistic endeavors (Oglethorpe 
Singers, Chorale, Oglethorpe Winds, pep band, involvement in a play, exhibit- 
ing photographs, paintings, drawings or other artworks, etc.); participation in 
Student Affairs activities; attending Career Fairs; and acting as an overnight 
host for prospective students. Submissions to The Yamacraw (yearbook), The 
Tower (literary magazine) and The Stormy Petrel (newspaper) will also count 
(4 submissions will count as 1 point). 

A constantly updated list of events pre-approved for Petrel Points is maintained on 
the Petrel Points section of the PetrelNet. Students should consult this list frequently. 
Each first-time freshman who enters Oglethorpe's traditional undergraduate program 
during the fall semester, 2007, or thereafter must complete the entire 12 Petrel Points 
program, being certain to satisfy the 6-4-2 distribution requirement outlined above, 



121 



and also being certain to complete the program during the student's first two regular 
semesters in residence. All other students are exempt from the Petrel Points require- 
ment. Updates on progress toward meeting this requirement will be available through 
each student's individual OASIS account. Students who meet this requirement by the 
end of their first two regular semesters in residence receive the privilege of register- 
ing for their fourth and subsequent semesters at Oglethorpe on the day appropriate to 
their academic rank (sophomore, junior, senior). Those who have not met their Petrel 
Points obligation will be made to register with freshmen until the obligation has been 
entirely satisfied. No student who first enters Oglethorpe in the fall, 2008, or thereafter 
and who is subject to the Petrel Points requirement will be permitted to graduate until 
this requirement is met in its entirety. 

Honors Program 

All students at Oglethorpe University are encouraged to attain academic and personal 
excellence through active engagement with and initiative in their education. The 
university offers an honors program for those students who demonstrate the potential 
and desire to further challenge themselves intellectually, both within and beyond the 
classroom setting. Students in the Honors Program will develop their own independent 
project, while learning how their interests relate to relevant disciplinary discourse, oth- 
er academic disciplines and the world beyond academia. The Honors Program allows 
students to forge closer relations with peers and faculty from various disciplines who 
have different interests, but share a common enthusiasm for learning, while developing 
their own interests and initiative. 

Students are invited to learn about the features and requirements of the Honors Pro- 
gram through the first-year, first-semester seminars as well as through other informa- 
tional programs. Interested students should then apply for admission to the program 
as early as the end of their first year and no later than the end of their second semester 
sophomore year. A grade point average of 3.3 is required to participate in the second 
phase (HON 201) seminars. For 300- and 400-level honors courses, students must 
maintain a grade point average of 3.3, with a 3.5 grade point average required in the 
academic field in which the honors research is to be conducted. 

Students enrolled in the Honors Program receive priority registration as well as the 
possibility of applying for funds to facilitate thesis research the summer prior to their 
senior year. Academic honors earned through the Honors Program are recognized at 
commencement exercises, on the student's diploma and on the student's transcript of 
grades. 

Honors Program Components and Timeline 

The eight-semester program is organized in three phases. The first phase provides the 
option of one-semester hour seminars (HON 101), graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfac- 
tory basis specifically designed for first year students who might be interested in join- 
ing the Honors Program. The seminar introduces exceptional students to the Honors 
Program and the practice of collaborative learning before the student officially applies 
for membership in the Honors Program. 

The second phase focuses on scholarship in breadth and communication with people 
whose interests may be outside one's own area of interest and expertise. Students for- 
mally enrolled in the Honors Program participate in two one-semester hour seminars 
(HON 201), each overseen by two faculty members from substantively and conceptu- 
ally different academic disciplines. These seminars are built around the interests of 
the students, who are equal partners in directing the content of the seminars and the 



122 



central questions which inform them. Students carry out research relevant to the topic, 
writing and presenting thoughts, analysis and findings related to the seminar. Students 
practice and refine many of the skills and techniques necessary for the third phase of the 
Honors Program. Note that students who elect to enter the Honors Program later in their 
scholastic careers must still take these two seminars at some point. 

The third phase focuses on in-depth scholarship and effective communication of the re- 
sults of that scholarship to people in the field of study, as well as those outside it, through 
honors students pursuing an original independent research project under the close su- 
pervision of a faculty mentor. This phase begins with the drafting of a research prospec- 
tus in the student's third year and culminates in the production of an honors thesis (or 
project) in their final year. 

During the fall semester of the junior year, the student secures a thesis supervisor and 
enrolls in Honors I. Honors I carries one-semester hour graded on a satisfactory/un- 
satisfactory basis, with the grade to be determined by the Honors Program director in 
consultation with the faculty supervisor. Satisfactory completion of Honors I is required 
to continue the program. In the spring of the junior year the student enrolls in Honors 
II, a one-semester hour course, graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis, in which 
the honors project is further refined and researched, culminating in an honors thesis 
prospectus approved by one primary and two secondary faculty readers. 

Upon successful completion of Honors II, the student enrolls in Honors III during the 
fall semester of the senior year. This is a two-semester hour course enabling intensive 
research of the thesis topic. A first draft of the thesis must be submitted to the student's 
reading committee by the end of this semester. The reading committee provides the 
student with feedback, including recommended revisions. After successful completion of 
Honors III, the student enrolls in Honors IV, a required course which carries two semes- 
ter hours of credit, during the spring semester of the senior year. Students are encouraged 
to submit their theses to appropriate competitions or for publication. Students are also 
required to present their thesis research/project at the annual Symposium in the Liberal 
Arts and Sciences. The final draft of the thesis is presented to the reading committee at 
least one week prior to the end of classes, and at the reading committee's discretion the 
student will be asked to make a formal defense of the thesis. The faculty supervisor, in 
consultation with the reading committee and the program director, determines whether 
honors is to be awarded by the first day of the final examination period. 

HON 101. Introduction to Honors 1 hour 

This seminar introduces first-year prospective honors students to the Honors Program 
by combining the features of the HON 201 seminars with a general introduction and 
overview to the aims and features of the program. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory 
basis. 



123 



Year 



Fall Semester 



Spring Semester 



Freshman 


Recruitment/Application. 
Social activities and informational 
activities. Graded S/U. 
HON 101. Introduction to 
Honors 1 hour 


Seminar led by two faculty from 
disparate disciplines. Graded A-F. 
Prerequisite: permission of hon- 
ors program director. 
HON 201. Honors Seminarl hour 


Sophomore 


Seminar led by two faculty from 
disparate disciplines. Graded A-F. 
HON 201. Honors 
Seminar 1 hour 


Seminar led by two faculty from 
disparate disciplines. Graded A-F. 
HON 201. Honors 
Seminar 1 hour 


Junior 


Development of Honors Project 
prospectus and reading list. Initial 
reading. Attend research skills ses- 
sions. Graded S/U. 
HON 301. Honors 1 1 hour 


Refinement of prospectus. Hon- 
ors project research. Prospectus 
must be approved by select fac- 
ulty to continue. Graded S/U. 
HON 302. Honors II 1 hour 


Senior 


Project research and preparation 
of initial draft of thesis. Critique by 
reading committee. Graded A-F. 
HON 401. Honors III 2 hours 


Preparation of final draft of 
thesis. Defense. Presentation of 
Honors work. 
HON 402. Honors IV 2 hours 



HON 201. Honors Seminar 1 hour 

This seminar, led by faculty members from two substantively and conceptually differ- 
ent disciplines, considers a question, problem, proposition, text, period of time, project, 
etc. The seminar focuses on student research, writing and presentations and empha- 
sizes an interdisciplinary approach. Seminars have included: Science and History in 
Speculative Fiction, Engaging Narratives, Microfinance and the Poor, World Cinema, 
Photographs and Narrative Fiction, Fun and Serious Math, Self Reference - Artifi- 
cial Intelligence, Literature and Society, and Globalization. Two semesters of Honors 
Seminar are required. Graded with a letter grade A-F.' Prerequisite: Application and 
admission into the Honors Program. 

HON 301. Honors 1 1 hour 

In this course, with the aid of a faculty supervisor, the student selects and begins to 
research a thesis topic. A preliminary prospectus is developed along with a reading 
list. The student attends a series of research skills sessions. Graded on a satisfactory/ 
unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the Honors Program director and the 
faculty supervisor, a 3.3 overall grade point average and a 3.5 grade point average in 
the field in which the honors research is to be conducted. 

HON 302. Honors II 1 hour 

In this course the student continues to research in order to refine the prospectus of the 
honors project. The prospectus and related materials are submitted to a select group of 
faculty who must approve the student's preparedness to continue the program. Graded 
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisite: Satisfactory grade in HON 301. 

HON 401. Honors III 2 hours 

Under continued direction of the faculty supervisor, intensive research of the thesis 
topic is undertaken in this course. Preparation of a first draft is submitted to the stu- 
dent's reading committee. Graded with a letter grade "A-F." Prerequisite: Satisfactory 
grade in HON 302. 



124 



HON 402. Honors IV 2 hours 

Revisions are made and a final draft of the thesis is submitted to the student's reading 
committee. A formal defense of the thesis may be scheduled. An appropriate oral pre- 
sentation of the honors work also will be required in an academic setting. Prerequisite: 
Minimum grade of "C" in HON 401. Grade of "I" for HON 401 is not acceptable. 

Sophomore Opportunities 

Students in their second, third and fourth semesters of college are encouraged to 
participate in Sophomore Choices. This seminar is designed to introduce students 
to a model for career decision making that is useful throughout life. Informational 
interviewing and visits to Atlanta workplaces allow students to learn about particular 
occupations or career fields of interest and to begin to make career connections in the 
community. These experiences may help students as they select courses, majors and 
minors and internships. 

CHO 101. Sophomore Choices 1 hour 

During this eight-week career exploration seminar, students complete interest and per- 
sonality assessments, learn how to find information about different careers and develop 
interviewing, networking and resume writing skills. Students then conduct informa- 
tional interviews with professionals in their fields of interest. Graded on a satisfactory/ 
unsatisfactory basis. 

Senior Transitions 

In the liberal arts environment, students gain a broad education with essential com- 
munication and critical thinking skills. Students do not learn generally how to com- 
municate those skills to potential employers or graduate schools. Oglethorpe, however, 
makes a commitment to helping students reap the life-long benefits of their education. 
Sophomore Choices is a career decision-making class designed to help students begin 
planning their careers and includes resume writing and informational interviewing. 
Senior Transitions picks up where Sophomore Choices leaves off and teaches the skills 
necessary to implement the career decision. 

SEN 401. Senior Transitions lhour 

This course is designed to prepare students for a successful transition to life after 
college. A successful career requires effective, informed planning. Topics will include 
industry and employer research, job searching, interviewing, networking, salary ne- 
gotiation and more. A special focus will be designed for students considering gradu- 
ate school. Students will leave the course with a spotless resume, cover letter samples, 
fine-tuned interview skills and a plan for landing a job or graduate school acceptance. 
Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. 

Center for Civic Engagement and Courses 



The Center for Civic Engagement (CCE) was created in the fall of 2006 to expand, 
enhance and promote faculty, staff and student connections with the City of Atlanta 
through service-learning courses, internships, leadership and community outreach. 
The CCE has four key focus areas: education, environmental stewardship, health 
and wellness, homelessness and hunger. Programs include four annual service days: 
orientation day (August); Hands On Atlanta day (October); Martin L. King, Jr. day 
(January); and Oglethorpe University day of service (April); alternative winter and 
spring break trips; education partnerships with Charles R. Drew Charter School, 
Walter L. Parks Middle School, PATH Academy and South Atlanta School of Law and 
Social Justice; collaborations with the Rich Foundation Urban Leadership Program, 
SENCER faculty (Science Education for New Civic Engagements and Responsibilities), 



125 



the Urban Ecology Program, and the Oglethorpe Women's Network. The OUR Atlanta 
program provides opportunities for CCE staff to work closely with First-Year Semi- 
nar and Fresh Focus faculty to plan co-curricular field trips and activities related to 
courses. Two different kinds of courses are included in each semester's course schedule. 

Service learning courses integrate the concepts of the course with service in the com- 
munity. Service learning activities may consist of direct services to clients of organiza- 
tions that provide public service, research, policy analysis, education or outreach. These 
courses have a reflective component in which students use journals and projects to 
ensure that they synthesize their community experiences with their academic material. 
This typically involves approximately 25 hours of service over the semester. 

Atlanta in the Classroom courses have a component that involves the city of Atlanta 
in some way. Visiting speakers may talk about leadership, politics, the environment 
or business, or, the class may take a trip off-campus to visit a cultural center, a nature 
preserve, a historic site, corporate headquarters, a museum or a session of the state 
legislature. 

The Writing Center 

The Oglethorpe University Writing Center provides Oglethorpe students with confi- 
dential and personal assistance with any written assignment for their courses or their 
professional development at no additional cost. Peer tutors are trained to be responsive 
to a student's particular needs, to help him or her identify strengths and weaknesses in 
his or her writing and to help build his or her confidence in academic and creative writ- 
ing while adjusting to Oglethorpe's academic culture. The goal of the center is to help 
students become better, more confident and more effective writers and students. The 
Writing Center can also assist students with study skills and tutoring in other subject 
areas. 

The Writing Center, operates on a drop-in basis and is located on the second floor of 
the Weltner Library in the Gabbard Room. It is typically open Monday through Thurs- 
day from 10:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. and on Sunday from 4:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. Writing 
consultations can be from five to 30 minutes long and students can come in with a 
specific request or focus, or they can simply ask for feedback. 

Disability Programs and Services 

As policy, Oglethorpe attempts to ensure that all university goods, services, facilities, 
privileges, advantages and accommodations are meaningfully accessible to qualified 
persons with disabilities in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 
of 1990, Section 504 of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and other pertinent 
federal, state and local disability anti-discrimination laws. 

Oglethorpe will attempt to provide persons with disabilities an equal opportunity to 
participate in and benefit from programs and services as afforded to other individuals. 
This is accomplished in the most integrated setting appropriate based on the needs of 
the individual with a disability. 

Where readily achievable, architectural and communication barriers will be removed. 
New structures will comply fully with all accessibility requirements. Alterations will 
comply with the maximum extent feasible. Oglethorpe will make available auxiliary 
aids and services, as appropriate and as required at no cost to the individual, provided 
that such auxiliary aids and services do not require significant difficulty or expense. 



126 



Oglethorpe does not discriminate against any person with a disability or any person 
who is related to or associated with a person with a disability. Oglethorpe will comply 
with any federal, state or local laws that provide individuals with disabilities greater 
protection and take other actions necessary to ensure equal opportunity for persons 
with disabilities. 

This policy applies to the goods, services, privileges, advantages and accommodations 
offered by Oglethorpe either directly or through contractual, licensing or other ar- 
rangements. This policy is neither exhaustive nor exclusive. 

Reasonable accommodations will be made on an individualized basis. It is the respon- 
sibility of persons with disabilities, however, to seek available assistance, register for 
services and establish their needs. 

Learning Resources Center 

The Learning Resources Center (LRC) provides individualized services at no addi- 
tional cost for students with documented disabilities. The LRC program ensures that 
these students have an opportunity to participate as fully as possible in the Oglethorpe 
experience. Students must meet established university admission requirements and 
program technical standards. Qualified students must submit comprehensive profes- 
sional documentation that meets the established criteria for accepting evaluations. 
Students approved for LRC services are provided appropriate accommodations and 
academic adjustments. Students without documented disabilities who are experiencing 
learning difficulties may contact the LRC for assistance in skill acquisition, skill build- 
ing, workshops and seminars as offered and as appropriate. 

The LRC is located in the Weltner Libraiy 24-Hour Room. The director of the LRC 
acts as liaison and referral agent between the student with a disability and faculty or 
staff members and other appropriate campus programs and services. For additional 
informationvisitwww.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: LRC). 

Course Substitutions 

Requests for course substitutions or possible foreign language exemption for students 
with documented disabilities are handled on a case-by-case basis. The director of the 
LRC will present the student 's written request and rationale to the Academic Program 
Committee. The petition should state the specific accommodation requested and a 
rationale for it. The petition must be presented to the committee no later than the last 
regular meeting of the semester prior to when the course would be taken. 

Experiential Education 

Oglethorpe University provides valuable learning experiences outside of the traditional 
classroom setting, including volunteer opportunities, service learning and career-relat- 
ed programs. 

Internships provide practical experience to complement the academic program, as well 
as give students the opportunity to solidify career decisions, gain work experience and 
provide service to the community in their fields of interest. More than half of college 
students nationwide complete internships, making the experience an essential creden- 
tial for competition in the current job market. 

Internships are available in a large variety of local businesses and organizations rep- 
resenting most academic majors and potential career fields. Oglethorpe students have 
recently completed internships at The Carter Center, Centers for Disease Control and 
Prevention, PricewaterhouseCoopers, High Museum of Art, CNN, Japan-America Soci- 
ety of Georgia, Georgia Shakespeare, the Atlanta History Center and the Georgia State 



127 



Legislature, to name a few. In addition to these Atlanta-based internships, Oglethorpe 
maintains resources and affiliations for nationwide opportunities, such as The Wash- 
ington (D.C.) Center. 

Internships are available in most majors for students who demonstrate a clear under- 
standing of goals they wish to accomplish in the experience and possess the necessary 
academic and personal background to accomplish these goals. Sophomores, juniors 
and seniors with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 qualify to apply for internships. 
Transfer students must complete one semester at Oglethorpe prior to participation. 
Every internship requires a statement of objectives and academic requirements, in 
addition to related academic assignments, developed in consultation with the student's 
internship faculty supervisor. Supervision must be provided by a full-time faculty 
member teaching within the division and subject area from which the student is seek- 
ing academic credit. Faculty members who hold specialized credentials or have specific 
knowledge of a subject area outside the scope of their teaching responsibilities may 
provide supervision with the written permission of the appropriate department (or 
division chair). Upon successful completion of the internship, the student is awarded 
academic credit (graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis) in recognition of the 
learning value of the experience. 

Students may apply for a maximum of 16 semester hours of internship credit toward 
their degree, with approval from their academic adviser and the Experiential Educa- 
tion Committee. Students seeking more than four semester hours must submit an ap- 
peal form to the career services office indicating why the internship exceeds the normal 
number of hours and outlining additional projects in which the student will partici- 
pate. Students desiring academic credit must register for the internship before the 
end of the drop/add period of the semester in question. Students who wish to engage 
in internships on a voluntary basis do not need to apply for academic credit; however, 
they should follow the same basic internship guidelines. 

Students who are interested in an internship should first consult with their faculty 
adviser and then visit the career services office in the Emerson Student Center. 

Dual Degree Programs 

Oglethorpe University has established agreements with several universities whereby 
an undergraduate student will attend Oglethorpe for approximately three academic 
years, the partner school for approximately two academic years and after successfully 
completing the academic requirements of the two cooperating institutions, the student 
will be awarded a bachelor's degree from Oglethorpe and a bachelor's degree from the 
partner school. Such dual degrees are offered in engineering, environmental studies 
and in international partner programs. Details for each of these may be found under 
the respective headings in the Programs of Study section of this Bulletin. 

In addition to meeting program-specific requirements, a student in a dual degree 
program who is attending a partner school is required to verify his or her enrollment 
status each semester and submit an official transcript at the end of each semester to 
Oglethorpe to ensure good academic standing and satisfactory progression toward 
graduation. All work will be placed on the student's transcript and the appropriate 
courses and grades will be accepted toward meeting Oglethorpe's graduation require- 
ments. 

Oglethorpe University Students Abroad (OUSA) 

Oglethorpe University fosters and supports the concept that international study, travel 
and global explorations remain a vital part of a rigorous academic education. Through 



128 



a growing global network of partnerships, agreements and university-sponsored 
for-credit, short-term trips, Oglethorpe offers an exciting array of opportunities for 
international education. 

Students who desire to explore a culture, examine archaeological ruins, witness politi- 
cal decision making firsthand, research museums throughout the world, document 
ecological problems, study in an international setting or sharpen language skills should 
seriously investigate participating in any of the four divisions of OUSA. 

Oglethorpe academic advisers and the OUSA director serve as primary consultants 
for students who seek any study abroad experience. Students who wish to apply for 
financial assistance should contact the director of financial aid early in the pursuit of 
a study abroad program to determine what available funds exist. Specific deadlines 
and itineraries for short-term trips appear throughout the year in student email, the 
student newspaper and fliers throughout the campus. 

Oglethorpe University Students Abroad consists of four divisions: 

International Exchange Partnerships 

Oglethorpe offers unique opportunities for students to study for one semester or one 
year at the partnership colleges and universities listed below. Most of the student 
exchanges at these institutions will cost the student what he or she pays for tuition at 
Oglethorpe. 

Universidad del Belgrano 

Universidad del Salvador 

FachHohschule Wiener Neustadt 

Vesalius College 

Universidade Federal de Juiz de For a 

Universidad San Francisco de Quito 

Oxford University (WISC Program) 

Lycee JA. Marguerirte (TRB) 

Universite Catholique de Lille (TRB) 

Universitat Dortmund 

Bifrbst University 

Otaru University of Commerce YOUC Program 

Seigakuin University 

Institute Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores 

de Occidente 

Universidad Anahuac del Sur, S.C. 

International University of Monaco 

Haagse Hogeschool 

Moscow State Linguistics: University of Russia 

Universidad Franscico De Vitoria 

Bahcesehir University 

Independent Study Abroad 

Numerous opportunities exist for any qualified students to study at other, non-part- 
nership universities of the student's choice throughout the world, in science, econom- 
ics, social sciences, languages, art, communications, the liberal arts and business. The 
OUSA director will help advise and direct each student in selecting the appropriate 
university abroad. Financial resources and stipends are available for academic study in 
some countries. 
Students Abroad 

This division of OUSA creates, organizes and directs short-term, for-credit academic 
study trips abroad during the months of December, March, May and the summer. 
Oglethorpe professors develop these trips as intensive explorations of culture, cuisine, 



Argentina 


Buenos Aires 




Buenos Aires 


Austria 


Wiener Neustadt 


Belgium 


Brussels 


Brazil 


Juiz de Fora 


Ecuador 


Quito 


England 


Oxford 


France 


Verdun 




Lille 


Germany 


Dortmund 


Iceland 


Borgarnes 


Japan 


Hokkaido 




Tokyo 


Mexico 


Guadalajara 




Alvaro Obregon 


Monaco 




Netherlands 


The Hague 


Russia 


Moscow 


Spain 


Madrid 


Turkey 


Istanbul 



129 



music, history, politics, art, archaeology and business. Standard destinations include 
Italy, France, Spain, Switzerland, Austria, England, Greece, Turkey, Central and Latin 
America, China and Russia. Students may choose to receive credit for their participa- 
tion, which includes note-taking, photographing, field documentation, journaling and 
a research project to be completed after returning from the trips as independent work 
with the professor. 

Associate Student Programs for Special Study Abroad 

This division of OUSA manages special links to prominent universities and institutions 
abroad that Oglethorpe has developed a special relationship. At present, Oglethorpe 
has created the following special programs: 

Oxford University, Oxford, England: Through the Washington International Studies 
Council, students who wish to study at Oxford University for a semester or a year may 
do so as registered visiting students with university privileges and live with British stu- 
dents in the center of Oxford. Applications and eligibility requirements can be obtained 
from the OUSA director. 

Umbra Institute, Perugia, Italy: Students who wish to study in Italy for a semester or 
a year may do so at this English-speaking, liberal arts institute, where they can take 
courses in Italian language, history and politics. Applications and materials may be 
obtained from the OUSA director. 

Note: Every student attending an Oglethorpe-approved semester or year abroad 
will receive credit for one semester of the junior year core - either Historical 
Perspectives on the Social Order I or II - the student may choose. 

Rich Foundation Urban Leadership Program 

Oglethorpe's Rich Foundation Urban Leadership Program challenges students to de- 
velop their leadership ability throughout their college years and awards the Certificate 
of Urban Leadership at graduation. Through a balance of academic courses, work- 
shops and various on- and off-campus experiences, it prepares graduates to meet the 
challenges of responsible citizenship in local, national and international communities. 
Students gain a broad understanding of leadership concepts, theories and applications. 
They are encouraged to consider their education in light of the demands of leadership 
in their own lives as well as in their communities. 

The program takes full advantage of the extraordinary resources of the Atlanta met- 
ropolitan area. A major economic force in the Southeast, Atlanta is rich with excep- 
tional learning opportunities in the realms of politics, business, the arts, information 
technology, entertainment and community sendee. Few selective universities are able 
to combine a rigorous liberal arts education with the resources and opportunities of a 
world-class city. 

Admission to the Rich Foundation Urban Leadership Program is competitive. Students 
may apply in the freshman, sophomore or junior year. The director and a selection 
committee evaluate candidates on the basis of commitment to leadership-related study, 
the desire for leadership understanding and application, extracurricular participa- 
tion, academic record, civic engagement and serving - learning experiences. Students 
admitted to the Rich Foundation Urban Leadership Program must maintain a grade 
point average of 2.5 or higher. 

The following curriculum encompasses the four required courses designed specifically 
for the Rich Foundation Urban Leadership Program 



130 



POL 490. Advanced Special Topics in Politics: 

Moral and Political Leadership 4 hours 

The purpose of this course is to provide students with a variety of models, skill sets and 
tools to become effective leaders on the both a personal and global level. As such, the 
course employs a host of leaders as well as leadership theories as a means of providing 
practical, real world, examples of the benefits, responsibilities and challenges of moral 
and political leadership. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

ULP 200. Independent Study in Urban Leadership 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: Submission of an application 
which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study approved by the instructor, the 
division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or designated associate provost. 
The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office no later than the 
final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For additional criteria, see 
Independent. Study Policy in the Academic Records, Regulations and Policies section of 
this Bulletin. 

ULP 303. The New American City 4 hours 

The purpose of this course is to examine the problems and prospects of politics and 
policymaking in the new American city and its environs. Consideration will be given to 
the political and sociological significance of a number of the factors that characterize 
this new development, including extremes of wealth and poverty, the mix of racial and 
ethnic groups and the opportunities and challenges provided by progress in transporta- 
tion and technology. Offered annually. 

ULP 304. Community Issues Forum: Principles into Practice 4 hours 

This course is taught as a weekly seminar focusing on a particular community issue 
and accompanied by an issue-related, off-campus internship. Together with faculty, 
students analyze issues confronting stakeholders, collaborate on solutions and present 
findings derived from their internship assignments. Students have interned with the 
state legislature, local and state chambers of commerce, community food banks, arts 
organizations, corporations, non-profit organizations and a number of other com- 
munity groups. Topics covered in previous years include: community development, 
education, transportation, health care and the environment. Prerequisite: Permission 
of the instructor. 

Urban Leadership Elective 4 hours 

With the approval of the program director and the academic adviser, the student 
selects an appropriate course to satisfy the fourth course requirement of the program. 
Ideally, the elective course will be part of the students major or minor or in an area of 
vocational interest. The principal objective of the elective requirement is to look for 
intellectual or applied leadership in the student's chosen field or profession. 

In addition to the required academic course work, students demonstrate leadership 
on and off-campus by their participation in university, civic and community endeavors 
in Atlanta. Students organize and participate in conferences, workshops and sympo- 
sia on and off-campus. At the end of each semester, students submit a brief memo to 
the director detailing their leadership challenges and opportunities that semester. In 
the final semester, students prepare a paper reflecting on their leadership experiences 
during college. The final portfolio contains written work drawn from the student's lead- 
ership courses and experiences. 

Urban Ecology Program 



Cities in the United States and abroad are growing in population size and spatial 
extent. This growth often degrades natural resources, degrades public health and 



131 



creates inequities in standards of living, quality of education and allocation of taxes. 
Growth management can eliminate or reduce these impacts, but only if it is based 
on the interacting facets of natural and social systems that drive urban expansion. To 
produce scientists and managers that will effectively manage urban growth, schools 
must offer educational programs that integrate natural and social sciences. Oglethorpe 
University's Urban Ecology Program offers this interdisciplinary experience in the city 
of Atlanta, where outdoor experiments, guest speakers and internship opportunities 
abound. Students completing the program receive a Certificate in Urban Ecology at 
graduation. 

To earn a certificate upon graduation, a student must successfully complete the four 
requirements below. All course work other than Urban Ecology and The New Ameri- 
can City must be approved by the program director. Participating students must earn 
a grade of "C-" or higher in Urban Ecology, The New American City and the elective 
course. 

1. UEP/BIO 320. Urban Ecology 

2. ULP 303. The New American City (above) 

3. A 4-semester hour, off-campus internship supervised by the program director 
or an independent study approved by the program director. The independent 
study would require original research, would be similar to a written honors 
thesis (although would not require enrollment in the Honors Program) and 
would be supervised by a faculty member. 

4. One elective such as, but not limited to, the following: 
BIO 380. Conservation Biology 

ECO 325. Environmental Economics 

ENG 393. Special Topics in Literature and Culture: Nature, God and Commu- 
nity in 19th Century Literature 
HIS 331. The Age of Affluence: The United States Since 1945 

UEP 290. Special Topics in Urban Ecology 1-5 hours 

An intense study of diverse topics is offered under the direct supervision of a biology 
faculty member. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester 
class schedule. 

UEP 320. Urban Ecology 5 hours 

The science of urban ecology is more than the study of ecology in urban landscapes. It 
is the integration of natural and social sciences for greater understanding of the emer- 
gent phenomena that we call cities. This course describes the state of urban ecological 
knowledge and best practices for promoting and implementing sustainable develop- 
ment using lectures, readings, discussions, guest speakers, research and laboratories. 
Most laboratories involve travel to many sites around Atlanta. This course is also cross 
listed as BIO 320. Prerequisite: A grade of "C-" or higher in COR 102 or permission of 
the instructor. 

UEP 490. Advanced Special Topics in Urban Ecology 1-5 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current course schedule. 



132 



THE CORE CURRICULUM 




MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING. MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



133 



History of the Core Curriculum 



Oglethorpe initiated its "Core Curriculum," in the academic year 1944-45, making it 
one of the first core programs in the United States. In his explanatory brochure about 
the program, Oglethorpe President Philip Weltner presented a new liberal arts cur- 
riculum with the twin aims of equipping students to "make a life and make a living." 
Each student would devote half of his or her college course work to the common intel- 
lectual experience of the Core, while the student would devote the other half to his or 
her major area of study. In outlining his new plan and his philosophy of education, Dr. 
Weltner anticipated some of the ideas featured in General Education in a Free Society, 
Harvard University's 1945 statement stressing an emphasis on liberal arts and a core 
curriculum. 

The idea of a core curriculum was at that time so revolutionary in higher educa- 
tion that news of the Oglethorpe plan appeared in The New York Times in the spring 
of 1945. Weltner told The Times: "We are trying to develop keen.. .appreciation and 
understanding. Instead of dividing our courses into separate schools, we are giving the 
students a good liberal and general education which can become the basis of hundreds 
of vocations." 

Weltner's 1940s Core Curriculum for Oglethorpe students reflected the concerns of 
the war era; the core consisted of a series of courses under the headings "Citizenship" 
and "Human Understanding." As the concerns of the war era receded and the post-war 
information explosion ensued, the Oglethorpe Core underwent extensive revision in 
the 1960s, with its required courses more closely resembling traditional courses in the 
disciplines. Gradually this Core came to focus on those courses representing competen- 
cies that a well-educated generalist ought to have upon graduating from college. 

With the support of a major grant from the National Endowment for the Humanities, 
the Oglethorpe Core Curriculum underwent substantial revision in the early 1990s to 
reflect a new idea about core curriculum and its purpose. Rather than an attempt to 
define what every student should know or a list of basic competencies every student 
should have, the new Oglethorpe Core aimed at providing a common learning experi- 
ence for all students. Since the early 1990s the Core Curriculum has undergone further 
scrutiny and refinement. 

Beginning in 1998, Oglethorpe implemented a sequence of new interdisciplinary year- 
long courses. These sequences, which extend over all four years of a student's collegiate 
career, feature the reading of a number of primary texts common to all sections of the 
courses and frequent writing assignments. Each course in the sequence builds upon 
the body of knowledge studied in the previous course. Courses in the fine arts and in 
mathematics complement these sequences. The program explicitly invites students to 
integrate their core learning and to consider knowledge gained from study in the Core 
as they approach study in their majors. In developing this curriculum, the faculty has 
renewed its commitment to the spirit of Weltner s original Core: "We must never for an 
instant forget that education, to be true to itself, must be a progressive experience for 
the learner, in which interest gives rise to inquiry, inquiry is pursued to mastery and 
mastery here occasions new interests there." 

As every student's second major, the Core continues to urge students to pursue links 
among the various areas of study and to appreciate the value of intellectual inquiry. A 
1996 National Endowment for the Humanities Challenge Grant helped to create an en- 
dowment for the Core Curriculum, guaranteeing faculty the resources to keep the Core 
vital and central to learning at Oglethorpe. As faculty work together through frequent 
conversation about the content and goals of their Core courses to provide an integrated 



134 



approach to learning, one is reminded of the pledge Weltner made over half a century 
ago in outlining the Core: "Oglethorpe University insists that the object is not to pass a 
subject; the object is to take and keep it." 

Liberal Education and the Core C urriculum 

Oglethorpe University is committed to providing a comprehensive liberal arts educa- 
tion for all of its students. The university aims to produce graduates who are broadly 
educated in the fundamental fields of knowledge and who know how to integrate 
knowledge in meaningful ways. The Core Curriculum is the clearest expression of this 
commitment. As an interdisciplinary and common learning experience, the Core Cur- 
riculum provides for students throughout their academic careers a model for integrat- 
ing information and gaining knowledge. The sequencing of the core courses means that 
all Oglethorpe students take the same core courses at the same point in their college 
careers, thereby providing an opportunity for students to discuss important ideas and 
texts both inside and outside the classroom. In this way, the Core Curriculum aims to 
create a community of learners at Oglethorpe University. 

Staffed by faculty from a wide variety of disciplines, the program seeks to teach stu- 
dents the following aptitudes and skills: 

1. The ability to reason, read and speak effectively, instilled through frequent and 
rigorous writing assignments and the reading and discussion of primary texts. 

2. An understanding as well as a critical appreciation of how knowledge is gener- 
ated and challenged. 

3. The ability to reflect upon and discuss matters fundamental to understand- 
ing who we are and what we ought to be. This includes how we understand 
ourselves as individuals (Core I) and as members of society (Core II), how the 
study of our past informs our sense of who we are as human beings (Core III) 
and the ways in which the practice of science informs our understanding of 
ourselves and the world (Core IV). 

In addition to the seven integrated and sequenced core courses, Oglethorpe students 
take two additional courses that have been designed to help them develop an apprecia- 
tion and understanding of fine arts and mathematics. Students earning a Bachelor of 
Arts degree also study a foreign language. 

The Core Curriculum provides only a beginning for the investigation of significant 
questions and issues. The program is designed to foster in students a love of learning 
and a desire to learn, think and act as reflective, responsible beings throughout their 
lives. 

Freshman Year - Core I 

COR 101. Narratives of the Self I 

COR 102. Narratives of the Self II 
Sophomore Year - Core II (sophomore standing required) 

COR 201. Human Nature and the Social Order I 

COR 202. Human Nature and the Social Order II 
Junior Year - Core III (junior standing required) 

COR 301. Historical Perspectives on the Social Order I 

COR 302. Historical Perspectives on the Social Order II 
Senior Year - Core IV (senior standing required) - One of the following: 

COR 401. Science and Human Nature: Biological Sciences 

COR 402. Science and Human Nature: Physical Sciences 
Fine Arts Requirement - One of the following: 

COR 103. Music and Culture 

COR 104. Art and Culture 



135 



Mathematics Requirement 

COR 203. Great Ideas of Modern Mathematics 
Foreign Language Requirement 

All students undertaking and earning a Bachelor of Arts degree will be required to take 
at least one semester of a foreign language at the second-semester elementary-level or 
higher. (Students undertaking the dual degree in engineering and the dual degree in 
environmental studies are exempt from this requirement. Additionally, any student 
with clear documentation and rationale for exemption due to a learning disability 
should notify the Director of Learning Resources either before admission or during the 
first semester at Oglethorpe.) Students who graduated from a secondary school where 
the language instruction was not English have satisfied the foreign language require- 
ment. 

COR 101, COR 102. Narratives of the Self I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

The first-year course sequence investigates narratives of the self. Among the topics that 
students will consider are a variety of fictional and philosophical constructions of the 
self, the relationships of memory to personal identity and the disjunction or harmony 
between public and private selves. The authors considered in the courses may include 
Homer, Socrates, St. Augustine, Montaigne, Shakespeare, Descartes, Cervantes, Lao 
Tsu, Nietzsche and Toni Morrison. 

COR 103. Music and Culture 4 hours 

The appreciation of music begins with an understanding of the creative process as 
a means of self-expression and the artist's relationship to the world. Using primary 
sources, guest lecturers and artists, this course examines the styles, trends and develop- 
ments of Western and international music from early civilizations through the 20th 
century. Study and discussion begin to develop an understanding of how music and the 
cultural arts reflect and affect societal trends and values. 

COR 104. Art and Culture .......4 hours 

Through the study of art this course will help students understand the basic chronol- 
ogy of Western culture, lay the groundwork for broad cultural literacy and look at how 
art reflects the human condition. The course explores content, formal elements and 
historical context of the art of Western and non-Western cultures from ancient to mod- 
ern times. Four basic themes will prevail: Art and Religion, Art and Power, Art and 
Nature and Ait and the Personal. 

COR 201, COR 202. Human Nature and the Social Order I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

The sophomore course sequence focuses on the relationship between individuals and 
communities, examining the extent to which the "good life" can be pursued within 
the confines of any social order. These courses investigate issues such as the nature of 
human excellence and virtue, the character of justice, the origins and sources of social 
order and the status and legitimacy of political power. How can we obtain an accurate 
description of humans as social beings? What is the good society and how may it be 
realized? Students in this course are invited to become more thoughtful, self-conscious 
and self-critical members and citizens of the society and polity in which they live. Au- 
thors such as Aristotle, Locke, Smith, Tocqueville, Marx and Weber are read. 

COR 203. Great Ideas of Modern Mathematics 4 hours 

This course explores major modern mathematical developments and helps students 
to understand and appreciate the unique approach to knowledge employed by math- 
ematics. The course is organized around three major mathematical ideas that have 
emerged since the time of Sir Isaac Newton. These three ideas may be drawn from: 
game theory, graph theory, knot theory, logic, mathematics of finance, modern algebra, 
non-Euclidean geometry, number theory, probability, set theory and the different sizes 



136 



of infinity, and topology. Students will learn how to solve basic problems in the three 
areas covered in the course and how to present their solutions concisely, coherently, 
and rigorously. 

COR 301, COR 302. Historical Perspectives on the 

Social Order I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

The junior year sequence constitutes an historical examination of human experience 
in response to some of the themes and issues raised in the first two years of the Core. 
Drawing on a variety of perspectives from both the humanities and the social sciences, 
the course strives to reconstruct the histories of significant periods in human history. 
The first semester focuses on the rise and fall of civilizations from antiquity through 
the Renaissance. The second semester concentrates on the problems of modernity, such 
as the rise of the modern state, nationalism, revolution and globalization. Both courses 
examine the ways in which significant moments have become essential parts of our 
historical consciousness, enshrined in myth and religion, tradition, culture and institu- 
tions. Through careful analysis of current scholarship and original sources, students 
are invited to consider the complex relationship between history, cultural traditions 
and the social and political institutions derived from them. 

COR 401. Science and Human Nature: Biological Sciences ....4 hours 

The senior year course deals with the way scientific methodologies inform current 
thinking on the nature of the human organism. Starting from basic genetic and psy- 
chological understandings, it emphasizes how evolutionary mechanisms may be seen 
as contributing to the origins of uniquely human behaviors. Elements of DNA structure 
as it applies to information storage and transmission, the regulation of gene expres- 
sion and the mechanics of protein synthesis, mutation and its centrality in produc- 
ing variation, sexual reproduction and how the laws of probability apply to biological 
systems, sex determination, "altruistic" behavior and kin selection are among the topics 
explored. 

COR 402. Science and Human Nature: Physical Sciences 4 hours 

Modern western society is largely science-dominated and the consideration of science 
and its role in society is essential for any educated person. This core course investigates 
the practice of science by focusing specifically on scientific revolutions. It is during 
such periods of upheaval that we can most clearly see how science is actually prac- 
ticed. What causes a new idea to challenge the scientific status quo? What determines 
whether the new idea will be accepted or not? When seeking new explanations for 
natural events, what guides the scientist's search? The goal of this course is to equip the 
student with the necessary tools and background to seek answers to these questions 
and others, for such questions are increasingly a part of each of our lives if we live those 
lives reflectively. 

Core Equivalencies for Transfer Students 

Core credits and transfer equivalencies for transfer students are reviewed by the Core 
Curriculum Committee and the core director and determined by two things: a stu- 
dent's specific course work and the total semester hours transferred in by the student. 
The acceptance of specific transfer credits based on total semester hours transferred 
is designed to assure that students transferring credit are not placed at a disadvantage 
with respect to the aims, content or skill development emphasized in the Core Cur- 
riculum. This guideline will be used by the registrar to evaluate and award equivalency 
for core classes where appropriate. If questions of equivalencies arise, the registrar will 
seek advice from the core director and faculty members of the appropriate disciplines. 



137 



Transfer Hours 


Course Credits from Previous Colleges 


Core Equivalents 


1-14 


Music Appreciation or Music History 
Art Appreciation or Art History 


COR 103 
COR 104 


15 and over 


Writing Course 

Literature or philosophy* course 


COR 101 
COR 102 


Over 30 


Course in history, politics, sociology, 
anthropology, philosophy* or economics 


COR 201 


Over 45 


Two courses in history, politics, sociology, 
anthropology, philosophy* or economics 


COR 201 and 
COR 202 



No core equivalency is allowed for Advanced Placement or College Level Examination 
Program course work. When core equivalency is denied, an appropriately transferred 
course is awarded Oglethorpe credit in accord with standard practices in the general 
policy on awarding transfer credit. 

* Note: If a philosophy course is used to exempt COR 102, the same course cannot be 
applied to COR 201 or 202. 

Great Ideas of Mathematics, Historical Perspectives on the Social Order I and II, Sci- 
ence and Human Nature: Biological Sciences or Physical Sciences cannot be fulfilled by 
transfer credit. 

Core Credits through Study Abroad or as a Transient Student 

Every student attending an Oglethorpe approved semester or year abroad will receive 
credit for one semester of the junior year core - either Historical Perspectives on the 
Social Order I or II - the student may choose. 

Once a student enrolls at Oglethorpe, core credit may not be earned through study as 
a transient student at other institutions; for example, no summer school credit from 
another university. 



138 



PROGRAMS OF STUDY 




MAKE A LIFE. MAKE A LIVING. MAKE A DIFFERENCE. 



139 



Degrees 

Oglethorpe University offers five degrees: Bachelor of Aits, Bachelor of Science, Bach- 
elor of Aits in Liberal Studies, Bachelor of Business Administration and Master of Arts 
in Teaching Early Childhood Education (Grades P-5). The Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor 
of Science and Master of Arts in Teaching Early Childhood Education (Grades P-5) 
degrees are offered in the traditional program and described in detail in this publica- 
tion. The Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies and Bachelor of Business Administration 
degrees are offered in Oglethorpe's evening degree program. For a brief discussion of 
the two latter degrees, please see Evening Degree Program at the end of this section 
or refer to the Oglethorpe University Evening Degree Program Bulletin. Under certain 
conditions it is also possible for a student to receive a dual degree in engineering, a 
dual degree in environmental studies or a degree under the Professional Option. See 
the Index for the sections where these degrees are discussed. 

Undergraduate Ma j or Programs and Requirements 

Completion of a major program is required for all baccalaureate degrees. The student's 
academic adviser assists with the student's selection of a major. The student declares 
the major selected on the course registration form completed each semester. Students 
must have declared a major by the end of the second semester of the sophomore year. 

A major is an orderly sequence of courses in: l) a particular discipline, 2) a combina- 
tion of two disciplines or 3) a defined interdisciplinary field. A major will include a 
range of 32 to 72 semester hours of required course work, exclusive of all hours used 
to satisfy core requirements. Exceptions may be granted in special circumstances by a 
vote of the appropriate faculty committee. At least half of the semester hours required 
for the major must be in course work taken at Oglethorpe University. Each major in- 
cludes a substantial component of advanced courses which have specified prerequisites. 
A major may require for successful completion a cumulative grade point average in the 
major field which is higher than the 2.0 cumulative grade point average required for 
graduation. Alternatively, the requirements for the major may state that only courses 
in which a "C-" or higher grade is received may be used in satisfaction of the major's 
requirements. The student is responsible for ensuring the fulfillment of the require- 
ments of the major selected. Specific requirements for each of the majors may be found 
listed below in alphabetical order. Please note that no course counted to fulfill a major 
requirement for one degree may be used toward the requirements of another degree. 

For the Bachelor of Arts degree the following majors are offered: 
American Studies 
Art History 

Behavioral Science and Human Resource Management 
Communication and Rhetoric Studies 
Economics 

Engineering - Dual Degree 
English 

Environmental Studies - Dual Degree 
French 
History 

Individually Planned Major 

International Partner - Dual Degree - Seigakuin University in Japan 
International Partner - Dual Degree - Universite Catholique de Lille in France 
International Studies 
Philosophy 
Politics 
Sociology 



140 



Sociology with Social Work Concentration 

Spanish 

Studio Art 

Theatre 

For the Bachelor of Science degree the following majors are offered: 
Accounting 
Biology 
Biopsychology 
Business Administration 
Chemistry 
Economics 
Mathematics 
Physics 
Psychology 

Undergraduate Minor Programs and Requirements 

A minor consists of at least 16 semester hours of course work beyond any core require- 
ments in that discipline. A minimum of 12 semester hours of a minor must be in course 
work taken at Oglethorpe. Minor programs are available in the fields listed below. 
Specific requirements for each minor may be found in the respective disciplines, which 
follow in alphabetical order: 



Accounting 
American Studies 
Art History 
. Biology 

Business Administration 

Communication and Rhetoric 

Studies 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Economics 

Educational Studies 

English 

French 

History 

Individually Planned Minor 

Japanese 

Academic Departments 



Mathematics 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Politics 

Psychology 

Shakespeare and Renaissance Studies 

Sociology 

Spanish 

Studio Art 

Theatre 

Women's and Gender Studies 

Writing 



Organization of Oglethorpe's disciplines is by division, each with its own division chair. 
The nine divisions are as follows: 

Division I Philosophy, Communication and Rhetoric Studies 

and the Fine Arts 

Division II History, Politics and International Studies 

Division III Natural Sciences 

Division IV Behavioral Sciences 

Division V Economics and Business Administration 

Division VI Education - Undergraduate and Graduate 

Division VTI English Language and Comparative Literature 

Division VTII Foreign Languages 

Division IX Mathematics and Computer Science 



141 



Accounting 

Accounting is the language of business. Accounting provides quantitative information, 
primarily financial in nature, about economic entities that is intended to be useful in 
making economic decisions. Accounting students become acquainted with the sources 
and uses of financial information and develop the analytical ability necessary to pro- 
duce and interpret such information. The students learn to observe economic activity; 
to select from that activity the events which are relevant to a particular decision; to 
measure the economic consequences of those events in quantitative terms; to record, 
classify and summarize the resulting data and to communicate the information in vari- 
ous reports and statements to the appropriate decision makers. 

Accounting students gain the conceptual foundation and basic skills to begin a career 
in accounting. There are many attractive career fields including public accounting, 
industry, government and non-profit organizations. Accounting provides an excellent 
educational background for anyone going into business. With the skills gained from ac- 
counting, the student will have an appropriate background for such related careers as 
financial services, computer science, management, industrial engineering, law and oth- 
ers or the ability to pursue graduate education. Internships are available to give prepa- 
ration to students for careers after graduation. The major in accounting will assist the 
student to prepare for several qualifying examinations in accounting and finance such 
as Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Certified Management Accountant (CMA) and 
Certified Financial Analyst (CFA). 

Major 

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree must complete the following require- 
ments with a grade of "C-" or higher: 

ACC 230. Financial Accounting 

ACC 231. Managerial Accounting 

ACC 332. Intermediate Accounting I 

ACC 333. Intermediate Accounting II 

ACC 334. Cost and Managerial Accounting 

ACC 335. Income Tax Accounting: Individuals 

ACC 435. Advanced Accounting 

ACC 437- Auditing 

BUS 110. Business Law I 

BUS 260. Principles of Management 

BUS 310. Corporate Finance 

BUS 350. Marketing 

BUS 469- Strategic Management 

CSC 101. Data Manipulation Software 

ECO 121. Introduction to Economics 

ECO 221. Intermediate Microeconomics 

MAT 111. Statistics 

MAT 121. Applied Calculus 

Note: All upper-level (300 and 400) accounting courses must be taken at Ogletho- 
rpe unless special permission is given by a member of the accounting faculty. 

Eligibility requirements adopted by the Georgia State Board of Accountancy require 
at least 150 semester hours of college study to qualify to take the CPA examination. 
Included within the content of this minimum education standard is the requirement to 
complete at least 30 semester hours of accounting courses beyond Financial Account- 
ing and Managerial Accounting and at least 24 semester hours of education in business 



142 



administration. For those students whose objective is to qualify to take the CPA exami- 
nation, it is recommended that the following courses be included in these additional 
required semester hours: 

ACC 336. Income Tax Accounting: Corporations, Partnerships, 

Estates and Trusts 

ACC 436. Accounting Control Systems 

ACC 438. Accounting Theory 

BUS 111. Business Law II 

Minor 

Students desiring to minor in accounting must complete five courses: Financial Ac- 
counting, Managerial Accounting and three of any of the following with a grade of "C-" 
or higher: 

ACC 332. Intermediate Accounting I 

ACC 333. Intermediate Accounting II 

ACC 334. Cost and Managerial Accounting 

ACC 335. Income Tax Accounting: Individuals 

ACC 435. Advanced Accounting 

ACC 200. Independent Study in Accounting 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

ACC 230. Financial Accounting 4 hours 

This course is a study of generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and other 
accounting concepts with emphasis on their application in the financial statements of 
business enterprises. The measurement and reporting of assets, liabilities and own- 
ers' equity is stressed, along with the related measurement and reporting of revenue, 
expense and cash flow. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above or approval by the 
director of accounting studies. 

ACC 231. Managerial Accounting 4 hours 

This course is a study of the use of accounting information by managers and decision 
makers within an economic enterprise. Cost analysis for purposes of planning and 
control is emphasized. Prerequisite: ACC 230. 

ACC 290. Special Topics in Accounting 4 hours 

An intense study of diverse accounting topics under the direct supervision of an ac- 
counting faculty member. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current 
semester course schedule. 

ACC 332. Intermediate Accounting I 4 hours 

This course covers financial accounting topics at an intermediate level. The topics cov- 
ered are similar to Financial Accounting but in greater depth. The standards promul- 
gated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board are considered and evaluated. The 
theoretical foundations of accounting are emphasized. Prerequisite: ACC 231. 

ACC 333. Intermediate Accounting II 4 hours 

This is a continuation of Intermediate Accounting I with emphasis on advanced topics 
such as capitalized leases, pension costs, inter-period income tax allocation and ac- 
counting changes. Prerequisite: ACC 332. 



143 



ACC 334. Cost and Managerial Accounting 4 hours 

This course provides an introduction to the financial information required for the man- 
agerial activities of planning, directing operational activities, control and decision mak- 
ing. The course includes the study of the analytical techniques and methodologies used 
to generate accounting information and the managerial use of accounting information. 
The topics include cost behavior and estimation, costing of products and services, cost- 
volume-profit analysis, budgeting, relevant cost analysis, performance evaluation and 
pricing decisions. Prerequisite: ACC 231. 

ACC 335. Income Tax Accounting: Individuals 4 hours 

This course provides an overview of the federal income tax system primarily as it re- 
lates to individuals. The study of the federal tax law provides the necessary tax back- 
ground for a variety of accounting, financial and managerial careers. Prerequisite: ACC 
231. 

ACC 336. Income Tax Accounting: Corporations, Partnerships, 

Estates and Trusts 4 hours 

This course is a study of the federal income tax laws and related accounting prob- 
lems of corporations and partnerships, with some consideration of estates and trusts. 
Consideration will be given to the role of taxation in business planning and decision 
making and the interrelationships and differences between financial accounting and 
tax accounting. Prerequisite: ACC 335. 

ACC 400. Advanced Independent Study in Accounting 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised advanced research on a selected topic. 
Prerequisites: Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed out- 
line of study approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the 
provost or associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the reg- 
istrar's office no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. 
For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and 
Policies section of this Bulletin. 

ACC 434. Internship in Accounting 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of aca- 
demic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained by 
career services, including opportunities at PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst and Young, 
Deloitte and Touche, Georgia-Pacific and Miller, Ray and Houser. Graded on a satisfac- 
tory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty supervisor and quali- 
fication for the internship program, permission of an internship site supervisor and 
acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Education Committee. 

ACC 435. Advanced Accounting 4 hours 

This course is a study of business combinations and the related problems of consolidat- 
ing the financial statements of affiliated corporations. The accounting problems related 
to international business are also covered and governmental accounting is introduced. 
Prerequisite: ACC 333. 

ACC 436. Accounting Control Systems 4 hours 

This course is an in-depth study of the application of information systems concepts to 
the accounting environment. Emphasis is on the processing of data in a computerized 



144 



environment as well as the controls that are necessary to assure accuracy and reliability 
of the data processed by an accounting system. Practical implications of accounting 
information system design and implementation will be investigated through the use of 
cases and projects. Prerequisites: ACC 231 and CSC 101. 

ACC 437- Auditing 4 hours 

This course is a study of auditing standards and procedures, including the use of 
statistical and other quantitative techniques and preparation of audit working papers, 
reports and financial statements. Emphasis is placed upon the criteria for the establish- 
ment of internal controls and the effect of these controls on examinations and reports. 
Prerequisites: ACC 333 and MAT 111. 

ACC 438. Accounting Theory 4 hours 

This course covers the principles and concepts of accounting at an advanced theoreti- 
cal level. The emphasis is on critical analysis of the ideas on which accounting practice 
is based along with an appreciation for the intellectual foundations for those ideas. 
Prerequisite: ACC 333. 

ACC 490. Advanced Special Topics in Accounting 4 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current semester course schedule. 

American Studies 

The interdisciplinary major in American studies is designed to provide students with 
the opportunity to develop a systematic and in-depth understanding of American 
culture. By combining American studies courses and courses from relevant disciplines 
(history, literature, the arts, economics and the social sciences), students may explore 
the relationships of diverse aspects of American life. Students also are able to pursue 
their special interests within American culture by developing an "area of concentra- 
tion" that provides a specific focus for much of the work completed in fulfillment of 
major requirements. 

In addition to introducing students to the field of American studies, the major is 
designed to help students refine their fundamental intellectual skills, especially their 
writing and speaking skills. Skills of this sort will serve the student well long after 
many specific facts, postulates and theories have been forgotten. In short, as is con- 
sistent with Oglethorpe's stated institutional purpose, the American studies program 
seeks to prepare humane generalists - individuals who possess those basic qualities 
so necessary for leadership in a rapidly changing world. The degree awarded is the 
Bachelor of Arts. 

Major 

Requirements of the major include completion of the following seven courses: 
ECO 326. United States Economic History 
ENG 303. American Poetry 
HIS 130. United States History to 1865 

HIS 330. Between World Wars: The United States, 1920-1945 
HIS 331. The Age of Affluence: The United States Since 1945 
SOC 202. The American Experience (to be taken in the freshman or 

sophomore year) 
One semester of a foreign language at the second semester elementary- 
level or higher 



145 



Completion of five of the following courses also is required: 

CRS 260. Writing for Business and the Professions 

ECO 421. Money and Banking 

ECO 424. Labor Economics 

ECO 425. Public Finance 

EDU 101. Introduction to Education 

ENG 393. Special Topics in Literature and Culture: Literature in the 
1920s 

ENG 394. Special Topics in Major British and American Authors 

HIS 431. History of United States Foreign Relations 

POL 201. Constitutional Law 

POL 302. American Political Parties 

POL 303. Congress and the Presidency 

POL 304. African-American Politics 

POL 311. United States Foreign Policy 

SOC 201. The Family 

ULP 303. The New American City 
Minor 

Requirements for the minor include completion of The American Experience (to be 
taken in the freshman or sophomore year) and three of the following five courses: 

ECO 326. United States Economic History 

ENG 303. American Poetry 

HIS 130. United States History to 1865 

HIS 330. Between World Wars: The United States, 1920-1945 

HIS 331. The Age of Affluence: The United States Since 1945 

Art 

Oglethorpe offers a stimulating and rigorous program of study in studio and art his- 
tory. The curriculum is designed to be an integral part of the liberal arts experience 
for majors and non-majors alike. Students may choose from a range of studio courses 
offered at the introductory through the advanced level, including drawing, painting, 
figure drawing, photography (both traditional darkroom and digital), printmak- 
ing, two-dimensional design, color theory, anatomy and figure sculpture. Art history 
courses cover diverse time periods and cultures from ancient to modern art, with an 
interdisciplinary approach which stresses aesthetic and historical context. The art cur- 
riculum prepares students for a wide array of options, including graduate school and 
careers in a variety of art-related fields. 

Studio Art Major 

Studio courses are designed to provide students with a rigorous and stimulating foun- 
dation in visual language and thinking. Courses emphasize the development of percep- 
tion and visual acuity, cognitive skills, a sense of aesthetics and facility in manipulating 
a variety of artistic approaches and media. The curriculum prepares students to go 
on to graduate school in studio or other fields such as education, art therapy, graphic 
design or medical illustration. 

Students majoring in studio art must complete eight studio courses, two upper-level 
art history courses and one foreign language course at the second semester elementary- 
level or higher, for a total of 11 courses and 44 semester hours. Requirements for the 
studio major include two drawing courses; three painting courses; Anatomy For the 
Artist and Figure Drawing; Introduction to Photography; Modern Art History; either 
Introduction to Figure Sculpture, Introduction to Printmaking or Ways of Seeing; one 
other upper-level art history course. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Arts. 



146 



The Scientific Illustration Track with Biological Science Emphasis and the Scientific 
Illustration Track with Physical Science Emphasis are two programs which enable 
the student to combine art major requirements and specific science courses. These 
programs fulfill admission requirements for graduate school programs in medical and 
scientific illustration. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Arts. 

Art History Major 

The art history major provides students with an intellectual, aesthetic and historical 
foundation for the study of all visual arts, including architecture, sculpture, painting, 
photography and nascent media. The courses which make up the art history major 
have been designed to be integrally related to the liberal arts experience, complement- 
ing other courses and majors which are already offered at Oglethorpe by providing 
comparative historical, cultural and philosophical reference points, while at the same 
time functioning as a rigorous, free-standing discipline. The curriculum prepares stu- 
dents to go on to graduate school in art history and for careers such as museum work, 
education and art consulting. 

Students majoring in art history must complete a minimum of eight art history cours- 
es, one of which must be Modern Art History, two studio courses in any two different 
media and one foreign language course at the second semester elementary-level or 
higher, for a total of 11 courses and 44 semester hours. Students are encouraged to take 
Art and Culture prior to taking upper-level art history courses, but it is not a prerequi- 
site. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Arts. 

As part of the requirement for the art history major, a maximum of two courses from 
the list of electives below may be taken. Other courses may be added to the elective list 
at the discretion of the art department. 

ART 105. Video Production 

ART 205. Documentary Filmmaking 

CRS 101. Theories of Communication and Rhetoric 

CRS 420. Media, Culture and Society 

ENGlOl. Ancient Literature 

ENG 102. Medieval and Renaissance Literature 

HIS 201. Ancient Greece 

HIS 301. History of Christianity 

INT 290. Special Topics in Interdisciplinary Studies: Sex and Gender 
in Cinema* 

INT 290. Special Topics in Interdisciplinary Studies: Art of the Film 
I, II* 

PHI 207- Aesthetics 

SOC 305. Film and Society 

WGS 280. Gender, Culture, and Communication 

Two semesters of foreign language (in addition to the foreign language 

requirement for the Bachelor of Arts degree) 

* contingent on these Special Topics courses being offered again. 

Minor 

For a minor in art, students may have a concentration in studio or art history. For both 
areas of concentration students must complete a total of five courses or 20 semester 
hours. Students with a concentration in studio must take four studio courses and one 
upper-level art history course. Students may take up to three of these studio courses in 
one discipline (for example, photography, drawing, painting, etc.) or in four different 
disciplines. At least two of these studio courses must be in separate disciplines. 



147 



For a concentration in art history, students must take four upper-level art history 
courses and one studio course. 

ART 101. Introduction to Drawing 4 hours 

This course is an introductory-level studio course which will focus on mastering the 
fundamentals of drawing. Working from observation in line and value, students will 
develop an understanding of form and shape; volume and flatness; spatial relation- 
ships; the basics of perspective and composition; the materials and techniques of 
drawing. 

ART 102. Introduction to Painting 4 hours 

This course is an introductory-level studio course which will focus on understanding 
and mastering the fundamentals of painting. Working from observation, this includes 
developing an understanding of color and color relationship; form and shape; volume 
and flatness; the basics of composition; the materials and techniques of oil painting. 

ART 103. Introduction to Figure Sculpture 4 hours 

Working from the life model, students will convey their understanding of the human 
form in clay. Planar structure, volume, proportion and major anatomical landmarks 
will be covered. 

ART 104. Introduction to Printmaking 4 hours 

Introduction to Printmaking is an introductory-level studio course that will use the 
medium of printmaking as a vehicle for exploring visual language. Students will un- 
dertake formal and thematic design problems via the mediums of relief, dry point and 
lithographic printmaking approaches. Offered eveiy spring. Lab fee. 

ART 105. Video Production 4 hours 

This course will introduce students to the techniques and tools of basic video produc- 
tion. Students will learn to think visually and consider lighting, color, composition and 
movement as they relate to production. The importance of sound and how the audible 
and the visual components support and complement each other will be considered. 
Students will have the opportunity to work with video editing software. This course is 
also cross listed as CRS 115. 

ART 109. Introduction to Photography 4 hours 

Laboratory exercises, in-class lectures, critiques and assignments are designed to 
develop an understanding of all aspects of traditional black and white photography, in- 
cluding composition and self expression. Emphasis will be on development of technical 
skills and aesthetic direction in photography. Prerequisite: A fully manual camera - to 
be brought to the first class meeting. 

ART 110. Ways of Seeing 4 hours 

This course systematically breaks down the vocabularies of art to their component ele- 
ments, studying how these elements work together to form visual language. Problems 
in color and composition will be undertaken in a variety of media, including ink, acrylic 
and photography. 

ART 111. Anatomy For the Artist and Figure Drawing 4 hours 

This course focuses on both the scientific and the aesthetic exploration of the human 
body. Drawing from the life model, students will study form and function of the skel- 
etal and muscular systems, along with proportion and surface landmarks. A variety of 
approaches to drawing and drawing materials will be covered. 



148 



ART 115. Introduction to Digital Photography 4 hours 

This course is an introductory-level studio course which will approach digital photog- 
raphy as a fine art medium. The course will teach technical proficiency with digital 
cameras and Adobe Photoshop; expose students to traditional and digital photogra- 
phy via lectures, gallery/museum trips and research; and explore visual expression of 
ideas through the use of the photographic digital medium with a conceptual emphasis. 
No prior experience with photography, Adobe Photoshop or with digital cameras is 
required. Students may use either a digital or regular 35mm camera. Offered every 
spring. Lab fee. 

ART 200. Independent Study in Art History 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

ART 201. Intermediate Drawing 4 hours 

This course explores drawing as a tool for perception and a means of self-expression. 
Students will undertake advanced problems in drawing which build upon concepts and 
techniques covered in Introduction to Drawing. These include problems involving the 
surface of the picture plane and the ground plane, arrangements of elements in static 
and dynamic compositions and value pattern. Prerequisite: ART 101 or ART 111. 

ART 202. Intermediate Painting 4 hours 

Students will build upon experiences in Introduction to Painting and undertake more 
complex formal and personal issues in their work. They will be expected to master a 
wide range of visual vocabularies and approach painting from a variety of aesthetic 
points of view. Imagery, realism, abstraction, expressionism and narration will be 
explored as students begin to develop individual direction in their own work. Prerequi- 
site: ART 102. 

ART 203. Intermediate Figure Sculpture 4 hours 

Working from the life model, this level of sculpture builds upon conceptual and 
perceptual skills honed in Introduction to Figure Sculpture. Students are expected to 
approach sculpting the human form from a variety of aesthetic points of view, includ- 
ing realism, abstraction and expressionism. Prerequisite: ART 103. 

ART 204. Intermediate Printmaking 4 hours 

Intermediate Printmaking is an intermediate-level studio course which will build upon 
printmaking approaches studied in Introduction to Printmaking. It will explore new 
vocabularies, including monotype, reverse relief, chin colle, photocopy lithography and 
collograph. Students will work in series format exploring advanced themes and design 
problems. Offered every spring. Prerequisite: ART 104. Lab fee. 

ART 205. Documentary Filmmaking 4 hours 

This course covers the theory and practice of planning and executing public affairs, in- 
formational and cultural documentary programs. Students will be introduced to short- 
form and long-form documentaries, emphasizing the technical and aesthetic aspects of 
documentary filmmaking using video production techniques. Production projects will 
be geared toward the development of proficiency in documentary planning, writing, 



149 



production and post-production. Students will produce short documentaries using a 
combination of personal cameras and broadcast quality cameras and digital editing 
equipment. This course is also cross listed as CRS 215. Prerequisite: CHS 115 or ART 
105, or permission of the instructor. 

ART 208. Independent Study in Studio Art 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

ART 260. Ancient Art History 4 hours 

This course will cover the art and archaeology of the area around the Mediterranean 
Sea before the fall of Rome, commonly called the "ancient world." The course will 
examine the mythology and religion of each culture, using primary sources such as 
artifacts and ancient literature. Cultures covered will include Mesopotamia, Egypt, 
Bronze Age Crete, Greece and Rome. It is recommended that students take COR 104 
before taking this course. 

ART 290. Special Topics in Studio Art 4 hours 

Studio exercises, in-studio lectures, outside assignments and critiques are designed to 
develop a basic understanding of various media, including printmaking and various 
specialties of artists-in-residence. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the cur- 
rent semester course schedule. 

ART 291. Special Topics in Art History 4 hours 

An in-depth analysis of specific historical art periods will stress how major artists and 
trends were influenced by their times. Discussion of important events and ideas of 
significant individuals of the period will serve to provide the necessary background for 
a thorough comprehension of social and intellectual sources of art. It is recommended 
that students take COR 104 before taking this course. 

ART 300. Italian Renaissance Art History 4 hours 

This course explores the paintings, sculpture and architecture of Italy from 1300 to 
1650. Chronological in format, this course enables students to analyze and understand 
the principle styles, methods and contexts of Italian art and its intrinsic value in the 
study of European art. It is recommended that students take COR 104 before taking 
this course. 

ART 302. Advanced Painting 4 hours 

Students will build upon prior experiences in Intermediate Painting and be guided 
to set parameters for individual inquiry in their work. Emphasis will be on personal 
imagery and control of formal issues to express the students' ideas. Each student will 
be expected to develop ideas and themes in a cohesive body of work. Prerequisite: ART 
202. 

ART 310. Northern Renaissance and Baroque Art History 4 hours 

This course will cover the art of Northern Europe from the late Gothic through the 
Baroque period (the late 14th to the end of the 17th century). A range of media and 
styles will be explored such as illuminated manuscripts, architecture, printmaking and 
painting, including the work of Durer, Rembrandt and Vermeer. It is recommended 
that students take COR 104 before taking this course. 



150 



ART 320. 18th and 19th Century European Art History 4 hours 

This course focuses on the major artists and movements of the 18th and 19th centu- 
ries in Europe, beginning with the late Baroque and progressing through the Rococo, 
the Neoclassical, Romantic, Realist, Impressionist and the Pre-Raphaelite, as well as 
Expressionism and Art Nouveau Movements. Students will analyze the major paint- 
ings, architecture and sculpture of each period as reflections of the political, social and 
religious realities of the time. It is recommended that students take COR 104 before 
taking this course. 

ART 330. Far Eastern Art History - India, China, 

Tibet and Japan 4 hours 

This course will explore the paintings, sculpture and architecture of India, China, Ti- 
bet, Japan and other Eastern cultures. Chronological in format, this course will enable 
students to analyze and understand principle styles, methods and cultural contexts of 
Eastern art. This course will compare and contrast Eastern and Western approaches 
and attitudes toward art. It is recommended that students take COR 104 before taking 
this course. 

ART 340. The Art of the Americas, Africa, Oceania and Others 4 hours 

This course will look at how non-western and often pre-technological people around 
the world use visual arts. How does their art express what is important to them? What 
does it share with Western art? Some anthropology findings and the idea of "the primi- 
tive" will be explored. Both living and extinct cultures will be studied. It is recommend- 
ed that students take COR 104 before taking this course. 

ART 350. Modern Art History 4 hours 

This course will examine major movements in the visual arts from the end of the 19th 
century to the present, focusing primarily on Europe and America. The student will be 
expected to explore connections between visual culture and broader historical trends 
and be able to recognize, understand and discuss the important works of art of the 
20th century. It is recommended that students take COR 104 before taking this course. 

ART 400. Advanced Independent Study in Art History 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic in art history. Prerequisite: Submission of a 
proposed outline of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments ap- 
proved by the instructor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second 
day of classes of the semester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study 
Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

ART 408. Advanced Independent Study in Studio Art 1-4 hours 

Supervised studio art on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed 
outline of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the 
instructor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes 
of the semester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the 
Academic Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

ART 410. Internship in Art 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of aca- 
demic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained by 
career services, including opportunities at the High Museum of Art, Atlanta Contem- 



151 



porary Ait Center, Atlanta International Museum and Vespermann Gallery. Graded on 
a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty supervisor, 
qualification for the internship program, permission of an internship site supervisor 
and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by Experiential Education Committee. 

ART 490. Advanced Special Topics in Studio 4 hours 

This is an advanced level of Special Topics in Studio such as sculpture, photography, 
drawing, printmaking, etc. Prerequisite: ART 290. 

ART 491. Advanced Special Topics in Art History 4 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current semester course schedule. 

Behavioral Science and Human Resource Management 

Human resource management builds communities through the study of people and the 
workplace. The focus of the major is the connection between theory and application as 
it applies to meeting the needs of both the employee and employer. Students majoring 
in behavioral science and human resource management will study related topics begin- 
ning with the theory behind those topics through further development and ultimately 
the application of these theories in organizations. 

All of this is accomplished through an interdisciplinary program relying on courses 
in psychology, sociology, management, economics and other related business courses. 
Topics can be categorized into three broad areas: l) personnel issues such as job 
analysis, selection and training and development; 2) worker issues such as motivation, 
job satisfaction and leadership; 3) group issues including group processes, power and 
organizational structure. 

With skills gained through this major students will have a foundation for careers in 
human resource management or general management or to pursue graduate studies in 
industrial-organizational psychology, industrial relations, business, as well as human 
resource management. 

Major 

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the following requirements 
with a grade of "C-" or higher: 

ACC 230. Financial Accounting 

ACC 231. Managerial Accounting 

BUS 260. Principles of Management 

BUS 362. Human Resources Management 

BUS 382. Management-Labor Relations 

CSC 101. Data Manipulation Software 

ECO 121. Introduction to Economics 

MAT 111. Statistics 

PSY 202. Organizational Psychology 

PSY 204. Social Psychology 

PSY 303. Psychological Testing 

One semester of a foreign language at the second semester 

elementary-level or higher 



152 



Two of the following behavioral science courses: 

PSY 203. Learning and Conditioning 

PSY 205. Theories of Personality 

PSY 301. Research Methods 

SOC 302. The Sociology of Work and Occupations 

Two of the following business administration courses: 

BUS 110. Business Law I 

BUS 310. Corporate Finance 

BUS 350. Marketing 

BUS 370. International Business 

BUS 462. Recruitment and Selection 

ECO 221. Intermediate Microeconomics 

ECO 222. Intermediate Macroeconomics 

ECO 424. Labor Economics 

Biology 

The curriculum in biology provides a foundation in both classical and contemporary 
biological concepts and prepares the student for continuing intellectual growth and 
professional development in the life sciences. These goals are achieved through com- 
pletion of a set of courses that provide a comprehensive background in basic scientific 
concepts through lectures, discussion, exploration of the primary literature, writings, 
oral presentations, research, and field and laboratory exercises. The program supplies 
the appropriate background for employment in research institutions, non-govern- 
ment and government institutions and industry; the curriculum also prepares students 
for graduate school and for professional schools of medicine, dentistry, veterinary 
medicine and the like. Students planning to attend graduate or professional schools 
should recognize that admission to such schools is often highly competitive. The biol- 
ogy major requires many of the classes necessary for entry to these training programs, 
but it does not ensure admission to these schools. 

Students who meet the mathematics pre-requisites are urged to register for science 
courses in their first semester. Students needing additional math preparation must 
begin science courses in their second year to graduate within four years. Because many 
courses are not offered every year, the major cannot be completed in two years. 

Students who are interested in medical illustration are encouraged to consider the 
Scientific Illustration Tracks that are offered within the art major. 

Major 

There are three requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in biology. 
1. A grade of "C-" or better in each of the following courses: 

BIO 101. General Biology I 

BIO 102. General Biology II 

BIO 201. Genetics 

BIO 251. Biology Seminar I: Oral Presentations 

BIO 252. Biology Seminar II: Biological Literature 

CHM 101. General Chemistry I (and laboratory) 

CHM 102. General Chemistry II (and laboratory) 

CHM 201. Organic Chemistry I (and laboratory) 

MAT 111. Statistics 

PHY 101. General Physics I (and laboratory) or 

PHY 102. General Physics II (and laboratory) 



153 



2. Credit for two electives from each of the following four categories (A-D; total of 
eight electives): 



A 


B 


BIO 290. Special Topics in Biology: 

Cancer Biology 
BIO 313. Developmental Biology 
BIO 418. Cell Biology 


BIO 202. Microbilogy 
BIO 317. Biochemistry 
BIO 326. Vascular Plants 
BIO 414. Molecular Biology 
and Biotechnology 


C 


D 


BIO 215. Animal Behavior 

BIO 301. Comparative Vertebrate 

Anatomy 
BIO 402. Human Physiology 


BIO 280. Conservation Biology 

in Hawaii 
BIO 320. Urban Ecology 
BIO 380. Conservation Biology 
BIO 423. Ecology 



3. A cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher for all courses required for the 
major. 

Minor 

The requirements for a minor in biology are General Biology I and II, Genetics and one 
additional five semester-hour elective (see table above). Students minoring in biology 
are not exempt from the prerequisites for the biology courses and thus also will com- 
plete General Chemistry I and II (with laboratories) and Organic Chemistry I (with 
laboratory). 

Mathematics Prerequisites 

All 100-level introductory science courses (BIO 101 General Biology I, CHM 101 Gen- 
eral Chemistry I, CHM 101L General Chemistry Laboratory I, PHY 101 General Phys- 
ics I and PHY 101L Introductory Physics Laboratory I) have the same mathematics 
prerequisite. There are three ways that students can fulfill this mathematics require- 
ment: 

1. By achieving a score of 2, 3, 4 or 5 on the Advanced Placement Calculus AB or 
BC Examination; or 

2. By achieving a score of 550 or higher on the Mathematics Section of the SAT 
(the College Entrance Examination Board's Scholastic Assessment Test) or a 
score of 22 or higher on the Mathematics Section of the ACT (the American 
College Testing Program Assessment); or 

3. By earning a grade of "C-" or higher in MAT 103 Precalculus or MAT 13lCal- 
culus I at Oglethorpe University (or the equivalent course at a college or 
university; high school precalculus and high school calculus do NOT fulfill the 
prerequisite). PHY 201 College Physics I has MAT 131 Calculus I as a pre- or 
co-requisite, meaning that MAT 131 must be taken simultaneously with PHY 
201 if MAT 131 has not been completed earlier. 

BIO 101. General Biology I 5 hours 

General Biology I, along with General Biology II, is an introduction to modern biology 
and considers the principles of the biological sciences from an integrated viewpoint. 
The general orientation of this course is toward the molecular and cellular basis of 
life. The specific topics covered are biochemistry, cell biology, genetics and evolution. 
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: Completion of the mathematics requirement 



154 



as described above; BIO 101 must precede BIO 102 and it is recommended that the 
courses be completed in consecutive semesters. Students who are majoring in biology 
and biopsychology must earn a grade of "C-" or higher in BIO 101 before enrolling in 
BIO 102 or any other biology course. 

BIO 102. General Biology II 5 hours 

General Biology II, along with General Biology I, is an introduction to modern biology 
and considers the principles of the biological sciences from an integrated viewpoint. 
The general orientation of this course is toward biological scales larger than the cell. 
Special topics covered include phylogeny, anatomy, physiology and ecology of plants 
and animals. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: Completion of the mathematics re- 
quirement as described above; BIO 101 must precede BIO 102 and it is recommended 
that the courses be completed in consecutive semesters. Students who are majoring in 
biology and biopsychology must earn a grade of "C-" or higher in BIO 101 before tak- 
ing BIO 102 and must earn a grade of "C-" or higher in BIO 102 before enrolling in any 
other biology courses. 

BIO 200. Independent Study in Biology 1-5 hours 

This course is supervised research in the primary literature. Prerequisites: Submission 
of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study approved by the 
instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser, the provost or associate provost and 
a grade of "C-" or higher in BIO 101 and BIO 102. The completed application must 
be submitted to the registrar's office no later than the final day of the drop/add period 
of the semester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the 
Academic Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

BIO 201. Genetics 5 hours 

An introduction to the study of inheritance. Classical patterns of Mendelian inheri- 
tance are explored and related to modern molecular genetics, human genetic disorders, 
ethics and issues of conservation. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 102 and 
CHM 102 (with laboratory); prerequisites or corequisites: CHM 201 (with laboratory) 
and MAT 111. A grade of "C-" or higher must be earned in each of the prerequisite 
courses. 

BIO 202. Microbiology 5 hours 

An introduction to the biology of viruses, archea, bacteria, algae and fungi. Consid- 
eration is given to phylogenetic relationships, taxonomy, physiology and economic or 
pathogenic significance of each group. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 201, 
CHM 201 (with laboratory) with a grade of "C-" or higher in each course. 

BIO 215. Animal Behavior 5 hours 

This course considers the function, development and evolution of animal behavior, 
including the physical and physiological bases of behavior, behavioral genetics, social 
behavior and behavioral ecology. The laboratory component applies the issues ad- 
dressed in lecture in a hands-on interactive and field-oriented setting. An integrated 
speakers series is part of the interactive intellectual environment cultivated by the 
course. Lecture and laboratory. Offered biennially. Prerequisites: BIO 102 and PSY 101. 
A grade of "C-" or higher must be earned in each of the prerequisite courses. 

BIO 251. Biology Seminar I: Oral Presentations 1 hour 

This course is offered in the fall as a component in a two-semester "capstone" sequence 
for biology majors. The two-part experience is designed to introduce students to the 
mechanics and intellectual components of the practice of being a scientist. This course 
will cultivate the skills of the framing, researching, preparation and presentation of a 



155 



public address on a topic of biological interest. Prerequisites: BIO 102, CHM 102 (with 
laboratory); recommended for students with junior or senior standing. 

BIO 252. Biology Seminar II: Biological Literature 1 hour 

This course is offered in the spring as a component in a two-semester "capstone" se- 
quence for biology majors. The two-part experience is designed to introduce students 
to the mechanics and intellectual components of the practice of being a scientist. This 
course serves as an introduction to researching, locating, interpreting and presenting 
information from the professional scientific literature. Prerequisites: BIO 102, CHM 
102 (with laboratory); recommended for students with sophomore or junior standing. 

BIO 280. Conservation Biology in Hawaii 4 hours 

This course complements Conversation Biology by focusing on the rare and unique 
biodiversity of the Hawaiian Islands. It moves quickly from the basic goals and meth- 
ods of Conservation Biology to their application to specific populations of terrestrial 
and marine species. The course is comprised of approximately four to five lectures/ 
discussion during the fall semester, a 13-day trip to Hawaii between semesters, and 
a research paper to be completed during the spring semester. Prerequisites: Must be 
biology major, junior or senior standing and permission of the instructor. Seats in this 
class are limited. Students with the prerequisites and a "C-" or better in BIO 380 or 
BIO 423 may be granted permission to register before others. 

BIO 290. Special Topics in Biology 1-5 hours 

This course includes offerings of new courses and seminars and one-time courses and 
seminars on select biological topics. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the 
current semester course schedule. 

BIO 301. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 5 hours 

This course is an intensive study of the structural aspects of selected vertebrate types. 
These organisms are studied in relation to their evolution and development. The labo- 
ratory involves detailed examination of representative vertebrate specimens. Prereq- 
uisites: BIO 102, BIO 201, CHM 201 (with laboratory). Junior or senior standing and 
coregistration in BIO 201 and CHM 201(with laboratory) may be acceptable with the 
permission of the instructor. A grade of "C-" or higher must be earned in each of the 
prerequisite courses. 

BIO 313. Developmental Biology 5 hours 

This course deals with the dynamic developmental processes in animals that start at 
fertilization and continue through to the formation of an adult organism. Classical 
observations in embryology are combined with genetic, cellular and molecular prac- 
tices to provide a comprehensive understanding of fundamental themes and pathways 
enabled during development. Course work will allow for students to extrapolate from 
various development models to the human condition. In the laboratory, living and pre- 
pared examples of developing systems in representative invertebrates and vertebrates 
will be studied using both classical and molecular approaches. Prerequisites: BIO 102, 
CHM 201 (with laboratory) with a grade of "C-" or higher in each course. 

BIO 317. Biochemistry 5 hours 

As an introduction to the chemistry of living systems, this course will investigate the 
structures and functions of proteins, lipids and carbohydrates. Central metabolic path- 
ways and enzyme reaction mechanisms also will be studied. Lecture and laboratory. 
Prerequisites: BIO 102, CHM 201 (with laboratory) with a grade of "C-" or higher in 
each course; recommended prerequisite: CHM 310. 



156 



BIO 320. Urban Ecology 5 hours 

The science of urban ecology is more than the study of ecology in urban landscapes. It 
is the integration of natural and social sciences for greater understanding of the emer- 
gent phenomena that we call cities. This course describes the state of urban ecological 
knowledge and best practices for promoting and implementing sustainable develop- 
ment using lectures, readings, discussions, guest speakers, research and laboratories. 
Most laboratories involve travel to many sites around Atlanta. This course is also cross 
listed as UEP 320. Prerequisite: A grade of "C-" or higher in COR 102 or permission 
of the instructor. 

BIO 326. Vascular Plants 5 hours 

The biology of vascular plants is considered at levels of organization ranging from the 
molecular through the ecological. Studies of anatomy and morphology are pursued 
in the laboratory and an independent project concerning plant hormones is required. 
Prerequisites: BIO 202, CHM 201 (with laboratory). A grade of "C-" or higher must be 
earned in each of the prerequisite courses. 

BIO 380. Conservation Biology 5 hours 

Conservation biology is an interdisciplinary science that attempts to protect and re- 
store biodiversity by describing its spatial and temporal patterns, identifying its threats, 
and removing its threats. This course covers these goals, philosophies underlying the 
science, and relevant public policy with lectures, readings, exercises and research. Ex- 
ercises and research typically involve travel around Atlanta and Georgia. Prerequisite: 
A grade of "C-" or higher in BIO 201, concurrent enrollment in BIO 201 or permission 
of the instructor. 

BIO 400. Advanced Independent Study in Biology 1-5 hours 

This course is supervised research on a selected project or paper with a student enter- 
ing his or her final year of study in the major. To qualify, students must propose a topic 
that requires consultation and analysis of the primary scientific literature germane to 
the topic. Students enrolling in this course for more than 3 semester hours must pro- 
pose original research that includes review of relevant primary literature, data collec- 
tion in the field and/or lab, data analysis, and a formal research presentation. Prerequi- 
site: 25 semester hours in biology, with a grade of "B-" or higher in each course; junior 
or senior standing and permission of the instructor. Submission of an application 
which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study approved by the instructor, the di- 
vision chair, the student's adviser and the provost or designated associate provost. The 
completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office no later than the final 
day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For additional criteria, see Inde- 
pendent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

BIO 402. Human Physiology 5 hours 

This course is a detailed analysis of human functions that deals primarily with the 
interactions involved in the operation of complex human systems. Lecture and labora- 
tory. Prerequisites: BIO 201, CHM 201 (with laboratory). A grade of "C-" or higher 
must be earned in each of the prerequisite courses. 

BIO 414. Molecular Biology and Biotechnology 5 hours 

This course is an introduction to the theory and practice of molecular bioscience. Top- 
ics covered include the principles and processes of molecular biology, DNA isolation 
and characterization, restriction enzyme analysis, cloning, construction and selection 
of recombinants made in vitro and preparation and analysis of gene libraries. Lecture 
and laboratory. Prerequisites: BIO 202, CHM 201, CHM 201L and BIO 317 with a 
grade of "C-" or higher in each course. 



157 



BIO 416. Evolution 4 hours 

This course covers the various biological disciplines and their meaning in an evolu- 
tionary context; also, a consideration of evolutionary mechanisms and the various 
theories concerning them. Prerequisites: A grade of "C-" or higher in BIO 201, a de- 
clared biology major, and junior or senior standing. 

BIO 418. Cell Biology 5 hours 

This course is an in-dept consideration of cellular evolution, cellular ultrastructure and 
the molecular mechanisms of cell physiology. Students will practice techniques involv- 
ing the culturing and preparation of cells and tissues for examination by fluorescence 
microscopy, biochemical analysis and cell behavioral assays. The course culminates 
with each student designing and executing an independent research project. Prereq- 
uisites: BIO 201, CHM201 (with laboratory) and one additional biology course at the 
200 level or higher. A grade "C-"or higher must be earned in each of the prerequisite 
courses. 

BIO 423. Ecology 5 hours 

This course investigates the features of the environment that dictate where an organ- 
ism lives and what density its population can achieve. It takes a quantitative approach 
and uses a variety of model organisms (for example, salamanders and students) in 
lecture and lab. Laboratories involve considerable fieldwork and travel to sites around 
Atlanta and the Southeast. Prerequisites: A grade of "C-"or higher in BIO 201, "C-"or 
higher in MAT 111, and junior or senior standing; or permission of the instructor. 

BIO 490. Advanced Special Topics in Biology 1-5 hours 

This course includes offerings of advanced, new courses and seminars and advanced, 
one-time courses and seminars on select biological topics. Prerequisites: junior or 
senior standing and any additional requirements listed in the current semester course 
schedule. 

BIO 495. Internship in Biology 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity to 
qualified students. The internship requires the student to obtain a faculty supervisor 
in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours for every 
earned hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work must total at least five pages 
of academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is main- 
tained by career services, including opportunities at the Blue Heron Nature Preserve, 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Georgia Aquarium, local health care facili- 
ties, Upper Chattahoochee Riverkeeper, veterinary clinics, Yerkes Regional Primate 
Center, Zoo Atlanta, etc. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: 
Permission of the faculty supervisor, qualification for the internship program, permis- 
sion of an internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by 
the Experiential Education Committee. 

Biomedical Sciences and Allied Health Studies 

The Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor reports that 
about 11% of private sector workers are employed in health care establishments nation- 
wide. The abundance of jobs in health care attracts many students who seek fulfilling 
careers. Students who plan to attend schools of nursing, physical therapy, occupational 
therapy, clinical laboratory science and other such fields will enjoy both the satisfac- 
tion of helping people as well as the excitement of scientific advances in diagnosing 
and treating disease. The health care adviser will assist such students in planning their 
programs at Oglethorpe University. 



158 



Preparation for admission to biomedical science and allied health education programs 
typically follows one of three models. In the first model, students are admitted to a 
health science program after completing a set of required courses in specific academic 
disciplines during two or three years of college study. For students pursuing this op- 
tion, a minimum of 64 semester hours earned at Oglethorpe and successful comple- 
tion of the allied health education program in an accredited professional school are 
required to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree with an individually planned major. (See 
the description of the Individually Planned Major below.) The second model, which 
has become the standard in fields such as physical therapy and occupational therapy, 
requires students to earn a bachelor's degree before being admitted to programs that 
lead to initial professional certification through a master's or clinical doctoral degrees. 
Students interested in this option may find that one of the majors regularly offered 
at Oglethorpe (such as biology or biopsychology) fulfills the admission requirements 
for the health science program; alternatively, an individually planned major can be 
designed to meet the admission requirements. The third model, as exemplified at some 
colleges of nursing, allows students who already have a bachelor's degree to acceler- 
ate the completion of a second bachelor's degree (typically a Bachelor of Science in 
Nursing, B.S.N.) provided that certain specific courses are completed as part of the first 
degree. 

A reliable source of information about the biomedical sciences and allied health fields 
is at the http://www.explorehealthcareers.org website. 

Bio psychology 

Biopsychology is the study of the biological bases of behavior, including the molecular 
and cellular basis of neural functioning and how systems of neurons relate to behavior. 
By its nature, biopsychology is an interdisciplinary field of study that encompasses biol- 
ogy, chemistry and psychology. The field is broad and researchers may find themselves 
studying the brain from a chemical, cellular, genetic, developmental, behavioral, cogni- 
tive or social behavioral perspective. A graduate with a Bachelor of Science in biopsy- 
chology could pursue entry-level positions in academic or private research settings, the 
biotechnology industry or explore alternative careers such as policy development or 
science writing. In addition, the major provides the preparation necessary to be com- 
petitive when applying to graduate programs in neuroscience and related disciplines 
and is particularly suited to students interested in careers in physical therapy and other 
allied health fields. 

The major consists of 11 required courses (some with associated laboratories) and 
four electives. There is no minor in biopsychology. Courses taken to complete this 
major may not be used to fulfill the requirements of a minor in a related field. Due to 
the breadth of electives offered, students should consult with their adviser to create a 
coherent program of study that is best suited to each student's goals. Pre-medical stu- 
dents should consult with the pre-medical adviser concerning additional course work 
required to apply to medical school. 

All psychology courses taken to complete the requirements of the biopsychology major 
(required courses or electives) must be taken in the traditional undergraduate (TU) 
program. Because courses offered in Oglethorpe's evening degree program (EDP) are 
3 semester hours, and do not offer the same breadth or depth of courses offered in TU 
day program, these classes may not be used toward the fulfillment of the biopsychology 
major (B.S. degree). Exceptions to this rule will only be granted under special circum- 
stances and with the approval of a biology or psychology faculty member. 

General Biology I, General Chemistry I, and General Chemistry Laboratory I, have 
the same mathematics prerequisite. There are three ways that students can fulfill 



159 



this mathematics requirement: 1) by achieving a score of 2, 3, 4 or 5 on the Advanced 
Placement Calculus AB or BC Examination; or 2) by achieving a score of 550 or higher 
on the Mathematics Section of the SAT (the College Entrance Examination Board's 
Scholastic Assessment Test) or a score of 22 or higher on the Mathematics Section of 
the ACT (the American College Testing Program Assessment); or 3) by completing Pre- 
calculus or Calculus I at Oglethorpe University (or the equivalent course at a college or 
university; high school precalculus and high school calculus do NOT fulfill the prereq- 
uisite) with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

Major 

Requirements of the major include completion of the following courses: 
BIO 101. General Biology I 
BIO 102. General Biology II 
BIO 201. Genetics 
BIO 317- Biochemistry 

CHM 101, 101L. General Chemistry I with laboratory 
CHM 102, 102L. General Chemistry II with laboratory 
CHM 201, 201L. Organic Chemistry I with laboratory 
MAT 111. Statistics 
PSY 101. Introduction to Psychology 
PSY 209- Behavioral Neuroscience 
PSY 301. Research Methods 

Each student must also complete four electives from the following options. At least one 
elective must be a biology course or Organic Chemistry II with laboratory. 

BIO 202. Microbiology 

BIO 215. Animal Behavior * 

BIO 313. Embryology 

BIO 402. Human Physiology 

BIO 414. Molecular Biology and Biotechnology 

BIO 418. Cell Biology 

CHM 202, 202L. Organic Chemistry II with laboratory 

PSY 206. Abnormal Psychology 

PSY 302. Advanced Experimental Psychology 

PSY 308. Sensation and Perception 

PSY 310. Drugs, the Brain and Behavior 
*Note: This course will not serve as the one biology elective by itself. 

Business Administration 

Business Administration prepares students for careers in the business world. Busi- 
ness teaches not only knowledge and use of business terminology but introduces all 
the major disciplines of a business entity. Throughout the curriculum there is a major 
emphasis on critical thinking, strategic thinking, leadership, problem solving, mana- 
gerial skills and communication skills. Business students study all functional areas of 
business to enable them to have an appropriate foundation for related careers in ad- 
vertising, financial services, banking or securities trading, marketing, management or 
to pursue graduate education. Internships are available to prepare students for careers 
after graduation. 

In addition to preparing students for business careers and graduate school, the pro- 
gram in business administration is a good alternative for other careers. Students gain 
administrative skills and methods of inquiry that are applicable in governmental and 
non-profit organizations. Since much legal practice involves business and a knowledge 
of business terminology and institutions, this major is an excellent background for the 
study and practice of law. 



160 



Major 

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree must complete the following require- 
ments with a grade of "C-" or higher: 

ACC 230. Financial Accounting 

ACC 231. Managerial Accounting 

BUS 260. Principles of Management 

BUS 310. Corporate Finance 

BUS 350. Marketing 

BUS 419. Management Science 

BUS 469- Strategic Management 

CSC 101. Data Manipulation Software 

ECO 121. Introduction to Economics 

ECO 221. Intermediate Microeconomics 

ECO 222. Intermediate Macroeconomics 

MAT HI. Statistics 

MAT 121. Applied Calculus 

Finally, three additional advanced-level courses must be successfully completed at the 
300 or 400 level in accounting, business administration, economics and/or computer 
science. These courses may be taken in different areas or in a specific functional area as 
a concentration. 

A concentration maybe earned in the areas of finance, international business studies, 
management or marketing. For a course to be included as part of a student's concentra- 
tion, it must be approved by the student's adviser. 

Minor 

A minor in business administration is designed to provide the student with an elemen- 
tary foundation in the major disciplines within business administration. It is a useful 
minor for students who wish to prepare for an entry-level position in business while 
pursuing another major outside of business administration. It is also useful for those 
who wish to continue work after graduation toward a Master of Business Administra- 
tion degree. The requirements for a minor are the successful completion with a grade 
of "C-" or higher in each of the following courses: 

ACC 230. Financial Accounting 

ACC 231. Managerial Accounting 

BUS 260. Principles of Management 

BUS 310. Corporate Finance 

BUS 350. Marketing 

ECO 121. Introduction to Economics 

BUS 110. Business Law 1 4 hours 

This course is designed to give the student an awareness of a limited area of those 
aspects of the law which will be needed in day-to-day dealings with the problems of 
business. Special emphasis is placed upon the law of contracts, negotiable instruments, 
agency and a study of the Uniform Commercial Code as it applies. 

BUS 111. Business Law II 4 hours 

This course is a study of partnerships, corporations, sales, bailments, security devices, 
property, bankruptcy and trade infringements. Prerequisite: BUS 110. 

BUS 200. Independent Study in Business Administration 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the students adviser and the provost or 



161 



associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

BUS 260. Principles of Management 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to the principles of management and administration. It 
includes the study of leadership, conflict resolution, decision making and the general 
functions of management in large and small organizations. Students will use comput- 
ers extensively to do active research and will learn spreadsheet and graphical tools to 
aid in the development of their decision-making skills. 

BUS 290. Special Topics in Business Administration 4 hours 

An intense study of diverse business topics under the direct supervision of a business 
administration faculty member. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the cur- 
rent semester course schedule. 

BUS 310. Corporate Finance 4 hours 

This course is a study of the basic principles of organizational finance and its relation 
to other aspects of business management and to the economic environment within 
which the firm operates. Attention is given to basic financial concepts, techniques of 
financial analysis, sources of funding, asset management, capital budgeting, capital 
structure, cost of capital, time value of money and financial decision making under 
conditions of uncertainty. Prerequisites: ACC 231, ECO 121 and MAT 111. 

BUS 350. Marketing 4 hours 

This course is concerned with the policies and problems involved in the operation 
of market institutions. It will examine broad principles and concepts involved in the 
operation of market planning, market segmentation, consumer behavior, product 
management and pricing, distribution and promotion of goods and services. Aspects of 
global marketing, current marketing topics and ethical and social responsibility issues 
in marketing are addressed. Prerequisites: ACC 231 and ECO 121. 

BUS 351. Retailing 4 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with one aspect of the marketing 
activity of distribution known as retailing. The course will involve looking at all the 
activities necessary to sell goods and services to the final consumer. This will include 
an examination of such retail topics as consumer markets and behavior, retail site loca- 
tion, retail store operations and management, pricing and communication decisions, 
merchandising, decision analysis and evaluation and the regulatory, technological and 
ethical environments in which retailing operates. Prerequisite: BUS 350. 

BUS 352. Marketing Communications 4 hours 

Principles, concepts and practices relating to the various kinds of communications 
employed to disseminate information about products and services to potential buyers 
are topics in this course. Communication methods to be studied include advertising, 
personal selling, sales promotion and public relations. The behavioral aspects of both 
messages and media will be explored. Prerequisite: BUS 350. 

BUS 362. Human Resources Management 4 hours 

In this course students will explore the perspectives and challenges of Human Resourc- 
es Management (HRM) within the context of the emerging global economy. The class 
will look at traditional HRM topics such as selection and compensation and also at 
how students can manage their own human resource potential. Prerequisite: BUS 260. 



162 



BUS 370. International Business 4 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the problems encountered in 
conducting business outside one's own country and to provide a basis for evaluating the 
impact on business activities of changing economic, political and cultural factors. Cases 
will be used throughout the course to give the student experience with the problems 
and advantages of doing business across national frontiers. A cultural diversity simula- 
tion game also will be used. Prerequisite: BUS 260. 

BUS 382. Management-Labor Relations 4 hours 

This course will explore the dynamic relationship between management and organized 
labor. The major topics to be covered include the history of the American labor move- 
ment, labor legislation, collective bargaining, grievance procedures, arbitration and 
unionization in the public sector. Prerequisite: BUS 260. 

BUS 400. Advanced Independent Study in Business Administration 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic in business administration. Prerequisite: Sub- 
mission of a proposed outline of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assign- 
ments approved by the instructor, the division chair and the provost no later than the 
second day of classes of the semester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent 
Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

BUS 410. Advanced Corporate Finance 4 hours 

As a continuation of Corporate Finance, topics in this course will include capital 
budgeting, intermediate and long-term funding, current asset management, working 
capital management and dividend policy. Case studies will be used to emphasize actual 
business situations and to focus on the comprehensive financial management of the 
firm. Prerequisite: BUS 310. 

BUS 411. Investments 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to the environment in which investment decisions are 
made. Topics explored will include efficient markets, the capital asset pricing model, 
term structure of interest rates, risk versus return and performance measures. Al- 
though the emphasis will be on stocks and bonds, other investments will be discussed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 310. 

BUS 419. Management Science 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to operations research, model building, optimization, 
linear programming, inventory models and simulation. Major techniques and models 
of quantitative analysis as applied to business are studied. Prerequisites: CSC 101, MAT 
111 and MAT 121. 

BUS 450. Consumer Behavior 4 hours 

This course is designed to develop and enhance an understanding of how and why 
individuals, groups and organizations select, secure, use and dispose of products and 
the impact this has on consumers and society. The course is interdisciplinary, drawing 
upon the fields of economics, marketing, psychology and sociology. Ethical, legal and 
international aspects of consumer behavior are explored in the course. Prerequisite: 
BUS 350. 

BUS 451. Direct and Interactive Marketing 4 hours 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the specialized field of interactive 
marketing which uses all media to effect a measurable consumer response. Topics to 
be explored include direct marketing planning, mailing lists and databases, media 
selection, techniques for creating and producing direct response campaigns, internet 
marketing and managing the interactive marketing operation. Prerequisite: BUS 350. 



163 



BUS 456. Marketing Research 4 hours 

This course is designed to explore topics such as the types of research, the research 
process, research design, sampling procedures, data collection methods, data analysis 
and preparation and presentation of research findings. A research project and presen- 
tation of findings is usually required in the course. Prerequisites: BUS 350, CSC 101 or 
equivalent and MAT 111. 

BUS 461. Total Quality Management 4 hours 

This course will explore major systematic approaches to Total Quality Management. 
Students will examine quality management from a "profound knowledge" perspective 
(Deming, Pirsig, Goldratt) and will learn how to understand quality as a concept for 
achieving effective management within a firm and in ones own life. Prerequisites: BUS 
260 and MAT 111. 

BUS 462. Recruitment and Selection 4 hours 

This course will present the information needed to develop and implement an effec- 
tive employee selection program. Topics include selection measures such as predictors 
(background information, interviews and tests), criteria (work sample data, personnel 
data, etc.), validity and reliability of measures, job analysis techniques and selection 
instruments including weighted application blanks, interviews, ability tests, personality 
assessment and the performance tests. Legal and ethical issues are discussed through- 
out. Prerequisite: BUS 362. 

BUS 469. Strategic Management 4 hours 

This course is the capstone integration course for the business program. Students learn 
integrative thinking skills and strategic management tools through both the reading of 
conceptual work and the extensive use of the case studies. This course must be taken in 
residence in order to fulfill the requirements for a degree in this major. Prerequisites: 
BUS 260, BUS 310 and BUS 350. 

BUS 490. Advanced Special Topics in Business Administration .......4 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current semester course schedule. 

BUS 495. Internship in Business Administration 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services, including opportunities at Office Depot, the Metro Atlanta Chamber 
of Commerce, SunTrust Bank and the Atlanta Thrashers. Graded on a satisfactory/un- 
satisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty supervisor, qualification for 
the internship program, permission of an internship site supervisor and acceptance of 
learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Education Committee. 

Chemistry 

The chemistry program covers four general areas of chemistry: inorganic, organic, 
physical and analytical. The first half of a student's chemistry curriculum involves 
courses which present the fundamentals of the various areas. The second half of the 
curriculum consists of advanced courses which cover specialized topics in chemistry. 
In addition to factual knowledge about chemistry, the student gains an understanding 



164 



about the scientific method and a systematic approach to research. A large portion of 
the chemistry curriculum includes laboratory courses. These courses teach the tech- 
niques and skills used in chemical experimentation. 

A student who has completed the Bachelor of Science program in chemistry has several 
career options. These options include technical or analytical work in a chemical labora- 
tory and non-research positions in the chemical industry such as sales or marketing. 
Another option is to enter a graduate or professional school. Graduates interested in 
doing chemical research should pursue the Master of Science or Doctoral degrees. 
Those interested in professions such as medicine or dentistry would enter the appro- 
priate professional school after receiving the Bachelor of Science degree. Lastly, the 
chemistry major is an excellent preparation for careers as diversified as patent law and 
teaching. 

A grade of "C-" or higher must be obtained in each freshman- and sophomore-level sci- 
ence course that is required for this major or minor; these courses are numbered 100 
through 300 in each discipline. A grade point average of 2.0 or higher is required in all 
courses required for the major. 

All 100-level introductory science courses (BIO 101 General Biology I, CHM 101 
General Chemistry I, CHM 101L General Chemistry Laboratory I, PHY 101 General 
Physics I and PHY 101L Introductory Physics Laboratory I) have the same math- 
ematics prerequisite. There are three ways that students can fulfill this mathematics 
requirement: 

1. By achieving a score of 2, 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Calculus AB 
or BC Examination; or 

2. By achieving a score of 550 or higher on the Mathematics Section of the SAT 
(the College Entrance Examination Board's Scholastic Assessment Test) or a 
score of 22 or higher on the Mathematics Section of the ACT (the American 
College Testing Program Assessment); or 

3. By earning a grade of "C-" or higher in MAT 103 Precalculus or MAT 131 
Calculus I at Oglethorpe University (or the equivalent course at a college or 
university; high school precalculus and high school calculus do NOT fulfill 
the prerequisite). PHY 201 College Physics I has MAT 131 Calculus I as a pre- 
or co-requisite, meaning that MAT 131 must be taken simultaneously with 
PHY 201 if MAT 131 has not been completed earlier. 

Students who are interested in scientific illustration are encouraged to consider the 
Scientific Illustration Tracks that are offered within the art major. 

Major 

The requirements for a major in chemistry are as follows: General Chemistry I and II, 
Organic Chemistry I and II, Elementary Quantitative Analysis, Instrumental Methods 
of Chemical Analysis, Physical Chemistry I and II, Inorganic Chemistry, Advanced 
Organic Chemistry and Organic Spectroscopy. Each requirement has a respective 
laboratory which must be taken concurrently with the course. The degree awarded is 
the Bachelor of Science. 

Minor 

The requirements for a minor in chemistry are as follows: General Chemistry I and II 
(with laboratories), Organic Chemistry I and II (with laboratories), Elementary Quan- 
titative Analysis (with laboratory) and one additional lecture course in chemistry. 

CHM 101. General Chemistry 1 4 hours 

General Chemistry I is the first semester of a two-semester course sequence. This two- 
semester sequence is an introduction to the fundamental principles of chemistry, in- 



165 



eluding a study of the theories of the structure of atoms and molecules and the nature 
of the chemical bond; the properties of gases, liquids and solids; the rates and ener- 
getics of chemical reactions; the properties of solutions; chemical equilibria; electro- 
chemistry and the chemical behavior of representative elements. Prerequisite: Comple- 
tion of the mathematics requirement as described above. Corequisite: CHM 101L. A 
grade of "C-" or higher must be earned in CHM 101 before taking CHM 102. 

CHM 101L. General Chemistry Laboratory 1 1 hour 

The laboratory course is designed to complement General Chemistry I. Various labora- 
tory techniques will be introduced. Experiments will demonstrate concepts covered in 
the lecture material. Corequisite: CHM 101. 

CHM 102. General Chemistry II 4 hours 

General Chemistry II is the second semester of a two-semester course sequence. This 
two-semester sequence is an introduction to the fundamental principles of chemis- 
try, including a study of the theories of the structure of atoms and molecules and the 
nature of the chemical bond; the properties of gases, liquids and solids; the rates and 
energetics of chemical reactions; the properties of solutions; chemical equilibria; 
electro-chemistry and the chemical behavior of representative elements. Prerequisites: 
Completion of the mathematics requirement as described above; CHM 101 and CHM 
101L with a grade of "C-" or higher. Corequisite: CHM 102L. 

CHM 102L. General Chemistry Laboratory II 1 hour 

The laboratory course is designed to complement General Chemistry II. Various labo- 
ratory techniques will be introduced. Experiments will demonstrate concepts covered 
in the lecture material. Corequisite: CHM 102. 

CHM 200. Independent Study in Chemistry -5 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

CHM 201. Organic Chemistry I 4 hours 

Organic Chemistry I is the first semester of a two-semester course sequence. This two- 
semester sequence is an introductory course in the principles and theories of organic 
chemistry. The structure, preparation and reactions of various functional groups will 
be investigated. Emphasis will be on synthesis and reaction mechanisms. Prerequisite: 
CHM 102 and CHM 102L with a grade of "C-" or higher course. Corequisite: CHM 
201L. A grade of "C-" or higher must be earned in CHM 201 before taking CHM 202. 

CHM 201L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 1 hour 

The laboratory course is designed to complement Organic Chemistry I. Various tech- 
niques, such as distillation, extraction and purification, are studied in the first semes- 
ter. The second semester involves synthesis and identification of a variety of organic 
compounds. Corequisite: CHM 201. 

CHM 202. Organic Chemistry II 4 hours 

Organic Chemistry II is the second semester of a two-semester course sequence. This 
two-semester sequence is an introductory course in the principles and theories of or- 
ganic chemistry. The structure, preparation and reactions of various functional groups 



166 



will be investigated. Emphasis will be on synthesis and reaction mechanisms. Prereq- 
uisites: CHM 201 and CHM 201L with a grade of "C-" or higher. Corequisite: CHM 
202L. 

CHM 202L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II 1 hour 

The laboratory course is designed to complement Organic Chemistry II. Various tech- 
niques, such as distillation, extraction and purification, are studied in the first semes- 
ter. The second semester involves synthesis and identification of a variety of organic 
compounds. Corequisite: CHM 202. 

CHM 290. Special Topics in Chemistry 1-4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

CHM 301, CHM 302. Physical Chemistry I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

A systematic study of the foundations of chemistry. Particular attention is paid to 
thermodynamics, including characterization of gases, liquids, solids and solutions of 
electrolytes and nonelectrolytes; the First, Second and Third Laws; spontaneity and 
equilibrium; phase diagrams and one- and two-component systems; electrochemis- 
try; an introduction to the kinetic theory and statistical mechanics. Additionally, both 
phenomenological and mechanistic kinetics are presented, as is a brief introduction to 
quantum mechanics. Prerequisites: MAT 233, CHM 202 and PHY 102 with a grade of 
"C-" or higher in each course. 

CHM 301L, CHM 302L. Physical Chemistry Laboratory I, II 1 plus 1 hour 

Intended to complement the physical chemistry lecture courses, these courses provide 
the student with an introduction to physico-chemical experimentation. Corequisites: 
CHM 301, 302. 

CHM 310. Elementary Quantitative Analysis 4 hours 

An introduction to elementary analytical chemistry, including gravimetric and 
volumetric methods. Emphasis is on the theory of analytical separations, solubility, 
complex, acid-base and redox equilibria. Intended for both chemistry majors and those 
enrolled in pre-professional programs in other physical sciences and in the health sci- 
ences. Prerequisite: CHM 201 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

CHM 310L. Elementary Quantitative Analysis Laboratory 1 hour 

Analyses are carried out in this course which illustrate the methods discussed in CHM 
310. Corequisite: CHM 310. 

CHM 400. Independent Study in Chemistry 1-5 hours 

This course is intended for students of senior standing who wish to do independent 
laboratory and/or theoretical investigations in chemistry. Prerequisite: Submission 
of a proposed outline of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments 
approved by the instructor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second 
day of classes of the semester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study 
Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

CHM 422. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis 4 hours 

A discussion of the principles and applications of modern instrumentation used in 
analytical chemistry. Methods discussed are primarily non-optical, including an over- 
view of electrochemistry; potentiometric methods, including use of pH and other ion 
meters; electrogravimetry; coulometry; polarography; amperometry; gas- and liquid- 
chromatography. Course is offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: CHM 310 with a 
grade of "C-" or higher. 



167 



CHM 422L. Instrumental Methods Laboratory 1 hour 

This laboratory accompanies CHM 422 and will consider the practical applications of 
modern instrumentation in analytical chemistry. Corequisite CHM 422. 

CHM 424. Advanced Organic Chemistry 4 hours 

A discussion of selected reactions and theories in organic chemistry. Emphasis is 
placed on reaction mechanisms and reactive intermediates encountered in organic 
synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 202 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

CHM 424L. Advanced Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 hour 

Intended to complement Advanced Organic Chemistry, this course will investigate gen- 
eral reactions and mechanistic principles in organic synthesis. The study will require 
the multi-step synthesis of various organic molecules. Corequisite: CHM 424. 
CHM 432. Inorganic Chemistry 4 hours 

A study of the principles of modern inorganic chemistry, including atomic structure; 
molecular structure; ionic bonding; crystal structures of ionic solids, a systematic study 
of the behavior of inorganic anions; coordination chemistry, including structure and 
mechanisms of aqueous reactions; acids and bases. Course is offered in alternate years. 
Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 302. 

CHM 432L. Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory 1 hour 

Intended to complement Inorganic Chemistry, this course provides experience in the 
methods of preparation and characterization of inorganic compounds. Corequisite: 
CHM 432. 

CHM 434. Organic Spectroscopy 4 hours 

A course dealing with several spectroscopic methods as applied to organic molecules. 
The principles and interpretation of ultra-violet, visible, infrared, mass and nuclear 
magnetic resonance spectra will be studied. Course is offered in alternate years. Prereq- 
uisite: CHM 202 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

CHM 434L. Organic Spectroscopy Laboratory 1 hour 

Students enrolled in this course use various spectrometers for qualitative and quantita- 
tive analysis. Corequisite: CHM 434. 

CHM 480. Internship in Chemistry 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permis- 
sion of the faculty supervisor, qualification for the internship program, permission of 
an internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the 
Experiential Education Committee. 

CHM 490. Advanced Special Topics in Chemistry 1-5 hours 

Advanced topics will be offered generally for juniors and seniors in the following fields: 
Organic Chemistry, Organic Qualitative Analysis, Biochemistry, Theoretical Chemistry 
and Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the 
current semester course schedule. 



168 



Communication and Rhetoric Studies 



The program in communication and rhetoric studies prepares students to become criti- 
cally reflective citizens and practitioners in professions, including journalism, public 
relations, law, politics, broadcasting, advertising, public service, corporate communica- 
tions and publishing. Students learn to perform effectively as ethical communicators 
- as speakers, writers, readers and researchers who know how to examine and engage 
audiences, from local to global situations. Majors acquire theories, research methods 
and practices for producing as well as judging communication of all kinds - written, 
spoken, visual and multi-media. The program encourages students to understand 
messages, audiences and media as shaped by social, historical, political, economic and 
cultural conditions. Students have the opportunity to receive hands-on experience in 
a communication field of their choice through an internship. A leading center for the 
communications industry, Atlanta provides excellent opportunities for students to 
explore career options and apply their skills. 

The major in communication and rhetoric studies consists of at least 10 courses (40 
semester hours) in the discipline, only one of which may be an internship. All majors 
must also complete a minor course of study to connect their field to a related body of 
knowledge and to enhance career possibilities. Students are encouraged to broaden 
their knowledge and skills through this required minor in such areas as art, philosophy, 
psychology, business administration, politics and international studies. This minor 
requirement may not be fulfilled by the writing minor. Students completing courses 
toward a major or minor in communication and rhetoric studies must earn a grade of 
"C-" or higher. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Arts. 

Major 

The following courses are required: 

CRS 101. Theories of Communication and Rhetoric 

CRS 110. Public Speaking I 

CRS 250. Introduction to the Electronic Media 

One semester of a foreign language at the second semester 

elementary-level or higher (or the equivalent determined 

through testing) 

A minor course of study, excluding the writing minor 

Two courses selected from the following: 
CRS 240. Journalism 

CRS 260. Writing for Business and the Professions 
CRS 320. Persuasive Writing 
WRI 290. Special Topics in Writing or 
WRI 490. Advanced Special Topics in Writing 

Five courses selected from the following list with at least three of them bearing the CRS 
designation. Two of the five must be completed at the 400-level (not including Intern- 
ship in Communication and Rhetoric Studies). 

CRS 111. Public Speaking II 

CRS 115. Video Production 

CRS 215. Documentary Filmmaking 

CRS 200. Independent Study in Communication and Rhetoric 

CRS 250. Introduction to the Electronic Media 

CRS 280. Gender, Culture, and Communication 

CRS 290. Special Topics in Communication and Rhetoric Studies: 

CRS 340. Mass Media Effects 

CRS 400. Advanced Independent Study in Communication and 
Rhetoric Studies 



169 



CRS 401. Internship in Communication and Rhetoric Studies 

CRS 415. Survey of Research Methods 

CRS 420. Media, Culture and Society 

CRS 470. Globalization and the Media 

CRS 480. Rhetoric of Human Rights 

CRS 490. Advanced Special Topics in Communication 

and Rhetoric Studies 

ENG 230. Creative Writing 

ENG 231. Biography and Autobiography 

ENG 331. Writing Prose, Fiction and Nonfiction 

WRI 200. Independent Study in Writing 

WRI 290. Special Topics in Writing 

WRI 400. Advanced Independent Study in Writing 

WRI 490. Advanced Special Topics in Writing 

Minor 

A student may take a communication and rhetoric studies minor or writing minor, but 
not both. The minor consists of 20 semester hours. (For the requirements of the writ- 
ing minor, please see the description of the writing minor in alphabetical order below). 

The following course is required: 

CRS 101. Theories of Communication and Rhetoric 

One course selected from the following: 
CRS 240. Journalism 

CRS 260. Writing for Business and the Professions 
CRS 320. Persuasive Writing 

Three courses selected from the following. One of the three must be completed at the 
300-level or higher. 

CRS 110. Public Speaking I 

CRS 111. Public Speaking II 

CRS 115. Video Production 

CRS 215. Documentary Filmmaking 

CRS 250. Introduction to the Electronic Media 

CRS 280. Gender, Culture, and Communication 

CRS 340. Mass Media Effects 

CRS 420. Media, Culture and Society 

CRS 470. Globalization and the Media 

CRS 480. Rhetoric of Human Rights 

CRS 490. Advanced Special Topics in Communication 
and Rhetoric Studies 

CRS 101. Theories of Communication and Rhetoric 4 hours 

This gateway course to the major is designed to establish a broad understanding of 
various theories used in communication and rhetoric studies. Students will learn 
theories about messages themselves as well as the various contexts in which they occur: 
interpersonal communication, public communication, mass communication, intercul- 
tural and gendered communication and organizational communication. The ethical 
implications of these theories will also be considered. 

CRS 110. Public Speaking 1 4 hours 

This course is designed to develop and enhance students' ability to communicate ef- 
fectively to any audience. Students will deliver both prepared and impromptu speeches. 
They will give humorous and inspirational speeches as well as informational speeches 
focusing on organization and the use of visual aids. Students develop all the tools nec- 



170 



essary to effectively communicate - their voice, their gestures, their body language and 
their eye contact. They will receive timely written and oral feedback from the instruc- 
tor. Speeches will be videotaped and critiqued. The goal is to become a more polished 
and confident speaker. Prerequisite: Students who speak English as a second language 
must have permission of the instructor. 

CRS 111. Public Speaking II 4 hours 

This course develops communication skills gained in Public Speaking I. Students will 
learn to convey their messages directly, confidently and persuasively. Students will 
practice delivering persuasive speeches for a variety of occasions from the classroom to 
the boardroom. They will learn to make the closing argument to the jury, to field the 
difficult interview question, to close the sale, to give the congratulatory toast and to de- 
liver the inspirational speech. Speeches will be videotaped and critiqued. Prerequisites: 
CRS 110 and students who speak English as a second language must have permission 
of the instructor. 

CRS 115. Video Production 4 hours 

This course will introduce students to the techniques and tools of basic video produc- 
tion. Students will learn to think visually and consider lighting, color, composition and 
movement as they relate to production. The importance of sound and how audible and 
visual components support and complement each other will be considered. Students 
will have the opportunity to work with video editing software. This course is also cross 
listed as ART 105. 

CRS 200. Independent Study in Communication and Rhetoric Studies. ..1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. It is open 
to students pursuing a major in communication and rhetoric studies. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

WRI 200. Independent Study in Writing 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. It is open to 
students pursuing a minor in writing or a major in communication and rhetoric stud- 
ies. Prerequisites: Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed 
outline of study approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and 
the provost or associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the 
registrar's office no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of 
study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regula- 
tions and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

CRS 215. Documentary Filmmaking 4 hours 

This course covers the theory and practice of planning and executing public affairs, in- 
formational and cultural documentary programs. Students will be introduced to short- 
form and long-form documentaries, emphasizing the technical and aesthetic aspects of 
documentary filmmaking using video production techniques. Production projects will 
be geared toward the development of proficiency in documentary planning, writing, 
production and post-production. Students will produce short documentaries using a 
combination of personal cameras and broadcast quality cameras and digital editing 
equipment. This course is also cross listed as ART 205. Prerequisite: CRS 115 or ART 
105, or permission of the instructor. 



171 



CRS 240. Journalism 4 hours 

This course teaches the fundamentals of journalistic news writing and reporting. From 
interviews to the internet, students will learn how to gather information from a variety 
of sources and write stories using different types of leads, endings and structures. They 
will also engage in a critique of today's journalistic practices. This course is offered in 
the fall semester. 

CRS 250. Introduction to the Electronic Media 4 hours 

This course is designed to introduce students to the economic, regulatory and creative 
forces that shape the broadcast industry. The course will raise theoretical questions 
and practical concerns about the different types of media (TV, radio and the internet) 
that deal with the electronic transmission of information. The focus will be on industry 
trends and on current issues facing these media industries. Offered in the spring. 

CRS 260. Writing for Business and the Professions 4 hours 

This course is for students who have mastered the basic skills and insights of writing 
and who wish to improve their ability to write clear, concise, persuasive prose designed 
for audiences in business and the professions. Students are required to write a variety 
of texts, such as proposals, progress reports, recommendation reports and manuals. 
Other elements of the course may include oral presentations. Prerequisites: COR 101 
and COR 102. 

CRS 280. Gender, Culture, and Communication 4 hours 

This course investigates the relationships among gender, culture, and communica- 
tion. Students will explore theoretical approaches to gender; the cultural histories of 
women's, men's and transgender movements; cultural views of gendered interaction, 
including discourse and relational styles as well as other performances; and the prac- 
tices of gendered communication and identity in a variety of cultural and institutional 
contexts. Offered every spring. This course is also cross listed as WGS 280. 

CRS 290. Special Topics in Communication and Rhetoric Studies 4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

CRS 320. Persuasive Writing 4 hours 

This course is designed to develop sophisticated strategies of persuasion for analyzing 
and generating arguments responsive to targeted audiences in a variety of contexts, 
including civic, professional and academic. Students will learn both classical and con- 
temporary strategies of persuasion. Emphasis will be on presenting clear, coherent and 
logical arguments. Students will be asked to define their own projects within assigned 
contexts. Students will evaluate their own and others' writing to enable the revision 
process. This course is open to sophomores, juniors and seniors only. It is offered in the 
fall semester. Prerequisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

CRS 340. Mass Media Effects 4 hours 

This course examines how various media influence individuals and society. The focus 
will be on the influence of news, entertainment programming, advertising and public 
communication campaigns. Students will become more aware of media influence and 
develop an understanding of the role of media effects research in public policy. Prereq- 
uisites: COR 101 and CRS 101. 



172 



CRS 400. Advanced Independent Study in Communication 

and Rhetoric Studies 1-4 hours 

Supervised advanced research on a selected topic. Open to students pursuing a major 
in communication and rhetoric studies. Prerequisite: Submission of an application 
which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study approved by the instructor, the 
division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or associate provost. The complet- 
ed application must be submitted to the registrar's office no later than the final day of 
the drop/add period of the semester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent 
Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

WRI 400. Advanced Independent Study in Writing 1-4 hours 

Supervised advanced research on a selected topic. Open to students pursuing a minor 
in writing or a major in communication and rhetoric studies. Prerequisite: Submission 
of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study approved by the 
instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or associate provost. 
The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office no later than 
the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For additional criteria, 
see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies section of this 
Bulletin. 

CRS 401. Internship in Communication and Rhetoric Studies 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity to 
qualified students. An internship for the writing minor must be writing intensive. The 
internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty supervisor in the relevant 
field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours for every hour of academic 
credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have regularly scheduled meet- 
ings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper dealing with some aspect of 
the internship. Written work should total five pages of academic writing for every hour 
of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained by career services, including 
opportunities at CNN, Fox 5, WSB-TV, Green Olive Media and The Atlanta Journal- 
Constitution. Students are strongly encouraged to do multiple internships, but only 4 
semester hours can be applied as elective credits to the major. Graded on a satisfactory/ 
unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty supervisor, qualification 
for the internship program permission of an internship site supervisor and acceptance 
of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Education Committee. 

CRS 415. Survey of Research Methods 4 hours 

This course introduces students to qualitative and quantitative methods such as sur- 
veys, experiments, archival research, hermeneutical research, case studies and causal 
analysis. The class will examine these research methods from several different angles 
including research techniques specific to each method, skills to critically evaluate such 
research, the epistemological considerations and practical consequences of undertak- 
ing such research. Students considering graduate school or careers that require them 
to sue and assess research may find this course particularly valuable. This course is 
also cross listed as POL 371 and SOC 310. Offered spring semester in alternate years. 
Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of the instructor. 

CRS 420. Media, Culture and Society 4 hours 

Using various approaches from cultural studies to political economy, students exam- 
ine how meaning is created by the media. This course focuses on media texts, media 
institutions and media audiences and the way they intersect to shape culture. Topics 
covered include media representations of gender, race and class. Offered alternate fall 
semesters. Prerequisites: CRS 101 and junior standing, or permission of the instructor. 



173 



CRS 470. Globalization and the Media 4 hours 

The rapid evolution of communication technologies has increased the ability of global 
media corporations to reach audiences around the world. This course examines the 
political, economic and cultural dimensions of media globalization. Topics covered 
include cultural imperialism, global media corporations, international trade organiza- 
tions and regulatory bodies, global advertising and cultural protectionism. Offered 
alternate fall semesters. Prerequisites: CRS 101 and junior standing, or permission of 
the instructor. 

CRS 480. Rhetoric of Human Rights 4 hours 

This course investigates the theories and rhetorical strategies used to practice human 
rights as "universal" and the critical challenges of this universality. The rhetoric of uni- 
versal human rights as it is actually used in texts by competing interests in an increas- 
ingly globalized and culturally diverse world communally will be evaluated. Prerequi- 
sites: CRS 101 and junior standing, or permission of the instructor. 

CRS 490. Advanced Special Topics in Communication and 

Rhetoric Studies 4 hours 

This advanced course will examine selected topics in rhetoric, communications or 
media studies, such as Civic Literacy; Global Culture and Rhetoric; Political Rhetoric. 
This course may be taken more than once. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in 
the current semester course schedule. 

WRI 490. Advanced Special Topics in Writing 4 hours 

Study of a selected topic in the field of writing, such as Public Relations Writing, Scien- 
tific and Technical Writing, Oral History and The Art of the Essay. The topic will vary 
from year to year and may be offered by communication and rhetoric studies faculty or 
English faculty. Prerequisites for special topics taken with communication and rhetoric 
studies faculty: See individual course listing in the current semester course schedule. 

Computer Science 

Minor 

The minor in computer science is currently under review. In light of this, new students 
will not be accepted to this program until further notice. However, the following com- 
puter science courses will continue to be offered pending the outcome of the review 
process. 

CSC 101. Data Manipulation Software 2 hours 

This course introduces the use of spreadsheet and database software to organize, man- 
age, present and make calculations from data. The course is designed for accounting, 
business and economics majors; however, other students are welcome. The course uses 
the Microsoft Office software suite. 

CSC 201. Introduction to Programming 4 hours 

This course introduces the student to the fundamental techniques of problem solving 
and algorithm construction. The student will design and complete several substantial 
programming projects, most having significant mathematical content. Topics include 
data types, control structures, file manipulation, functions, parameters, classes, arrays, 
dynamic data structures, abstract data types, object-oriented programming and inter- 
net programming. The computer language used in the course will be at the discretion 
of the instructor. Prerequisite: MAT 102 or permission of the instructor. 



174 



CSC 290. Special Topics in Computer Science 1-4 hours 

This course provides an introductory examination of a contemporary topic in comput- 
ing and/or emerging technologies. The topic will vary from offering to offering. Pos- 
sible topics include Ethics and Computing, Information Systems and Web Design. This 
course may be taken more than once provided that the topic is different. Prerequisite: 
See individual course listing in the current semester course schedule. 

CSC 490. Advanced Special Topics in Computer Science 4 hours 

This course provides an advanced examination of a contemporary topic in computing 
and/or emerging technologies. The topic will vary from offering to offering. Possible 
topics include discipline-specific computing and technology, internet programming 
and management of information systems. This course may be taken more than once 
provided that the topic is different. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the 
current semester course schedule. 

Economics 

Economics is the study of decision making. Economics is used to examine individual 
behavior, interactions and the resulting social order. Basic economic principles govern 
all action. It is valuable to go into negotiations in markets, as well as the voting booth, 
prepared with a clear understanding of the business strategies, government policies 
and decision outcomes that will affect society. Knowledge of how markets function is 
helpful to both business people and voters who will make decisions about such market- 
related economic matters as taxes, interest ceilings, minimum wages and public utility 
rates. A student majoring in economics will evaluate property rights assessments, the 
incentives created and resulting social order, replacing uninformed opinions about 
complex situations with disciplined thought. 

Students majoring in economics will be prepared to analyze complex problems and 
communicate their findings. The student will be introduced to the technical terminol- 
ogy of business, analytical tools for problem solving and communication methods, 
including business writing and presentation. Internships are available to provide 
preparation for careers after graduation. 

The major provides an excellent foundation for careers in business, law, politics, as 
well as government and other not-for-profit entities or to pursue graduate studies in 
economics or business administration. 

Major 

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree must complete the following require- 
ments with a grade of "C-" or higher: 

ACC 230. Financial Accounting 

ACC 231. Managerial Accounting 

BUS 260. Principles of Management 

BUS 310. Corporate Finance 

BUS 350. Marketing 

BUS 469. Strategic Management 

CSC 101. Data Manipulation Software 

ECO 121. Introduction to Economics 

ECO 221. Intermediate Microeconomics 

ECO 222. Intermediate Macroeconomics 

ECO 429. Econometrics 

MAT HI. Statistics 

MAT 121. Applied Calculus 



175 



Major 

Students pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete the following requirements 
with a grade of "C-" or higher: 

CSC 101. Data Manipulation Software 

ECO 121. Introduction to Economics 

ECO 221. Intermediate Microeconomics 

ECO 222. Intermediate Macroeconomics 

ECO 429. Econometrics 

MAT 111. Statistics 

MAT 121. Applied Calculus 

One semester of a foreign language at the second semester 
elementary level or higher 
Minor 

Students desiring to minor in economics must complete the following courses with a 
grade of "C-" or higher: 

ECO 121. Introduction to Economics 

ECO 221. Intermediate Microeconomics 

ECO 222. Intermediate Macroeconomics 

The student must also complete two additional electives in economics. 

ECO 121. Introduction to Economics 4 hours 

This course is designed to familiarize the student with basic economic principles and 
concepts. The student will be introduced to a few key economic principles that can be 
used in analyzing various economic events. The materials will include a history of eco- 
nomic thought, monetary and financial economics and supply and demand analysis. 

ECO 200. Independent Study in Economics 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student 's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar 's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

ECO 221. Intermediate Microeconomics 4 hours 

This course develops the economic principles necessary to analyze and interpret the 
decisions of individuals and firms with respect to consumption, investment, produc- 
tion, pricing and hiring. The principles are used to understand the behavior of business 
firms and public policy-making institutions. Prerequisites: ECO 121 and MAT 121. 

ECO 222. Intermediate Macroeconomics 4 hours 

This course examines the goals of economic policy and the policy instruments available 
to achieve those goals. Attention is given to both monetary and fiscal policy along with 
the theoiy and measurement of national income, employment and price levels and the 
international implications of economic policy. Prerequisites: ECO 121and sophomore 
standing. 

ECO 290. Special Topics in Economics 4 hours 

An intense study of diverse topics under the direct supervision of an economics faculty 
member. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 



176 



ECO 320. Economic Development 4 hours 

This course is a study of the economic, social and political factors that account for the 
contrast between the economic stagnation in much of the world and the steadily rising 
incomes in the United States, Europe and Japan. General principles are applied to the 
development experience of selected countries in the historically less-developed world 
and the formerly centrally-planned economies of Eastern and Central Europe. Prereq- 
uisites: ECO 221 and ECO 222. 

ECO 323. International Economics 4 hours 

This course is a study of international trade and finance. The microfoundations of the 
course will address why countries trade, why special interest groups fight international 
trade, regional specialization, international agreements on tariffs and trade and na- 
tional commercial policies. The macrofoundations of the course will focus on exchange 
rates, balance of payments, international investments and coordination and coopera- 
tion of international monetary and fiscal policies. Prerequisite: ECO 121. 

ECO 324. History of Economic Thought 4 hours 

This course is a study of the major writers and schools of economic thought related to 
the economic, political and social institutions of their times: the Medieval, Mercantil- 
ist, Physiocrat, Classical, Marxist, Historical, Neoclassical, Institutionalist, Keynesian 
and post-Keynesian schools. Prerequisite: ECO 121. 

ECO 325. Environmental Economics 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to economic methods that will allow the student to un- 
derstand the economic causes of environmental problems and to evaluate the economic 
impact of environmental policies. It will introduce the student to a wide range of cur- 
rent environmental problems and issues such as hazardous and municipal solid waste, 
water and air quality concerns, biodiversity, global warming and sustainable develop- 
ment. Topics will include externalities, benefit-cost analysis, alternative policy instru- 
ments as solutions to environmental problems, market failures, policy decision process 
and risk analysis. Prerequisites: ECO 121 and junior or senior standing. 

ECO 326. United States Economic History 4 hours 

This course will study the origin and growth of the American economic system from 
pre-colonial through the 20th century. The course traces the development of the evolu- 
tion of American agricultural, commercial, manufacturing, financial, labor, regulatory 
and technological sectors. Prerequisite: ECO 121. 

ECO 400. Advanced Independent Study in Economics 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

ECO 421. Money and Banking 4 hours 

This course will study the role of private financial institutions and the Federal Re- 
serve System in the creation of the nation's money supply and the theory that links the 
money supply to the nation s inflation rate and output level. Additional topics are the 
international payments mechanism, capital flows, the determination of exchange rates 
and the use of a common currency by several countries. Prerequisites: CSC 101, ECO 
221 and ECO 222. 



177 



ECO 423. Economics of Antitrust Law 4 hours 

This course is a study of the structure of firms within a given industry, the correspond- 
ing strategic decisions and conduct and the United States' antitrust policy that is 
intended to facilitate competitive market goals across the economy. Topics will include 
competition, dominant firm and cartel theory, measurement of industry structure 
and performance, strategic behavior in pricing, advertising and information, vertical 
integration, regulation and law and international markets. Prerequisite: ECO 221 with 
a grade of "C-" or higher. 

ECO 424. Labor Economics 4 hours 

This course will be a comprehensive study of the cause and effect relationship between 
work and income. It will examine labor market structures, human capital theory, 
union-management relations, labor history, economic policy and earning profiles by 
gender and race. Prerequisites: ECO 221 and ECO 222. 

ECO 425. Public Finance 4 hours 

An analysis of the impact of federal, state and local government expenditures, rev- 
enues, debt management and budgeting on the allocation of resources, the distribution 
of income, the stabilization of national income and employment and economic growth. 
Topics will include expenditure patterns, tax structure, benefit-cost analysis, policy 
analysis and mieroeconomic and macroeconomic theories of public expenditures and 
taxation. Prerequisites: ECO 221 and ECO 222. 

ECO 426. Internship in Economics 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of aca- 
demic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained by 
career services, including opportunities at the Federal Reserve Bank and Prudential Se- 
curities. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the 
faculty supervisor, qualification for the internship program, permission of an intern- 
ship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential 
Education Committee. 

ECO 429- Econometrics 4 hours 

This course will introduce basic econometric theory and applications related to the 
use of classic linear regression model. Students will perform empirical tests of various 
economic theories using Excel and other computer software. Particular emphasis will 
be placed on understanding the strengths and weaknesses of ordinary least squares 
regression (OLS) and interpreting its results. Offered every spring. Prerequisites: ECO 
121, MAT 111 and MAT 121. 

ECO 490. Advanced Special Topics in Economics 4 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current semester course schedule. 

Education 

Grounded in the liberal arts tradition, the education program emphasizes strong 
academic preparation of teachers who are lifelong learners. Teacher education at 
Oglethorpe University is designed to challenge students to think critically about issues 



178 



in education, to be informed decision makers and to become change agents in their 
schools. With strong connections to the Atlanta community, both urban and suburban, 
Oglethorpe is committed to preparing teachers for the variety of settings and diverse 
populations of metropolitan schools. 

The following courses are offered as co-requisites to the Master of Arts in Teaching 
Program. 

EDU 101. Foundations of American Education 4 hours 

This course is an overview of the historical, philosophical, ethical and legal issues in 
American education. Issues of equity will be examined. A variety of teaching strategies 
and assessment will be implemented. Twenty-five field-experience hours outside of 
class meetings are necessary in order to meet the service-learning requirements of this 
course. 

EDU 201. Educational Psychology 4 hours 

This course will encompass learning theory and its application to such problems as 
classroom management, the organization of learning activities, understanding indi- 
vidual differences and evaluating teaching and learning. Emphasis is given to factors 
which facilitate and interfere with learning. 

EDU 401. The Exceptional Child 4 hours 

This course is designed to assist regular classroom teachers in the identification and 
education of children who have special needs. In addition to characteristics of special 
learners, students will study topics such as the referral process, educational approaches 
for use with special learners, methods of diagnostic teaching, mainstreaming and 
inclusion. 

EDU 490. Advanced Special Topics n Education 4 hours 

Advanced courses are offered generally for juniors or seniors to respond to topical 
needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current 
semester course schedule. 

Educational Studies Minor 

Early in their tenure at Oglethorpe, undergraduate students wishing to complete a 
minor in educational studies should contact a faculty member from the Division of 
Education to be advised on the minor. Students wishing to complete a minor in educa- 
tional studies choose one of the following three strands: 

1) Precertifi cation 

The Precertification strand of the educational studies minor allows students to com- 
plete courses that are prerequisite requirements for the Master of Arts in Teaching 
Early Childhood Education program. These courses are also likely to be required in 
programs that lead to other certification areas that Oglethorpe graduates might pursue 
elsewhere. 

The following courses are required: 

EDU 101. Foundations of American Education 

EDU 201. Educational Psychology 

EDU 401. The Exceptional Child 

PSY 201. Developmental Psychology * 



179 



2) Education and Learners 

The Education and Learners strand of the educational studies minor allows students to 
focus on the various aspects of development and learning. 

The following courses are required: 

EDU 101. Foundations of American Education 

EDU 201. Educational Psychology 

Two courses selected from the following: 

EDU 401. The Exceptional Child 

EDU 490. Advanced Special Topics in Education 

PSY 201. Developmental Psychology * 

PSY 203. Learning and Conditioning * 

PSY 204. Social Psychology * 

PSY 303. Psychological Testing * 

PSY 307. Cognitive Psychology * 

* The prerequisite for this course, PSY 101, must be completed with a grade of "C-" or 
higher. 

3) Education and Culture 

The Education and Culture strand of the educational studies minor allows students to 
focus on the role of education in society. 

The following course is required: 

EDU 101. Foundations of American Education 

Three courses selected from the following: 

EDU 490. Advanced Special Topics in Education - 

SOC 202. The American Experience 

SOC 306. Race, Ethnicity and Immigration 

SOC 308. Culture and Society 

ULP 303. The New American City ** 

ULP 304. Community Issues: Principles into Practice ** 

** If students choose both urban leadership program courses as electives, only one of the 
two urban leadership program courses can be counted toward both the urban leadership 
program and the educational studies minor. 

Master of Arts in Teaching Early Childhood 
Education (Grades P-5) 

The Master of Arts in Teaching Early Childhood Education (Grades P-5) program at 
Oglethorpe University is based on a commitment to a broad liberal arts background as 
the best content preparation for teaching and preparing teachers for the diverse popula- 
tions of metropolitan schools. The program emphasizes strong academic preparation and 
the role of teacher as learner. The teacher education program at Oglethorpe has strong 
connections to the Atlanta community - both urban and suburban. The program offers 
both the Master of Arts in Teaching degree and initial certification for Early Childhood 
educators upon recommendation to the Georgia Professional Standards Commission. 
Successful completion of all program requirements is necessary to be recommended for a 
teaching certificate. 



180 



Admission to the Graduate Program 

Application forms may be obtained from the admission office. To be admitted to the 
graduate program, applicants must meet the following admission criteria: 

1. Completion of a bachelor's degree at a regionally accredited institution. 
Oglethorpe undergraduate students are eligible to apply to the program and 
"bridge" into the Master of Arts in Teaching Program, which allows them to 
take graduate-level courses in the MAT program, in the final semester of their 
senior year. Only students who have satisfactorily met all undergraduate major 
and Core requirements are eligible for this early program entry option. To pre- 
pare for this option, those undergraduate students who are interested should 
see a faculty member in the Division of Education early in their Oglethorpe 
tenure. 

2. A minimum undergraduate grade point average of 2.8 from all college work. 

3. Satisfactory progress at the undergraduate level on the following certification 
corequisites: 

two courses in humanities (including English composition) 

two courses in history and the social sciences 

two courses in mathematics 

two courses in laboratory science 

two courses in the arts 

EDU 101 Foundation of American Education, or equivalent 

EDU 201 Educational Psychology, or equivalent 

EDU 401 The Exceptional Child, or equivalent 

PSY 201 Developmental Psychology, or equivalent 

Note: Undergraduate co-requisite courses not met in the student's undergraduate 

program may be completed at Oglethorpe or any regionally accredited institu- 
tion. Completion options may include online courses or CLEP tests for some 
courses. Courses should be approved by the student's adviser to ensure equiva- 
lence. Any certification co-requisites not completed at the time of admission 
will be incorporated into the student's overall program requirements. 

4. A passing score on three GACE Basic Skills exams (reading, writing and math- 
ematics) or SAT, GRE or ACT scores that allow for exemption of GACE Basic 
Skills. Exempting scores are as follows: 

• SAT total score 1000, combined verbal and math 

• ACT total score 43, combined English and math 

• GRE total score 1030, combined verbal and quantitative 

5. A combined score of 1000 on the verbal and quantitative portions of the GRE 

6. A 500- to 1000-word written "Experience Statement" that describes experi- 
ences working with children as, for example, a tutor, camp counselor, day care 
worker, church school teacher, substitute teacher or volunteer working with 
children. 

7. Three letters of recommendation, at least one of which must be from a faculty 
adviser or university professor who can speak to the applicant s academic 
readiness for graduate study and at least one from a supervisor in a work or 
volunteer setting who can speak to the applicant's dispositions for leadership 
and productive exchange. 

8. If an applicant is accepted in "conditional status" and allowed to begin the pro- 
gram pending late receipt of some admission documents, the applicant must 
meet all admission requirements prior to beginning a second semester in the 
program. 

Note: Admission to the graduate program does not indicate ultimate acceptance as a 
candidate for the master's degree. See Admission to Candidacy below. 



181 



Program Completion Requirements 

Candidates for the degree and initial certification must meet the following require- 
ments: 

1. Maintain a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher for all work taken 
at Oglethorpe. 

2. Complete all graduate courses successfully in the Master of Arts in Teaching 
Early Childhood Education program (48 semester hours) with a grade of "C" or 
higher. 

3. Complete 100 hours of field experience prior to student teaching and a 
semester-long student teaching experience - EDU 619 Student Teaching and 
Capstone Seminar. 

4. Pass both GACE Early Childhood Education Tests (Test I and Test II) and suc- 
cessfully complete any remaining certification corequisites prior to enrolling 
for EDU 619 Student Teaching and Capstone Seminar. (Any exceptions to this 
provision must be approved by the student's adviser.) 

5. Complete EDU 619 Student Teaching and Capstone Seminar successfully in a 
full-day K-5 program, with no more than two attempts to successfully com- 
plete this course. In order to enroll in the course, students must show proof 
of liability insurance and sign the "Personal Affirmation," affirming their legal 
status and giving the Georgia Professional Standards Commission the right to 
perform a background check, if required. 

6. Compile and successfully present an electronic professional portfolio. In this 
portfolio, candidates must demonstrate their knowledge base for each of the 10 
INTASC standards. 

7- Submit an application for graduation to the registrar's office by the last day of 
drop/add in the semester in which degree requirements will be completed. 

8. Satisfy all financial and other obligations to the university and submit payment 
for the degree completion fee. 

9. Participate in assessments of competencies gained and curricular effectiveness 
by completing standardized or other test and surveys. 

10. Receive formal faculty and Board of Trustees approval for graduation. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Graduate students must be admitted to candidacy before enrolling for EDU 619 Stu- 
dent Teaching and Capstone Seminar. The candidacy application must be filed with the 
chair of the Division of Education. Admission to candidacy may be given or denied fol- 
lowing a careful review of all work of the student, including disposition for teaching as 
demonstrated in the field experience. Notice of action taken on the candidacy applica- 
tion will be given in writing to the student. 

Residency Requirements 

At least 30 semester hours of graduate work must be completed at Oglethorpe Univer- 
sity. 

Transfer Credit 

The Master of Aits in Teaching Early Childhood Education program at Oglethorpe is 
unique in both conception and implementation. For this reason, only limited transfer 
credit is possible. A maximum of eight semester hours of credit may be transferred 
from another accredited graduate institution subject to the following conditions: 

1. Transfer credit may be awarded for courses that are comparable to EDU 606 
Culture and Learning and/or EDU 603 Assessing Teaching and Learning. 
Transfer credit cannot be accepted for other courses. 

2. Determination of transfer credit is made by the chair of the Division of Educa- 
tion in consultation with the student's adviser and the faculty member who 



182 



teaches that course. The student must present a catalog course description for 
the requested course. Work already applied toward another degree cannot be 
accepted. 

3. Work must have been completed within the previous six years and must have 
been applicable toward a graduate degree at the institution where the credit 
was earned. 

4. Acceptance of transfer credit does not reduce the residency requirement. 

5. An official transcript showing the credits to be transferred must be on file in 
the registrar's office. A copy of the transcript should be attached to the request. 

6. Under no circumstances may credit earned through correspondence or online 
courses be applied toward satisfaction of graduate degree requirements. 

Advisement and Registration 

Upon admission to the graduate program, each student is assigned to a member of 
the faculty of the Division of Education who serves as adviser to guide the student in 
planning the program of study. Registration dates for each semester are listed in the 
Academic Calendar in this Bulletin. Registration occurs in November for the spring se- 
mester and in April for the summer and fall semesters. Students must meet with their 
advisers to plan for registration for courses. 

Course Load 

A full-time course load for graduate students is 12 semester hours or three courses. 

Tuition and Fees 

A nonrefundable application fee must accompany the application. Tuition is charged 
on a per-course basis. All fees are subject to change. Please direct inquiries regarding 
current fees to the business office. Upon completion of course requirements, a degree 
completion fee is charged. 

Academic Standards 

Candidates for the master's degree must meet the following academic standards: 

1. The student's overall grade point average for work in the graduate program 
must be 3.0 or higher. 

2. If in any case the candidate fails to maintain satisfactory academic and profes- 
sional standards, a review by the Teacher Education Council will determine the 
student's continuation in the program. 

3. Any student who falls below a 3.0 grade point average or has a total of two 
course grades of "C" or below will be placed on academic probation. A student 
who receives a third grade of "C" or less or who does not achieve a 3.0 grade 
point average upon completion of three additional graduate courses will be dis- 
missed from the program. A student will also be dismissed from the program 
following two unsuccessful attempts to complete EDU 619 Student Teaching 
and Capstone Seminar, regardless of the grade point average in prior graduate 
course work. 

EDU 601. Exploring Constructivist Teaching and Learning 4 hours 

The purposes of this course, the first in the Master of Arts in Teaching program 
sequence, are to explore the historical and philosophical foundations of constructiv- 
ist teaching and learning and to provide learners with pedagogical skills to plan, 
implement and assess inquiry-based instruction. Students will engage in regular and 
systematic reflection on their developing knowledge and then apply their knowledge in 
field-based classroom experiences in diverse settings. 



183 



EDU 603. Assessing Teaching and Learning 4 hours 

This course provides an introduction to the concepts and skills needed to develop 
paper-and-pencil and performance assessments for formative and summative class- 
room evaluation. Planning student evaluations, coordinating evaluations with objec- 
tives, item development, item analysis, relating evaluation to instruction, grading 
and reporting achievement outcomes to students, parents and school personnel are 
discussed. 

EDU 605. Literacies Workshop 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to tools for developing literacy in the broadest sense of 
the word. While focusing on writing, the course encourages discussion and develop- 
ment of literacy in other areas such as mathematics, visual arts and technology. The 
course is workshop based, involving students in developing their own literacies as they 
learn ways to support children's literacy development. 

EDU 606. Culture and Learning 4 hours 

This course represents an interdisciplinary study between educational psychology and 
anthropology. It focuses on the ways in which culture and mind, and more specifically, 
culture and self, mutually constitute each other. Through reflections, readings and in- 
quiry, students will develop teaching strategies that can effectively respond to a diverse 
educational system in which class, race, culture and family influence development and 
learning. This course has a theory into practice orientation. 

EDU 611. Arts of Diverse Peoples 4 hours 

This course provides future teachers with an appreciation and understanding of the 
arts disciplines of music, visual art, dance and theatre as a means to understand self, 
others and the human condition. It also offers students an opportunity for personal 
inquiry experiences and skill development in the arts so that they feel prepared to 
incorporate study of the arts into their classrooms. Students will engage in regular and 
systematic reflection on their developing knowledge base. Students will also apply their 
knowledge in field-based classroom experiences in diverse settings. 

EDU 612. Literacy and Literature 4 hours 

This course prepares students to be literacy teachers in diverse early childhood class- 
rooms. The course includes methods of literacy instruction and explorations in litera- 
ture from various cultural perspectives. Students will engage in regular and systematic 
reflection on their developing knowledge base and apply their knowledge in field-based 
classroom experiences in diverse settings. 

EDU 613. Studies of Diverse Cultures 4 hours 

This course includes exploration of social studies content and methods for teaching 
social studies in early childhood education. From a variety of perspectives, students will 
examine the types of questions social scientists ask about human experience, institu- 
tions and interactions. In the course, prospective teachers will use appropriate methods 
of inquiry to investigate some of those questions. They will engage in regular and sys- 
tematic reflection on their developing knowledge base and then apply that knowledge 
in field-based classroom experiences in diverse settings. 

EDU 614. Mathematical Inquiry 4 hours 

The foundation for this course is that knowing mathematics is doing mathematics; 
thereby, students will be prepared to teach mathematics well. The focus is mathematics 
content: number systems, geometry and an additional unit (from probability/statis- 
tics, graph theory or another appropriate area). Methods, assessment, technology and 
historical perspective are integral to this course. 



184 



EDU 615. Inquiring Into Science 4 hours 

In this course, students will explore nature, content and processes of science while 
examining current best practices and issues in teaching science to children. Students 
will understand the role that inquiry plays in the development of scientific knowledge. 
Students will explore relationships between science, technology and other curriculum 
areas in a community of diverse elementary learners. 

EDU 619. Student Teaching and Capstone Seminar 12 hours 

Student teaching, a supervised internship semester in a diverse elementary public 
school classroom, is the capstone experience in teacher preparation, the point at which 
theory and practice converge. The course includes 14 weeks of full-time participation 
and teaching in a public school classroom with weekly seminar meetings for profes- 
sional development. 

EDU 629. Advanced Special Topics in Education 1-12 hours 

Advanced courses are offered to respond to topical needs of the curriculum. Prerequi- 
site; See individual course listing in the current semester course schedule. 

Engineering - Dual Degree 

Oglethorpe is associated with the Georgia Institute of Technology, the University of 
Florida, Auburn University, Mercer University and the University of Southern Califor- 
nia in combined programs of liberal arts and engineering. The programs require the 
student to complete three years at Oglethorpe University and the final two years at one 
of these engineering schools. The three years at Oglethorpe include Core Curriculum 
courses, General Chemistry I and II, College Physics I and II, Calculus I-III, a choice of 
Differential Equations or Linear Algebra and other courses chosen based upon the stu- 
dent's intended engineering area of specialization. The two years of technical education 
require the completion of courses in one of the branches of engineering. 

In this combined plan, the two degrees which are awarded upon the successful comple- 
tion of the program are the degree of Bachelor of Arts by Oglethorpe University and 
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering by the engineering school. Because 
the required pre-engineering curricula of the five affiliated schools are slightly differ- 
ent, the student is advised to consult frequently with the faculty member serving as 
dual degree engineering program adviser. 

Note: The student need not fulfill the foreign language requirement specified for the 
Bachelor of Arts degree. 

Engineering is a difficult subject. Students can maximize their chances for success by 
starting at Oglethorpe where the faculty's primary concern is effective teaching and 
working closely with students. Classes are small and laboratories offer the opportunity 
for hands-on experience with sophisticated equipment. This strong foundation gives 
the student an excellent preparation for professional school, resulting in more effec- 
tive learning in advanced engineering courses. As a liberal arts and sciences univer- 
sity, Oglethorpe stresses broad education for intelligent leadership. Here, the student 
will explore the fundamental fields of knowledge, further his or her understanding 
of science and mathematics and refine the abilities to read, write, speak and reason 
with clarity. This preparation will serve the student well in any career but particularly 
so in the engineering field. With strong preparation in engineering plus a liberal arts 
education, the student will be ready for a variety of career positions. The dual degree 
engineering program provides an education that is both broad and deep - a combina- 
tion that will serve the graduate well as career responsibilities increase. 



185 



Note: Dual-degree students in engineering may not use Oglethorpe financial aid 
assistance to attend other institutions. 

English 

In literature courses, students examine written works to determine their meaning, 
to reach judgments about their value, to explore their relation to life and to derive 
pleasure. To these ends, students make written and oral analyses, supporting their 
conclusions with close examination of specific passages from the works of literature 
being studied. In both literature and writing courses, students learn to compose their 
generalizations and supporting details into a coherent structure of thought and lan- 
guage. Students in literary writing classes learn about poetiy, fiction and nonfiction by 
working to develop the insight, imagination and discipline required to create them and 
by studying instructive examples of these genres. 

An English major at Oglethorpe is excellent preparation for law school or any other 
professional training that requires students to interpret written material and support 
their assertions with specific evidence. Given the expressed need in the business com- 
munity for people who can communicate well orally and on paper, the combination of 
an English major and courses in business administration or an accounting minor may 
be very attractive to prospective employers. The course Writing for Business and the 
Professions focuses on the kinds of speaking and writing abilities graduates will need 
to get and keep jobs in personnel, sales and management. Oglethorpe graduates also 
work in public relations and editing, where they use their skill with words - a major 
emphasis of every English course. They go into teaching and sometimes work for pub- 
lishers, television stations, film-making companies or computer firms. They write press 
releases, training manuals, in-house newspapers and news copy. 

To help students bridge the gap between academic life and work experience, Ogletho- 
rpe places English majors in internships with area newspapers, publishing companies, 
public relations firms, cultural associations and radio and television stations. Such 
experiences enhance students' chances of finding the jobs they want after graduation. 

Major 

Students who major in English are required to take four period courses: Ancient 
Literature, Medieval and Renaissance Literature, 18th and 19th Century Literature 
and Modern and Contemporary Literature. Students also are required to take one 
writing course; Shakespeare or Chaucer; four electives from the upper-level (200 and 
300) literature courses and one semester of a foreign language at the second semester 
elementary-level or higher. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Arts. 

Minor 

Students who minor in English are required to take a minimum of five literature 
courses. At least three of these must be upper-level (300) courses. 

ENG 101. Ancient Literature 4 hours 

This course will examine the literature of the ancient world. Although the primary fo- 
cus will be on Greek, Roman and Hebrew culture, non-Western materials may also be 
studied. Works and authors might include: Gilgamesh, Homer, Job and Virgil. Offered 
every fall. 

ENG 102. Medieval and Renaissance Literature 4 hours 

This course will examine the transition of the cultural world of Dante to that of Shake- 
speare and Milton. Although the primary focus will be Western, non-Western works 
may also be studied. Texts and authors might include: Chretien, Dante, The Tale of 
Genji, Chaucer, Montaigne, Shakespeare, Cervantes and Milton. Offered every spring. 



186 



ENG 103. 18th and 19th Century Literature 4 hours 

Authors in this course might include: Defoe, Pope, Basho, Austen, Emerson, Twain and 
George Eliot. Offered every fall. 

ENG 104. Modern and Contemporary Literature 4 hours 

This course will investigate the literature of the 20th century. Authors might include: 
T.S. Eliot, Woolf, Lawrence, Frost, Morrison and Marquez. Offered every spring. 

ENG 200. Independent Study in Literature and Composition 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

ENG 201. Chaucer 4 hours 

Students will learn to read and appreciate the works of Geoffrey Chaucer, the first great 
English poet, in his original language; to enjoy the rich and varied nature of his works; 
to appreciate why he is called "the Father of English." Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 102 
and one 100-level English course. Offered every other year. 

ENG 202. Shakespeare 4 hours 

The plays and theatre of William Shakespeare. Offered in alternate years. Prerequi- 
sites: COR 101, COR 102 and one 100-level English course. 

ENG. 230. Creative Writing 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to writing poetry and prose fiction. The student will be 
asked to submit substantial written work each week, keep a journal and read published 
writers. Much class time will be spent discussing student and published work. Prereq- 
uisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

ENG 231. Biography and Autobiography 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to biographical and autobiographical writing with 
practice in the personal narrative as well as other forms such as the profile and the 
interview. Students will submit substantial written work each week and keep a journal. 
The class will follow a workshop format, discussing the students' and published work. 
Prerequisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

ENG 301. Russian Literature 4 hours 

This course will consist of Russian literature in translation, mostly fiction, mostly 
from the 19th century. Central to the course is Anna Karenina. In addition to Tolstoy, 
authors might include: Gogol, Dostoevski and Chekhov. Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 
102 and one 100-level English course. 

ENG 302. The Child in Literature 4 hours 

This course will involve a wide-ranging study of works which employ innocence, partic- 
ularly in childhood, in order to deepen the understanding of experience. Authors might 
include: Sophocles, Blake, Carroll, James and Kafka. Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 102 
and one 100-level English course. 



187 



ENG 303. American Poetry 4 hours 

This course will consider the work of major American poets such as Whitman, Dick- 
inson, Frost, Eliot and Williams. Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 102 and one 100-level 
English course. 

WGS 304. Women Poets 4 hours 

This course is a survey of poetry by women, from ancient Chinese, Persian and others 
in translation, to medieval Irish and Renaissance English, to 19th and 20th century 
Americans, as well as Eastern Europeans and Latin Americans in translation. Included 
will be several recent poets such as Gwendolyn Brooks, Adrienne Rich and Mary Oliver 
in order to discover what themes, images and attitudes seem to emerge from the works. 
Prerequisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

ENG 305. The Literature of King Arthur and Camelot 4 hours 

This course examines the major stories associated with King Arthur and his knights 
from the earliest recorded mention of them to the present. The course pays particular 
attention to those medieval texts that formed the popular literature of the Middle Ages 
and the various ways in which medieval authors adapted the legend to their purpose, 
whether that was to promote a political agenda, explore an idea, instruct or amuse. Of 
particular interest are the ways in which this legend is peculiarly able to accommodate 
a wide array of themes and ideas - a malleability that allows us to explore the nature 
of honor, goodness, love, holiness, chivalry, the relationship between the sexes, the 
promise of heaven and a host of other ideas that continue to animate our imaginations. 
Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 102 and one 100-level English course. 

ENG 309. The Literature of the City and the Country 4 hours 

This course will concentrate on 19th and 20th century English and American literature 
in order to deepen the student's understanding and test the conceptions of the natu- 
ral and the urban. Authors might include Wordsworth, Dickens, Thoreau, Woolf and 
Frost. Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 102 and one 100-level English course. 

ENG 315. Vision, Violence and Community in Milton, Blake, 

Whitman and Yeats 4 hours 

This course will examine works by four major visionary poets. In the historical context 
of English civil war, the French Revolution, the American Civil War and World War I 
and the Irish rebellions, they tried to envision for their cultures a restoration of com- 
munity between the temporal and the eternal, the human and the divine. In times of 
fragmentation and crisis, each re-invented a traditional mythology. A study will be 
made of their individual visions to those collective myths and to personal struggles. 
Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 102 and one 100-level English course. 

ENG 316. Satire: Ancient to Modern 4 hours 

This course examines the many forms of satire from different eras with works includ- 
ing plays by Aristophanes, Moliere and Beckett; poetry by Chaucer; prose by Swift, 
Rabelais, Voltaire, Melville, Twain, O'Connor, Anthony Burges or Don DeLillo; films by 
the Marx Brothers, Monty Python and Stanley Kubrik; and television shows like "The 
Colbert Report." Offered biennially in the spring. Prerequisite: COR 101. 

ENG 320. Modern Poetry and the Death of God ...4 hours 

Following the late 19 u, -century message that "God is dead," modern-era poets includ- 
ing T.S. Eliot, Wallace Stevens, Rainer Maria Rilke and William Carlos Williams, tried 
to find what Stevens called, "the satisfactions of belief," writing poems of "the mind in 
the act of finding what will suffice." Selections from these will be studied, along with 
samplings from a larger group of poets after 1950, to try to see how these writers see 



188 



and create meaning in their world, often under adverse circumstances. Prerequisites: 
COR 101 and COR 102. 

ENG 330. Writing Poetry 4 hours 

In weekly assignments students will try free verse and various forms in the effort to 
discover and to embody more and more truly what they have to say. Much time will be 
spent reading published poets, responding to student work in class and trying to gener- 
ate language that reveals rather than explains intangible "meanings." Prerequisites: 
COR 101 and COR 102. 

ENG 331. Writing Prose, Fiction and Nonfiction 4 hours 

Students will get instruction and substantial practice in writing fictional and nonfic- 
tional prose which aims at getting what Henry James called "a sense of felt life" onto 
the page. The class will follow a workshop format with weekly assignments, journal 
writing, extensive discussion of student work and reading of published examples. Pre- 
requisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

ENG 390. Special Topics in Drama 4 hours 

Drama as literature and genre, through survey and period studies. Prerequisites: COR 
101, COR 102 and one 100-level English course. 

ENG 391. Special Topics in Poetry 4 hours 

This course will focus on particular poets, movements, styles or periods. Prerequisites: 
COR 101, COR 102 and one 100-level English course. 

ENG 392. Special Topics in Fiction 4 hours 

English, American and continental narrative prose will be examined in the context of 
theme, period or genre. Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 102 and one 100-level English 
course. 

ENG 393. Special Topics in Literature and Culture 4 hours 

Courses relating literature with aspects of social and intellectual history or a particular 
issue or theme. Possible offerings may include women in literature, American civiliza- 
tion, African-American (or other ethnic) literature, popular culture, the literature of a 
single decade, children's literature and myth and folklore in literature. Usually offered 
in alternate years. Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 102 and one 100-level English course. 

ENG 394. Special Topics in Major British and American Authors 4 hours 

An intensive study of between one and five British or American authors. Prerequisites: 
COR 101, COR 102 and one 100-level English course. 

ENG 400. Advanced Independent Study in Literature and Composition . 1-4 hours 

Supervised study in specified genres or periods. Prerequisites: COR 101, COR 102 and 
one 100-level English course; submission of a proposed outline of study that includes 
a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instructor, the division chair 
and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the semester of study. For 
additional criteria see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Poli- 
cies section of this Bulletin. 

ENG 401. Internship in English 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 



189 



dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services, including opportunities at Atlanta Magazine, The Knight Agency 
and Peachtree Publishers. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: 
Permission of the faculty supervisor, qualification for the internship program, permis- 
sion of an internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by 
Experiential Education Committee. 

Environmental Studies - Dual Degree 

The Cooperative College Program coordinates the education of students at Oglethorpe 
University with graduate programs in environmental studies and natural resources 
offered by the Nicholas School of the Environment at Duke University. This program 
provides a unique combination of liberal arts and professional education well suited for 
those desiring to enter the fields of environmental studies or natural resources. Partici- 
pating Oglethorpe students are accepted into either of two degree programs at Duke: 
the Master of Environmental Management (MEM) or the Master of Forestry (MF). 
The degree awarded is determined by the student's area of concentration at Duke. The 
program accommodates a wide range of undergraduate backgrounds; students major- 
ing in one of the natural or social sciences, pre-engineering, economics or business 
administration are best suited for it. Although some students may prefer to complete 
the baccalaureate degree before undertaking graduate study at Duke, highly qualified 
students can reach a satisfactory level of preparation with three years of undergradu- 
ate study at Oglethorpe; all final admission decisions rest with the Nicholas School of 
the Environment. A Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded by Oglethorpe University upon 
successful completion of one year of study at Duke; after four semesters at Duke, in 
which at least 48 semester units of credit are earned, these students may qualify for one 
of the professional master's degrees. 

There are six areas of concentration for the professional master's degree programs 
offered by the Nicholas School of the Environment: Coastal Environmental Manage- 
ment; Environmental Toxicology, Chemistry and Risk Assessment; Resource Ecology; 
Resource Economics and Policy; Water and Air Resources; and Forest Resource Man- 
agement. The undergraduate course requirements are highly flexible for some areas 
of concentration; others are more stringent. All of the programs have the following 
requirements: 

1. Completion of all of the Oglethorpe University core courses. 

2. Training in the natural sciences or social sciences related to the student's area 
of interest in natural resources and environmental science. 

3. Completion of at least one introductory course in calculus - either Applied 
Calculus or Calculus I. 

4. Completion of a statistics course that includes descriptive statistics, probabil- 
ity distributions, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals, correlation, simple 
linear regression and simple ANOVAs. Statistics at Oglethorpe fulfills this 
requirement. 

5. A working knowledge of microcomputers for word processing and data analy- 
sis. Data Manipulation Software fulfills this requirement, although students 
with extensive experience with computers may have other options. 

Qualified students who have interests outside of the structured programs of the Nicho- 
las School of the Environment are permitted to design individual programs of study; all 
such individual programs are subject to approval by the Education Committee of the 
Nicholas School of the Environment. 

Note: Dual-degree students in environmental studies and natural resources may not 
use Oglethorpe financial aid assistance to attend Duke University. 



190 



Foreign Languages 



In order to study in any given foreign language, all students with previous study or 
experience in that language must take a language proficiency examination or obtain 
permission of the instructor during summer orientation or prior to fall registration. 
They will be placed in the course sequence according to their competence. Students are 
not eligible to enroll in elementary and intermediate courses in their primary language. 

Please refer to specific foreign languages in alphabetical order in this section for re- 
spective course offerings. 

FOR 290. Special Topics in Foreign Language, Literature and Culture 4 hours 

A course in which intermediate conversation or topical aspects of literature and culture 
are explored. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

FOR 425. Internship in Foreign Language 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services, including opportunities at the Atlanta Hispanic Chamber of Com- 
merce, Georgia Council for International Visitors and the Georgia Department of In- 
dustry, Trade and Tourism. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: 
Permission of the faculty supervisor, qualification for the internship program permis- 
sion of an internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by 
the Experiential Education Committee. 

FOR 490. Advanced Special Topics in Foreign Language, 

Literature and Culture 4 hours 

A course in which advanced conversation or topical aspects of literature and culture 
are explored. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

French 

A student who chooses French as a major will gain valuable knowledge, not only about 
the language, but also about the many unique and fascinating cultures represented in 
the French-speaking world. Like all languages offered in our foreign language program, 
the French major is informed by "the five C's:" communication, cultures, connections, 
comparisons and communities. These areas represent the defined goals of National 
Standards for Foreign Language Learning. 

The journey toward a French major begins with a thorough emphasis on reading, writ- 
ing, listening comprehension and speaking. These essential skills prepare the student 
with the foundations for communicating in diverse contexts in the French language. 
More advanced study of French will enable the student to explore the treasures of 
French and Francophone prose, poetry, drama and cinema, in addition to the study 
of colorful and intriguing civilizations in France, Belgium, Switzerland, Africa and 
Quebec and wider French-speaking Canada. Through course offerings in French at 
Oglethorpe University, students become more informed about America's French-speak- 
ing neighbors to the north and in the Caribbean to the south in addition to becoming 
more functional global citizens. 



191 



Once students have reached an adequate level of proficiency in French, they will be 
ready to complement their classroom studies with full-immersion study abroad op- 
portunities. As an invaluable component of the French major, students are required to 
study and live in a French-speaking country for a semester during the academic year 
following the completion of an initial sequence of courses taken in the program. Most 
French majors choose to study at Oglethorpe's partner institution, the Catholic Uni- 
versity of Lille. In addition, for the adventurous student, there are many other creative 
study abroad options available, all of which can be discussed with student advisers. 
Native speakers of French are invited to complete the 12-semester hour requirements 
of study abroad in courses at Oglethorpe or through cross registration at one of the 
Atlanta Regional Council for Higher Education (ARCHE) institutions. 

Many students who complete the French major at Oglethorpe go on to carry out gradu- 
ate programs at other institutions in French and Francophone language and literature, 
linguistics, French cultural studies or International Relations. Other graduates from 
the program become French instructors or find opportunities in corporate or non- 
profit organizations, where they continue to apply their language skills and global 
experiences. Students are also invited to combine a double major in French with other 
disciplines, a combination which greatly enhances student marketability after gradua- 
tion. 

All students with previous study or experience in French must take a language place- 
ment examination. They will be placed in the course sequence according to their 
competence. Under no circumstance should students with past experience in French 
place themselves in courses, especially at the elementary level. Students are not eligible 
to enroll in elementary and intermediate courses in their native languages. 

Major 

Students who major in French must first complete the following requirements: 
FRE 201. Intermediate French 
FRE 301. French Conversation and Composition 
FRE 302. French Lyric and Literary Prose - 

Students will then complete a semester in an approved study abroad program, which 
should include a minimum of 12 semester hours. Returning students must complete 
three upper-level (300 or 400) courses in French. 

Elementary Spanish I or equivalent as determined through the Spanish placement 
test is also required. It is recommended that this requirement be completed during the 
student's first two years. 

A minimum of "C+" must be earned in all course work required for the major. The 
degree awarded is the Bachelor of Aits. 

Minor 

A minor in French consists of the following requirements: 
FRE 201. Intermediate French 
Three upper-level courses (300 or 400) 

Certain of these requirements may be met through an approved study abroad program. 

FRE 101, FRE 102. Elementary French I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

This course is beginning college French, designed to present a sound foundation in un- 
derstanding, speaking, reading and writing contemporary French. Prerequisite: None 
for FRE 101; FRE 101 required for FRE 102 or placement by testing. 



192 



FRE 201. Intermediate French 4 hours 

This course involves farther practice in developing oral and written skills. Introduction 
to a variety of unedited French texts will be included. Prerequisite: FRE 102 or place- 
ment by testing. 

FRE 200. Independent Study in French -4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

FRE 290. Special Topics in French Language, Literature and Culture 4 hours 

Topical aspects of the literature and cultural phenomena associated with the French 
language are explored in this course. A recent course was French and Spanish Studies 
on Hispaniola - Full Immersion Travel Course in the Dominican Republic. Offerings 
will vary according to faculty and student interest. Prerequisite: FRE 301. 

FRE 301. French Conversation and Composition 4 hours 

This course focuses on the development of oral skills through practice in group set- 
tings and individual class presentations combined with weekly writing assignments in 
French to be revised on a regular basis. A study of style and grammatical forms used 
exclusively in the written language completes the course work. Prerequisite: FRE 201 
or placement by testing. 

FRE 302. French Lyric and Literary Prose 4 hours 

Selected texts from French literature are studied as examples of prose, poetry and 
drama. Students will read original works from the French classical and modern peri- 
ods. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRE 301 or placement by testing. 

FRE 400. Advanced Independent Study in French 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

FRE 402. The Modern French Republics and Their Institutions 4 hours 

A study of both political and cultural institutions in France from 1870 to the present 
with emphasis on the traditions established by the new republican government in the 
1880s and the creation in 1958 of the Fifth Republic under which France is currently 
governed. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRE 301. 

FRE 403. Franco-American Relations in Trade and Culture 4 hours 

This course is an orientation to French business and cultural communities and consid- 
erations of existing connections with their American counterparts. The course includes 
an introduction to business French. Guest lecturers are invited from the diplomatic 
and business community in the wider Atlanta area. Field trips are also organized to 
consulates, trade offices and businesses. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRE 301. 



193 



FRE 404. Great French Actresses and Their Film Roles 4 hours 

This course will study French film actresses and their roles in an attempt to understand 
the situation of women in France during the last half of the 20th century. Readings 
from The Second Sex by Simone de Beauvoir, written at the outset of the period in ques- 
tion, provide a counterpoint to the cinematic fiction. Actresses studied may include 
Isabelle Adjani, Arletty, Fanny Ardant, Brigitte Bardot, Juliette Binoche, Sandrine 
Bonaire, Marion Cotillard, Catherine Deneuve, Isabelle Huppert, Miou-Miou, Romy 
Scheider and Simone Signoret. The course is conducted in English. Students may take 
the course as part of a French major or minor and complete readings, tests and written 
work in French. Prerequisite: None for work in English, FRE 302 for work in French. 

FRE 405. The 19th Century French Realist Novel 4 hours 

This course studies the 19th-century French realist novel by concentrating on three 
"giants" of the tradition. The course includes Balzac's Pere Goriot, Flaubert's Educa- 
tion Sentimentale and Zola's Germinal. The study of one novel of each of these writers 
gives an overview of the major literary moments in the century following the French 
Revolution. The principal characters in each novel confront the particular challenges 
of each historical and social moment in 19th century France. The course thus allows 
students to obtain a complex notion of realism in a historical context along with greatly 
enhanced vocabulary and language skills in French. Taught in French. Prerequisite: 
FRE 302. 

FRE 406. French and Spanish Crossroads in the Caribbean and Africa 4 hours 

This course uses Spanish- and French-speaking countries in proximity to each other in 
the Caribbean or Africa as a point of departure for literary, cultural, social and service 
learning exploration. Offerings may focus upon Haiti and the Dominican Republic, 
Martinique and Cuba, Equatorial Guinea in relation to Senegal or other appropri- 
ate pairings. The course is taught in English and students without advanced skills in 
French or Spanish may register. This course is also cross listed as SPN 406. Prerequi- 
site: FRE 301 for French major or minor credit; SPN 301 for Spanish major or minor 
credit. 

FRE 490. Advanced Special Topics in French Language, 

Literature and Culture 4 hours 

This course will be an advanced study of topical aspects of the literature and cultural 
phenomena associated with the French language. Offerings will vary according to fac- 
ulty and student interest. Prerequisite: FRE 302. 

General Science 

The physical science and biological science courses are appropriate for students who 
have a good background in algebra but a minimal one in other sciences. Students with 
excellent preparation in the sciences may elect one of the regular lecture-and-laborato- 
ry courses in biology, chemistry or physics. 

GEN 101. Natural Science: The Physical Sciences 4 hours 

This topically-oriented course will examine the many facets of scientific investigation. 
These include the underlying assumptions, limitations, provisional nature and power 
of the scientific process, as well as the influences of science on other aspects of human 
activity. Experimentation is the hallmark of scientific investigation. As such, laboratory 
experimentation will be a distinguishing feature of this course. Course time devoted 
to experimentation in the laboratory, as well as inside and outside the classroom, will 
intertwine with time devoted to discussion and lecture. Natural Science: The Physical 
Sciences will deal with a topic drawn from the physical sciences. These will include, but 



194 



not be limited to: Chemistry, Cosmology, Descriptive Astronomy, History of Science, 
Meteorology, Modern Scientific Perspectives of the Universe and Oceanography. Pre- 
requisite: MAT 103 or by examination. 

GEN 102. Natural Science: The Biological Sciences 4 hours 

This course is designed to examine the many facets of scientific investigation. Labora- 
tory experimentation will be an important feature with course time devoted to ex- 
perimentation in the laboratory as well as the classroom. Rather than a survey of the 
entire field of biology, this effort will be directed toward specific topics such as, but not 
limited to: Cancer, Cell Biology, Human Biology, Ecology and Evolution. 

GEN 200. Internship in Science 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of aca- 
demic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained by 
career services, including opportunities at Piedmont Hospital, The Centers for Disease 
Control and Prevention and Accura Analytical Laboratory. Graded on a satisfactory/ 
unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty supervisor and qualifica- 
tion for the internship program, permission of an internship site supervisor and accep- 
tance of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Education Committee. 

German 

All students with previous study or experience in German must take a language place- 
ment examination during summer orientation or immediately prior to fall registration. 
They will be placed in the course sequence according to their competence. Under no 
circumstances should students with past experience in the language place themselves 
in courses, especially at the elementary level. Students are not eligible to enroll in 
elementary and intermediate courses in their primary languages. 

GER 101, GER 102. Elementary German I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

This course is beginning college German, designed to develop the ability to understand, 
speak, read and write contemporary German. Prerequisite: None for GER 101; GER 
101 required for GER 102 or placement by testing. 

GER 200. Independent Study in German 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

GER 201. Intermediate German 1 4 hours 

This course will focus on practice in speaking and understanding German, accompa- 
nied by a review of grammar. Reading and discussion of short literary texts. Prerequi- 
site: GER 102 or placement by testing. 



195 



GER 202. Intermediate German II 4 hours 

This course is a continuation of Intermediate German I with practice in spoken German 
and added emphasis on writing. Reading materials include both contemporary topics 
and selections from literature. Prerequisite: GER 201 or placement by testing. 

GER 290, GER 291. Special Topics in German Language, Literature 

and Culture I, II * 4 plus 4 hours 

Topical aspects of the literature and cultural phenomena associated with the German 
language are explored in this two-semester sequence of courses. Prerequisite: GER 
202. 

GER 400. Advanced Independent Study in German 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised advanced research on a selected topic. Pre- 
requisites: Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of 
study approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student s adviser and the provost 
or associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's 
office no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For ad- 
ditional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

GER 490, GER 491. Advanced Special Topics in German Language, 

Literature and Culture I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current semester course schedule. 

For a listing of foreign institutions and programs with which Oglethorpe has exchange 
agreements and affiliations, please see Oglethorpe University Students Abroad in the 
Educational Enrichment section of this Bulletin. Of particular interest to students of 
German is the Oglethorpe exchange agreement with the University of Dortmund. 

Greek 

All students with previous study or experience in Attic Greek must take a language 
placement examination during summer orientation or prior to fall registration. They 
will be placed in the course sequence according to their competence. Under no cir- 
cumstances should students with past experience in the language place themselves in 
courses, especially at the elementary level. 

GRE 101, GRE 102. Attic Greek I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

These courses will introduce students to the grammatical and syntactical elements of 
the Attic dialect of fifth century Athens. Mastery of these materials will enable students 
to read works written by Thucydides, Sophocles, Plato, Aristotle and other ancient au- 
thors of this period. Knowledge of Attic Greek will also provide a foundation for those 
wishing to study Homeric epic or The New Testament. Prerequisite: None for GRE 
101; GRE 101 for GRE 102 or placement by testing. 

History 

History bridges the disciplinary perspectives of the humanities and social sciences. 
At Oglethorpe the causes, experience and impact of important moments in the past 
are examined in order to explain, analyze and assign contemporary significance to 
the movements and events that have shaped human experience. History courses at 
Oglethorpe begin where traditional survey courses and textbooks leave off. Rather than 
simply viewing the parade of events, students consider the origins and implications of 



196 



events, their impact on our values, assumptions, social relations and world views. In 
this spirit students are invited to enter into dialogue with historians past and present. 

Courses are taught in a seminar format designed to promote lively interchange and 
informed debate. Reading assignments draw on a wide range of historical methods and 
traditions, including perspectives from religion, philosophy, art, music, literature and 
popular culture as well as politics, economics and geography. These methods and per- 
spectives inform independent student research. In their individual projects, students 
develop their own research agendas and learn to master the techniques of historical 
research. Particular emphasis is placed on presentation - both written and oral - of 
evidence, arguments and conclusions. 

Oglethorpe's location provides many opportunities for creative research as well as in- 
ternships. The experience and training of Oglethorpe history majors prepares them for 
post-graduate study in a wide variety of academic disciplines, including history, archae- 
ology, anthropology, politics, international studies and social work, as well as careers in 
such fields as education, law, journalism, public relations, art, theology, diplomacy and 
public service. 

Lower-level (100 and 200) courses are especially recommended for freshmen and 
sophomores; upper-level (300 and 400) courses generally require a research paper, 
may have prerequisites and are primarily aimed toward juniors and seniors. 

Major 

Students majoring in history are required to complete at least nine history courses, as 
well as two courses in cognate disciplines, with a grade of "C-" or higher in each course. 
They must cover the following geographic areas and time periods (a course can simul- 
taneously satisfy both one area and time-period requirement): European (E), United 
State's (A), and Latin American history (L); ancient or medieval (1), early modern 
(2), and modern (3). Fields covered by individual courses are indicated in the course 
descriptions below by letter (geographic field) and number (chronological field). Some 
courses may cover more than one chronological field. In addition, students must take 
at least one semester of a foreign language beyond the first-year level or demonstrate 
equivalent proficiency. Students must also take two courses in cognate fields, one in 
the humanities and one in the social sciences. Acceptable cognate courses include the 
following: 

Humanities 

Art history - all 200-level and higher courses 

English - all literature courses 

Foreign language - upper-level literature courses 

Politics - POL 341, POL 342, POL 441 

Theatre - THE 210, THE 220, THE 305 

Women's and gender studies - all 200-level and higher courses 

Social Sciences 

Economics -ECO 290, ECO 320, ECO 323, ECO 324, ECO 400, ECO 424, 

ECO 425, ECO 490 
Mathematics - MAT 111 
Politics - all 200-level and higher courses, not including POL 341, POL 342, 

POL 441 
Sociology - all 200-level and higher courses, not including SOC 303, SOC 
304, SOC 402, SOC 405 



197 



Students are responsible for ensuring they have completed any required prerequisites 
for cognate courses. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Arts. 

Minor 

To complete a minor, four courses must be taken. 

HIS 110. The Vikings and the Anglo-Saxons 4 hours 

This course examines the meteoric rise of the Scandinavians from obscurity to become 
the terror of Europe in the eighth through the 11th centuries. For purposes of compari- 
son, a look also wall be taken at the Vikings' more "civilized" cousins, the Anglo-Saxons. 
While both medieval and modern historians have tended to draw a thick line between 
these two cultures, this course will suggest that both represent aspects of a general 
political, economic and cultural zone in the Northern Seas. Offered spring semester in 
alternate years. (E,l) 

HIS 130. United States History to 1865 4 hours 

A survey from Colonial times to 1865, concerned mainly with the major domestic de- 
velopments of a growing nation. Offered alternate years. (A,3) 

HIS 131. United States History Since 1865 4 hours 

A survey from 1865 to the present, concerned with the chief events which explain the 
growth of the United States to a position of world power. Offered alternate years. (A,3) 

HIS 200. Independent Study in History 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

HIS 201. Ancient Greece 4 hours 

This course will examine the Greeks from their Minoan and Mycenaean antecedents 
through the rise of Macedonia in the mid-fourth century B.C.E. Students will inves- 
tigate the political, social, economic and cultural aspects of Greek civilization as well 
as an appreciation of the Hellenic world's legacy. Specific topics include: the collapse 
of Mycenaean civilization and the problem of a "Dark Age;" the rise, development and 
failure of the polis system; Greek contact with eastern cultures; the political signifi- 
cance of hoplite warfare; the roles of women in various Greek poleis; competing mod- 
els of Greek political organization. Offered spring semester in alternate years. (E,l) 

HIS 202. Roman History 4 hours 

This course will trace the history of Rome from its Italian precursors through the 
ascension of Constantine. Topics will include political, religious, social, cultural and 
economic aspects of Rome's development, focusing on the origins, maturation, decline 
and transformation of its civilization. Offered spring semester in alternate years. (E,l) 

HIS 210. The Age of Chivalry, 800-1450 4 hours 

This course will cover the High and Later Middle Ages, from the later Carolingian pe- 
riod through the War of the Roses. The main focus will be on the evolution of state and 
society in northern and western Europe during these periods. Special attention will be 
given to such events as the rise of feudal monarchies, the Investiture Contest, the Nor- 
man Conquests, the Crusades and the Hundred Years' War. Offered spring semester in 
alternate years. (E,l) 



198 



HIS 211. The Renaissance and Reformation 4 hours 

Students will study the significant changes in European art, thought and institutions 
during the period from 1300 to 1550. The course will focus on critical readings of pri- 
mary sources from this era. Offered fall semester in alternate years. (E,2) 

HIS 212. Early Modern Europe 4 hours 

This course will examine the development of European society and politics from the 
end of the Reformation to the eve of the French Revolution. Special emphasis will be 
placed on the development of the modern state, the contest between absolutism and 
constitutionalism and the Enlightenment. Offered spring semester in alternate years. 
(E,2) 

HIS 213. The Age of Revolution - Europe and the Atlantic 

World 1776-1849 4 hours 

The "old regime" (serfdom, rule by monarchs and nobles and a politically powerful 
church) and an agrarian way of life had prevailed in much of Europe and the New 
World since the Middle Ages. From 1776 on, however, a series of upheavals, such as 
the American and French revolutions, the Napoleonic Wars, the Latin American Wars 
of Independence and the European revolutions of 1820-21, 1830-31 and 1848-49 had 
challenged the old order. This course studies the events of this dramatic period, includ- 
ing the Industrial Revolution and the rise of romanticism, socialism, nationalism and 
liberalism. Offered fall semester every three years. (E,3) 

HIS 214. The Age of Empire and Nationalism - Europe 1848-1914 4 hours 

The six decades following the revolutions of 1848 were a period of remarkable power, 
prosperity and creativity in Europe. New nation-states (Germany and Italy) were 
formed; old multiethnic empires (Russia and Austria-Hungary) seemed rejuvenated; 
and Europeans acquired immense colonial empires. Meanwhile, industrialization and 
modern science and art revolutionized European life and thought. However, this fusion 
of cultural and economic modernity with social and political conservatism concealed 
grave weaknesses that would lead, beginning in 1914, to the upheavals of world war, 
communism and fascism. Offered fall semester every three years. (E,3) 

HIS 215. The Age of World War - Europe 1914-1945 4 hours 

This course examines the disasters that befell Europe in the three decades after 1914: 
World War I; the Russian Revolution; the ill-fated Treaty of Versailles; the rise of 
Mussolini; the Great Depression; the dictatorships of Hitler and Stalin; the spread of 
fascism in the 1930s; World War II. The course discusses the reasons for the failure of 
the international order to prevent two horrific military conflicts and for the failure of 
moderate forces in many European countries - including Russia, Germany, Italy and 
Spain - to block the rise to power of violent and millenarian political forces. Offered 
fall semester every three years. (E,3) 

HIS 216. Rise and Fall of the Third Reich 4 hours 

The course examines the roots of National Socialism in Germany before World War I; 
the reasons for the failure of the Weimar Republic in the 1920s, which ended in Hitler's 
coming to power; and the nature of Hitler's dictatorship, with its policies of totalitarian 
rule, world war and genocide. Offered every three years. (E,3) 

HIS 240. Latin America to Independence 4 hours 

Latin American history from the origins of pre-Columbian civilizations to indepen- 
dence will be examined by exploring the origins and development of indigenous societ- 
ies in Mesoamerica and the Andes; the conquest and colonization of (what became) 
Spanish and Portuguese America; the nature of colonial control; the response of 
indigenous populations to colonial society, administration and religion; the developing 
tensions between Spaniards and Creole elites. The movement for independence, which 



199 



arose from a variety of issues, created by contrasting views and concerns of distant 
European authority and local cultural identity, will be studied. Finally, the major 
challenges that faced the newly emergent Latin American nations will be considered. 
Offered in alternate years. (L,2) 

HIS 290. Special Topics in History 4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

HIS 301. History of Christianity 4 hours 

This course will examine the origins and development of Christianity through the mod- 
ern era. Special areas of interest include the structure and organization of the church, 
the development of liturgy and doctrine and the counterpoint between orthodoxy 
and heresy. A central question will be the relationship between the "three pillars" of 
doctrine - revelation, reason and tradition - and social pressures in the history of the 
church and doctrine. Offered spring semester in alternate years. (E,l,2) 

HIS 306. The Rise of the Roman Empire 270-130 B.C 4 hours 

Polybius once remarked that the most remarkable events in history were that in only 
53 years the Roman Republic obtained undisputed mastery over the Mediterranean 
world. This course will examine the rise of the Roman Empire during the late third and 
second centuries B.C., focusing on patterns of diplomacy, in particular Rome's dealings 
with the states of Greece, Egypt and the Near East. Offered every three years. (E, 1) 
Prerequisite: Sophomore or higher standing or permission of the instructor. 

HIS 307. The End of the Roman Republic 130 B.C.-14 A.D 4 hours 

One of the more important historical questions has been the one that asks "How 
did the Roman republic become the Roman Empire?" This course will examine that 
problem with respect to the end of the Republic as an historiographical issue and a 
source problem. A central component of the course will be the close examination of two 
important works on the subject, Eric Gruen's Last Generation of the Roman Republic 
and Ronald Syme's seminal Roman Revolution, arguably one of the most influential 
and controversial books on Roman history. Offered eveiy three years. (E, 1) Prerequi- 
site: Sophomore or higher standing or permission of the instructor. 

HIS 309. The Fall of Rome and the Barbarians 4 hours 

This course will examine the "fall" of the Roman Empire in late antiquity and the sub- 
sequent rise of barbarian kingdoms in Europe. The primary issue will be to determine 
whether the Roman Empire did in fact "fall" during this time or whether the period 
actually marks a transition, the birth of Europe. The role of Christianity in the trans- 
formation of Europe will be a major focus of discussion, as well as other social, political 
and economic issues. Prerequisite: sophomore or higher standing, or permission of the 
instructor. Offered every three years. (E,l) 

HIS 312. German History Since 1800 4 hours 

This course is a survey of German history in the 19th and 20th centuries, focusing on 
the unification of Germany in the 19th century, the Bismarckian state, the two world 
wars, the Weimar Republic, the Third Reich and the division and subsequent reunifica- 
tion of Germany after World War II. Offered every three years. (E,3) 

HIS 320. Russia under the Tsars 4 hours 

This course studies the thousand years from the formation of the Kievan state until 
the abolition of serfdom. It covers the Mongol invasion, the rise of Muscovy, the reign 
of Ivan the Terrible and the Time of Troubles, Imperial Russia's Westernization under 



200 



Peter the Great and its apogee under Catherine the Great and her grandsons. Offered 
fall semester every three years. (E,2,3) 

HIS 321. Russian History Since 1861 4 hours 

This course studies Russian history from the abolition of serfdom, which began Impe- 
rial Russia's last attempt to reform itself and stave off revolution, until the present. It 
also covers the 1905 and 1917 revolutions, the rise of communism, the era of Lenin and 
Stalin and the fall of the communist system. Offered spring semester every three years. 
(E,3) 

HIS 330. Between World Wars: The United States, 1920-1945 4 hours 

During this period of war, prosperity and depression, the United States underwent 
dramatic economic, political, social and cultural changes. The interwar years witnessed 
the emergence of the United States as a world power, an increasingly sophisticated 
women's movement, the rise of mass production and mass consumption and a variety 
of new challenges to social and economic policies. The Great Depression and the New 
Deal brought further challenges to traditional liberal political and economic assump- 
tions as the federal government intervened in nearly every aspect of American life. 
World War II again transformed the nation as it ushered in the "age of affluence" and 
cold wars in the international and domestic realms. Offered alternate years. (A,3) Pre- 
requisites: HIS 130 and HIS 131 or permission of the instructor. 

HIS 331. The Age of Affluence: The United States Since 1945 4 hours 

An interdisciplinary study of American life since World War II, this course will empha- 
size political, economic and social developments. Foreign policy is considered princi- 
pally with respect to its impact on domestic affairs. Offered alternate years. (A,3) 

HIS 340. Dictatorship and Democracy in Latin America 4 hours 

This course will examine the roots, character and impact of authoritarian rule - and 
resulting resistance movements - in Latin America. Included will be a look at the 
caudillos who competed for power after independence, the Liberal dictatorships of the 
late 19th century, the Depression Dictators of the 1930s, Populist dictators of the 1940s 
and 1950s and the rise of military-bureaucratic dictatorships in the 1960s and 1970s. 
An understanding will be sought for why almost all political orientations (Republican- 
ism, Liberalism, nationalism, Populism and Communism) offered up a dictator as their 
champion at some point in Latin American history and how Latin American nations 
have been able to make a transition to democracy. Finally, consideration will be given 
to how dictatorships affect the everyday lives and perceptions of the people living un- 
der them and in their aftermath. Offered alternate years. (L,3) Prerequisite: HIS 240 
or permission of the instructor. 

FRE 402. The Modern French Republics and Their Institutions 4 hours 

A study of both political and cultural institutions in France from 1870 to the present 
with emphasis on the traditions established by the new republican government in the 
1880s and the creation in 1958 of the Fifth Republic under which France is currently 
governed. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRE 301. 

HIS 412. Radical Religion and Revolution 4 hours 

This course will examine the role of radical theologies in shaping a series of rebellions 
and revolutions in the Middle Ages and the Early Modern era. Some of the conflicts 
studied will include the Hussite Revolution, The German Reformation and the English 
Civil War. In addition, some modern examples illustrating the connections between 
religion and revolutionary thought, in particular, liberation theology in Latin America 
and the current crisis in the Middle East will be considered. Offered spring semester 
in alternative years. (E,2) Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing, or permission of the 
instructor. 



201 



HIS 413. The Witch Craze 4 hours 

The era of the Renaissance, the supposed "rebirth" of classical civilization, also wit- 
nessed one of the more horrific episodes of modern times: the witch-craze of the 16 th 
and 17 th centuries. Large-scale persecution of witches peaked in the years between 1590 
and 1630. Although there has been a good deal of scholarly work done on the problem, 
much of it has been marred by misconceptions and methodological errors. Our task 
in this course will be to attempt to come to a more sophisticated understanding of the 
persecution of witches, its causes, and the relationship of the "witch-craze" to the devel- 
opment of modern consciousness. Offered biennially in the spring. Prerequisite: HIS 
211 or HIS 212, or permission of the instructor. 

HIS 431. History of United States Foreign Relations 4 hours 

This course is a study of major developments in American diplomacy from the end of 
the Revolution until 1945. Prerequisite: at least one prior United States history course, 
or permission of the instructor. Offered alternate years. (A,3) 

HIS 400. Advanced Independent Study in History 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

HIS 451. Internship in History 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services, including opportunities at the Atlanta History Center, the Atlanta 
Preservation Center, the Holocaust Center and the Coosawattee Foundation archeo- 
logical dig. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of 
the faculty supervisor and qualification for the internship program, permission of an 
internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the Expe- 
riential Education Committee. 

HIS 490. Advanced Special Topics in History 4 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current semester course schedule. 

Individually Planned Major 

A student who wishes to pursue a course of study not included in one of the available 
majors may petition to receive permission to complete an individually planned major. 

Such a major must include at least 36 semester hours beyond core requirements and 
include at least one semester of a foreign language at the second semester elementary- 
level or higher. At least 16 semester hours of the major must be completed in courses 
above the introductory level in one particular discipline. This discipline will be defined 
as the major's area of concentration. Graded course work in the major must have a 
grade point average of at least 2.0. Course work that is included in the individually 
planned major may not be counted toward a second major or a minor. 



202 



To apply for an individually planned major, the student, in consultation with his or her 
academic adviser, must complete an application, available at the registrar's office and 
also online at www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: IPM), to be approved by the chairperson 
of the division in which the proposed major's area of concentration is housed and also 
by provost or designated associate provost. This application should be submitted by 
the end of the second semester of the student's sophomore year. The application must 
specify the following: 

1. The major's coverage and definition. 

2. The observed or expected conceptual linkages among the area of concentration 
and the other subject(s) included in the major. 

3. The expected outcomes of the completion of the major in terms of the student's 
intellectual growth and plans for graduate study or career. 

The student must secure written approval from his or her academic adviser, the chair- 
person of the division, and the provost or designated associate provost. The provost 
or associate provost will then submit the approved application to the registrar's office. 
The registrar will notify the student and the students adviser of the acceptance of the 
proposal. 

The degree awarded upon successful completion of an approved individually planned 
major is Bachelor of Arts. 

Individu all y Planned Minor 

A student who wishes to pursue a course of study not included in one of the available 
minors may petition to receive permission to complete an individually planned minor. 

Such a minor must include 20 semester hours, of which at least 8 semester hours are 
in one discipline, which is the minor's area of concentration, and must be at the 300 
or 400 level. Of the other 12 semesters hours included in the minor, another 8 semes- 
ter hours must also be at the 300 or 400 level. Graded work in the minor must have a 
grade point average of at least 2.0. Courses included in the individually planned minor 
may not be counted toward a major or another minor. 

To apply for an individually planned minor, the student, in consultation with his or her 
academic adviser, must complete an application, available at the registrar's office and 
also online at www.oglethorpe.edu (keyword: IPM), to be approved by the chairperson 
of the division in which the proposed minor's area of concentration is included and also 
by the provost or designated associate provost. This application should be submitted 
by the end of the second semester of the student's junior year. The application must 
specify the following: 

1. The minor's coverage and definition. 

2. The observed or expected conceptual linkages among the area of concentration 
and the other subject(s) included in the minor. 

3. The expected outcomes of the completion of the minor in terms of the student's 
intellectual growth and plans for graduate study or career. 

The student must secure written approval from his or her academic adviser, the chair- 
person of the division, and the provost or designated associate provost. The provost 
or associate provost will then submit the approved application to the registrar's office. 
The registrar will notify the student and the student's adviser of the acceptance of the 
proposal. 



203 



Interdisciplinary Studies 



INT 200. Independent Study in Interdisciplinary Studies 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

INT 290. Special Topics in Interdisciplinary Studies 1-5 hours 

These courses will focus on materials and topics that transcend the boundaries of 
specific academic disciplines and are not offered on a regular basis. Such courses have 
included Bioethics; Environmental Science; Art of the Film I and II; Film Adaptations 
of Novels; and What Counts As Ait? that included a trip to New York City. Prerequi- 
site: See individual course listing in the current semester course schedule. 

UEP 320. Urban Ecology 5 hours 

Urban areas are growing worldwide and negatively affecting natural and social re- 
sources. Effective management of these impacts requires the integration of natural and 
social science into a new discipline called urban ecology. This course describes the state 
of urban ecological knowledge and best management practices in urban planning using 
guest speakers, discussion, lecture and exercises at field sites around metropolitan At- 
lanta. This course is also cross listed as BIO 320. Prerequisite: COR 102 or permission 
of the instructor. 

ULP 303. The New American City 4 hours 

The purpose of this course is to examine the problems and prospects of politics and 
policymaking in the new American city and its environs. Consideration will be given to 
the political and sociological significance of a number of the factors that characterize 
this new development, including the extremes of wealth and poverty, the mix of racial 
and ethnic groups and the opportunities and challenges provided by progress in trans- 
portation and technology. Offered annually. 

ULP 304. Community Issues Forum: Principles into Practice 4 hours 

This course is taught as a weekly evening seminar focusing on a particular community 
issue and accompanied by an issue-related, off-campus internship. Together with com- 
munity leaders and faculty, students analyze issues confronting stakeholders, collabo- 
rate on solutions and present findings derived from their internship assignments. Stu- 
dents have interned with the state legislature, local and state chambers of commerce, 
community food banks, arts organizations, corporations, non-profit organizations and 
a number of other community groups. Topics covered in previous years include: educa- 
tion, transportation, healthcare and the environment. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor. 

INT 400. Advanced Independent Study in Interdisciplinary Studies 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised advanced research on a selected topic. Pre- 
requisites: Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline 
of study approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the 
provost or associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the reg- 
istrar's office no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. 
For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and 
Policies section ofthisi?wZ/e£m. 



204 



INT 401. Internship in Interdisciplinary Studies 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permis- 
sion of the faculty supervisor and qualification for the internship program, permission 
of an internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the 
Experiential Education Committee. 

INT 490. Advanced Special Topics in Interdisciplinary Studies 4 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current semester course schedule. 

International Partner - Dual Degree Programs 

International Partner - Dual Degree - Universite Catholique de Lille in France 

Under special circumstances it is possible for a student to receive a dual degree from 
both Oglethorpe University and Universite Catholique de Lille. Such a student has 
typically completed three years of study at the home institution at the time of applica- 
tion and approval to this program. Upon completion of one full year of academic study 
(a fourth year) at the partner school, the student returns to the home institution to 
complete the fifth year of his or her program. An exchange and translation of tran- 
scripts finalizes the two degrees. 

International Partner - Dual Degree - Seigakuin University in Japan 

Oglethorpe University offers a dual degree program in conjunction with the Euro- 
American Culture Department at Seigakuin University in Japan. The program requires 
the student to complete the first two years of study at Oglethorpe and the third and 
fourth years at Seigakuin. Students take courses at Oglethorpe in the core curriculum 
and international studies. Courses taken at Seigakuin include Comparative Culture, 
Intercultural Communication, and The Japanese Economy. The student returns to 
Oglethorpe to complete the fifth year of the program. Upon completion, two bachelor 
of arts degrees are granted, one by Oglethorpe and one by Seigakuin. The ability to take 
junior- and senior-level classes in Japanese is required. 

International Studies 

International Studies is an interdisciplinary major that seeks to develop the skills and 
understanding essential for effective participation in the emerging global business, 
social and political environment. The major helps to prepare students for careers in 
government service, international commerce, banking and finance, the travel and con- 
vention businesses, politics and teaching. It also provides appropriate preparation for 
the professional study of business, law and international affairs. Students interested in 
master's programs in international affairs may find it advantageous to take additional 
courses in economics. Interested students should ask the registrar to refer them to a 
faculty adviser who specializes in this major. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of 
Arts. 

Requirements of the major include completion of International Relations, Interna- 
tional Economics, the language requirement (explained below) and six of the following 
courses with a grade of "C-" or higher in each course: 



205 



BUS 370. International Business 

ECO 320. Economic Development 

FRE 402. The Modern French Republics and Their Institutions 

FRE 403. Franco-American Relations in Trade and Culture 

HIS 215. The Age of World War - Europe 1914-1945 

HIS 240. Latin America to Independence 

HIS 290. Special Topics in History * 

HIS 312. German History Since 1800 

HIS 321. Russian History Since 1861 

HIS 340. Dictatorship and Democracy in Latin America 

HIS 431. History of United States Foreign Relations 

HIS 400. Advanced Independent Study in History * 

HIS 490. Advanced Special Topics in History * 

INS 400. Advanced Independent Study in International Studies 

INS 401. Internship in International Studies 

POL 131. Introduction to Comparative Politics 

POL 211. War 

POL 231. Asian Politics 

POL 290. Special Topics in Politics * 

POL 311. United States Foreign Policy 

POL 321. Political Development 

POL 331. Comparative Politics of China and Japan 

POL 361. European Politics 

POL 411. War, Peace and Security 

POL 422. Seminar in Chinese Politics 

POL 431. Seminar in Politics and Culture * 

POL 400. Advanced Independent Study in Politics * 

POL 490. Advanced Special Topics in Politics * 

SPN 305. Spanish for International Relations 

SPN 410. The Development of Latin American Cultures 

*Note: Special topics and independent study courses fulfill the requirements of 

the major only when they have a substantial international component. This 
implies that the course deals with the modern history, current situation or 
culture in a geographical area outside the United States or concerns some 
substantive issue that is international in scope, typically regarding economics 
or security. 

Students must complete two years of foreign language study or demonstrate the equiv- 
alent competence by examination. Students must also take one additional language 
course in which the foreign language is required for research, reading or discussion. In 
the case of Japanese, the language requirement may be satisfied by completing Inter- 
mediate Japanese II and either JPN 250 or 251. 

A study abroad experience is required. Note that no more than two courses may be 
counted toward major requirements from a study abroad program. Foreign students 
may count their residence at Oglethorpe as their study-abroad experience. Please see 
Oglethorpe University Students Abroad in the Educational Enrichment section of this 
Bulletin. 

Students who receive financial aid at Oglethorpe should contact the director of finan- 
cial aid early in the pursuit of this major to determine available funding for the study 
abroad experience. 



206 



Note: Students who graduated from a secondary school located abroad at which the 
language of instruction was not English have satisfied the foreign language re- 
quirement. They may satisfy the study abroad requirement via their residency 
in the United States. 

INS 200. Independent Study in International Studies 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Polices 
section of this Bulletin. 

INS 400. Advanced Independent Study in International Studies 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

INS 401. Internship in International Studies 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services, including opportunities at the Southern Center for International 
Studies, Hispanic Chamber of Commerce, the United States Department of State and 
the Georgia Department of Industry, Trade and Tourism. Graded on a satisfactory/un- 
satisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty supervisor and qualification 
for the internship program, permission of an internship site supervisor and acceptance 
of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Education Committee. 

Japanese 

The study of modern Japanese broadens the mind and provides insight into one of the 
world's richest cultures. Oglethorpe's Japanese program embraces the "five C's" of for- 
eign language education outlined in National Standards in Foreign Language Educa- 
tion: communication, cultures, connections, comparisons and communities. 

Oglethorpe's four-course Japanese sequence assumes no initial knowledge of the lan- 
guage. The courses lead the student step by step toward communicative competence in 
the four basic language skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing. These skills are 
taught by means of model conversations, role plays, listening activities and readings. 
Elementary classes present the fundamentals of the language through a sequence of 
units that focus on daily life. A typical conversation at the beginning level might be 
about making plans for the weekend or describing one's family. Students are initially 
trained in the two phonetic kana scripts so that they are able to write in Japanese from 
the very beginning. Training in kanji characters begins in the second semester. At the 
intermediate level students master more advanced vocabulary and grammatical pat- 
terns. The student also learns how to use the language appropriately in different social 



207 



contexts. A conversation at this level might be about the student's career plans, while 
a typical reading might deal with changing attitudes toward marriage in Japan. By the 
end of the four-course sequence, the student will be able to express a broad range of 
ideas with confidence, will be capable of writing short essays and will know about 240 
kanji characters. 

Students who seek further training in Japanese can take advanced Japanese through 
cross registration at one of the Atlanta Regional Council for Higher Education 
(ARCHE) institutions. Full-immersion study abroad opportunities are available at 
Oglethorpe's sister schools in Japan, Seigakuin University and Otaru University of 
Commerce. 

General interest courses taught in English on premodern and modern Japanese 
literature supplement the language curriculum. These and other eligible courses can 
be taken in conjunction with the language sequence toward fulfillment of the require- 
ments for a minor in Japanese. The combination of a Japanese minor with a major in 
any of the traditional liberal arts disciplines can greatly enhance marketability follow- 
ing graduation and can lead to career opportunities in fields as diverse as education, 
foreign service and international commerce. 

Students with previous study experience should take the Japanese placement examina- 
tion prior to registration. 

Minor 

A minor in Japanese consists of successful completion of Intermediate Japanese II and 
two culture courses, totaling 24 semester hours. At least one of the two years of lan- 
guage study must be taken at Oglethorpe. The student may select two culture courses 
from the following: 

ART 330. Far Eastern Art History - India, China, Tibet and Japan 

JPN 250. Premodern Japanese Literature in Translation 

JPN 251. Modern Japanese Literature 

JPN 290., JPN 291. Special Topics in Japanese Language, Literature 
and Culture I, II 

POL 331. Comparative Politics of China and Japan 

Other special topics courses offered at Oglethorpe as well as certain courses offered at 
other colleges and through study abroad programs may also qualify. 

Study Abroad and Internships 

Although it is expected that at least half of the courses counted toward the minor must 
be taken at Oglethorpe, all students of Japanese language and culture are strongly 
encouraged to spend at least one semester in Japan. Guidance in finding an appropri- 
ate program is provided by the Japanese department or the Oglethorpe University 
Students Abroad (OUSA) director. Of particular interest to students of Japanese is the 
Oglethorpe exchange agreement with Seigakuin University in Tokyo and Otaru Univer- 
sity of Commerce in Hokkaido. See also Oglethorpe University Students Abroad in the 
Educational Enrichment section of this Bulletin. 

A student can also gain practical experience by pursuing internship opportunities in 
Japanese organizations and firms in and around Atlanta. Credit for these activities is 
given when the internship is completed in accordance with the objectives agreed upon 
with the faculty supervisor. Credit is given toward the minor upon approval by the stu- 
dent's faculty adviser. Career services has an extensive list of available internships. 



208 



JPN 101, JPN 102. Elementary Japanese I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

This is a one-year course sequence in beginning Japanese aimed at developing basic 
skills in speaking, reading, writing and aural comprehension. The kana and kanji writ- 
ing systems are introduced. Prerequisite: None for JPN 101; JPN 101 for JPN 102 or 
placement by testing. 

JPN 200. Independent Study in Japanese 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

JPN 201. Intermediate Japanese 1 4 hours 

A continuation of elementary Japanese, the first semester of the second-year sequence 
focuses on conversational skills and vocabulary building and extends the student's 
proficiency in reading and writing. Aspects of the Japanese culture and society are also 
explored. Prerequisite: JPN 102 or permission of the instructor. 

JPN 202. Intermediate Japanese II 4 hours 

This course consolidates and integrates the student's knowledge of basic grammatical 
patterns and introduces advanced grammatical structures. Further practice in reading 
and writing prepares the student to pursue further study in areas related to his or her 
major. Audio-visual materials are used more extensively to supplement the main text. 
Prerequisite: JPN 201 or permission of the instructor. 

JPN 250. Premodern Japanese Literature in Translation 4 hours 

This course is a survey of Japanese literature from the classical to the early modern 
period. Students will read and analyze selections from the creation myths, court ro- 
mances, poetry collections, noh drama, puppet theater and vernacular literature. The 
relation between literature and its historical and cultural context will also be explored. 
All readings are in English translation. 

JPN 251. Modern Japanese Literature 4 hours 

The development of Japan's modern literary tradition will be examined beginning in 
the early decades of modernization through the interwar years and the postwar period. 
Readings will include the fiction of Mori Ogai, Higuchi Ichiyo, Tanizaki Junichiro, 
Dazai Osamu, Oe Kenzaburo and Murakami Haruki. Class discussions will be supple- 
mented by lectures on history and culture. All readings are in English translation. 

JPN 290, JPN 291. Special Topics in Japanese Language, Literature 

and Culture I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

Topical aspects of the literature and cultural phenomena associated with the Japanese 
language are explored through readings in English in this course. Prerequisite: See 
individual course listing in the current semester course schedule. 

JPN 400. Advanced Independent Study in Japanese 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 



209 



JPN 490, JPN 491. Advanced Special Topics in Japanese Language, 

Literature and Culture I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current semester course schedule. 

Latin 

All students with previous study or experience in Latin must take a language place- 
ment examination during summer orientation or prior to fall registration. They will be 
placed in the course sequence according to their competence. Under no circumstances 
should students with past experience in the language place themselves in courses, espe- 
cially at the elementary level. 

LAT 101, LAT 102. Elementary Latin I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

This course is beginning Latin, designed to present a foundation in classical Latin 
grammar and syntax and to introduce students to Roman literature and history. Pre- 
requisite: None for LAT 101; LAT 101 required for LAT 102 or placement by testing. 

LAT 201, LAT 202. Special Topics in Latin Language, Literature 

and Culture I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

Aspects of the literature and cultural phenomena associated with the Latin language 
are explored in this two-semester sequence of courses. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor. 

Mathematics 

During the course of study in mathematics at Oglethorpe University, students move 
from a concrete, algorithmic mode of reasoning in early courses to a more abstract, 
formal mode of reasoning in the later capstone courses. 

The successful mathematics major will: 

• Appreciate both the beauty and utility of mathematics; 

• Appreciate the interconnectedness of the various mathematical fields to one 
another and to outside disciplines; 

• Communicate mathematical results in written, oral, formal and informal fash- 
ions; 

• Read and create mathematical results in a self-directed fashion; 

• Sharpen his or her problem-solving skills; 

• Understand the power and limitations of using technology to create math- 
ematics. 

Through tutoring, volunteer and internship opportunities, mathematics majors can 
further strengthen their own understanding of mathematics and help others to do 
the same. Upon graduation, mathematics majors are ready to pursue graduate study, 
teacher preparation or employment in industry. Oglethorpe graduates are especially 
well prepared to work in actuarial science, applied mathematics, operations research, 
statistical consulting or a variety of careers in computing. 

Major 

In order to major in mathematics, a student must successfully complete the following 
mathematics and computer science courses with a grade of "C-" or higher: 

CSC 201. Introduction to Programming 

MAT 131. Calculus I 

MAT 132. Calculus II 



210 



MAT 233. Calculus III 

MAT 241. Differential Equations 

MAT 261. Proof and Logic: An Introduction to Post-Calculus 

Mathematics 

MAT 341. Probability 

MAT 351. Complex Analysis 

MAT 362. Linear Algebra 

MAT 463 . Abstract Algebra 

MAT 490. Advanced Special Topics in Mathematics 

Mathematics majors graduate with a Bachelor of Science degree. 

Minor 

In order to minor in mathematics, a student must successfully complete the five 

courses below with a grade of "C-" or higher: 

MAT 131 Calculus I 

MAT 132 Calculus II 

MAT 233 Calculus III 

Two additional mathematics courses chosen from the list required for the major 

Note: No student will be permitted to register for a mathematics course that is a 
prerequisite to a mathematics course for which the student has already re- 
ceived academic credit. 

MAT 102. College Algebra with Modeling 4 hours 

The objective of this course is to equip students with the algebraic reasoning and skills 
for Applied Calculus or Precalculus. The function concept is developed in algebraic, 
graphical and numerical form, with attention to rates of change, domain, range and 
inverses. Categories of functions (linear, other polynomials, rational, exponential and 
logarithmic) are discussed in terms of their properties, using equations, systems of 
equations and inequalities. The course includes modeling of the real-world data with 
these functions. Offered every fall semester. 

MAT 103. Precalculus 4 hours 

The objective of this course is to equip students with the skills needed for Calculus I. 
Topics include basic analytic geometry, trigonometry (functions, equations and identi- 
ties), complex numbers, polar coordinates, vectors in the plane, parametric equations 
and transformation of coordinates. For students who would like a refresher or more 
preparation for Precalculus, MAT 102 is recommended. Offered every spring semester. 

MAT 111. Statistics 4 hours 

This course includes descriptive and inferential statistics with particular emphasis 
upon parametric statistics, rules of probability, interval estimation and hypothesis test- 
ing. Distributions that will be discussed include the normal, chi-square and t-distribu- 
tion. Additional topics include analysis of variance, regression and correlation analysis, 
goodness-of-fit and tests for independence. Offered every semester. 

MAT 121. Applied Calculus 4 hours 

This is the recommended calculus course for students in accounting, business, eco- 
nomics and the social sciences. The goal of this course is to present calculus in an intui- 
tive yet intellectually satisfying way and to illustrate the many applications of calculus 
to those students' fields. Topics include functions, limits, the derivative, techniques of 
differentiation, applications of the derivative, the exponential and natural logarithm 
functions, applications of the exponential and natural logarithm functions, the definite 



211 



integral and functions of several variables. For students who would like a refresher 
or more preparation for Applied Calculus, MAT 102 is recommended. Offered every 
semester. 

MAT 131. Calculus 1 4 hours 

Calculus I, II and III form the sequence for students in mathematics and the sci- 
ences. The objective of these three courses is to introduce the fundamental ideas of the 
differential and integral calculus as they pertain to functions of both one and several 
variables. Topics for Calculus I include limits, continuity, rates of change, derivatives, 
the Mean Value Theorem, applications of the derivative, related rates, optimization 
problems and introduction to area and integration, and the Fundamental Theorem 
of Calculus. Offered every fall semester. Prerequisite: MAT 103 is recommended for 
students who would like a refresher in precalculus and/or trigonometry. 

MAT 132. Calculus II 4 hours 

This course is a continuation of Calculus I. Topics include inverse functions, exponen- 
tial and logarithmic functions, techniques of integration, applications of integration, 
and sequences and series. Offered every spring semester. Prerequisite: MAT 131 with a 
grade of "C-" or higher. Alternate prerequisites: MAT 121 with a grade of "B" or higher 
and permission of the instructor. 

MAT 200. Independent Study in Mathematics 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student 's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

MAT 233. Calculus HI 4 hours 

This course is a continuation of Calculus II. Topics include the basic geometry of Eu- 
clidean 3-space (vectors, lines, planes), vector functions/curves (limits, derivatives, and 
integrals), multivariable functions (limits, partial derivatives, and multiple integrals), 
and a brief introduction to vector fields. Offered every fall semester. Prerequisite: MAT 
132 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

MAT 241. Differential Equations 4 hours 

The objective of this course is to introduce the fundamental ideas of the theory of or- 
dinary differential equations and to consider some of the applications of this theory to 
the physical sciences. Topics include equations of order one, applications of equations 
of order one, linear differential equations, linear equations with constant coefficients, 
nonhomogenous equations, undetermined coefficients, variation of parameters, appli- 
cations of equations of order two and power series solutions. Offered spring semester 
of even years. Prerequisite: MAT 233 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

MAT 251. Classical and Modern Geometries 4 hours 

This course provides a rigorous survey of classical and modern geometries. The intel- 
lectual and historical impact that geometry has had over the millennia is an underlying 
theme. Topics include: axiomatic and topological foundations; Euclidean geometry 
and its constructions; hyperbolic geometry; spherical geometry; projective geometry; 
and finite geometries. The primary audience consists of students interested in second- 
ary mathematics teaching; however, mathematics majors with other career paths and 
science majors are welcome. Offered irregularly. Prerequisite: MAT 132 with a grade of 
"C-" or higher. 



212 



MAT 261. Proof and Logic: An Introduction to Post-Calculus 

Mathematics 4 hours 

This course may be considered a general introduction to advanced mathematics. As 
such, it will consider various methods and techniques of mathematical proof. Topics 
are drawn from logic, set theory, functions, relations, combinatorics, graph theory and 
boolean algebra. Offered fall semester of even years. Prerequisite: MAT 132 with a 
grade of "C-" or higher. 

MAT 290. Special Topics in Mathematics 1-4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum. Offered irregularly. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the cur- 
rent semester course schedule. 

MAT 341. Probability 4 hours 

This course provides a calculus-based study of probability theory. Topics include set- 
theoretic, axiomatic and combinatorial foundations, basic rules, conditional probabil- 
ity, independence, random variable theory, special discrete and continuous models, 
probability plots and joint distributions. Offered fall semester of even years. Prerequi- 
site: MAT 132 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

MAT 351. Complex Analysis 4 hours 

The objective of this course is to introduce the fundamental ideas of the theory of 
functions of a complex variable. Topics include complex numbers, analytic functions, 
elementary functions, conformal mapping, complex integration and infinite series. 
Offered spring semester of odd years. Prerequisite: MAT 233 with a grade of "C-" or 
higher. 

MAT 362. Linear Algebra 4 hours 

The objective of this course is to introduce the fundamental ideas of linear algebra. 
Topics include linear equations, matrices, determinants, vector spaces, inner products, 
linear transformation, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Offered spring semester of odd 
years. Prerequisite: MAT 132 with a grade of "C-" or higher. It is recommended that 
students take MAT 261 before taking this course. 

MAT 463. Abstract Algebra 4 hours 

The objective of this course is to introduce the fundamental ideas of modern algebra. 
Topics include sets, mappings, the integers, groups, rings and fields. Offered fall semes- 
ter of odd years. Prerequisite: MAT 362 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

MAT 400. Advanced Independent Study in Mathematics 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

MAT 490. Advanced Special Topics in Mathematics 4 hours 

Selected topics in advanced mathematics are offered such as Combinatorics, Cryptog- 
raphy, Differential Geometiy, Graph Theoiy, Mathematical Statistics, Number Theory, 
Real Analysis, Set Theory, Topology, and Vector Calculus. Offered spring semester of 
even years. Prerequisites will depend on the topic but will include a minimum of MAT 
233 with a grade of "C-" or higher and permission of the instructor. 

MAT 491. Internship in Mathematics 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 



213 



supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of aca- 
demic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained by 
career services, including opportunities at the Lynwood Park Community Center Edu- 
cation Program, Internal Revenue Service and various actuarial and consulting firms. 
Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty 
supervisor and qualification for the internship program, permission of an internship 
site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential 
Education Committee. 

Music 

Music at Oglethorpe is designed to encourage students to participate in the creative ex- 
perience of making music whether at a beginning, intermediate, or advanced level. As 
such, all offerings are available to students of all disciplines with minimal or no course 
prerequisites. 

MUS 134. University Singers 1 hour 

This is the University's auditioned, mixed-voice concert choir. It is the primary musi- 
cal ensemble for the study and performance of choral music, both accompanied and 
unaccompanied, from the renaissance to the present. The University chorale chamber 
choir is chosen by audition from members of the University Singers. Prerequisites: An 
audition and permission of the instructor/conductor. 

MUS 135. Beginning Class Voice 1 hour 

This course is an introduction to the basics of singing which includes posture, breath 
pressure, phonation, diction, tone and intonation. A variety of easy vocal literature will 
be studied and performed. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

MUS 136. Applied Instruction in Music ... 1-2 hours 

The study, practice and performance of techniques and literature on an individual 
basis. The following areas of private lessons are available: Instrumental (strings, brass 
and woodwinds); Piano; Voice; Guitar; and Harpsichord. Provides one thirty-minute 
lesson per week; the semester may culminate in a jury exam if deemed appropriate by 
the instructor. The instructor determines level of study (beginning, intermediate or 
advanced) and sets appropriate goals. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor or the 
Director of Music. 

MUS 290. Special Topics in Music 1-4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum such as Woodwind Ensemble; Basic Techniques of Conducting; Rudiments 
of Musical Literacy; Keyboard Accompanying; etc. Prerequisite: see individual course 
listings in the current semester course schedule. 

MUS 400. Advanced Independent Study in Music 1-4 hours 

Supervised advanced research on a selected project or paper. It provides students an 
opportunity to study and analyze, in depth, a specific musical style, composer, work, 
genre, etc. Prerequisite: Submission of an application which contains a proposed, 
detailed outline of study approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's 
adviser and the provost or associate provost. The completed application must be sub- 
mitted to the registrar's office no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the 
semester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Aca- 
demic Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 



214 



MUS 490. Advanced Special Topics in Music 4 hours 

This course will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the curricu- 
lum and will be a study of a selected topic in music, such as Fundamentals of Music; 
Masterpieces of Choral Literature; Roots of American Music; Philosophy of Music and 
Aesthetics; and World Music. Prerequisite: COR 103 or permission of the instructor. 

Philosophy 

Philosophy, in the broadest meaning of this term, is the attempt to think clearly about 
the world and the place of human beings in it. This activity is a response to questions 
which arise because the various areas of human life, such as science, art, morality and 
religion, often do not seem to be intelligible in themselves or to fit with one another. 
A philosophical world view, such as the philosophy of Plato or the philosophy of 
Descartes, represents an attempt to think through these difficulties and to arrive at a 
single, coherent vision of how reality is and how human beings should relate to it. 

The study of philosophy is a noble and worthwhile activity in its own right for the en- 
lightenment which it can provide about questions which should be of interest to every- 
one. It is important, however, that the philosophy major also be effective at imparting 
those general skills which are crucial for most professions. 

The mission statement of Oglethorpe University states that Oglethorpe graduates 
should be "humane generalists" with the intellectual adaptability which is needed to 
function successfully in changing and often unpredictable job situations. The phi- 
losophy program at Oglethorpe accomplishes this goal by fostering those abilities of 
critical thinking and intellectual flexibility required in virtually any professional career. 
Philosophy students learn how to read and understand abstract and often very difficult 
arguments. They also learn to think critically and independently, to develop their own 
views and to express their insights in clear, articulate spoken and written prose. Such 
skills are important for almost any profession and are especially useful for business and 
law. 

Philosophy courses need not be taken in a rigid sequence. Any philosophy course 
should improve a student's overall philosophical abilities and thereby strengthen the 
student's performance in any subsequent philosophy course. The courses are, however, 
classified by the difficulty of the reading involved and the amount of philosophical 
training and background which is advisable. 

Major 

The philosophy major consists of 11 courses in philosophy in addition to a foreign 
language requirement. The philosophy courses must be completed with a grade of "C-" 
or higher: 

PHI 201. Formal Logic 

PHI 204. Plato or PHI 205. Aristotle (ancient philosophy) 

PHI 206. Modern Philosophy or POL 342. Political Philosophy II: 
Modern (modern philosophy) 

PHI 302. Epistemology 

PHI 404. 20 th Century Continental Philosophy 

PHI 405. 20 th Century Analytic Philosophy 

One course on a single philosopher or philosophical movement 

Three philosophy electives 

One semester of a foreign language at the second semester elementary-level 

or higher 



215 



In addition, one course selected from the following: 
PHI 304. Philosophy of Mind 
PHI 306. Metaphysics 
PHI 406. Philosophy of Language 

Philosophy majors graduate with a Bachelor of Arts degree. 

Minor 

The philosophy minor consists of six courses in philosophy which must include: 
PHI 201. Formal Logic 

PHI 204. Plato or PHI 205. Aristotle (ancient philosophy) 
PHI 206. Modern Philosophy or POL 342. Political Philosophy II: 

Modern (modern philosophy) 
PHI 302. Epistemology or PHI 306. Metaphysics Two philosophy 

electives 

PHI 101. What is Philosophy? 4 hours 

This course introduces students to philosophy through some of the major works in 
philosophy's history. Socrates' dictum "... an unexamined life is not worth living" will be 
taken as the motto. Philosophy, in other words, is not just a way of thinking, but a way 
of life that requires examination of ideas and the world in which we live with clarity 
and courage. Offered every fall. 

PHI 200. Independent Study in Philosophy 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student s adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

PHI 201. Formal Logic 4 hours 

This course is a survey of formal techniques used in evaluating and analyzing argu- 
ments. Syntax, semantics and proof systems of both propositional logic (the truth-func- 
tions) and predicate calculus will be covered. Offered biennially in the spring. 

PHI 202. Ethical Theory 4 hours 

In this course, students will read several contemporary works concerning the nature of 
the ethical. Works will be drawn from both the analytic and the Continental traditions 
and an effort will be made to put the two traditions into dialogues with each other. Of- 
fered biennially in the spring. 

PHI 204. Plato 4 hours 

This course is a study of the philosophy of Plato through a reading of his major 
dialogues. In addition to the "Socratic" dialogues, readings will include the Phaedo, 
Phaedrus, Symposium, Republic and Timaeus. . Offered biennially in the fall. 

PHI 205. Aristotle 4 hours 

This course is a study of the philosophy of Aristotle through a reading of his major 
works. Readings will include portions of the Logic, Physics, DeAnima, Metaphysics and 
Nicomachean Ethics. Offered biennially in the fall. 



216 



PHI 206. Modern Philosophy 4 hours 

The early modern period (early 1600s to mid-1700s) is one of the most fertile in 
philosophy's history and the period when many of philosophy's central themes and 
methods come to be most clearly articulated. The goal in this course will be to acquire 
a basic understanding of the thought of the continental Rationalist (of particular note 
will be their views on the nature, sources, and extent of knowledge and their views on 
metaphysics [the study of reality in its broadest and most general terms]). Their views 
are interesting in themselves but also essential to the study of more recent philosophy 
and helpful in gaining a sense of the intellectual life of early modern Europe. Offered 
biennially in the spring. 

PHI 207. Aesthetics 4 hours 

What makes something a work of art and not a pile of bricks? Presumably the same 
thing that makes something a work of art and not a collection of particles of non- 
organic mater suspended in linseed oil and pressed against a prepared oak panel. But 
what is that thing? Put more broadly: is there a real distinction between what counts 
as a work of art and what doesn't? Over the course of the semester various philosophi- 
cal attempts to come to terms with these sorts of questions will be examined. Offered 
biennially in the fall. 

PHI 208. Philosophy of Science 4 hours 

Philosophical analyses of central scientific concepts - prediction, explanation, evi- 
dence, and laws will be explored in this class. There will be a special emphasis on the 
distinction between science and pseudoscience and the relation between theory and 
observation. Offered biennially in the spring. 

PHI 290. Special Topics in Philosophy 4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

PHI 302. Epistemology 4 hours 

This course will cover various issues concerned with the nature and validity of human 
knowledge. The topics studied will include the distinction between knowledge and 
belief, arguments for and against skepticism, perception and our knowledge of the 
physical world and the nature of truth. Offered triennially in the fall. Prerequisites: 8 
semester hours in philosophy courses with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

PHI 303. Space, Time and God 4 hours 

This course examines our conception of the universe as a totality, both in its own na- 
ture and in relation to an external cause. We will consider whether space and time are 
"absolute" realities or only systems of relations among objects, whether they are finite 
or infinite and whether or not there logically could exist space-time universes in addi- 
tion to our own. The course will conclude with the question of whether our space-time 
universe is self-sufficient or requires an ultimate cause or explanation (God) outside of 
itself. 

PHI 304. Philosophy of Mind 4 hours 

This course involves the study of philosophical questions about the nature of human 
persons. Students will examine l) the mind-body problem - the nature of the mind and 
consciousness and the relation of consciousness to physical processes within the body; 
2) personal identity - what makes a person one mind or subject both at a single mo- 
ment and over time; 3) free will - the status of a person as a free agent and the relation 
of this freedom to the causally determined processes in the person's body. 



217 



PHI 305. Nietzsche .....;4 hours 

In this course students will study the philosophy of Nietzsche through a reading of 
his major works, including The Birth of Tragedy, The Uses and Abuses of History for 
Life, Thus Spake Zarathustra, Beyond Good and Evil, Twilight of the Idols and The 
Anti-Christ. Students will also study some contemporary and influential readings of 
Nietzsche. 

PHI 306. Metaphysics 4 hours 

Metaphysics is that branch of philosophy that conducts the most general inquiry 
possible into the nature of reality. It asks questions like: What is the nature of space 
and time? What is substance? What is the distinction between substances and those 
characteristics - properties - shared by multiple substances? What is the nature of pos- 
sibility and necessity? Offered biennially in the fall. Prerequisites: 8 semester hours in 
philosophy courses with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

PHI 307. Existentialism 4 hours 

Existentialism has a gloomy reputation, and that reputation is wholly undeserved. Far 
from being a moody, angst-ridden meditation on the futility of human existence, exis- 
tentialism is focused on everyday experience and on the extent to which philosophical 
reflection always and already takes place in the context of a world. It seeks to illustrate 
the task, as Merleau-Ponty has it, "not of explaining the world or of discovering its 
conditions of possibility, but of formulating an experience off the world." It's on this 
notion of a formulation of experience that this course will concentrate, focusing mainly 
on Sartre's Being and Nothingness. Offered biennially in the fall. Prerequisites: two 
courses in philosophy or permission of the instructor. 

PHI 323. Internship in Philosophy 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services, including opportunities at the American Civil Liberties Union, the 
Georgia Attorney General's Office and Georgia Justice Project. Graded on a satisfac- 
tory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty supervisor and quali- 
fication for the internship program, permission of an internship site supervisor and 
acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Education Committee. 

POL 341. Political Philosophy I: Ancient and Medieval 4 hours 

This is an examination of the origins of philosophical reflection on the fundamental 
issues of politics, which is designed to lead to the critical consideration of the political 
views of our time. Among the topics discussed are the relationship between knowledge 
and political power and the character of political justice. Portions of the works of Aris- 
tophanes, Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas and Alfarabi are examined. Prerequisite: COR 201 
or permission of the instructor. 

POL 342. Political Philosophy II: Modern 4 hours 

This is a critical examination of the peculiarly modern political and philosophical 
stance beginning where Political Philosophy I concludes. Among the authors discussed 
are Machiavelli, Hobbes, Rousseau, Kant and Kojeve. Prerequisite: POL 341 or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 



218 



PHI 400. Advanced Independent Study in Philosophy 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

PHI 401. The Philosophical Response to the Scientific Revolution 4 hours 

This course is a study of the philosophical systems of Hobbes, Descartes, Spinoza and 
Leibniz. Each of these philosophies is an attempt to come to terms with the scientific 
picture of the world which had been given to the West by Copernicus and Galileo. The 
course begins with the materialist philosophy of Hobbes, followed by Descartes' dualis- 
tic (between mind and matter) view of the created world and then considers Spinoza's 
pantheistic monism and Leibniz's idealistic atomism as responses to the difficulties in 
the Cartesian philosophy. 

PHI 403. Heidegger's Being and Time 4 hours 

This course involves a close and patient reading of one of the most important and 
difficult works of Continental philosophy. An effort will be made to avoid speaking 
"heideggerianese" and to translate the dense language of the text into a way of speaking 
accessible to students. 

PHI 404. 20 th Century Continental Philosophy 4 hours 

Continent philosophy is a somewhat contentious notion for two reasons. First, there 
are some who doubt whether it is philosophy at all, Secondly, there are those who won- 
der whether it is actually a helpful description. What this course intends to do is look 
at French philosophy with a German accent, takings as its guiding thread Derrida's 
celebrated claim that philosophy today is a continual dialogue with Hegel, Husserl 
and Heidegger. Offered biennially in the spring. Prerequisites: 12 semester hours in 
philosophy courses with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

PHI 405. 20 th Century Analytic Philosophy 4 hours 

Analytic philosophy has come to dominate philosophy in English-speaking countries. 
It is difficult to characterize easily because it is not really dominated by any one over- 
arching issue or methodology, but instead by an overlapping set of issues and method- 
ologies. It is characterized, too, by a respect for the natural sciences and the method- 
ology of modern linguistics. This course will focus on the logical positivist movement 
that grew out of classic British empiricism and the simultaneous development of Frege 
and Russel's views. Then the Quinean rejection of logical positivism will be traced and 
Quine's extreme naturalism, concluding with Kripke and a return to a classic style of 
philosophy. Offered biennially in the spring. Prerequisites: 12 semester hours in phi- 
losophy courses with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

PHI 406. Philosophy of Language 4 hours 

Philosophy of language is traditionally an inquiry into the most general features of 
structured communication. This course will deal with questions such as the nature of 
meaning (how is it that words come to mean things?), the nature of linguistic content 
(what do words express?), and the analysis of conversation (including metaphor, non- 
literal meaning, presupposition, and conversational implicature). 

PHI 490. Advanced Special Topics in Philosophy: Philosophers 4 hours 

Intensive study of the thought of a single important philosopher or group of philoso- 
phers will be covered in this course. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the 
current semester course schedule. 



219 



PHI 491. Advanced Special Topics in Philosophy: Philosophical Issues 

and Problems 4 hours 

Studies of selected philosophical questions usually of special relevance to the present 
day have included courses such as Philosophy of History, War and Its Justification and 
Philosophical Issues in Women's Rights; and What Counts As Art? that included a trip 
to New York City. Prerequisites: See individual course listing in the current semester 
course schedule. 

Physics 

The physics curriculum is designed to provide well-rounded preparation in classical 
and modern physics. The successful completion of this program will prepare the gradu- 
ate to gain admission to one of the better graduate programs in physics or a related 
scientific field or to secure employment in a technical, scientific or engineering setting. 

A grade of "C-" or higher must be obtained in each freshman- and sophomore-level sci- 
ence course that is required for this major or minor; these courses are numbered 100 
through 300 in each discipline. A grade point average of 2.0 or higher is required in all 
courses required for the major. 

All 100-level introductory science courses (BIO 101 General Biology I, CHM 101 Gen- 
eral Chemistry I, CHM 101L General Chemistry Laboratory I, PHY 101 General Phys- 
ics I and PHY 101L Introductory Physics Laboratory I) have the same mathematics 
prerequisite. There are three ways that students can fulfill this mathematics require- 
ment: 

1 By achieving a score of 2, 3, 4 or 5 on the Advanced Placement Calculus AB or 
BC Examination; or 

2. By achieving a score of 550 or higher on the Mathematics Section of the SAT 
(the College Entrance Examination Board's Scholastic Assessment Test) or a 
score of 22 or higher on the Mathematics Section of the ACT (the American 
College Testing Program Assessment); or 

3. By earning a grade of "C-" or higher in MAT 103 Precalculus or MAT 13lCal- 
culus I at Oglethorpe University (or the equivalent course at a college or 
university; high school precalculus and high school calculus do NOT fulfill the 
prerequisite). PHY 201 College Physics I has MAT 131 Calculus I as a pre- or 
co-requisite, meaning that MAT 131 must be taken simultaneously with PHY 
201 if MAT 131 has not been completed earlier. 

Students who are interested in scientific illustration are encouraged to consider the 
Scientific Illustration Tracks that are offered within the art major. 

Major 

The requirements for a major in physics are as follows: College Physics I and II taken 
after or concurrently with Calculus I and II (preferably in the freshman year); Classi- 
cal Mechanics I and II taken after or concurrently with Calculus III (suggested for the 
sophomore year); Thermal and Statistical Physics; Modern Optics; Modern Physics I 
and II; Electricity and Magnetism I and II; Mathematical Physics; and Special Top- 
ics in Theoretical Physics or Special Topics in Experimental Physics. Several of these 
courses have associated laboratory courses which are required and should be taken 
concurrently with the lecture course. Examination is generally required to transfer 
credit for any of these courses. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Science. 

Minor 

A minor in physics is offered to provide students with an opportunity to strengthen and 
broaden their educational credentials either as an end in itself or as an enhancement of 



220 



future employment prospects. The requirement for the physics minor is three lecture 
courses numbered PHY 202 or higher plus at least one physics laboratory course at the 
300 level or above. 

PHY 101, PHY 102. General Physics I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

An introductory course without calculus. Fundamental aspects of mechanics, fluids, 
waves, thermal physics, electricity and magnetism, optics and modern physics. The text 
will be on the level of Cutnell and Johnson, College Physics. Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisite: MAT 103; PHY 101 must precede PHY 102. Corequisites: PHY 101L and 
PHY102L. 

PHY 200. Independent Study in Physics 1-5 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar 's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

PHY 201, PHY 202. College Physics I, II 5 plus 5 hours 

Introductory physics with calculus. Subject matter is the same as in general physics but 
on a level more suited to physics majors, engineering majors, etc. One year of calculus 
as a prerequisite is preferred, otherwise calculus must be taken concurrently. The text 
will be on the level of Halliday, Resnick and Walker, Fundamentals of Physics. Prereq- 
uisite: PHY 201 with a grade of "C-" or higher must precede PHY 202. Corequisites: 
PHY 101L and PHY 102L. 

PHY101L, PHY 102L. Introductory Physics Laboratory I, II 1 plus 1 hour 

Introductory physics laboratories to accompany PHY 101, 102, 201 and 202. 

PHY 211, PHY 212. Classical Mechanics I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

This is the student's first introduction to theoretical physics. Lagrangian and Hamil- 
tonian methods are developed with Newton's laws of motion and applied to a variety 
of contemporary problems. Emphasis is placed on problem work, the object being to 
develop physical intuition and facility for translating physical problems into mathe- 
matical terms. The text will be on the level of Analytical Mechanics by Fowles. Prereq- 
uisites: MAT 132 and PHY 202 with a grade of "C-" or higher in each course. A grade of 
"C-" or higher must be earned in PHY 211 before taking PHY 212. 

PHY 232. Fundamentals of Electronics 4 hours 

This course is designed primarily for science majors and dual degree engineering 
students. Coverage includes DC and AC circuits, semi-conductor devices, amplifiers, 
oscillators and digital devices. The intent is to provide a working understanding of 
common instrumentation in science and technology. Text will be on the level of Simp- 
son, Electronics for Scientists and Engineers. Prerequisite: PHY 102 or PHY 212 with a 
grade of "C-" or higher. 

PHY232L. Fundamentals of Electronics Laboratory lhour 

Laboratory work will involve design, construction, troubleshooting and analysis of 
standard analog and digital circuits. Corequisite: PHY 232. 

PHY 290. Special Topics in Physics 1-4 hours 

Topics are drawn from areas of theoretical or experimental physics, or closely related 
fields such as astronomy and cosmology, which are not treated in detail in standard 



221 



courses offered in the physics department. This course is appropriate for students at 
the intermediate level of preparation. 

PHY 331, PHY 332. Electricity and Magnetism I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

This course is a thorough introduction to one of the two fundamental disciplines of 
classical physics, using vector calculus methods. After a brief review of vector analysis, 
the first semester will treat electrostatic and magnetic fields and provide an introduc- 
tion to the special theory of relativity. The second semester will develop electrodynam- 
ics, including Maxwell's equations, the propagation of electromagnetic waves, radiation 
and the electromagnetic theory of light. The treatment will be on the level of the text 
of Reitz, Milford and Christy. It is recommended that MAT 241 be taken concurrently. 
Prerequisites: MAT 233 and PHY 202 with a grade of "C-" or higher in each course; 
PHY 331 must precede PHY 332. 

PHY 333. Thermal and Statistical Physics 4 hours 

The purpose of this course is to provide physics, engineering and chemistry majors 
with a fundamental understanding of heat and the equilibrium behavior of complex 
systems including statistical mechanics. Topics will include the zeroth, first and second 
laws of thermodynamics with applications to closed and open systems; microcanonical 
and canonical ensembles for classical and quantum systems, with applications to ideal 
gases, specific heats, blackbody radiation, etc.; the kinetic description of equilibrium 
properties. Text will be on the level of Kestin and Dorfman or Zemansky. Prerequisites: 
MAT 132 and PHY 202 with a grade of "C-" or higher in each course. 

PHY 333L. Thermal and Statistical Physics Laboratory 1 hour 

Laboratory work will include experiments involving thermal expansion, behavior of 
ideal and real gases, determination of adiabatic constants for gases, measurement of 
the density anomaly of water, diffusion in gases, liquids and solids, superconductivity 
and the critical temperature. Corequisite: PHY 333. 

PHY 335. Introduction to Modern Optics 4 hours 

A standard intermediate-level optics course which will treat the basics of wave theory 
and the electromagnetic origin of optical phenomena, geometrical optics, physical 
optics including Fourier optics, Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction and dispersion. The 
course will conclude with some consideration of current topics such as holography, 
quantum optics and non-linear optics. Text will be on the level of Jenkins and White 
or Hecht. Prerequisites: MAT 132 and PHY 202 with a grade of "C-" or higher in each 
course. 

PHY 335L. Modern Optics Laboratory 1 hour 

A non-introductory optics laboratory, this course encompasses both geometric and 
wave optics including measurements of the speed of light, refractive indices, polariza- 
tion of light, spectroscopy, lasers, holography and interference phenomena and instru- 
ments. Prerequisite or corequisite: PHY 335. 

PHY 400. Advanced Independent Study in Physics 1-5 hours 

Supervised study of a topic of interest to the student, which is not treated in the 
regularly scheduled course offerings. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline of 
study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instructor, 
the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of \h\s Bulletin. 

PHY 421, PHY 422. Introduction to Modern Physics I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

For physics, engineering and chemistry majors, this is a one-year sequence that 
discusses the most important developments in 20th century physics. The first semes- 



222 



ter will review special relativity and treat the foundations of quantum physics from a 
historical perspective; the quantum theory of one-electron atoms will be developed. In 
the second semester, there will be a treatment of many-electron atoms, molecules and 
solids, with an introduction to nuclear and elementary particle physics. The text will 
be on the level of Eisberg and Resnick, Quantum Physics Prerequisites: MAT 132 and 
PHY 202; PHY 421 must precede PHY 422. 

PHY421L, PHY422L. Modern Physics Laboratory I, II 1 plus 1 hour 

Laboratory work will include experimental determination of fundamental constants 
such as h, e and e/m as well as standard experiments such as Franck-Hertz, Rutherford 
scattering, electronic spin resonance, Millikan oil-drop, Bragg diffraction, etc. Corequi- 
sites: PHY 421 and PHY 422. 

PHY 423. Mathematical Physics 4 hours 

This course will examine a variety of mathematical ideas and methods used in physical 
sciences. Topics may include: vector calculus; solutions of partial differential equations, 
including the wave and heat equations; special functions; eigenvalue problems; Fourier 
analysis and mathematical modeling, particularly numerical computer methods. Text 
will be on the level of Arfken or Mathews and Walker. Prerequisite: MAT 241 with a 
grade of "C-" or higher. 

PHY 490. Advanced Special Topics in Theoretical Physics 1-5 hours 

Topics are drawn from areas of theoretical physics, or closely related fields such as 
astronomy and cosmology, which are not treated in detail in standard courses offered 
in the physics department. This course is appropriate for students at the advanced level 
of preparation. 

PHY 491. Advanced Special Topics in Experimental Physics 1-5 hours 

Topics are drawn from areas of experimental physics, or closely related fields such as 
astronomy and cosmology, which are not treated in detail in standard courses offered 
in the physics department. This course is appropriate for students at the advanced level 
of preparation. 

PHY 495. Internship in Physics 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services, including opportunities at a number of local engineering firms 
and technically-based corporations and labs. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty 
supervisor, qualification for the internship program, permission of an internship site 
supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Educa- 
tion Committee. 

Politics 

As Aristotle observed some 2000 years ago, "Man is by nature a political animal." 
Politics shapes who we are and how we live; it animates human nature, forges identi- 
ties, drives social movements, structures national politics and institutions and molds 
international relations. At Oglethorpe, students of politics encounter a wide range of 
opinions, beliefs and scholarly analysis as to the nature of politics and what constitutes 
the legitimate aims of political action. Differences and disagreements abound, provid- 
ing a rich environment for students to develop their own informed opinions honed 



223 



through healthy debate with their colleagues. In addition, politics majors gain both 
substantive knowledge and analytic skills. Introductory classes in American politics, 
comparative politics, international relations and political philosophy provide the 
foundation for subsequent pursuit of more specialized study undertaken in higher-level 
courses. Skills acquired include: close critical reading of texts; inductive, deductive and 
analogical reasoning; substantiating arguments; comparing across cases; and making 
generalizations. 

Oglethorpe's location provides numerous opportunities to study and engage with real 
world politics, be they local, national or international. Atlanta is home to the Georgia 
state government, The Carter Center and the Martin Luther King, Jr. Center. Stu- 
dents have taken advantage of the Georgia's Legislative Intern and Governor's Intern 
Programs, as well as worked with the Georgia State Legislature, the Department of 
Industry, Trade and Tourism and the League of Women Voters, participated in The 
Carter Center Internship Program and worked with a variety of governmental and 
grassroots programs. 

Resources at Oglethorpe serve to help students engage actively in politics. Through 
career services, students can identify and create other internships. Oglethorpe's affilia- 
tions with The Washington Center for Internships and the Washington Semester Pro- 
gram of American University allow students to study politics and intern in the nation's 
capital. Students can also use internship credit towards their major requirements. In 
an increasingly globalized world, Oglethorpe's study abroad programs provide the op- 
portunity to gain in-depth experience of the politics and culture of another country for 
periods ranging from a week to a semester to a year. Please see Oglethorpe University 
Students Abroad in the Educational Enrichment section of this Bulletin. 

Politics majors contemplate and analyze the different forms of power shaping to- 
day's world, be they individuals, ideas, institutions or coercive force. This knowledge 
prepares them well for a variety of careers, including law, journalism, government, 
international organizations, NGO's, education, business and politics. 

Major 

Students majoring in politics must complete at least 10 courses in the discipline, with a 
grade of "C-" or higher in each course. The following four courses are required: 

POL 101. Introduction to American Politics 

POL 111. International Relations 

POL 121. Introduction to Comparative Politics 

POL 341. Political Philosophy I: Ancient and Medieval or 

POL 342. Political Philosophy II: Modern 

In addition, students must take two courses at the 300 level and one at the 400 level 
and complete at least one semester of a foreign language at the second semester 
elementary-level or higher. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Aits. 

Minor 

To receive a minor, students must take four courses distributed among three of the four 
sub fields of the discipline (American politics, comparative politics, international rela- 
tions and political philosophy). 

POL 101. Introduction to American Politics 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to the fundamental questions of politics through an 
examination of the American founding and political institutions. Offered every year. 



224 



POL 111. International Relations 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to the conduct of politics in a condition of anarchy. The 
central issues will be how and whether independent states can establish and preserve 
international order and cooperate for the achievement of their common interests in an 
anarchic environment. These questions will be explored through a reading of relevant 
history and theoretical writings and an examination of present and future trends influ- 
encing world politics. Offered fall semester. 

POL 121. Introduction to Comparative Politics 4 hours 

This course traces the evolution of major theories and methodologies of comparative 
politics from the 1960s to present, analyzing both their distinguishing characteris- 
tics and how these theories respond to the prominent political issues and intellectual 
debates of their times. Topics to be covered include: political behavior, political culture, 
revolutions, modernization, political economy, rational choice, institutions and the 
state with democratization serving as an overarching theme. Offered spring semester. 

POL 200. Independent Study in Politics 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

POL 201. Constitutional Law 4 hours 

In this course, we will examine the Constitution and the efforts of the United States 
Supreme Court to expound and interpret it. In addition to reading and briefing many 
Supreme Court decisions, students will examine some leading contemporary works in 
constitutional and legal theory. Offered spring semester in alternate years. Prerequi- 
site: POL 101. 

POL 211. War 4 hours 

What is war? How and to what extent has it changed through the ages? Why are wars 
won or lost? When is war just? How will war be fought in the future, with what results? 
Offered alternate years. 

POL 231. Asian Politics 4 hours 

This course is a general introduction to the variety of political systems in Asia, con- 
centrating particularly on the nations of East Asia. It will emphasize the methods of 
comparative political study and will focus on understanding the factors that determine 
different political outcomes in nations that share a geographical region and many simi- 
lar cultural and historical influences. 

POL 290. Special Topics in Politics 4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

POL 302. American Political Parties 4 hours 

An in-depth study of the development of party organizations in the United States and 
an analysis of their bases of power. Offered fall semester of alternate years. Prerequi- 
site: POL 101. 



225 



POL 303. Congress and the Presidency 4 hours 

An examination of the original arguments for the current American governmental 
structure and the problems now faced by these institutions. Offered spring semester of 
alternate years. Prerequisite: POL 101. 

ULP 303. The New American City 4 hours 

The purpose of this course is to examine the problems and prospects of politics and 
policymaking in the new American city and its environs. Consideration will be given to 
the political and sociological significance of a number of the factors that characterize 
this new development, including the extremes of wealth and poverty, the mix of racial 
and ethnic groups and the opportunities and challenges provided by progress in trans- 
portation and technology. Offered every year. 

POL 304. African-American Politics 4 hours 

This course is designed to provide students with an overview of the various strategies 
and tactics used by African-Americans to advance their economic, social and political 
agendas. As such, the course will provide a detailed examination of the successes and 
failures of the interaction between the United States political system and African- 
Americans from both an historic and present-day perspective. Offered every year. 
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

POL 311. United States Foreign Policy 4 hours 

A history of American foreign policy since 1945, emphasis in this course will be on the 
description, explanation and evaluation of events and policies, not the study of policy- 
making as such. 

POL 321. Political Development 4 hours 

This course surveys substantive themes and theoretical debates in the study of politi- 
cal development including: what is meant by 'political development,' cultural versus 
structural explanations for change, whether development is driven by domestic or 
international influences, political transitions and the relative significance of particular 
groups or institutions. Readings build from theoretical touchstones HNSO II (Smith, 
Marx, Weber) to address contemporary cases in developing and developed countries. 
Prerequisite: POL 121, COR 202 or permission of the instructor. 

POL 331. Comparative Politics of China and Japan 4 hours 

While Japan and China have both become prominent nation-states with increasing in- 
ternational influence, each country has achieved this feat through very different means. 
This course seeks to ascertain the sources and strength of their respective development 
paths as well as the prognosis for their political and economic futures. Topics to be 
covered include: state formation, ideology and political order, political and economic 
institutions, economic development strategies, Asian values,' state-society relations, 
regional and international relations. Prerequisite: POL 121, POL 231 or permission of 
the instructor. 

POL 341. Political Philosophy I: Ancient and Medieval 4 hours 

This is an examination of the origins of philosophical reflection on the fundamental 
issues of politics, which is designed to lead to the critical consideration of the political 
views of our time. Among the topics discussed are the relationship between knowledge 
and political power and the character of political justice. Portions of the works of Aris- 
tophanes, Plato, Cicero and Alfarabi are examined. Offered fall semester in alternate 
years. Prerequisite: COR 201 or permission of the instructor. 

POL 342. Political Philosophy II: Modern 4 hours 

This is a critical examination of the peculiarly modern political and philosophical 
stance beginning where Political Philosophy I concludes. Among the authors discussed 



226 



are Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Kant and Kojeve. Offered spring semester 
in alternate years. Prerequisite: POL 341 or permission of the instructor. 

POL 361. European Politics 4 hours 

This course is a factual, conceptual and historical introduction to politics on the Eu- 
ropean continent, including (but not necessarily limited to) Britain, France, Germany, 
Italy, Russia and the European Union. These regimes will be studied through a com- 
parison of their social structures, party systems, institutions and constitutions, political 
cultures and (if possible) their domestic policies. Prerequisite: POL 101. Offered 
alternate years. 

POL 371. Survey of Research Methods 4 hours 

This course introduces students to qualitative and quantitative methods such as sur- 
veys, experiments, archival research, hermeneutical research, case studies and causal 
analysis. The class will examine these research methods from several different angles 
including research techniques specific to each method, skills to critically evaluate such 
research, the epistemological considerations and practical consequences of undertak- 
ing such research. Students considering graduate school or careers that require them 
to sue and assess research may find this course particularly valuable. This course is 
also cross listed as CRS 415 and SOC 310. Offered spring semester in alternate years. 
Prerequisite: Students with junior standing or permission of the instructor. 

POL 400. Advanced Independent Study in Politics 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

POL 411. War, Peace and Security 4 hours 

An in-depth treatment of one or more of the issues introduced in International Rela- 
tions. The course will be conducted as a seminar, with the emphasis on reading, discus- 
sion and research. It will address the following questions: When and why do statesmen 
resort to force to resolve international conflicts? When does the threat of force suc- 
ceed or fail and when and how ought one to employ it? When and why do states make 
peace? What are the causes of conflict in the present and future? What are the pros- 
pects for peace? Topics vary from year to year. Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: 
POL 111 or POL 311. 

POL 422. Seminar in Chinese Politics 4 hours 

This course explores the ongoing political, social and economic transformations in 
Communist China, with emphasis on the post-Mao era (1978 to the present). General 
themes include Maoist versus Dengist politics, revolution versus reform, market re- 
form in a communist state, factionalism, central-local relations, state-society relations 
and China in the international order. The course also examines current political and 
social issues. Prerequisite: POL 121, POL 231 or permission of the instructor. 

POL 431. Seminar in Politics and Culture 4 hours 

This will be an upper-level seminar in the study of the relationship of politics and 
culture. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the nature and difficulties of cul- 
tural study, with particular attention to ethnographic or participant observer research 
methods. Focus of the seminar changes yearly but has included such topics as Judaism 
and Jewishness, Women and Politics and Language and Politics. Prerequisite: POL 101 
or junior standing. 



227 



POL 441. Seminar in Political Philosophy 4 hours 

An intensive examination of a text or theme introduced in the Political Philosophy 
sequence. Among the topics have been Rousseau's Emile, Spinoza and The German 
Enlightenment. Offered spring semester in alternate years. Prerequisite: Permission of 
the instructor. 

POL 451. Internship in Politics 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is main- 
tained by career services, including opportunities at the Georgia State Legislature, 
the United States Department of State, The Carter Center and the Superior Court of 
Fulton County. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permis- 
sion of the faculty supervisor and qualification for the internship program, permission 
of an internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the 
Experiential Education Committee. 

POL 490. Advanced Special Topics in Politics 4 hours 

A variety of courses will be offered to respond to topical needs of the curriculum. Re- 
cent courses include Moral and Political Leadership, Dealing with Diversity, Criminal 
Law and Citizenship in Theory and Practice. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Pre-law Studies 

Students planning to enter law school after graduation from Oglethorpe should realize 
that neither the American Bar Association nor leading law schools endorse a particular 
pre-law major. The student is advised, however, to take courses that enhance the basic 
skills of a liberally educated person: reading with comprehension, writing, speaking 
and reasoning. The student is encouraged to become more familiar with political, eco- 
nomic and social institutions as they have developed historically and as they function 
in contemporary society. 

Students interested in pursuing a legal career should ask the registrar for the names of 
faculty members serving as pre-law advisers. 

Pre-medicai Studies 

Students who plan to attend a professional school of medicine, dentistry, optometry, 
pharmacy or veterinary medicine should develop a program of studies at Oglethorpe in 
consultation with a faculty member who is a designated pre-medical adviser. It is desir- 
able for pre-medical students to have a pre-medical adviser from the outset of the plan- 
ning of their undergraduate program. It is essential that the students establish contact 
with a pre-medical adviser by the second semester of their freshman year. 

Admission to professional schools of health science require successful completion of a 
specified sequence of courses in the natural sciences, courses in the humanities and so- 
cial sciences, submission of acceptable scores on appropriate standardized tests as well 
as other requirements that are specific for particular schools. The Scientific Founda- 
tions for Future Physicians (SFFP) Committee, a partnership between the Association 
of American Medical Colleges and the Howard Hughes Medical Institute, notes in their 
2009 report "The competencies for premedical education need to be broad and com- 
patible with a strong liberal arts education"; this has been the practice at Oglethorpe 
for many years. The SFFP Committee defines the overarching competency at the time 



228 



of entry into medical school as: "(The applicant must) demonstrate both knowledge of 
and ability to use basic principles of mathematics and statistics, physics, chemistry, bio- 
chemistry, and biology needed for the application of the sciences to human health and 
disease." Thus, students should familiarize themselves with the particular admission 
requirements for the type of professional school they plan to enter prior to deciding 
on the course of study to be pursued at Oglethorpe. An excellent starting point for this 
preliminary study is the website at www.explorehealthcareers.com. 

Some schools of medicine, dentistry and veterinary medicine will admit highly quali- 
fied applicants who have completed all admission requirements for the professional 
school during three years of study at an undergraduate institution. (Four years of 
undergraduate work and a bachelor's degree are standard requirements; admission 
after three years is highly atypical and is not available at all schools.) It is possible for 
students to enter an allopathic, osteopathic or podiatric medical school, dental school 
or veterinary school (no other health profession schools are eligible) after three years 
of study at Oglethorpe and to complete their bachelor's degree under the Professional 
Option. By specific arrangement between the professional school and Oglethorpe 
University and in accordance with regulations of both institutions, after successful 
completion of all academic requirements of the first year in the professional school, 
the student receives a degree from Oglethorpe University when certified to be in good 
standing at the professional school. Students interested in this possibility should con- 
sult with their advisers to make certain that all conditions are met; simultaneous en- 
rollment in several science courses each semester during the three years at Oglethorpe 
likely will be required to meet minimum expectations for taking professional school 
admission tests and to meet admission requirements for the professional school. All 
Oglethorpe core courses must be completed before the student enrolls in the profes- 
sional school. 

An important note for international students: It is extremely difficult and very un- 
likely for international applicants who are not citizens or permanent residents of the 
United States to gain admission to American medical schools. State-supported medical 
schools rarely consider international applicants; private medical schools that accept 
international applicants generally require them to place in escrow the equivalent of one 
to four years tuition and fees (U.S. $50,000 to $300,000). There are very few scholar- 
ships available to support any students at American medical schools; in order to qualify 
for loans that are sponsored by the United States government, the applicant must be 
a citizen or permanent resident. International students who plan to become medical 
doctors by completing their education at an American medical school should consider 
these issues very carefully before enrolling in an undergraduate pre-medical program 
in the United States. 

Psychology 

The Department of Psychology endorses a view of psychology as the use of scientific 
methods to study a broad range of factors that often interact to produce human behav- 
ior, including cognitive, developmental, personality, physiological and social variables. 
Therefore, students who major in psychology are expected to: 

1. Learn to apply empirical methods to understand human and animal behavior. 
Students should be able to use and critique a variety of research methods, 
ranging from controlled laboratory experiments to naturalistic observa- 
tions. Specific skills to be acquired include the ability to operationally define 
concepts for empirical study; to collect, analyze and interpret empirical data; 
to clearly communicate findings to larger audiences through oral and written 
presentations (for example, APA style research papers, posters and presenta- 
tions). 

2. Learn major theoretical and empirical advances in a variety of disciplines 



229 



within the field of psychology. This objective should include the ability to 
compare and contrast explanations offered by different schools of thought 
within each discipline. It also should include an understanding of both cur- 
rent and historically prominent developments in the various disciplines. 
3. Learn ways in which psychological concepts can be applied for the benefit 
of oneself and society. Students will learn about clinical, educational and 
organizational applications of psychological research and will consider ways 
in which psychological principles may be relevant to personal life and civic 
participation. In addition, students are expected to become more precise and 
tolerant observers of human behavior and individual differences. 

The Department of Psychology at Oglethorpe University has a strong tradition of stu- 
dent achievement in research and internships. Many students collaborate with faculty 
on research projects or develop and complete their own research projects with the help 
of faculty mentors. Each year, Oglethorpe is represented at regional and national psy- 
chology conferences by psychology students presenting their original work. Psychology 
students have completed internships in a variety of settings including: private clini- 
cal practices, adoption agencies, law enforcement agencies, law firms, the Centers for 
Disease Control and Prevention, Partnership Against Domestic Violence, Georgia State 
University Language Research Center, Zoo Atlanta, Yerkes Regional Primate Research 
Center and the Georgia Psychological Association. 

Major 

To complete a major in psychology, students must complete eight required foundation 
courses (each worth four semester hours, for a total of 32 semester hours) and five elec- 
tive courses (each worth four semester hours, for a total of 20 semester hours), where 
at least one course is taken from each of the four discipline areas. The fifth elective 
course can be any additional psychology course. With prior approval of a psychology 
faculty member, two evening degree program (EDP) courses may be used to fulfill the 
fifth elective requirement. Students will need to complete two EDP courses because 
traditional undergraduate (TU) day courses are four semester hours each, and EDP 
courses are three semester hours each; thus one EDP course would not provide enough 
semester hours to substitute. Directed research, independent study, and internship 
hours cannot be counted toward the 20-hour elective course requirement. 

The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Science. Please note that as a requirement for 
the major, students must complete at least one semester of a foreign language at the 
second semester elementary-level or higher. Any course taken outside of the tradi- 
tional undergraduate program to satisfy degree requirements must be approved by 
the department. This includes courses offered in the evening degree program (EDP). 
Because EDP courses are three semester hours each, and do not offer the same breadth 
or depth of courses offered in the traditional undergraduate (TU) day program, these 
classes may not be used toward the fulfillment of required or elective courses for a 
major or minor in psychology , with one exception, see above. Transfer courses may 
satisfy major requirements if shown on an official transcript and approved by psychol- 
ogy faculty. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of Introduction to Psychology and any four additional 
courses in psychology. No course can be used to satisfy both major and minor require- 
ments. Two EDP courses may be used to fulfill one of the electives required for the 
minor. Students will need to complete two courses because TU courses are 4 credits 



230 



and EDP courses are 3 credits; thus one EDP course would not provide enough credits 
to substitute. Directed research, independent study, and internship credits cannot be 
combined with an EDP course to constitute an elective. 

Required Foundation Courses 

PSY 101. Introduction to Psychology 

MAT 111. Statistics 

PSY 209. Behavioral Neuroscience 

PSY 301. Research Methods 

PSY 302. Advanced Experimental Psychology 

PSY 405. History and Systems 

One semester of a foreign language at the second semester 

elementary-level or higher 

Clinical Psychology Discipline Area 

PSY 205. Theories of Personality 
PSY 206. Abnormal Psychology 
PSY 303. Psychological Testing 

Cognitive/Developmental Psychology Discipline Area 

PSY 201. Developmental Psychology 
PSY 307- Cognitive Psychology 

Biopsychology Discipline Area 

PSY 308. Sensation and Perception 
PSY 310. Drugs, Brain and Behavior 

Social Psychology Discipline Area 

PSY 202. Organizational Psychology 
PSY 204. Social Psychology 

PSY 101. Introduction to Psychology 4 hours 

This course provides a general introduction to psychology, with an emphasis on 
helping students appreciate how psychologist attempt to answer questions using the 
scientific method. Topics within neuropsychology, learning, memory, development, 
clinical and social psychology are considered from an empirical point of view. Offered 
every semester. 

PSY 200. Independent Study in Psychology 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

PSY 201. Developmental Psychology 4 hours 

This course will focus on the current scientific thinking about human development 
from birth to adolescence and will integrate theoretical, research, and applied areas. 
Topics will include genetics and prenatal development, language acquisition, and cog- 
nitive and social development. Specific emphasis will be devoted to the social/cultural 
factors that may influence development. Offered annually in the spring. Prerequisite: 
PSY 101 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 



231 



EDU 201. Educational Psychology 4 hours 

A study of learning theory and its application to such problems as classroom manage- 
ment, the organization of learning activities, understanding individual differences and 
evaluating teaching and learning. Emphasis is given to factors which facilitate and 
interfere with learning. Offered annually in the fall. Prerequisite: PSY 101 with a grade 
of "C" or higher. 

PSY 202. Organizational Psychology 4 hours 

Organizations and the individuals who function within them will be examined from 
the perspective of psychological theory and research. Consideration will be given both 
to broad topics relevant to all organizations, such as communications, groups and 
leadership, and to topics specific to the work environment, such as employee selection, 
training and evaluation. Offered odd years in the spring. Prerequisite: PSY 101 with a 
grade of "C-" or higher. 

PSY 203. Learning and Conditioning 4 hours 

This course examines the empirical and theoretical issues surrounding learned be- 
havior. Most of the data discussed come from studies in animal learning but special 
emphasis will be placed on how learning principles explain everyday human behavior 
and are used in the treatment of abnormal behavior patterns. Offered annually in the 
fall. Prerequisite: PSY 101 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

PSY 204. Social Psychology 4 hours 

Social psychology is the study of how our thoughts, feelings and behavior are influ- 
enced by the presence of other people. The course will include a consideration of 
conformity, attraction, aggression, self-presentation, prejudice, helping behavior, and 
other relevant aspects of social life. Offered annually in the fall. Prerequisite: PSY 101 
with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

PSY 205. Theories of Personality 4 hours 

The goal of this course is to acquaint the student with the major theories of personality 
and with approaches to the scientific evaluation of them. Students will be encouraged 
to engage in critical analysis and theoretical comparisons of the ideas presented from 
diverse, and often contradictory, perspectives. Offered annually in the fall. Prerequisite: 
PSY 101 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

PSY 206. Abnormal Psychology. 4 hours 

There are three main goals in this course. The first is to enhance the student's under- 
standing of psychopathology and major treatment approaches. The second is to help 
the student learn to evaluate critically the research evidence regarding therapeutic in- 
terventions. The third is to encourage a self-examination of the students attitudes and 
those of our society regarding mental illness and the full range of human individual 
differences. Offered annually in the spring. Prerequisite: PSY 101 with a grade of "C-" 
or higher. 

PSY 209. Behavioral Neuroscience .......4 hours 

This course focuses on the relationship between biology and behavior. The anatomy, 
physiology, and chemistry of the central nervous system will be reviewed and the cur- 
rent scientific evidence concerning the relationship between biology and behavior will 
be presented. Evidence from research involving both physiological manipulations 
of animals and biological and pathological insults in humans are included. Topics 
include: research methodology, sleep, feeding, sexual behavior, learning and memory, 
language, psychopathology, and plasticity. Offered annually in the fall. Prerequisites: 
PSY 101 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 



232 



PSY 290. Special Topics in Psychology 4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester class 
schedule. 

PSY 301. Research Methods 4 hours 

Through a combination of class discussion and hands-on research activity, this course 
provides students with exposure to a variety of research approaches. The course begins 
with an examination of descriptive methods, such as naturalistic observation, sur- 
veys and archival research, and concludes with an analysis of controlled experimental 
methods. Quasi-experimental designs and applications of research methods are also 
explored. Offered annually in the fall. Prerequisites: PSY 101 with a grade of "C-" or 
higher and MAT 111. 

PSY 302. Advanced Experimental Psychology 4 hours 

This sequel to the introductory research methods course provides students with the 
opportunity to design, conduct, analyze, and report the findings of an individually 
planned and executed research project. This intensive, semester-long project will allow 
students to consolidate and apply the knowledge acquired in PSY 301, as well as expose 
students to the real-world challenges that often accompany scientific research.. Offered 
annually in the spring. Prerequisite: PSY 301. 

PSY 303. Psychological Testing 4 hours 

This course covers the selection, interpretation and applications of psychological tests, 
including tests of intellectual ability, vocational and academic aptitudes and personal- 
ity. The most common uses of test results in educational institutions, clinical settings, 
business, government and the military will be considered. The history of psychologi- 
cal testing and the interpretation of test results also will be considered from both 
traditional and critical perspectives. Although students will have the opportunity to 
see many psychological tests, this course is not intended to train students actually to 
administer tests. Offered odd years in the spring. Prerequisites: PSY 101 with a grade of 
"C-" or higher and MAT 111. 

PSY 307. Cognitive Psychology 4 hours 

This course explores the nature and function of human thought processes and the re- 
search methods used to study them. Discussion will focus on theories about cognitive 
phenomena and the assumptions on which these theories and research are based. Top- 
ics to be covered include perception, attention, memory, intelligence, problem solving 
and reasoning, and language. Offered even years in the fall. Prerequisite: PSY 101 with 
a grade of "C-" or higher. 

PSY 308. Sensation and Perception 4 hours 

This course explores how our sensory systems detect the physical world around us and 
how the brain interprets what these sensations mean. Topics covered will include psy- 
chophysical methods, signal detection theory, and the neural mechanisms underlying 
vision, hearing, taste, smell, and touch. Offered even years in the spring. Prerequisites: 
PSY 101 with a grade of "C-" or higher and PSY 309. 

PSY 310. Drugs, the Brain and Behavior 4 hours 

This course examines the effects of psychoactive drugs on the central nervous system 
and, subsequently, behavior. Both recreational and illicit drugs and those used to treat 
mental disorders will be covered. In addition, the underlying brain and environmental 
factors thought to be responsible for drug addiction, tolerance and sensitivity, and the 
classification of common psychoactive drugs will be reviewed. Offered odd years in the 
spring. Prerequisites: PSY 101 with a grade of "C-" or higher and PSY 309- 



233 



PSY 400. Advanced Independent Study in Psychology 1-4 hours 

This course provides the opportunity for an intense advanced study of diverse topics 
under the direct supervision of the instructor. Prerequisite: Submission of an applica- 
tion which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study approved by the instructor, 
the division chair, the student's advisor and the provost or associate provost. The com- 
pleted application must be submitted to the registrar's office no later than the final day 
of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For additional criteria, see Indepen- 
dent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

PSY 405. History and Systems of Psychology 4 hours 

This course serves as the capstone course and challenges students to synthesize infor- 
mation from all four years of study in psychology. A study of the historic development 
of modern psychology, this course covers its philosophical and scientific ancestry, the 
major schools of thought, the contemporary systems of psychology and their theoreti- 
cal and empirical differences. Offered annually in the spring. Prerequisites: Open 
only to seniors who are psychology majors or minors, or biopsychology majors, or by 
permission of the instructor. 

PSY 406. Directed Research in Psycholog 4 hours 

Original investigations and detailed studies of the literature in selected areas of psy- 
chology will be supervised by a faculty member. Emphasis will be on original research. 
Prerequisites: PSY 301 and permission of the instructor. 

PSY 407- Internship in Psychology 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services, including opportunities mentioned in the major overview. Graded 
on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty super- 
visor and qualification for the internship program, permission of an internship site 
supervisor acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Education 
Committee. 

PSY 490. Advanced Special Topics in Psychology 4 hours 

The seminar will provide examination and discussion of various topics of contempo- 
rary interest in psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 101 with a grade of "C-" or higher. 

Shakespeare and Renaissance Studies 

The Shakespeare and Renaissance Studies minor at Oglethorpe is intended to provide 
students with not only an in-depth understanding of the works of William Shakespeare 
but also an understanding of the time and culture in which he lived, as well as the value 
of understanding Shakespeare in performance. This program will also capitalize on 
the special relationship Oglethorpe University enjoys with Georgia Shakespeare, the 
professional theatre company in residence. 

Minor 

Six courses must be completed from the three categories below as indicated. At least 
four of these must be in addition to other courses taken to fulfill requirements for a 
major or other minor. 



234 



Two courses with an emphasis on Shakespeare, such as: 

ENG 202. Shakespeare (or equivalent course such as Shakespeare's 

Comedies and Histories or Shakespeare's Tragedies and 

Romances) 
ENG 393. Special Topics in Literature and Culture: Shakespeare at Oxford 

(an occasional summer course) 
THE 305. Shakespearean Performance 

Two courses with an historical component, at least one of which must be either: 

HIS 211. The Renaissance and Reformation or HIS 212. Early Modern 
Europe 

Other options for fulfilling the historical component requirements include: 
ART 300. Italian Renaissance Art History 
ART 310. Northern Renaissance and Baroque Art History 
GEN 101. Natural Sciences - The Physical Sciences: Renaissance Science 
HIS 415. The Witch Craze 
HIS 490. Advanced Special Topics in History: The Age of Elizabeth 

Two courses with a Renaissance emphasis (in addition to the option of further courses 
selected from above) such as: 

ENG 390. Special Topics in Drama: (e.g., Shakespeare's Contemporaries, 
Medieval and Tudor Drama or Renaissance Poetry) 

HIS 490. Advanced Special Topics in History 

POL 441. Seminar in Political Philosophy: Shakespeare and Politics 

THE 407. Internship in Theatre 

THE 490. Advanced Special Topics in Theatre 

Sociology 

Sociology is the study of human society, culture and conduct from a variety of perspec- 
tives that include interpersonal, institutional and aggregate levels of analyses. At the 
interpersonal level, sociologists may study personality formation in social contexts 
or how the individual responds to social opportunities and constraints. At the insti- 
tutional level, sociologists attempt to analyze social institutions (such as the family, 
religion and the state) and social structures (such as social classes and racial and ethnic 
stratification) that shape human conduct. And at the aggregate level, sociology focuses 
on the study of large-scale influences ranging from demographics to social movements 
to cultural systems. 

The mission of the sociology faculty at Oglethorpe is to introduce students to such 
studies within a liberal arts setting by developing each student's analytical, writing, 
speaking and methodological skills, as well as his or her ability to comprehend and 
explicate difficult texts. Sociology majors should be able, through written and oral 
analyses, to make arguments whose conclusions follow from evidence carefully and 
logically presented. They should be able to distinguish between informed and unin- 
formed opinion. In addition, each sociology student at Oglethorpe will be expected 
to master essential knowledge within the areas of sociological theory, research meth- 
odology and statistics and within at least three content areas. In order to encourage a 
practical understanding of social problems and institutions, students, where appropri- 
ate, are urged to seek internships. Students bound for graduate school are encouraged 
to master a foreign language. 



235 



Major 

The sociology major consists of a minimum of nine courses (36 semester hours) be- 
yond Human Nature and the Social Order I and II. These nine courses must include 
Introduction to Sociology, Statistics, Survey of Research Methods, Sociological Theory, 
and five additional sociology courses selected by the student. Of the nine courses, at 
least six must be completed at Oglethorpe for a major in sociology. Human Nature and 
the Social Order I and II must be completed by all majors who enter Oglethorpe below 
the junior level. In addition, at least one semester of a foreign language at the second 
semester elementary-level or higher is required. The degree awarded is the Bachelor of 
Aits. 

Minor 

A minor in sociology consists of Introduction to Sociology and any other three sociol- 
ogy courses (16 semester hours) beyond Human Nature and the Social Order I and II. 
No course can be used to satisfy both major and minor requirements. Of the four soci- 
ology courses, at least three must be completed at Oglethorpe for a minor in sociology. 

Sociology with Social Work Concentration 

Major 

A major in sociology with a concentration in social work consists of seven courses (28 
semester hours) beyond Human Nature and the Social Order I and II, in addition to a 
semester of field placement (16 semester hours). Required courses include Introduc- 
tion to Sociology, Field of Social Work and Methods of Social Work, in addition to four 
sociology electives. Successful completion of at least one semester of a foreign language 
at the second semester elementary-level or higher also is required. The degree awarded 
is the Bachelor of Aits. 

SOC 101. Introduction to Sociology 4 hours 

This course offers an introduction to topics central to the study of human society, cul- 
ture and conduct. Selected fields of study frequently include culture, formation of the 
self, social classes, power structures, social movements, criminal behavior and a variety 
of social institutions. Emphasis is placed upon basic concepts and principal findings of 
the field. Offered annually. 

SOC 200. Independent Study in Sociology 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

SOC 201. The Family 4 hours 

This course focuses primarily on the changes in the American family since 1945. The 
topics discussed include trends in marriage, the age of marriage, fertility, illegitimacy, 
divorce, remarriage and domestic abuse. The possible social and economic causes and 
consequences of these trends are also discussed. Offered annually. 

SOC 202. The American Experience 4 hours 

The purpose of this course is to consider the ways the American experience has shaped 
a distinct American character and identity. The course blends both historical and social 
scientific analysis and considers how political, economic and social institutions have 
contributed to American manners and morals. Particular attention is paid to im- 



236 



migration and assimilation, folk culture, the relationship between the individual and 
community, religious pluralism, ethnic identity, political liberalism and free markets. 
Offered biennially. 

SOC 204. Social Problems 4 hours 

This course studies the impact of current social forces upon American society. Devia- 
tion from social norms, conflict concerning social goals and values and social disor- 
ganization as these apply to family, economic, religious and other institutional and 
interpersonal situations are of primary concern. Offered biennially. 

SOC 205. Crime and Deviance 4 hours 

This course will examine behaviors that do not conform to moral and legal codes and 
the ways in which societies control such behaviors. Particular emphasis will be given to 
American society. Readings will include classic and current analyses of deviance and 
crime. Offered biennially. 

SOC 290. Special Topics in Sociology 4 hours 

A seminar providing examination and discussion of various topics on contemporary 
and historical interest in sociology. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

SOC 302. The Sociology of Work and Occupations 4 hours 

This course has three purposes: 1) to analyze the means by which non-economic insti- 
tutions, especially the family, schools and religious institutions influence the formation 
of "human capital"; 2) to study the history and contemporary nature of the professions; 
and 3) to analyze the relationship between the external control of workers and their 
internal motivation. A cross-cultural approach is employed in the course. Offered bien- 
nially. 

SOC 303. Field of Social Work 4 hours 

This course will study and analyze the historical development of social work and social 
work activities in contemporary society. Offered biennially. 

ULP 303. The New American City 4 hours 

The purpose of this course is to examine the problems and prospects of politics and 
policymaking in the new American city and its environs. Consideration will be given to 
the political and sociological significance of a number of the factors that characterize 
this new development, including the extremes of wealth and poverty, the mix of racial 
and ethnic groups and the opportunities and challenges provided by progress in trans- 
portation and technology. Offered biennially. 

SOC 304. Methods of Social Work ..4 hours 

This course is a study of the methods used in contemporary social work. Offered bien- 
nially. Prerequisite: SOC 303. 

SOC 305. Film and Society 4 hours 

This course is designed to help students analyze and interpret films from the perspec- 
tives of social theory. Emphasis will be placed upon exploring visions of the self and 
society in a variety of film genres, including mysteries, comedies, film noir, westerns, 
musicals, etc. Films studied in recent classes include Citizen Kane, Vertigo, The Maltese 
Falcon, Red River, Cabaret and others. Offered biennially. 

SOC 306. Race, Ethnicity and Immigration 4 hours 

This course treats contemporary ethnic relations and the history of immigration in the 
United States. It considers the role of markets, government policy and culture in the 
formation of ethnic identity and the well being of ethnic groups. Although the chief 
concern is with the United States, a comparative approach is taken. Offered biennially. 



237 



SOC 307. Elites and Inequality 4 hours 

An examination is made in this course of the social stratification of privileges and 
deprivations in contemporary societies, focusing on the distribution of wealth, status 
and power. The course studies social stratification historically and comparatively, the 
American upper, middle and lower classes, institutionalized power elites, race and gen- 
der stratification, status systems and economic inequality. Offered biennially. 

SOC 308. Culture and Society 4 hours 

A study of the dynamics of traditional, modern and postmodern cultures that focuses 
on the analysis of symbolic forms and boundaries, social memory, ceremonies and ritu- 
als, bodily habits, cultural elites and cultural revolutions. Special attention is given to 
"culture wars," the impact of mass media and postmodernism in contemporary societ- 
ies. The course is comparative in approach. Offered biennially. 

SOC 309- Religion and Society 4 hours 

This course will examine religion as a social institution, its internal development, 
relationship to other institutions and its cultural and social significance in modern and 
traditional societies. Special attention will be given to the conflict between spirit and 
institution in Christianity; the rise and decline of denominationalism; contemporary 
forms of spirituality; the modern psychologization of religion; and the comparative 
study of religions. Offered biennially. 

SOC 310. Survey of Research Methods 4 hours 

This course introduces students to qualitative and quantitative methods such as sur- 
veys, experiments, archival research, hermeneutical research, case studies and causal 
analysis. The class will examine these research methods from several different angles 
including research techniques specific to each method, skills to critically evaluate such 
research, the epistemological considerations and practical consequences of undertak- 
ing such research. Students considering graduate school or careers that require them 
to sue and assess research may find this course particularly valuable. This course is 
also cross listed as CRS 415 and POL 371- Offered spring semester in alternate years. 
Prerequisite: Students with junior standing or permission of the instructor. 

SOC 400. Advanced Independent Study in Sociology 1-4 hours 

An intense study of diverse topics under the direct supervision of the instructor. Pre- 
requisite: Submission of a proposed outline of study that includes a schedule of meet- 
ings and assignments approved by the instructor, the division chair and the provost 
no later than the second day of classes of the semester of study. For additional criteria, 
see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies section of this 
Bulletin. 

SOC 402. Field Experience in Social Work 12-16 hours 

Students concentrating in social work spend a semester in social work agencies in the 
Atlanta area for on-the-job practicum experience. Successful field placements have 
been made in a variety of settings in recent years, including Wesley Woods Health 
Center, West Paces Ferry Hospital and Atlanta shelters for the homeless. Prerequisites: 
SOC 303, a 2.0 grade point average, permission of the academic adviser and faculty 
supervisor, and signature of the director of career services. 

SOC 403. Sociological Theory 4 hours 

This course will study classical and contemporary theory with an emphasis upon the 
latter. Contemporary theories covered usually include utilitarian individualism (socio- 
biology, exchange theory and rational-choice theory), communitarianism, civil society 
theory, critical theory and post-modernism. Offered biennially 



238 



SOC 405. Internship in Sociology 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of aca- 
demic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained by 
career services, including opportunities at the Gainesville/Hall County Senior Center, 
the Georgia Bureau of Investigation and the Partnership Against Domestic Violence. 
Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty 
supervisor and qualification for the internship program, permission of an internship 
site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential 
Education Committee. 

SOC 407. Internship in American Studies 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permis- 
sion of the faculty supervisor and qualification for the internship program, permission 
of an internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the 
Experiential Education Committee. 

SOC 490. Advanced Special Topics in Sociology 4 hours 

Advanced courses of selected topics will be offered generally for juniors or seniors as 
determined by the needs of the curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing 
in the current semester course schedule. 

Spanish 

A student who chooses Spanish as a major will gain valuable knowledge, not only about 
the language, but also about the many unique and fascinating cultures represented 
in the Spanish-speaking world. Like all languages offered at Oglethorpe, the Spanish 
major is informed by "the five C's:" communication, cultures, connections, comparisons 
and communities. These areas represent the defined goals of National Standards for 
Foreign Language Learning. 

The journey toward a Spanish major begins with a thorough emphasis on reading, 
writing, listening comprehension and speaking. These essential skills prepare tbe 
student with the foundations for communicating in diverse contexts in the Spanish 
language. More advanced study of Spanish will enable the student to explore the trea- 
sures of Hispanic prose, poetry, drama and cinema, in addition to the study of colorful 
and intriguing Hispanic civilizations in Spain, Africa and Latin America. Through the 
course offerings in Spanish, students become more informed about America's Latino 
and Hispanic neighbors, in addition to becoming more functional global citizens. 

Once students have reached an adequate level of proficiency in Spanish and have 
become familiar with Spanish-speaking populations and societies, they will be ready to 
complement their classroom studies with full-immersion study abroad opportunities. 
As an invaluable component of the Spanish major, students are required to study and 



239 



live in a Spanish-speaking country for a semester during the academic year following 
the completion of an initial sequence of courses taken in the program. Most majors 
choose to study at one of a number of partner institutions such as the Universidad de 
Belgrano (Argentina), the Universidad de San Francisco de Quito (Ecuador), the In- 
stitute Tecnologico y de Estudios Superiores de Occidente (Mexico) or at Universidad 
Francisco de Vitoria (Spain). In addition, for the adventurous student, there are many 
other creative study abroad options available, all of which can be discussed with stu- 
dent advisers. Native speakers of Spanish are invited to complete the 12-semester hour 
requirements of study abroad in courses at Oglethorpe or through cross registration at 
one of the Atlanta Regional Council for Higher Education (ARCHE) institutions. 

Many students who complete the Spanish major at Oglethorpe go on to carry out 
graduate programs at other institutions in Spanish language and literature, linguistics, 
Hispanic cultural studies or International Relations. Other graduates from the pro- 
gram become Spanish instructors or find opportunities in corporate or non-profit or- 
ganizations, where they continue to apply their language skills and global experiences. 
Students are also invited to combine a double major in Spanish with other disciplines, 
a combination which greatly enhances student marketability after graduation. 

All students with previous study or experience in Spanish must take a language place- 
ment examination. They will be placed in the course sequence according to their 
competence. Under no circumstance should students with past experience in Spanish 
place themselves in courses, especially at the elementary level. Students are not eligible 
to enroll in elementary and intermediate courses in their native languages. 

Major 

Students who major in Spanish must first complete the following requirements: 
SPN 201. Intermediate Spanish 
SPN 301. Advanced Spanish 
SPN 302. Introduction to Hispanic Literature 

Students will then complete a semester in an approved study abroad program, which 
should include a minimum of 12 semester hours. Returning students must complete 
three upper-level (300 or 400) courses in Spanish. 

Elementary French I or equivalent as determined through the French placement test 
is also required. It is recommended that this requirement be completed during the 
student's first two years. 

A minimum of "C+" must be earned in all course work required for the major. The 
degree awarded is the Bachelor of Arts. 

Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of the following requirements: 
SPN 201. Intermediate Spanish 
Three upper-level courses (300 or 400) 

Certain of these requirements may be met through an approved study abroad program. 

SPN 101, SPN 102. Elementary Spanish I, II 4 plus 4 hours 

These courses are an introduction to understanding, speaking, reading and writing 
Spanish. Emphasis will be placed on acquiring a foundation in basic grammar as well 
as on listening comprehension and spoken Spanish through class activities, tapes and 
videos. Prerequisite: None for SPN 101; SPN 101 required for SPN 102 or placement by 
testing. 



240 



SPN 200. Independent Study in Spanish 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

SPN 201. Intermediate Spanish 4 hours 

This course is intended to review basic grammar and develop more complex patterns of 
written and spoken Spanish. Short compositions, readings from Spanish and Spanish- 
American literature and class discussions require active use of students' acquired 
knowledge of Spanish and form the basis for the expansion of vocabulary and oral 
expression. Prerequisite: SPN 102 or placement by testing. 

SPN 290. Special Topics in Hispanic Languages, Literatures and 

Cultures 4 hours 

This course provides the opportunity to study particular aspects of the languages, lit- 
eratures and cultures of Spain, Spanish America or United States Hispanic communi- 
ties not covered in the other courses. A recent course was French and Spanish Studies 
on Hispaniola - Full Immersion Travel Course in the Dominican Republic. This course 
may be repeated for credit as course content changes. Prerequisite: SPN 301. 

SPN 301. Advanced Spanish 4 hours 

This course is designed to improve students' skills to a sophisticated level at which 
they are able to discuss and express opinions in both oral and written form. Readings 
of essays and short-stories as well as film viewing in Spanish are used as the basis for 
discussion, introduction to cultural issues and written expression. Frequent writing 
assignments. Prerequisite: SPN 201 or placement by testing. 

SPN 302. Introduction to Hispanic Literature 4 hours 

This course offers an introduction to literary analysis based on a rigorous program of 
readings from Spanish and Spanish American literatures. It is a skills-building course 
that familiarizes students with the lexicon of literary criticism in Spanish and trains 
them to be active readers of Hispanic literature. Students read and analyze (orally and 
in writing) representative works of the four fundamental genres of literature: Narra- 
tive, Poetry, Drama and Essay. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 301 or placement 
by testing. 

SPN 305. Spanish for International Relations 4 hours 

This course considers current events in the world of international relations from a 
Hispanic perspective. Students will read and discuss academic as well as journalistic 
articles in Spanish and will learn vocabulary appropriate to the world of international 
politics, diplomacy or business. In addition, they will explore common cross-cultural 
clashes and misunderstandings to improve intercultural communication in Hispanic 
contexts as a means to succeeding more effectively in a global environment. Taught in 
Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 301. 

SPN 400. Independent Study in Spanish 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 



241 



SPN 403. Political Issues in Spanish-American Literature and Film 4 hours 

The social and political upheavals that took place in several Spanish-American coun- 
tries during the 20th century spawned the development of a rich literary and cinematic 
corpus. This course will examine part of that corpus in its historical and cultural 
context and how political issues are aesthetically elaborated in fiction, poetry, essay and 
film. Among the topics to be studied are revolution, testimony, exile and the Other as a 
figure of resistance. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 302. 

SPN 404. Discourse of Golden-age Spain 4 hours 

In this course, students will analyze Golden-age Spanish society through the literature 
produced during the 16th and 17th centuries, the two epochs that encompass the Span- 
ish Siglos de Oro. Studied texts will reveal a young Spain altogether confident about its 
present, at times insecure about its future and frequently ambivalent about its diverse 
past. Prerequisite: SPN 302. 

SPN 405. 20th Century Spanish American Literature 4 hours 

This is a study of Spanish American literature from the 1930s to the present, focus- 
ing on its departure from the Realist tradition and its adoption of experimentation, 
self-reflection, parody, magical realism or the fantastic. Modern and post-modern 
trends will be examined. Readings include fiction by Borges, Fuentes, Cortazar, Garcia 
Marquez and Puig. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 302. 

SPN 406. French and Spanish Crossroads in the Caribbean and Africa 4 hours 

This course uses Spanish- and French-speaking countries in proximity to each other in 
the Caribbean or Africa as a point of departure for literary, cultural, social and service 
learning exploration. Offerings may focus upon Haiti and the Dominican Republic, 
Martinique and Cuba, Equatorial Guinea in relation to Senegal or other appropri- 
ate pairings. The course is taught in English and students without advanced skills in 
French or Spanish may register. This course is also cross listed as FRE 406. Prerequi- 
site: SPN 301 for Spanish major or minor credit; FRE 301 for French major or minor 
credit. 

SPN 410. The Development of Latin American Cultures 4 hours 

This course introduces students to the diverse cultural heritage of Latin America 
paying special attention to the impact and consequences of the encounter between 
European, Native and African cultures in art, politics and religion. Manifestations of 
cultural syncretism and diversity from the times of the Spanish conquest and coloniza- 
tion to the post-colonial polemics of cultural identity will be examined. Taught in Span- 
ish. Prerequisite: SPN 302. 

SPN 490. Advanced Special Topics in Hispanic Languages, Literatures 

and Cultures 4 hours 

This course provides advanced study of particular aspects of the languages, literatures 
and cultures of Spain, Spanish America or United States Hispanic communities not 
covered in the other courses. A recent course was Spain As Text - Iberian Contacts, 
Contrasts and Connections that included a trip to Spain. This course may be repeated 
for credit as course content changes. Prerequisite: SPN 302. 

Theatre 

Students majoring in theatre concentrate their efforts in the areas of performance and 
directing. Additional courses in theatre history and stagecraft, combined with Ogletho- 
rpe's internship program, offer a study in theatre that is interactive in approach and 
broad in scope. The department's unique relationship with Georgia Shakespeare also 
provides qualified students with performance opportunities unparalleled by any school 



242 



in the region. Those entering Oglethorpe with a background in theatre, as well as stu- 
dents with an interest but no experience, will find ample opportunities in the theatre 
program to develop their skills and expertise. 

The Oglethorpe University theatre program is dedicated to presenting stimulating 
and enjoyable theatre for audiences of all types and ages and integrating theatre into 
Oglethorpe University's academic curriculum. Mounting five full productions per 
school year, the program pursues an artistic policy that celebrates the diversity of its 
dramatic heritage by engaging texts of diverse periods, cultures and styles. Through 
The Playmakers (the theatre program's official performance company), laboratory op- 
portunities are provided as students and faculty come together to create live perfor- 
mance events for the campus community and the city of Atlanta. 

Major 

The degree awarded is the Bachelor of Arts and students are required to complete the 
following courses: 

THE 105. Beginning Characterization 

THE 205. Intermediate Characterization 

THE 210. Theatre History I: Greeks to Restoration 

THE 220. Theatre History II: Renaissance to 20th Century 

THE 305. Shakespearean Performance 

THE 310. Stagecraft 

THE 330. Directing for the Stage I 

THE 340. Directing for the Stage II 

THE 407- Internship in Theatre 

One semester of a foreign language at the second semester 
elementary-level or higher 

In addition, students must choose two from among the following: 
ENG202. Shakespeare 
ENG 390. Special Topics in Drama 
THE 400. Advanced Independent Study in Theatre 
THE 490. Advanced Special Topics in Theatre 

Minor 

A theatre minor serves as an appropriate complement to a variety of majors in commu- 
nications and the humanities. Students are required to take the following courses: 

THE 105. Beginning Characterization 

THE 205. Intermediate Characterization 

THE 310. Stagecraft 

Students must complete one of the following: 

THE 210. Theatre History I: Greeks to Restoration 

THE 220. Theatre History II: Renaissance to 20th Century 

Students must complete one from among the following: 
ENG 202. Shakespeare 
ENG 39 . Special Topics in Drama 
THE 407. Internship in Theatre 
THE 490. Advanced Special Topics in Theatre 

THE 105. Beginning Characterization 4 hours 

This course explores the physical and mental foundations necessary for successful stage 
performance. Students will be expected to engage in hands-on exercises, physical and 
vocal warm-ups and performance work (both individual and partnered) throughout 



243 



the semester. The basic principles of the Stanislavski method will be explored through 
stage combat, mime, movement, vocalization and contemporary characterization. 

THE 200. Independent Study in Theatre 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar 's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

THE 205. Intermediate Characterization 4 hours 

Intermediate Characterization is a studio intensive course that explores the methods of 
20th century American acting teacher Sanford Meisner. This course is designed to pro- 
vide students with an in-depth understanding of his approach to acting, which builds 
upon tenets put forth by Constantin Stanislavski. Meisner 's training approaches will be 
uncovered through immersive studio exercises, in-depth scene study assignments and 
review and discussion of Meisner's seminal book Sanford Meisner on Acting, as well as 
other related literature. Prerequisite: THE 105. 

THE 210. Theatre History I: Greeks to Restoration 4 hours 

An in-depth study of theatrical history, examining not only the theatrical literature of 
particular periods, but the staging practices, costuming, social customs and perfor- 
mance styles as well. Periods covered include: Greek, Roman, Medieval, Elizabethan 
and Restoration. 

THE 220. Theatre History II: Renaissance to 20th Century 4 hours 

An in-depth study of theatrical history, examining not only the theatrical literature 
of particular periods, but the staging practices, costuming, social customs and per- 
formance styles as well. Periods and styles covered include: Renaissance, Neo-classic, 
Sentimental Comedy, Domestic Tragedy, Melodrama and Realism. 

THE 290. Special Topics in Theatre 4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

THE 305. Shakespearean Performance 4 hours 

This course affords the advanced theatre student an opportunity to explore methods 
for rehearsing and performing texts written by William Shakespeare. With a focus 
on the practical demands of Shakespeare's language, the course addresses technical, 
stylistic, historical and interpretive considerations as they relate to the feat of perfor- 
mance. This course builds upon the students understanding of Stanislavkian acting 
approaches with the assumption that, despite formal differences, Shakespearean texts 
can be approached with psychological-realist tactics. Prerequisite: THE 105 or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

THE 310. Stagecraft 4 hours 

Stagecraft provides hands-on experience and assignments designed to physically 
and mentally engage the technician and designer. This class will focus on historical 
perspective as well as individual research and design. Students will be evaluated on the 
basis of a mid-term examination, written assignments, the completion of a minimum 
number of practicum hours and a final design project. 



244 



THE 330. Directing for the Stage 1 4 hours 

This course offers the intermediate to advanced theatre student an opportunity to ex- 
plore the foundations of directing texted material for live theatrical performance. The 
primary focus of this course is on experiential learning rather than abstract study. The 
course provides practical experience with the three preparatory phases of directing: 
research, analysis and conceptualization. Prerequisite: THE 205. 

THE 340. Directing for the Stage II 4 hours 

This course serves as the studio practicum for Directing for the Stage I, culminating in 
performances staged as part of the Oglethorpe University theatre season. The work of 
individual students will be scheduled accordingly. All student work will be evaluated by 
a faculty panel. Prerequisite: THE 330. 

THE 407. Internship in Theatre 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. Internships are available at most of the 147 
Atlanta Coalition for Performing Arts member theatres. Graded on a satisfactory/un- 
satisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty supervisor and qualification 
for the internship program, permission of an internship site supervisor and acceptance 
of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Education Committee. 

THE 400. Advanced Independent Study in Theatre 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic, such as The Drama of Eugene O'Neill and 
Theatrical Lighting Design. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline of study 
that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instructor, the 
division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the semester of 
study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regula- 
tions and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

THE 490. Advanced Special Topics in Theatre 4 hours 

This course will be a study of a selected topic in theatre and/or film, such as Feminist 
Theatre, Gender in Performance, The Hero in American Film or Hollywood's Treat- 
ment of Women. Recent topics have focused on dramatic literature, ensemble creating 
and playwriting. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester 
course schedule. 

Women's and Gender Studies 

Women's and Gender Studies is intended to introduce the student to the history of 
women and the effects of gender on the forms of and approaches to disciplinary study 
and practice. 

Minor 

Students must complete a total of five courses or 20 semester hours, including Gender, 
Culture, and Communication, and four electives. At least one elective must be complet- 
ed at the 300-level or higher. No course used to satisfy the women's and gender studies 
minor can also be applied to another major or minor. 



245 



Students must select courses from at least three different disciplines. Electives for the 
minor are cross-listed using the WGS prefix or are designated with a disciplinary pre- 
fix, including the following: 

ART 491. Advanced Special Topics in Art History: Feminism and Art 

CRS 420. Media, Culture and Society 

CRS480. Rhetoric of Human Rights 

ECO 424. Labor Economics 

ENG 304. Women Poets 

ENG 394. Special Topics in Major British and American Authors: Jane 
Austen 

FRE 404. Great French Actresses and Their Film Roles 

HIS 413. The Witch Craze 

INT 290. Special Topics in Interdisciplinary Studies: Sex and Gender in 
the Cinema 

PSY 290. Special Topics in Psychology: Human Sexuality 

SOC 201. The Family 

SOC 290. Special Topics in Sociology: Gender and Society 

SPN 490. Advanced Special Topics in Hispanic Languages, Literatures 
and Cultures: Contemporary Latin American Women Writers 

WGS 200. Independent Study in Women's and Gender Studies 

WGS 290. Special Topics in Women's and Gender Studies 

WGS 400. Advanced Independent Study in Women's and Gender Studies 

WGS 407- Internship in Women's and Gender Studies 

WGS 490. Advanced Special Topics in Women's and Gender Studies 

WGS 200. Independent Study in Women's and Gender Studies 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisites: 
Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 
no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

WGS 280. Gender, Culture, and Communication 4 hours 

This course investigates the relationships among gender, culture, and communica- 
tion. Students will explore theoretical approaches to gender; the cultural histories of 
women's, men's and transgender movements; cultural views of gendered interaction, 
including discourse and relational styles as well as other performances; and the prac- 
tices of gendered communication and identity in a variety of cultural and institutional 
contexts. Offered every spring. This course is also cross listed as CRS 280. Prerequisite: 
CRS 101 or permission of the instructor. 

WGS 290. Special Topics in Women's and Gender Studies 4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of the 
curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

WGS 303. The Literature and History of Immigrant and Minority Women 

in America 4 hours 

The purpose of this course is to explore the experiences of immigrant and minority 
women in North America from the interdisciplinary perspectives of history, literature 



246 



and women's studies. Through extensive reading, discussion and research this seminar 
will attempt to recapture women's sense of their own identities in relation to the domi- 
nant ideologies of race, class and gender. 

WGS 304. Women Poets 4 hours 

This course is a survey of poetry by women, from ancient Chinese, Persian and others 
in translation, to medieval Irish and Renaissance English, to 19th and 20th century 
Americans, as well as Eastern Europeans and Latin Americans in translation. Included 
will be several recent poets such as Gwendolyn Brooks, Adrienne Rich and Mary Oliver 
in order to discover what themes, images and attitudes seem to emerge from the works. 
Prerequisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

WGS 400. Advanced Independent Study in Women's and 

Gender Studies 1-4 hours 

Supervised research on a selected topic. Prerequisite: Submission of a proposed outline 
of study that includes a schedule of meetings and assignments approved by the instruc- 
tor, the division chair and the provost no later than the second day of classes of the se- 
mester of study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic 
Regulations and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

WGS 407- Internship in Women's and Gender Studies 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for every hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permis- 
sion of'the faculty supervisor and qualification for the internship program, permission 
of an internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal by the 
Experiential Education Committee. 

WGS 490. Advanced Special Topics in Women's and Gender Studies 4 hours 

This course is intended to introduce the student to the study of women and gender. 
Special emphasis is placed on the intersection of gender with the epistemological 
foundations of other disciplines and on the theory and practice of the study of gender. 
Courses are not limited to, for example, Southern Women's Literature and History, but 
will often be under the same rubric of other disciplines such as are listed under the 
requirements of the minor. 

Writing 

Minor 

The writing minor offers two options: an eclectic selection of writing courses or a liter- 
ary writing focus. 

The eclectic option encourages students to learn several kinds of writing according to 
their interests. This option is open to all students except those pursuing a minor or ma- 
jor in communication and rhetoric studies. The eclectic option consists of five courses 
beyond Narratives of the Self I and II, one of which may be an internship: 

CRS 240. Journalism 

CRS 260. Writing for Business and the Professions 

CRS 320. Persuasive Writing 



247 



CRS 401. Internship in Communication and Rhetoric Studies 

(writing-intensive internship supervised by communication 
and rhetoric studies faculty member) 

ENG 230. Creative Writing 

ENG 231. Biography and Autobiography 

ENG 330. Writing Poetry 

ENG 331. Writing Prose, Fiction and Nonfiction 

ENG 401. Internship in English (writing-intensive internship supervised 
by English faculty member) 

WRI 400. Advanced Independent Study in Writing 

WRI 490. Advanced Special Topics in Writing 

A second option is a literary writing focus in which students write poetiy, fiction, 
nonfiction and other genres that may be offered under Special Topics in Writing or In- 
dependent Study in Writing. Students majoring in communication and rhetoric studies 
may take only this option for the writing minor, provided that no course is used both 
for the communication and rhetoric studies major and the literary writing option. The 
writing minor with focus on literary writing consists of five of the following courses, 
one of which may be an internship: 

ENG 230. Creative Writing 

ENG 231. Biography and Autobiography 

ENG 330. Writing Poetry 

ENG 331. Writing Prose, Fiction and Nonfiction 

ENG 401. Internship in English 

WRI 400. Advanced Independent Study in Writing 

WRI 490. Advanced Special Topics in Writing 

WRI 101. Core Writing Workshop 4 hours 

This course is designed to assist students in the writing-intensive COR 101 course. Em- 
phasis in the course will be on preparing drafts or series of short writing assignments 
that will allow an approach to required papers in incremental ways. The goal of the 
course will be to improve students' understanding of core texts, reading and note tak- 
ing skills and written responses to these texts. The course does not meet any require- 
ments for the writing minor. 

WRI 200. Independent Study in Writing 1-4 hours 

This course will be conducted as supervised research on a selected topic. It is open to 
students pursuing a minor in writing or a major in communication and rhetoric stud- 
ies. Prerequisites: Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed 
outline of study approved by the instructor, the division chair, the students adviser and 
the provost or associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the 
registrar's office no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of 
study. For additional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regula- 
tions and Policies section of this Bulletin. 

ENG 230. Creative Writing 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to writing poetry and prose fiction. The student will be 
asked to submit substantial written work each week, keep a journal and read published 
writers. Much class time will be spent discussing student and published work. Prereq- 
uisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

ENG 231. Biography and Autobiography 4 hours 

This course is an introduction to biographical and autobiographical writing with 
practice in the personal narrative as well as other forms such as the profile and the 



248 



interview. Students will submit substantial written work each week and keep a journal. 
The class will follow a workshop format, discussing the students' and published work. 
Prerequisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

CRS 240. Journalism 4 hours 

This course teaches the fundamentals of journalistic news writing and reporting. From 
interviews to the internet, students will learn how to gather information from a variety 
of sources and write stories using different types of leads, endings and structures. They 
will also engage in a critique of today's journalistic practices. This course is offered in 
the fall semester. Prerequisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

CRS 260. Writing for Business and the Professions 4 hours 

A course for students who have mastered the basic skills and insights of writing and 
who wish to improve their ability to write clear, concise, persuasive prose designed 
for audiences in business and the professions. Students are required to write a variety 
of texts, such as proposals, progress reports, recommendation reports and manuals. 
Other elements of the course may include oral presentations. Prerequisites: COR 101 
and COR 102. 

WRI 290. Special Topics in Writing 4 hours 

Courses of selected topics will be offered periodically as determined by the needs of tbe 
curriculum. Prerequisite: See individual course listing in the current semester course 
schedule. 

CRS 320. Persuasive Writing 4 hours 

This course is designed to develop sophisticated strategies of persuasion for analyzing 
and generating arguments responsive to targeted audiences in a variety of contexts, 
including civic, professional and academic. Students will learn both classical and con- 
temporary strategies of persuasion. Emphasis will be on presenting clear, coherent and 
logical arguments. Students will be asked to define their own projects within assigned 
contexts. Students will evaluate their own and others' writing to enable the revision 
process. This course is open to sophomores, juniors and seniors only. It is offered in the 
fall semester. Prerequisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

ENG 330. Writing Poetry 4 hours 

In weekly assignments students will try free verse and various forms in the effort to 
discover and to embody more and more truly what they have to say. Much time will be 
spent reading published poets, responding to student work in class and trying to gener- 
ate language that reveals rather than explains intangible "meanings." Prerequisites: 
COR 101 and COR 102. 

ENG 331. Writing Prose, Fiction and Nonfiction 4 hours 

Students will get instruction and substantial practice in writing fictional and nonfic- 
tional prose which aims at getting what Henry James called "a sense of felt life" onto 
the page. The class will follow a workshop format with weekly assignments, journal 
writing, extensive discussion of student work and reading of published examples. Pre- 
requisites: COR 101 and COR 102. 

WRI 400. Advanced Independent Study in Writin 1-4 hours 

This course will be supervised advanced research on a selected topics. It is open to 
students pursing a minor in writing or a major in communication and rhetoric stud- 
ies. Submission of an application which contains a proposed, detailed outline of study 
approved by the instructor, the division chair, the student's adviser and the provost or 
associate provost. The completed application must be submitted to the registrar's office 



249 



no later than the final day of the drop/add period of the semester of study. For addi- 
tional criteria, see Independent Study Policy in the Academic Regulations and Policies 
section of this Bulletin. 

CRS 401. Internship in Communication and Rhetoric Studies 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity to 
qualified students. An internship for the writing minor must be writing intensive. The 
internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty supervisor in the relevant 
field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours for every hour of academic 
credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have regularly scheduled meet- 
ings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper dealing with some aspect of 
the internship. Written work should total five pages of academic writing for every hour 
of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained by career services, including 
opportunities at CNN, Fox 5, WSB-TV, Green Olive Media and The Atlanta Journal- 
Constitution. Students are strongly encouraged to do multiple internships, but only 4 
semester hours can be applied as elective credits to the major. Graded on a satisfactory/ 
unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: Permission of the faculty supervisor and qualifica- 
tion for the internship program, permission of an internship site supervisor and accep- 
tance of learning agreement proposal by the Experiential Education Committee. 

ENG 401. Internship in English 1-4 hours 

An internship is designed to provide a formalized experiential learning opportunity 
to qualified students. The internship generally requires the student to obtain a faculty 
supervisor in the relevant field of study, submit a learning agreement, work 30 hours 
for every hour of academic credit, keep a written journal of the work experience, have 
regularly scheduled meetings with the faculty supervisor and write a research paper 
dealing with some aspect of the internship. Written work should total five pages of 
academic writing for eveiy hour of credit. An extensive list of internships is maintained 
by career services, including opportunities at Atlanta Magazine, The Knight Agency 
and Peachtree Publishers. Graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory basis. Prerequisites: 
Permission of the faculty supervisor and qualification for the internship program, per- 
mission of an internship site supervisor and acceptance of learning agreement proposal 
by the Experiential Education Committee. 

WRI 490. Advanced Special Topics in Writing 4 hours 

Study of a selected topic in the field of writing, such as Public Relations Writing, Scien- 
tific and Technical Writing, Oral History and The Art of the Essay. The topic will vary 
from year to year and may be offered by communication and rhetoric studies faculty or 
English faculty. Prerequisites for special topics taken with communication and rhetoric 
studies faculty: See individual course listing in the current semester course schedule. 

Og lethorpe Univ ersit y Evening Degree Program 

Two of Oglethorpe's degrees - Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies and the Bachelor of 
Business Administration - may be earned through the evening degree program. These 
distinctive programs are offered with the working professional in mind. Complete in- 
formation on these programs is provided in the Oglethorpe University Evening Degree 
Bulletin. 

The evening undergraduate program offers a curriculum for the adult learner that 
builds on the foundation of a liberal arts education and aims to enhance the student's 
skills in critical thinking, communication and basic academic competencies. The 
underlying vision of the program reflects the mission of Oglethorpe University and its 
commitment to "make a life and make a living." The degree requirements include gen- 
eral education requirements designed to assure that each graduate acquires a broad, 



250 



comprehensive liberal education. In addition, study in a major field and the integra- 
tion of theory and practice provides educational experiences that develop the student's 
chosen career. The total experience is designed to be of lasting benefit as a source for 
personal growth, professional renewal and career advancement. 

Six majors offered are: Accounting and Business Administration, leading to a Bachelor 
of Business Administration degree; Communication and Rhetoric Studies, History, 
Organizational Management and Psychology, leading to a Bachelor of Arts in Liberal 
Studies. 

Traditional undergraduate students in good academic standing may take courses in the 
evening program with written permission from their adviser and the administration of 
the evening program. Traditional students who take evening courses are subject to the 
rules and regulations set forth in the Oglethorpe University Evening Degree Bulletin. 



251 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



The university is under the control and direction of the Board of Trustees. Among the 
responsibilities of the board are establishing broad institutional policies, contribut- 
ing and securing financial resources to support adequately the institutional goals and 
selecting the president. 

Officers 



Jack Guynn '05 H, Board Chair 
Retired President 
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta 
Atlanta, GA 

Norman P. Findley, III, Vice Chair 
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Marketing 

Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. 
Atlanta, GA 



Harald R. Hansen '08 H, Treasurer 

Retired Chairman, President and CEO 
First Union Corporation of Georgia 
Atlanta, GA 

Joseph P. Shelton '91, Secretary 
Partner 

Fisher and Phillips LLP Atlanta, GA 
Atlanta, GA 



Trustees 



J. Frederick Agel, Sr. '52 
Retired Sales Agent 
Bowman Distribution 
Atlanta, GA 

Robert E. Bowden '66 
CEO 

Robert Bowden, Inc. 
Atlanta, GA 

David Nathan Cooper '71 
Attorney at Law 
Washington, D.C. 

Kristi A. Dosh '02 
Attorney at Law 
Atlanta, GA 

Ceree Eberly 

Chief People Officer 
Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. 
Atlanta, GA 

Kevin D. Fitzpatrick, Jr. '78 
Attorney at Law 
Atlanta, GA 



David C. Garrett, III 
Chairman of the Board 
Mallory & Evans Development 

James J. Hagelow '69 
Managing Director 
Marsh USA Inc. 
Chicago, IL 

James V. Hartlage, Jr. '65 
Chairman and CEO 
Accumetric LLC 
Elizabethtown, KY 

Shane Hornbuckle, Sr. '92 

Executive Vice President/Principal 
Van Winkle & Co., Inc. 
Atlanta, GA 

Tad M. Hutcheson 

Vice President of Marketing and Sales 
AirTran Airways 
Atlanta, GA 

Warren Y. Jobe '09 H 

Retired Executive Vice President 
Georgia Power Company 
Atlanta, GA 



252 



Belle Turner Lynch '61, '10 H 
Atlanta, GA 

Bob T. Nance '63 
President 

Nance Carpet & Rug Company, Inc. 
Calhoun, GA 

Thomas P. O'Connor '67 
President 

Springs Global USA, Inc 
Charlotte, N.C. 

R. D. Odom, Jr. 

Chief Executive Officer and Retired 
President 
AT&T Southeast 
Fernandina Beach, FL 

Cemal Ozgorkey '84 
Chairman 

Etap Endustri VE Yatirim Holding A.S. 
Istanbul, Turkey 

Robert E. Reiser, Jr. 

Chief Investment Officer 
Wilmington Trust 
Atlanta, GA 

Timothy Roberson '97 
Development Officer 
University of Maryland 
Silver Springs, MD 

Brian Sass '83 
President 
BSC Ventures 
Roanoke, VA 

Lawrence M. Schall, J.D., Ed.D. 
President (ex-officio) 
Oglethorpe University 
Atlanta, GA 

Laura Turner Seydel '86 
Trustee 

Turner Foundation, Inc. 
Atlanta, GA 

William O. Shropshire, Ph.D. 

Callaway Professor of Economics and 
Retired Interim Provost 
Oglethorpe University 
Atlanta, GA 



Arnold B. Sidman 
Of Counsel 

Chamberlain, Hrdlicka, White, 
Williams & Martin 
Atlanta, GA 

Dean DuBose Smith '70 
Atlanta, GA 

Michael K. Szalkowski '88 
CFO 

Schejola Partners 
Atlanta, GA 

Timothy P. Tassopoulos '81 

Senior Vice President of Operations 
Chick-fil-A, Inc. 
Atlanta, GA 

Jeanie Flohr Treadaway '99 
Account Supervisor 
VWA/ see see eye 
Austin, TX 

Trishanda Treadwell '96 
Attorney at Law 
Parker, Hudson, Rainer & Dobbs 
LLP 
Atlanta, GA 

Pamela L. Tremayne, Ph.D. 
Attorney at Law 

Law Offices of Pamela L. Tremayne 
Atlanta, GA 

Patricia Upshaw-Monteith 
President and CEO 
Leadership Atlanta 
Atlanta, GA 

G. Gilman Watson, Ph.D. '68 
Senior Pastor 

Northside United Methodist Church 
Atlanta, GA 

Terry White 

Retired President, Remanufacturing 
Division 
Genuine Parts 
Atlanta, GA 



253 



James Williams '99 
CFO 

Commodity Marketing Company 
Alpharetta, GA 

Mark Williams '94 
Vice President 
Sunbelt Structures Inc. 
Tucker, GA 

Raymond S. Willoch '80 

Senior VP -Administration, General 
Counsel and Corporate Secretary 
Interface, Inc. 
Marietta, GA 



Ken Yarbrough 

Senior Vice President and 
Director of Retirement Strategies 
SunTrust Banks, Inc. 
Atlanta, GA 



Trustees Emeriti 



Franklin L. Burke '66, '98 H 
Retired Chairman and CEO 
BankSouth, N.A. 
Waltersborough, S.C. 

Kenneth S. Chestnut, Sr. 
President/Chief Executive Officer 
IBG Construction Services, LLC 
Atlanta, GA 

William Emerson 

Retired Senior Vice President 
Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith 
St. Petersburg, FL 

Joel Goldberg '00 H 
President and CEO 
The Rich Foundation 
Atlanta, GA 

William Goodell 
President 

The Robertson Foundation 
Bronxville, NY 

George E. Goodwin 
Retired Senior Counselor 
Manning, Selvage & Lee 
Atlanta, GA 



C. Edward Hansell 
Retired Senior Counselor 
Jones, Day, Reavis and Pogue 
Atlanta, GA 

Arthur Howell 
Retired Senior Partner 
Alston & Bird 
Atlanta, GA 

J. Smith Lanier, II 

Retired Chairman and CEO 
J. Smith Lanier and Company 
Lanett, AL 

John J. Scalley 

Retired Executive Vice President 
Genuine Parts Company 
Atlanta, GA 

O.K. Sheffield, Jr. '53 
Retired Vice President 
BankSouth, N.A. 
Atlanta, GA 



254 



Trustee Advisors 



Yetty L. Arp '68 
Broker Associate 

Atlanta Fine Homes Sotheby's Interna- 
tional Realty 
Atlanta, GA 

Martha Laird Bowen '61 
Atlanta, GA 

Pierre Ferrari 
Director and Vice President of Market- 
ing 

Guayaki-Yerba Mate 
Atlanta, GA 

Veronica Holmes, Ph.D. '02 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Core 
Oglethorpe University 
Atlanta, GA 



Roger A. Littell '68 

Wealth Advisor (Retired) 
Northwestern Mutual Wealth Manage- 
ment Comp 
Waxhaw, N.C. 

I 

Robert Andrew Milford '99 {ex-officio) 
Chief Executive Officer 
Dorian Software Creations 
Atlanta, GA 

S. Tammy Pearson '86 (ex-offcio) 
Vice President and Assistant General 
Counsel 
Chick fil-A, Inc. 
Atlanta, GA 



255 



PRESIDENT'S ADVISORY COUNCIL 
2010-2011 



The Presidents Advisory Council, composed of business and professional leaders, pro- 
vides a means of two-way communication with the community and serves as an advisory 
group for the president of the university. 



Mr. Brian Sass '83 (Chair) 

President 
BSC Ventures 
Roanoke, VA 

Mr. Richard Arroll 

Principal 
RJA Properties 
Atlanta, GA 

Ms. A. Diane Baker '77 

Attorney At Law 
Baker & Stalzer, LLC 
Atlanta, GA 

Mr. Robert Bowen 

Retired 

SunTrust Banks 
Atlanta, GA 

Dr. William L. Brightman 

Professor Emeritus of English 
Oglethorpe University 
Chamblee, GA 

Ms. Kimberly S. Bunting '81 

Attorney 

Georgia-Pacific Corporation 

Atlanta, GA 

Mr. James H. Burk '83 

Senior Vice President, Financial 

Advisor 

UBS Financial Services 

Marietta, GA 

Ms. Kelly Caffarelli 

President 

The Home Depot Foundation 

Atlanta, GA 

Ms. Marnite Calder 

Executive Director 
The Halle Foundation 
Atlanta, GA 



Mr. L. Thomas Clements '86 

Partner 

Clements & Sweet LLP 

Atlanta, GA 

Mr. William Clifton '88 

Partner 

Constangy, Brooks & Smith LLP 

Macon, GA 

Dr. James L. Cox '53 

Retired Professor 
Mercer University 
Macon, GA 

Mr. John Cunningham 

Director 

BCES Foundation 

Cumming, GA 

Mr. Brian A. Davis '94 

New York, NY 

Mrs. Mona Tekin Diamond 

Honorary Consul General of Turkey 
in Georgia 
Atlanta, GA 

Mr. Paul L. Dillingham 

Retired 

The Coca-Cola Company 

Marietta, GA 

Ms. Heather Correa Duffy 

Vice President of Development 
The Sembler Co. 
Atlanta, GA 

Mrs. Donna Gainer "93 

Vice President - National Accounts 
United Consulting 
Jacksonville, FL 



256 



Mr. David Golden 

President 

CGR Advisors LLC 

Atlanta, GA 

Mr. Kenneth P. Gould '85 

President 

Kenneth P. Gould & Company, Inc. 

North Bethesda, MD 

Mr. Louis Graner 

Owner 

Graner Financial Management 

Newnan, GA 

Ms. Anne Hammond '87 

Retired 
Equifax 
Doraville, GA 

Mrs. Carrie Jacobs Henderson 

Marriage and Family Therapist 
Keene, NH 

Ms. Brenda Kinser Johnson '75 

General Services Administration 
Washington, DC 

Ms. Nancy C. Juneau 

CEO 

Juneau Construction Company, LLC 

Atlanta, GA 

Mr. Robert M. Kane '81 

Vice President and Treasurer 
WestPoint Home 
New York, NY 

Mr. Cary R. Kleinfield '81 

Senior Vice President and CFP 
Raymond James & Associates 
Fort Myers, FL 

Dr. Ken Kress 

Orthopedic Surgeon 
Alpharetta, GA 

Ms. Sarah Lowe 

Partner 

Kilpatrick Stockton LLP 

Atlanta, GA 

Mr. William E. Lukow '95 

Personal Financial Representative 

Allstate 

Woodstock, GA 



Ms. Gail Lynn '77 

Retired 

Bank of America 

Atlanta, GA 

Mr. Harold Martin 

Business Analyst 
McKinsey & Company 
Atlanta, GA 

Mr. J. Kevin Meaders '93 

A ttorney/ Partner 
Magellan Legal, LLC 
Atlanta, GA 

Dr. John G. Moore 

Physician 
Duluth, GA 

Mr. Sam Moss 

President 

Gray Matters Capital Foundation, Inc. 

Atlanta, GA 

Dr. Paul L. H. Olson 

CEO and President 
nu Bridges 
Atlanta, GA 

Mr. David Reynolds Pass '98 

Vice President of Development and 
Marketing 

Medshare International 
Atlanta, GA 

Dr. Thomas W. Phillips '63 

Physician 
Watkinsville, GA 

Mrs. Donna Cron Rasile '82 

Senior Wealth Manager 
Greer & Walker, LLP 
Charlotte, NC 

Mr. J. Bruce Richardson '69 

Attorney 

James Bruce Richardson, PC. 

Atlanta, GA 

Mr. Clifford T. Robinson '89 

Vice President of Operations 
Chick-fil-A, Inc. 
Atlanta, GA 



257 



Ms. Linda Spock 

President 

Spock Solutions, Inc. 

Larchmont, NY 

Dr. Alice W. Terry 

John Glenn Scholar in Service- 
Learning 

Kennesaw State University 
Kennesaw, GA 

Mr. Bernard van der Lande '76 

Director 

StantonChase International 

Atlanta, GA 

Mr. Stephen J. Walden 

President 
Walden Associates 
Atlanta, GA 

Mr. James K. Warren 

Vice President 

Warren Capital Corporation 

Atlanta, GA 



Mrs. Dorothea Pickett Westin '89 

President 

Capital Special Risks, Inc. 

Marietta, GA 

Mr. Allen D. Whitehart '06 

Teacher and Head Basketball Coach 
Buford High School 
Atlanta, GA 

Mr. Jeffery Whitney '92 

Attorney 

Walker Whitney LLC 

Washington, DC 

Mr. Tolliver Williams '99 

Investment Banker 
Morgan Stanley 
New York, NY 

Mr. J. Blake Young, Jr. 

Retired 

American Cancer Society 

Atlanta, GA 



Ms. Elizabeth D. Watts '93 

President 

E.W. & Company, Inc. 

St. Petersburg, FL 



258 



NATIONAL ALUMNI ASSOCIATION BOARD 
OF DIRECTORS 



As the primary representatives of Oglethorpe University's alumni body, the National 
Alumni Association Board of Directors works closely with the Office, of Alumni Rela- 
tions to achieve the association's goal of establishing and encouraging an active and 
involved alumni network.The purpose of this network is to build mutually beneficial 
relationships between alumni, students and the university, demonstrating that the 
student experience is just the beginning of a life-long relationship with Oglethorpe. 

National Alumni Association President 

Randy Roberson '97 

Development Officer 

Robert H. Smith School of Business 

University of Maryland 

Directors 



Bill Aitken '64 
Retired University Professor 

Dani Stellin Benner '99 

Brooke Bourdelat-Parks '95 
Science Educator 
BSCS 

John Breton '97 
Sales 

Austin Gillis '01 
Attorney 
Green & Sapp 

Jodie Sexton Goff '01 
Bank Examiner 
Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond 

Jeremy Greenup '99 
Research Considtant 
NCR, Inc. 

Gonca Gursoy-Artunkal '88 
Chairperson, Turkish Banking 
Citi 

Cleve Hill '01 
Attorney 
The Law Offices of Phill Bettis 



Deborah Lange '03 
Director of Admissions 
The Lovett School 

Janice McNeal '97 
Community Volunteer 

Sydney Mobley Moss '59 
Retired Banker 
SunTrust 

Lance Ozier '01 
Instructor 

Teachers College at Columbia 
University 
Research Associate 
National Center for Reconstructing 
Education, Schools and Teaching 

Chuck Palefsky '75 
Regional Sales Considtant 
PFG Milton's Food Service, Inc. 

Brandon Pelissero '92 
Chief Operating Officer and President 
Ecolink 

Deesi Thurston Phillips '76 
Legal Assistant 
Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard and Smith 



259 



Angela Satterfield '97 
High School Teacher 
DeKalb County 

Linda Sanders Scarborough '65 
Retired 
AT&T 

Andrea Spencer Shelton '91 
Lawyer, President and Founder 
Heartbound Ministries 

Nancy Schaller Simmons '60 
Realtor 
Harry Norman Realty 

Ashish Thakur '99 
Chief Financial Officer 
TiE 



Matthew S. Thompson '93 
International Baccalaureate Teacher 
Forsyth County 

Vivian Gray Trabue '65 
Assistant 
AT&T Mobility and Consumer Markets 

Kelly Holland Vrtis '97 
Marketing Communications 
Manager 
The Container Store 

Bennett Weaver '98 
Vice President of Finance 
Morgan Stanley 



Ex-Officio Members 



Chris Benton 
Faculty Representative 
Director of Accounting Studies 
Oglethorpe University 

Barry Langer '11 
Senior Class President 
Oglethorpe University 



260 



THE FACULTY 



(Year of appointment in parentheses) 

Keith H. Aufderheide (1980) 
Professor of Chemistry 
Associate Provost 
B.S., Wilmington College 
Ph.D., Miami University 

Charles L. Baube (1996) 
Professor of Biology 
Manning M. Pattillo Professor of 
Liberal Arts 
B.A., Alfred University 
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

Devon Belcher (2008) 
Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
B.A., Reed College 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado 

Christian Y. Benton (1999) 
Director of Accounting Studies 
B.S., University of Maryland, 
College Park 

M.A., Webster University 
C.P.A., Maryland, North Carolina, 
South Carolina 

Ronald P. Bobroff (2008) 
Associate Professor of History 
Service Learning Curriculum 
Development Director 
B.A., University of Pennsylvania 
M.Sc., London School of Economics 
and Political Science, England 
M.A., Ph.D., Duke University 

John S. Carton (1998) 
Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Wake Forest University 
M.A., Ph.D., Emory University 

Mario A. Chandler (2001) 
Associate Professor of Spanish 
B.A., Iowa State University 
M.A., Ph.D., The University of Georgia 



Collins, Jeffrey H. (2009) 
Assistant Professor of Art History 
Director of Oglethorpe University 

Students Abroad 

B.A., M.A., Baylor University 
Ph.D., The University of Texas, Arling- 
ton 

Cassandra C. Copeland (2000) 
Associate Professor of Economics 
Director of Honors Program 
B.S., Florida State University 
Ph.D., Auburn University 

John A. Cramer (1980) 
Professor of Physics 
B.S., Wheaton College 
M.A., The Ohio State University 
Ph.D., Texas A&M University 

Deborah M. Demare (2010) 
Visiting Assistant Professor of 
Communication and Rhetoric Studies 
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Florida 

Roarke E. Donnelly (2003) 
Associate Professor of Biology 
Director of the Urban Ecology 
Program 

B.A., Lawrence University 
M.S., Utah State University 
Ph.D., University of Washington 

Judith Lynn Gieger (2002) 
Associate Professor of Education 
B.S., Millsaps College 
M.A., M.A.T., Duke University 
Ph.D., The University of Georgia 

Lynn M. Guhde (2004) 
Associate Professor of Business 
Administration 

B.S., B.A., Slippery Rock State College 
M.B.A., Ph.D., Kent State University 

Bruce W Hetherington (1980) 
Professor of Economics 
B.B.A., Madison College 
M.A., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic 
Institute 



261 



Veronica M. Holmes (2008) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Core 
B.A., Oglethorpe University 
M.A., A.B.D., Georgia State 
University 

Robert B. Hornback (2000) 
Associate Professor of English 
B.A., University of California, 
Berkeley 

MA., Ph.D., The University of Texas, 
Austin 

S. Matthew Huff (2010) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre 
Director of the Theatre Program 
B.A., Emory University 
M.F.A., The University of Texas, Austin 

Kendra A. King (2003) 
Associate Professor of Politics 
Director of Rich Foundation Urban 
Leadership Program 
B.A., Colby College 
Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

Joseph M. Knippenberg (1985) 
Professor of Politics 
B.A., James Madison College of 
Michigan State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Toronto 

Peter J. Kower (2002) 
Associate Professor of Economics 
B.A., Arizona State University, Tempe 
M.I.M., American Graduate School of 
International Management, 
Thunderbird 

M.A., University of Colorado, Denver 
Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

Alan Loehle (2001) 
Associate Professor of Art 
Director of the Art Program 
B.F.A., The University of Georgia 
M.F.A., University of Arizona 

Jay Lutz (1988) 
Professor of French 
Frances I. Eeraerts '76 Professor of 
Foreign Language 
B.A., Antioch University 
M.A., Ph.D., Yale University 



Nicholas B. Maher (1998) 
Associate Professor of History 
Director of Core Curriculum 
B.A., University of Michigan 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

Jeanne H. McCarthy (2004) 
Assistant Professor of Freshman Core 
Director of The Writing Center 
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., The University of 
Texas, Austin 

John C. Merkel (2010) 
Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., Arizona State University, Tempe 
Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 
Minneapolis 

John C. Nardo (2000) 
Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Wake Forest University 
M.S., Ph.D., Emory University 

John D. Orme (1983) 
Professor of Politics 
B.A., University of Oregon 
M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University 

Viviana P. Plotnik (1994) 
Professor of Spanish 
Licenciatura, Universidad 
de Belgrano -Argentina 
M.A., University of Minnesota 
Ph.D., New York University 

W. Irwin Ray (1986) 

Director of Musical Activities 
B.M., Samford University 
M.C.M., D.M.A., Southern 
Baptist Theological Seminary 

Beth Roberts (2000) 

Vera A. Milner Professor of 

Education 

Director of Master of Arts in 

Teaching 

Early Childhood Education Program 

B.A., MAT., Ph.D., Emory 

University 

Anne Rosenthal (1997) 
Associate Professor of Communication 
and Rhetoric Studies 
B.A., Bethel College 
M.A., University of St. Thomas 
Ph.D., Purdue University 



262 



Michael K. Rulison (1982) 
Professor of Physics 
B.S., University of Illinois 
M.S., Ph.D., The University of Georgia 

Anne A. Salter (2003) 
Director of the Library 
B.A., MLn., Emory University 

Daniel L. Schadler (1975) 
Professor of Biology 
A.B., Thomas More College 
M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Karen L. Schmeichel (2006) 
Assistant Professor of Biology 
B.A., Middlebury College 
Ph.D., University of Utah, Salt Lake 
City 

Seema Shrikhande (2002) 
Associate Professor of Communication 
and Rhetoric Studies 
B.A., Elphinstone College, India 
M.A., Bombay University, India 
M.A., University of Pennsylvania 
Ph.D., Michigan State University 

W. Bradford Smith (1993) 
Professor of History 
B.A., University of Michigan 
Ph.D., Emory University 

Robert Steen (1995) 
Associate Professor of Japanese 
B.A., Oberlin College 
M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Brad L. Stone (1982) 
Professor of Sociology 
B.S., M.S., Brigham Young 
University 
Ph.D., University of Illinois 

William F. Straley (1990) 

Professor of Business Administration 

and Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., M.B.A., Georgia State 

University 

Ph.D., Auburn University 

Linda J. Taylor (1975) 
Professor of English 
Director of Learning Communities 
A.B., Cornell University 
Ph.D., Brown University 



Philip D. Tiu (1995) 
Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., University of San Carlos, 
Philippines 
A.M., Ph.D., Dartmouth College 

J. Dean Tucker (1988) 

Professor andJtfackA. Rikard Chair 
in Economics and Business 
Administration 

B.S., M.A., The Ohio State University 
Ph.D., Michigan State University 

Tory Vornholt (2010) 
Assistant Professor of Accounting 
B.S., M.S., University of Virginia, Char- 
lottesville 

J.D., M.T.S., Emory University 
C.P.A., Virginia 

Post-Grad Arts Diploma-Divinity, Uni- 
versity of St. Andrews, Scotland 

Victoria L. Weiss (1977) 
Professor of English 
B.A., St. Norbert College 
M.A., Ph.D., Lehigh University 

Justin C. Wise (2010) 
Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B.S., Southwest Texas State 
University 

M.S., The University of Texas, 
San Antonio 
Ph.D., Georgia State University 

Monte W Wolf (1978) 
Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., University of California 
Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

Leah R. Zinner (2008) 
Assistant Professor of Social 
Psychology 

B.A., Emory University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of 
Wisconsin, Madison 



263 



Professors Emeriti 



G. Malcolm Amerson (1968) 
James Edward Oglethorpe 
Professor Emeritus of Biology 
B.S., Berry College 
M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University 

Keith E. Baker (1983) 
Director Emeritus of Accounting 
Studies 

B.S., Youngstown State University 
M.A., University of Florida 
C.P.A., Georgia 

James A. Bohart (1972) 

Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., M.M., Northern Illinois 
University 

William L. Brightman (1975) 
Professor Emeritus of English 
A.B., Ph.D., University of 
Washington 

Barbara R. Clark (1971) 
Professor Emerita of English 
B.A., Georgia State University 
M.A., University of Kansas 
M.P.A., Georgia State University 
Ph.D., The University of Georgia 
C.P.A., Georgia 

Charlton H. Jones (1974) 
Professor Emeritus of Business 
Administration 
B.S., University of Illinois 
M.B.A., Ph.D., University of 
Michigan 

Nancy H. Kerr (1983) 
Provost and Professor Emerita of 
Psychology 

B.A., Stanford University 
Ph.D., Cornell University 

J. Brien Key (1965) 

Professor Emeritus of History 
A.B., Birmingham-Southern College 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University 

David K. Mosher (1972) 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 
B.A., Harvard University 



B.S.A.E., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of 
Technology 

Philip J. Neujahr (1973) 
Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 
B.A., Stanford University 
M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 

Ken Nishimura (1964) 
Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 
A.B., Pasadena College 
M.Div, Asbury Theological 
Seminary 
Ph.D., Emory University 

John A. Ryland(l985) 
Librarian Emeritus 
B.A., M.A., Florida State University 
Bibliotekarseksamen, Royal School 
of Librarianship, Denmark 

William O. Shropshire (1979) 

Provost and Professor Emeritus of 

Economics 

B.A., Washington and Lee University 

Ph.D., Duke University 

T. Lavon Talley (1968) 

Professor Emeritus of Education 
B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Auburn University 

David N Thomas (1968) 
Professor Emeritus of History 
A.B., Coker College 
M.A., Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina 
D.H., Francis Marion College 

Louise M. Valine (1978) 
Professor Emerita of Education 
B.S., University of Houston 
M.Ed., The University of Georgia 
Ed.D., Auburn University 

Martha H. Vardeman (1966) 
Professor Emerita of Sociology 
B.S., M.S., Auburn University 
Ph.D., University of Alabama 

Philip P. Zinsmeister (1973) 
Professor Emeritus of Biology 
B.S., Wittenberg University 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois 



264 



UNIVERSITY OFFICERS 



(Year of appointment in parentheses) 

Lawrence M. Schall (2005) 
President 

B.S., Swarthmore College 
J.D., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Michelle T. Hall (2010) 

Vice President for Campus Life 
B.A., The University of the South 
M.S., The University of Memphis 

Stephen B. Herschler (2008) 
Provost 

B.A., Princeton University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

Michael Horan (2010) 
Vice President for Business and Finance 
B.S., Fort Lewis College 
M.B.A., University of Connecticut 
C.P.A., Colorado 

Larry D- Large (1999) 
President Emeritus 
B.S., Portland State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon 

Lucy Leusch (2006) 
Vice President for Enrollment 
and Financial Aid 
B.A., Saint Mary-of-the-Woods 



Manning M5i ! attillo Jr. (1975) 
Honorary Chancellor 
B.A., University of the South 
A.M., Ph.D., University of Chicago 
LL.D., LeMoyne College 
LL.D., St. John's University 
L.H.D., University of Detroit 
L.H.D., College of New Rochelle 
L.H.D., Park College 
Litt.D., St. Norbert College 
D.C.L., The University of the South 
LL.D., Oglethorpe University 

Peter A. Rooney (2004) 

Vice President for Development 

and Alumni Relations 
B.A., Rhodes College 

Donald S. Stanton (1988) 
President Emeritus 
A.B., Western Maryland College 
M.Div, Wesley Seminary 
M.A., The American University 
Ed.D., University of Virginia 
L.H.D., Columbia College 
LL.D., Western Maryland College 
Litt.D., Albion College 
Litt.D., Oglethorpe University 



265 




OGLETHORPE 

UNIVERSITY 



4484 Peachtree Road, N.E. 
Atlanta, GA 30319 
404.261-1441 




DIRECTIONS 
to CAMPUS 

From 1-85 

Take North Druid Hills Road (Exit 
89). Head west approximately 2 
miles to Peachtree Road and turn 
right (north). Oglethorpe is 1 mile 
ahead on the left. 

From 1-285 

Take Peachtree Industrial Boule- 
vard (Exit 31 -A) south. Continue on 
Peachtree about 4 miles. Ogletho- 
rpe is on the right. 

OR: Take Ashford Dunwoody Road 
(Exit 29) and go south to Peachtree 
Road and turn right. Oglethorpe is 
on the right. 



266 



LEGEND for CAMPUS MAP 


i. 


MacConnell Gate House 


16. 


North Residence Hall 


2. 


Lupton Hall 


17. 


Alumni R^'dence Hall 


3. 


Phoebe Hearst Hall 


18. 


Jacobs Residence Hall 


4. 


Crypt of Civilization 


19. 


Residence Halls (Phase II) 


5. 


Goodman Hall 


20. 


Salamone Memorial Soccer Field 


6. 


Traer Residence Hall 


21. 


Maintenance Building 


7. 


Philip Weltner Library 


22. 


Greek Row 


8. 


Museum of Art 


23. 


PATH Academy 


9. 


J. Mack Robinson Hall 


24. 


Conant Performing Arts Center 


10. 


Goslin Hall 


25. 


Track 


11. 


Emerson Student Center 


26. 


Tennis Courts 


12. 


Dining Hall 


27. 


Dorough Field House 


13. 


Dempsey Residence Hall 


28. 


Schmidt Recreation Center 


14. 


Schmidt Residence Hall 


29. 


Anderson Field 


15. 


Magbee Residence Hall 


30. 


Hermance Stadium 




><><><><><>0<><><><><><>0<><><><><><X><><><^^ 



Hermance Drive 




267 



INDEX 



Academic Advising 94 

Academic Calendar 4 

Academic Departments 141 

Academic Dismissal 98 

Academic Good Standing and Probation for Athletes 98 

Academic Load 103 

Academic Policies for Financial Aid 38 

Academic Probation 98 

Academic Regulations and Policies 93 

Accounting Programs 142 

Admission Appeal 29 

Admission to Graduate Program: Master of Arts 

in Teaching 181 

Admission to Undergraduate Program 25 

Advanced Placement Program 31 

Alcohol and Drug Policy 66 

Allied Health Studies: see Biomedical Sciences and 

Allied Health Studies 158 

American Studies Programs 145 

Annual Scholarships 47 

AP (Advanced Placement) Program 31 

Application for Degree 101 

Application Procedure for Financial Assistance 39 

Application Requirements and Procedures for 

Admission 26 

Applied Instruction in Music 214 

Art Programs 146 

Athletics 59 

Atlanta Regional Council for Higher 

Education (ARCHE) 20, 28, 95, 192, 208, 240 

Auditing Courses 101 

Behavioral Science and Human Resource 

Management Major 152 

Biology Programs 153 

Biomedical Sciences and Allied Health Studies 158 

Biopsychology Major 159 

Board of Trustees 252 

Business Administration Programs 160 

Campus Facilities 15 

Campus Map/Driving Directions 266 

Campus Rules and Regulations 66 

Campus Security 68 

Career Services 57 

Center for Civic Engagement and Courses 125 

Changing a Student Major or Minor Program 94 

Chemistry Programs 164 

Civility Statement 61 

Class Attendance 96 

CLEP (College Level Examination Program) 28 

Co-Curricular Initiative 121 



Code of Student Conduct 72 

College Level Examination Program 28 

Commencement Exercises 102 

Communication and Rhetoric Studies Programs 169 

Communication Policy 66 

Community Life: See Student Affairs 55 

Complaint Procedures 60, 69 

Computer Facilities and Services 21 

Computer Science Courses 174 

Computer Use Policy 22 

Computing Ethics 21 

Conant Performing Arts Center 18 

Consensual Relationship Policy 64 

Core Credits for Study Abroad 138 

Core Curriculum 133 

Core Equivalencies for Transfer Students 137 

Counseling and Personal Development 58 

Course Substitutions 127 

Credit by Examination 31 

Cross Registration 95 

Crypt of Civilization 13, 19 

Cultural Opportunities on Campus and in Atlanta 77 

Dean's List 101 

Degrees 140 

Degrees with Honors Thesis 102 

Degrees with Latin Academic Honors 102 

Dempsey Residence Hall 21 

Disability Programs and Services 126 

Discipline of Student Organizations 80 

Discriminatory and Harassment Policy 59 

Dorough Field House 18 

Double Major Policy. 102 

Driving Regulations 70 

Drop and Add 95 

Dual Degree Programs: 128 

Engineering 185 

Environmental Studies 190 

International Partner in France 205 

International Partner in Japan 205 

Early Admission 30 

Earning a Second Add-on Major 102 

Earning a Second Baccalaureate Degree 103 

Ecology Program 131 

Economics Programs 175 

Education Programs 178 

Email and Computer Use Policy 22 

Emerson Student Center 18 

Endowed Scholarships 41 

Engineering Programs 185 

English Programs 186 



268 



Environmental Studies Program 190 

Evening Degree Program 250 

Experiential Education 127 

Faculty 261 

Family Educational Rights and Privacy 

Act(FERPA) 104 

Fees 52 

Final Examinations 100 

Financial Assistance 33 

Financial Obligations 53, 96 

First-Year Experience 120 

First-Year Seminar 120 

Foreign Language Programs 191 

Foreign Language Requirement 136 

Fraternities 80 

French Programs 191 

Fresh Focus 120 

Gatehouse Security Arm Procedures 68 

General Science Courses 195 

German Courses 195 

Good Academic Standing, Probation and 

Dismissal 98 

Goodman Hall 18 

GoslinHall 18 

Grade Appeal Policy 100 

Grading 97 

Graduation Requirements 101 

Greek Courses 196 

Greek Organizations 80 

Greek Row 21 

Grievance Procedures for 

Discrimination and Harassment 60 

Hazing 67 

Health Insurance 53 

Health Services 56 

Hearst Hall 19 

History of Oglethorpe 11 

History Programs 196 

Home Schooled Applicants 27 

Honor Code 109 

Honors and Awards 61 

Honors Program and Courses 122 

Housing 56 

IB (International Baccalaureate) Program 32 

Independent Study Policy 99 

Individually Planned Major 202 

Individually Planned Minor 203 

Interdisciplinary Studies Courses 204 

International Applicants 28 

International Baccalaureate Program 33 

International Exchange Partnerships 129 

International Partner Degree Program, Fiance 205 

International Partner Degree Program, Japan 205 

International Studies Major 205 



Internships: See Experiential Education 127 

Intramural and Recreational Sports 80 

Japanese Minor 207 

Joint Enrollment 29 

Latin Academic Honors 102 

Latin Courses 210 

Leadership Program 130 

Learning Communities 120 

Learning Resources Center 127 

Library 20 

Lupton Hall 19 

Magbee Residence Hall 21 

Major Programs and Requirements 140 

Master of Arts in Teaching 180 

Mathematics Programs 210 

Meals 56 

Minor Programs and Requirements 141 

Mission Statement and Goals 7 

Museum of Art 20 

Music Courses 214 

National Alumni Association 

Board of Directors 259 

Noise Policy 68 

Non-Traditional Students: 

see Special Status Admission 30 

Normal Academic Load 103 

North Residence Hall 21 

OASIS 66, 86, 87, 95 

Obligations to the University 53, 96 

Oglethorpe Student Association (OSA) 80 

Oglethorpe University Mission and Goals 7 

Oglethorpe University Students Abroad (OUSA) 128 

Orientation 56 

Parking and Driving Regulations 70 

Petrel Points 121 

Phase II Residence Hall 21 

Philosophy Programs 215 

Physics Programs 220 

Placement Examinations 31 

Placement for Introductory Science Courses 31 

Politics Programs 223 

Pre-law Studies Program 228 

Pre-medical Studies Program 228 

President's Advisory Council 256 

Presidents of the University 15 

Professional Option 229 

Psychology Programs 229 

Re-activation 96 

Re-admission 30 

Recognition of Campus Organizations 81 

Records: Retention, Access and Protection 104 

Refund Policy 52 

Registration 94 

Repetition of Courses 98 



269 



Residence Halls 18-21 

Residence Life 83 

Residency Requirement, Graduate 182 

Residency Requirement, Undergraduate 28, 84 

Rich Foundation Urban Leadership Program 130 

Robinson Hall 19 

Room and Board 52 

Room Assignment Policies and Regulations 84 

R.O.T.C. at Georgia Institute of Technology' 95 

Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Option 97 

Schmidt Sport and Recreation Center 19 

Scholarships 41, 47 

Second Baccalaureate Degree 103 

Second Major 102 

Security Procedures 68 

Semester System: see Normal Academic Load 103 

Senior Transitions 125 

Sexual Harassment Policy 59 

Shakespeare and Renaissance Studies Minor 234 

Sheffield Alumni Suite 19 

Smoking 18, 67, 68 

Sociology Programs 235 

Sociology with Social Work Concentration 236 

Sophomore Choices 125 

Sororities 80 

Spanish Programs 239 

Special Status Admission 30 

Student Activities 78 

Student Affairs 55 

Student Classification 103 

Student Concern and Complaint Policies 69 

Student Conduct Policies 66, 74 

Student Demonstrations 67 

Student Guide to Oglethorpe 63 

Student Organizations 78, 80, 81 

Student Publications 81 

Student Rights and Responsibilities 58 

Study Abroad 128 

Teacher Education Programs 178, 180 

Theatre Programs 242 

Traer Residence Hall 20 

Transfer Applicants for Undergraduate Programs 27 

Transfer Credit for Graduate Program 182 

Transient Status for Oglethorpe Students 95 

Transient Students from Other Institutions 30 

Tuition and Costs 49 

Tuition Refund Policy 52 

University Communication Policy 66 

University Officers 265 

Urban Ecology Program 131 

Urban Leadership Program 130 

Vehicle Registration 71 

Weltner Library 20 

Withdrawal from a Course 95 



Withdrawal from the University 96 

Women's and Gender Studies Minor 245 

Writing Center 126 

Writing Minor 247 



270 



www.OGLETHORPE.edu 




OGLETHORPE 

UNIVERSITY 



4484 Peachtree Road N.E. 
Atlanta, Georgia 30319